Dokumen.pub the Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity 2001336 9780231546089
Dokumen.pub the Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity 2001336 9780231546089
Dokumen.pub the Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity 2001336 9780231546089
List of Illustrations ix
Introduction to the 2017 Edition:
What’s New about the Medieval? xiii
13. “The Harrowing of Hell,” MS Douce 293, Bodleian Library, fol. 14r.
24. “Last Judgment and General Resurrection” (left) and “Hell” (right),
by Buffalmacco (?), Campo Santo, Pisa.
Illustrations xi
26. “Hell,” by Nardo di Cione (?), Strozzi chapel of Santa Maria Novella,
Florence.
1. For what was general opinion in the late eighties and early nineties, see Jacques
Le Goff, “Corps et idéologie dans l’Occident médiéval: La Révolution corporelle,” in
L’Imaginaire médiéval: Essais (Paris: Gallimard, 1985), translated in The Medieval
Imagination, trans. Arthur Goldhammer (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989).
xiv Introduction to the 2017 Edition
2. Caroline Walker Bynum, Metamorphosis and Identity (New York: Zone Books,
2001).
3. Caroline Walker Bynum, Christian Materiality: An Essay on Late Medieval
Religion (New York: Zone Books, 2011). And see n. 15.
Introduction to the 2017 Edition xv
4. Bruno Latour, We Have Never Been Modern, trans. Catherine Porter (London:
Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1993).
xvi Introduction to the 2017 Edition
I.
It would be otiose to summarize the works that are reprinted in full
below. I give here only a few framing words about what I argued in
1995. Three issues should be underlined: body, identity, and method.
In the 1990s, scholars frequently characterized Western thought from
Plato to Descartes as dualist and misogynist because self or person was
understood to be a soul trapped in a body and body was gendered femi-
nine or female. Against this, both Resurrection and “Fuss” asserted
that medieval people understood the self as a psychosomatic unity.
Despite a practical moral dualism that frequently associated bodily
events with temptation and woman with nature, sin, sex, and disobe-
dience, medieval thinkers also frequently located temptation in will
or soul and understood the female as closer to mystical or spiritual
inspiration exactly because it was not so closely bound to reason as
the male. Countering a tendency of 1990s scholarship to use “body”
as a synonym for self while reducing it to sexual orientation or gender
(both of which were sometimes further reduced to performance), I put
a thousand years of writing about, caring for, and living in the body
into the context of daily concerns such as healing and burial practices,
actual religious rituals such as relic cult and Eucharistic devotion, and
philosophical–theological discussions in which the specificity of person
was understood to be carried not by soul but by body. Hence both Res-
urrection and “Fuss” continued arguments I had made earlier in Jesus
as Mother and Holy Feast and Holy Fast that Christian concepts of
person before the early modern period were not fundamentally dualist
nor did they stereotype body only as negative—that is, as a carapace to
be gotten rid of.5 Empowered as well as constrained by a belief in the
resurrection of the body required by the Apostles’ Creed of ca. 200 c.e.
and indeed shared with rabbinic Judaism, Western medieval Christians
saw body, not soul or mind, as carrier of certain basic particularities
of personhood (including sex and gender) that never ceased. As Giles
of Rome said in discussing saints: both relic (i.e., the fragments of the
body here on earth) and soul (i.e., the spirit as it dwells in heaven before
the Last Judgment) are parts, synecdoches. As parts, both may stand
for the whole. But as Thomas Aquinas argued, we do not truly have
a “person” until they are joined. Such ways of understanding “body”
and “person” meant that what we today call “gender” (which is not a
medieval concept) as well as what we call sex were to medieval theo-
rists fundamental not ephemeral aspects of what we call (again it is not
a medieval concept) “the individual.”
The analysis of Western ideas of personhood put forward in Resur-
rection engaged a radically different conception of identity from that
found in feminist writing and more generally in cultural studies in the
early 1990s. Whereas “identity” was usually taken in those years either
to refer to a person’s unique personality or, in a not fully compatible
sense, to what we now call an “identity position” (a kind of grouping
term such as gay or Asian American or senior citizen), to medieval phi-
losophers and theologians the conundrum posed by identity was first
and foremost the question of how someone or something can change
and remain the same thing. Known in antiquity as the problem of “the
ship of Theseus” and in the early modern period as the question of
“the bishop’s socks,” the issue of what must endure in order for an
entity to remain itself was raised for medieval schoolboys by puzzles
about whether toenails and baby teeth must rise from the dead as it
was raised two decades ago by a plethora of movies and popular novels
about body-hopping or teletransportation between galaxies and by seri-
ous brain research.6 The discussion of “identity” in Resurrection and
“Fuss,” although committed to setting the record straight about how
medieval sources actually used terms and concepts, also suggested an
additional and I would argue deeper dimension to 1990s discussions
of identity politics by arguing that such discussion had of necessity to
6. For some examples from the popular culture of the late twentieth century, see
Caroline Walker Bynum, Fragmentation and Redemption: Essays on Gender and
the Human Body in Medieval Religion (New York: Zone Books, 1991), pp. 239–97.
On the issue of identity and change, see also Bynum, Metamorphosis and Identity,
pp. 15–28.
xviii Introduction to the 2017 Edition
8. I now feel that in certain places, especially my discussion of the twelfth cen-
tury, I used the focus on images mechanically and simplistically. The discussion of
images in chapter 3 needs some reworking.
9. It also implied, as I have argued elsewhere, that a scholar, no matter how assid-
uous, inevitably sees only fragments and that the reader is always at least in part the
creator of the text, philosophical as well as literary, that he or she discovers or per-
ceives. See Caroline Walker Bynum, “In Praise of Fragments: History in the Comic
Mode,” in Bynum, Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 11–26. See also Rachel Ful-
ton and Bruce Holsinger, “Afterword: History in the Comic Mode,” in History in
the Comic Mode [Medieval Communities and the Matter of Person], ed. Fulton and
Holsinger (New York: Columbia University Press, 2007), pp. 279–92.
10. On the linguistic turn, see the classic review article by John E. Toews,
“Intellectual History after the Linguistic Turn: The Autonomy of Meaning and the
Irreducibility of Experience,” American Historical Review 92.4 (October 1987):
879–907. On my own commitment to paradox, see Bynum, “Why Paradox? The
Contradictions of My Life as a Scholar,” The Catholic Historical Review 98.3 (July
2012): 432–55.
11. J. C. Heesterman, The Broken World of Sacrifice: An Essay in Ancient Indian
Ritual (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993), p. 2.
xx Introduction to the 2017 Edition
II.
What then are the larger issues to which both “Fuss” and Resurrection
point today? I isolate two: first, the understandings of body and person
impelled by new attention to issues of LGBTQ identity, and second, the
so-called material turn.
In the late 1980s and early 1990s, theorizing of gender and sexual
orientation considered both the evidence for a biological or genetic base
for same-sex desire (and here, for medievalists, John Boswell’s book,
Christianity, Social Tolerance, and Homosexuality, and the discussion
it stimulated were fundamental) and a new emphasis (owing especially
to the influence of Judith Butler) on gender orientation and/or identity
as performance.13 Both emphases have, it seems, become more sophis-
ticated in the past twenty years. In medieval scholarship as in cultural
history generally, binaries have given way to multiplicities. The fluidity
of gendered and sexual images I studied, for example, in Jesus as Mother
now seems to us so ordinary that it is hard to remember how difficult
it was, only thirty years ago, to understand or formulate the complexity
12. The category “religion” is not, of course, a simple, self-evident one. A wealth
of ink has been spilled in the past seventy years or so on the question of what we
study when we study religion. See among other discussions, the introduction to
David Morgan, ed., Religion and Material Culture: The Matter of Belief (London:
Routledge, 2010), pp. 1–17.
13. John E. Boswell, Christianity, Social Tolerance, and Homosexuality: Gay
People in Western Europe from the Beginning of the Christian Era to the Fourteenth
Century (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1980). The main thesis of Boswell’s
book was that the church before the high Middle Ages had not condemned homo-
sexuality per se. But in raising the question of whether there is such a thing as a
gay lifestyle before the modern period and suggesting in his introduction that there
might be a biological predisposition for same-sex desire, Boswell’s learned and pas-
sionate book was a key factor in putting on the table issues that were fiercely debated
throughout the 1980s and 1990s. I discuss Judith Butler in “Fuss.”
Introduction to the 2017 Edition xxi
14. For important and innovative study of intersex and transgender in the Mid-
dle Ages, see Leah Devun, “Enter Sex: A History of Hermaphrodites in the Middle
Ages,” work in progress.
xxii Introduction to the 2017 Edition
Nonetheless it is also true that the past twenty years have seen a
move away from interrogation of “the body” to an interrogation of
what can be seen as underlying it: matter or stuff. This “material turn”
is also related to a shift in what scholars usually mean today when they
refer to “image.” No longer primarily what I meant by “image” when
I referred to the complexities of philosophical discussion and poetic
metaphor, “image” today seems to refer primarily to thing.
In the past decade or so, historians, anthropologists, archaeologists,
and art historians have come together around a new interest in objects.
Sometimes referred to as “thing theory,” sometimes as the “material
turn,” sometimes as “object-oriented ontology,” the new focus broadens
what was once understood as art (painting, sculpture, and sometimes
decorative or decorated objects such as cabinets and altarpieces) to
include all crafted things and indeed some (such as Marcel Duchamp’s
ready-mades) that are not reworked by an artist or craftsman but simply
relocated and relabeled.15 In the latest move by ancient and medieval
historians, even natural objects such as dust or stone (for example, the
bits of rock from the Holy Land now revered at the Vatican as relics) are
included in such theorizing.16
This broadening of the concept of “image” to include—indeed to
denominate—object has been joined to a number of other new direc-
tions in scholarship. The recent interest in global networks, of which
Justyna Beinek’s conference is an example, leads inevitably to questions
about how objects connect regions. How, for example, do silk worms
and silk and the textiles woven from it join together far-flung points
not only through the physical contacts of producers, merchants, and
traders but also through the information and the skills that travel with
objects?17
The enthusiasm for studying objects has also intersected with a
cognitive turn in biology, psychology, and natural science. To some
humanists as well as some natural scientists, concepts are now not
merely images or constructions in the brain but once again (as they
were in the medieval and early modern periods) responses that must be
studied in relation to objects that trigger them.18 Some art historians
have recently been fascinated (and some horrified) by claims that reac-
tions in the brain to color, shape, size, texture, etc., might help explain
responses to art.19 In the study of religion, too, some anthropologists
and sociologists have queried how far a nexus of cognitive response
and external object might explain phenomena such as a cross-cultural
tendency to see natural occurrences (for example, thunder or earth-
quakes) as anthropomorphic deities.20 Do primordial fears of shadows,
for example, that evolved to aid survival provide a basis and template
for appearances of gods or demons? (Nicholas Oresme, in the fourteenth
century, by the way, gave a not dissimilar explanation of black cats and
flapping curtains perceived as angels or devils.)21 Moreover, increased
awareness of the complexities of response has led some art historians
to see images and objects as active, attributing an agency once ascribed
to bodies to objects themselves.22
17. See, for example, Laura Weigert, “Interwoven Globe: The Worldwide Textile
Trade, 1500–1800,” The Art Bulletin 97.3 (2015): 342–45.
18. See Lambros Malafouris and Colin Renfrew, eds., The Cognitive Life of
Things: Recasting the Boundaries of the Mind, McDonald Institute Monographs
(Exeter: The McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research/Oxbow Books, 2010),
especially “Introduction,” pp. 1–12.
19. For an example of this genre, see Eric Kandel, The Age of Insight: The Quest
to Understand the Unconscious in Art, Mind, and Brain, from Vienna 1900 to the
Present (New York: Random House, 2012).
20. For example, Stewart Guthrie, Faces in the Clouds. A New Theory of Religion
(Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1993), especially pp. 103–112.
21. Nicole Oresme, De causis, ch. 1, in Bert Hansen, ed., Nicole Oresme and the
Marvels of Nature: A Study of His “De causis mirabilium” (Toronto: The Pontifical
Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 1985), pp. 160–63.
22. For example, Glenn Peers, “Object Relations: Theorizing the Late Antique
Viewer,” in The Oxford Handbook of Late Antiquity, ed. Scott Fitzgerald Johnson
(Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2012), p. 988, and Joanne Punzo Waghorne, “The
Hindu Gods in a Split-Level World: The Sri Siva-Vishnu Temple in Suburban Wash-
ington, D.C.,” in Gods of the City: Religion and the American Urban Landscape, ed.
xxiv Introduction to the 2017 Edition
These new emphases are not without problems. I agree with some
current criticisms of thing theory or object-oriented ontology that accuse
it of eclipsing the aesthetic qualities of art. I also agree with rejections
of a cognitive science that reduces art and religion to brain patterns we
still understand far too little about.23 Nonetheless any medievalist will
be heartened by a material turn that broadens the category of art or
object to include much of the material from before 1500 that, whether
crafted or not, carried deep cultural significance: manuscripts, prayer
cards, relics and their containers, liturgical vessels, candelabra, wed-
ding and birthing trays, amulets, stones . . . the list goes on and on.24
Similarly, any medievalist will admit that such objects are clearly in
some sense performative—that is, they have agency. They act. The light
from candles reconfigures space, scraps of cloth that have been pressed
to a holy site carry power to new places, holy water heals, pictures not
only record but also convey indulgences (remission of punishment for
sin). Fear of images—even iconoclasm—was not merely fear of daring to
Robert Orsi (Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press, 1999), p. 128.
Peers’ and Waghorne’s way of looking at religious objects is currently very wide-
spread and tends to be applied across cultures. See Caroline W. Bynum, “Avoiding
the Tyranny of Morphology, or Why Compare?” History of Religions 53 (May, 2014):
341–68, especially 353–54 and 363–64.
23. For critiques, see James Laidlaw, “A Well-Disposed Social Anthropologist’s
Problems with the ‘Cognitive Science of Religion,’” in Religion, Anthropology,
and Cognitive Science, ed. Harvey Whitehouse and James Laidlaw (Durham, N.C.:
Carolina Academic Press, 2007), pp. 211–46; Tim Ingold, “Materials Against Materi-
ality,” Archaeological Dialogues 14 (2007): 1–16; Christopher S. Wood, “Image and
Thing, A Modern Romance,” in Representations, “Images at Work: A Special Issue,”
ed. Ittai Weinryb, Hannah Baader, and Gerhard Wolf, 133 (Winter, 2016): 130–151;
and Robert Pippin, “Discipline(s),” in What Reason Promises: Essays on Reason,
Nature, and History, ed. Wendy Doniger, Peter Galison, and Susan Neiman (Berlin/
Boston: de Gruyter, 2016), pp. 171–77.
24. The introduction to Representations, “Images at Work: A Special Issue,”
pp. 1–19, seems to me to err in its description of what objects medievalists have
recently been working on. Despite the statement in the abstract on p. 1 that “miracu-
lous images within Christian cult practices . . . were scholarship’s main foci in recent
years,” the most innovative work on medieval objects and their agency recently
has been on relics and reliquaries, not amulets, miraculous paintings, etc. See, for
example, the works, grounding-breaking in different ways, of Julia M. H. Smith,
“Portable Christianity: Relics in the Medieval West (c. 700–1200),” Proceedings of
the British Academy 181 (2012): 143–67, and Cynthia Hahn, Strange Beauty: Issues
in the Making and Meaning of Reliquaries, 400-circa 1204 (University Park, Pa.:
The Pennsylvania State University Press, 2012). Clothes have also been the focus of
much recent work. See Charlotte Klack-Eitzen, Wiebke Haase, and Tanja Weissgraf,
Heilige Röcke: Kleider für Skulpturen in Kloster Wienhausen (Regensburg: Schnell
& Steiner, 2013), and Ulinka Rublack, Dressing Up: Cultural Identity in Renais-
sance Europe (Oxford/New York: Oxford University Press, 2010).
Introduction to the 2017 Edition xxv
depict the sacred; it was fear of the power of objects, of stuff, of matter.25
Hence it is easy to trace a line forward from the study of body and image
I pursued in Resurrection and “Fuss” to the study of object and matter
now popular in the second decade of the twenty-first century.
Moreover, as I have argued elsewhere, matter itself—like identity—
is never accessed directly by our analysis.26 A material object is always
particular. As the locus of what something is and yet the locus of its
evolution or decay, the material must be paradoxical. Hence the method
of Resurrection, which involved trying to see in the use of literary and
philosophical images the ways in which medieval thinkers struggled to
retain an understanding of self and stuff as enduring throughout physi-
cal growth, change, and decay, has become for me a larger methodologi-
cal commitment to paradox.
There are complexities to current discussion that I will not enter
into here. These brief paragraphs are only to show how the basic issues
concerning body and identity I examined in the 1990s pointed toward
new yet related issues that agitate scholarship today. One might none-
theless ask why such foreshadowings matter. Does it make any differ-
ence to current cultural studies that medieval concepts of body can
be shown to be more nuanced than they were assumed to be by those
thinkers who, twenty years ago, generalized about Western dualism?
Does it make a difference to any except a few specialists if contempo-
rary understandings of bodies and objects might be enriched by factor-
ing in medieval images in both senses of the word image?
III.
I argue that study of the Middle Ages does matter and that it should
matter more than it seems to at present. It matters, of course, because
thoughtful, careful scholarship on a thousand years of Western history
can provide a model—as does all good scholarship—for the care and
thought we owe to each other as human beings. If there are things we
have gotten wrong about the past or over-simplifications we have per-
petrated, we must waste no time in setting them straight. But more is
at stake than this.
25. See David Freedberg, The Power of Images: Studies in the History and Theory
of Response (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989); Iconoclash: Beyond the
Image-Wars in Science, Religion and Art, ed. Peter Weibel and Bruno Latour (Karl-
sruhe, ZKM, and Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 2002); Josh Ellenbogen and Aaron
Tugendhaft, eds., Idol Anxiety (Stanford, Calif. Stanford University Press, 2011).
26. Bynum, Christian Materiality, pp. 34–36, 278–86.
xxvi Introduction to the 2017 Edition
27. Daedalus 145.2 (Spring, 2016): Special Issue: “What’s New About the Old?”
28. For what is to my mind a successful example of the new classicism, see Shane
Butler, The Ancient Phonograph (New York: Zone Books, 2015). See also www.post-
classicisms.org.
29. David Nirenberg, Anti-Judaism: The Western Tradition (New York: W.W.
Norton, 2013); Philippe Buc, Holy War, Martyrdom, and Terror: Christianity, Violence,
and the West, ca. 70 C.E. to the Iraq War (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania
Press, 2015).
Introduction to the 2017 Edition xxvii
Moreover, for all their laudatory efforts to be relevant and upbeat, jour-
nals such as postmedieval and Studies in Medievalism, creative groups
of young scholars like the BABEL group, enactment clubs such as the
longstanding “Society for Creative Anachronism,” and an array of under-
graduate courses on Tolkien, Star Wars, and video games offered at major
universities in order to lure undergraduates to study the Middle Ages do
not seem to have achieved their goal of inducing widespread interest in
the period or enhancing its appeal.30 Perhaps this is because we do not
take the medieval past per se seriously enough.
Historians do not study the past—any past—primarily in order to
condemn either it in itself or the roots of our modern ills in it. The past
can’t be politically correct. Condemning it is often a cheap shot. But we
do not study the past in order to defend it either. Excavating out of it
modern values or titillating fragments usually gets things a bit wrong
anyway. Rather we study the past for the ways it can shock us into
diagnosing what is oddest, most perplexing, and yet most glorious and
enduring in our own situation. The point of looking at past ideas and
images is what Alexander Nagel has argued in his recent book Medi-
eval Modern: to juxtapose past and present in order to make us more
shocked by, attuned to, and curious about the fact that our own concepts
and creations are very particular, very contradictory and incoherent,
indeed very strange, yet they too stretch toward a kind of confidence
and courage.31 The argument Resurrection makes is that the problems
of identity (am I the same thing through all the changes of my life and,
if so, how?) and of body (how do I factor both pleasure and decay, the
physically given and the inevitably evolving, into a conception of self?)
are enduring questions—not answers but questions. It argues that what-
ever approaches medieval thinkers and artists found rhetorically, philo-
sophically, and metaphorically to such issues were tinged with hope as
well as violence and guilt. Hence it suggests that looking at a medieval
This book began as a series of lectures under the auspices of the Amer-
ican Council of Learned Societies’ Committee on the History of Reli-
gions. My idea was to treat several moments in the Western tradition
in which the doctrine of bodily resurrection was debated, challenged,
and redefined by Christian thinkers and to situate those debates in the
context of changing attitudes toward bodies, living and dead. I wanted
to focus not primarily on the formulation of doctrine but on the ways
in which theologians and philosophers argued—on the specific images,
examples, and analogies they employed to express their ideas. The
opportunity to deliver these lectures was thus an occasion to explore
and illustrate several concerns, both methodological and substantive.
Although beginning with a tiny detail—with a few images used by a
few writers to explain and embellish a notion of stunning oddness—I
intended both to tackle large questions about the meaning of embodi-
ment in the Western tradition and to assert my continuing confidence
in the enterprise (sometimes today challenged or rejected) of attempt-
ing to read texts from the past in what we used to call “their own
terms.” The book that has grown from the original lectures is larger and
more complex than they were. But it retains both the focus on certain
moments of tension or debate in the Western tradition and a concentra-
tion on images in lived and literary context.
xxx Preface to the 1995 Edition
what is the context for what. Much about the shape of the book that
follows depends on my determination not to reject but to add to old-
fashioned intellectual history by digging below its surface, via metaphors
and examples, to a surrounding context.
The shape of this book derives also from its origin as a series of
lectures. It retains traces of its original nature as essays, intended to
tell an interconnected story yet to stand each as a separate study in
the relation of theological image to social and religious practice. It did
not begin as a survey of doctrinal development, and I have not revised
it to bring it closer to any pretense of complete coverage. The book
that follows is still a study of the debates of the years around 200, 400,
1100, 1200, 1270, and 1330; no one can be more keenly aware than
I how much it loses by omitting the early Middle Ages in which mate-
rialist conceptions of bodily resurrection were elaborated in new ways
and connected with new subtlety to both eucharistic theology and relic
cult. Had I filled in the years between Augustine and Peter Lombard,
however, I would never have finished.
Nonetheless, the book has departed from its original guise in one
important respect. The medieval section is now much longer than the
patristic one. While this is disappointing for reasons of symmetry, it is
necessary and perhaps even fortunate in other respects. Resurrection
belief was less central, yet more pervasive, in medieval theology than
in early Christian writing. The twelfth century did not produce the
treatises specifically on resurrection characteristic of the years around
200, and it is sometimes difficult to determine whether the doctrinal
pronouncements of councils and bulls in 1180, 1215, 1277, and so forth,
are mere repetitions of earlier legislation or passionate defenses against
current threat. In considering the topic of bodily resurrection in the
high Middle Ages, it is less obvious where to look than it is in the
patristic period; yet many more kinds of evidence are available, includ-
ing a large amount of iconographic material. I have ranged more widely
in medieval than in early Christian evidence and have argued at greater
length not only because, as a medieval specialist, I know the period
better but also because it is in general less well known and less easily
knowable.
One final point about the focus of my study must be stated explic-
itly. This book is not about eschatology or about soul but about body. It
is not a survey of concepts of heaven and hell—a topic to which much
recent scholarship has been devoted. Nor is it a study of millenarianism
or of mysticism. Although I pay attention along the course of my story
xxxii Preface to the 1995 Edition
To that I replied, “Well, that would have been all right for them.
But it would have been no fun for me.”1
The incident reveals much about the impish but religiously sensitive
young Rebecca and about the Anglo-Irish father she adored. It also reflects
one important constant in theological discussions of resurrection from
the early church to the late twentieth century: the resurrection of the
body is always connected to divine power.2 Whatever else the doctrine
of universal resurrection has been said to reveal, those who refer to it
always use it to underline the extraordinary power necessary to create
and recreate, to reward and punish, to bring life from death. But what
actually interest me in this story are the conkers: horse chestnuts—so
called from the children’s game in which each player swings a chestnut
on a string to try to break one held by his or her opponent. For horse
chestnuts are seeds; if left in the ground, they will sprout. Yet to the
young Rebecca they are inert. In this childish fantasy of playing God, the
chestnut-people are buried and resurrected exactly the same, and they
are “the same” in two senses of the word same—that is, “identical”
and “similar.” The child is certain she digs up the identical chestnut
she earlier buried in a given spot in the ground; the chestnut, that is,
continues numerically the same. It retains identity through spatiotem-
poral continuity. And the chestnut the little girl digs up looks similar;
For by a man came death; and by a man the resurrection of the dead.
And, as in Adam all shall die, so also in Christ all shall be made alive.
But every one in his own order; the first-fruits, Christ; then they that
are of Christ. . . .
But some man will say: How do the dead rise again? Or with what
manner of body shall they come?
Senseless man, that which thou sowest is not quickened, except it
die first.
And that which thou sowest, thou sowest not the body that shall be;
but bare grain, as of wheat. . . .
But God giveth it a body as he will; and to every seed its proper body.
All flesh is not the same flesh; but, one is the flesh of men, another
of beasts, another of birds, another of fishes.
3. The precision I here introduce into discussions of identity derives from modern
philosophical distinctions; for references, see my “Material Continuity, Personal Sur-
vival, and the Resurrection of the Body: A Scholastic Discussion in Its Medieval and
Modern Contexts,” in Fragmentation and Redemption: Essays on Gender and the
Human Body in Medieval Religion (New York: Urzone Publishers, 1991), pp. 239–97.
The question of how modern and medieval concepts relate now seems to me some-
what more complex than I argued in that essay, for (as I suggest in chapters 7 and
8 below) the most sophisticated fourteenth-century conceptions emphasize material
continuity less than do either earlier discussions or modern ones. But the general argu-
ment I make in “Material Continuity”—that modern discussion, both popular and
philosophical, tends to require embodiment for personhood and to reject Docetist and
spiritualist positions—still stands. See below nn. 25–28.
4. For an overview of Biblical images, see Cornélis et al., Resurrection, pp. 101–22;
C. Brown, “Resurrection,” in The New International Dictionary of New Testament
Theology (Exeter: Paternoster Press, 1978), vol. 3, pp. 259–309; Paul Gooch, “Resur-
rection,” in A Dictionary of Biblical Tradition in English Literature, ed. David L.
Jeffrey (Grand Rapids, Mich.: Eerdmans, 1992), pp. 662–65. For the image of the seed
in the Koran and in rabbinic Judaism, see below, chap. 1, nn. 9, 130, and 132.
5. The Pauline text was often glossed with John 12.24; see Gooch, “Resurrection,”
p. 663.
4 Introduction to the 1995 Edition
was sometimes not recognizable to his beloved disciples, and bade his
friend Mary Magdalen “Touch me not!” (Luke 24.16–30, 31, 36, and 51;
John 20.14, 19, and 21.4).8 Moreover, in the Gospel of Luke at least, the
two interpretations exist side by side, as if to complement each other.
Twentieth-century readings of 1 Corinthians 15 have complicated the
issue further. Dominated by the great interpretative insight of the Swiss
theologian Oscar Cullmann, who argued that early Christian ideas drew
on the Jewish notion of the resurrection of the person rather than on a
Greek notion of immortality of soul, most recent studies have under-
stood 1 Corinthians 15 as referring to restoration and redemption of the
person as a psychosomatic unity.9 Some interpretation, both theological
and philosophical, has gone so far as to take the position that Paul did
not mean “body” at all, but rather “self” or “community” or even
“disembodied person” (i.e., a kind of soul).10 (The careful philological
8. On the discrepancies in the Gospel tradition, see Peter Carnley, The Structure
of Resurrection Belief (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1987), pp. 16–19.
9. Oscar Cullmann, Christ and Time: The Primitive Christian Conception of
Time and History, trans. F. Filson, 3d ed. (London: SCM, 1962); idem, Unsterblich-
keit der Seele oder Auferstehung der Toten? (Stuttgart: Kreuz, 1964); idem, “Immor-
tality and Resurrection,” in Immortality and Resurrection, ed. Krister Stendahl
(New York, 1965), pp. 9–53; idem, “Immortality of the Soul or Resurrection of the
Dead? The Witness of the New Testament,” in Immortality, ed. Terence Penelhum
(Belmont, Calif.: Wadsworth, 1973), pp. 53–84. Both of the recent monographs on
Jewish notions of resurrection criticize Cullmann’s interpretation as underestimat-
ing the diversity in Jewish thought; see George W. E. Nickelsburg Jr., Resurrection,
Immortality, and Eternal Life in Intertestamental Judaism (Cambridge, Mass.: Har-
vard University Press, and London: Oxford University Press, 1972); Günter Stem-
berger, Der Leib der Auferstehung: Studien zur Anthropologie und Eschatologie des
palästinischen Judentums im neutestamentlichen Zeitalter (ca. 170 v. Chr.–100 n.
Chr.) (Rome: Biblical Institute Press, 1972); and chap. 1, n. 9 below. Some criticism
of Cullmann seems to me rather beside the point, focusing as it does on whether
texts have any traces of Greek body-soul terminology. What Cullmann draws atten-
tion to is the difference between seeing the human being as a person that dies (and
then sleeps) until an end of time and seeing this being as a spirit (a nonmaterial and
nondying element) housed in physicality. Put this way, one immediately sees that
the Christian concept as it emerges by the high Middle Ages is neither.
10. Twentieth-century philosophy has generally rejected any sort of dualism;
on this point, see John Perry, A Dialogue on Personal Identity and Immortality
(Indianapolis: Hackett, 1978) and Sydney Shoemaker and Richard Swinburne, Per-
sonal Identity (Oxford: Blackwell, 1984). (For further discussion, see below n. 28,
and “Material Continuity,” in Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 244–52 and pp.
398–400 nn. 22–43.) This rejection is both the background to Cullmann’s reading of
early Christian texts as referring to a unitary person and a factor in the widespread
acceptance of his views. Following Cullmann, theologians in mid-century tended to
accept that soma in Paul meant “person,” not “body,” (and was therefore related to
the Hebrew notion of nephesh or “individual”); dualistic ideas in the church fathers
were thus taken to be a later and alien importation from Greek philosophy. Building
6 Introduction to the 1995 Edition
research of Robert Gundry, which establishes that Paul in fact uses soma
[body] to refer to a morally neutral physical body and not just to person,
makes this position largely untenable.)11 But whatever the Pauline oxy-
moron “spiritual body” means, two points are clear. First, to Paul, the
image of the seed is an image of radical transformation: the wheat that
sprouts is different from the bare seed; and that bare seed itself, while
lying in the earth, undergoes decay. Second, the image asserts (perhaps
without any intention on its author’s part) some kind of continuity,
although it does not explicitly lodge identity in either a material or a
formal principle. The sheaf of grain is not, in form, the same as the bare
seed, nor is it clear that it is made of the same stuff. It acquires a new,
a “spiritual” body. But something accounts for identity. It is that which
is sown that quickens. If we do not rise, Christian preaching is in vain,
says Paul; something must guarantee that the subject of resurrection is
“us.” But “flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom.” Heaven is not
merely a continuation of earth. Thus, when Paul says “the trumpet shall
sound . . . and we shall be changed,” he means, with all the force of our
everyday assumptions, both “we” and “changed.”
At no period has Christian treatment of resurrection entirely aban-
doned the Pauline metaphor of the seed. But the seed metaphor is not
the major image in patristic and medieval discussions of eschatology.
The resurrection of the body is also described by theologians as the flow-
ering of a dry tree after winter, the donning of new clothes, the rebuild-
ing of a temple, the hatching of an egg, the smelting out of ore from
clay, the reforging of a statue that has been melted down, the growth of
the fetus from a drop of semen, the return of the phoenix from its own
ashes, the reassembling of broken potsherds, the vomiting up of bits of
shipwrecked bodies by fishes that have consumed them. These are all
complex images, and they by no means imply in every case the same
set of philosophical or theological assumptions. The growth of seed or
semen or an egg implies numerical identity through spatio-temporal
on this, theologians R. Bultmann and J. A. T. Robinson argued that the Pauline soma
could be read as “community” (R. Bultmann, Theology of the New Testament, vol.
1 [New York: Scribner, 1951] and J. A. T. Robinson, The Body: A Study in Pauline
Theology [London: SCM, 1952]). In Partial Knowledge, the philosopher P. Gooch has
recently argued that Paul can be understood as referring to “disembodied persons.”
Cullmann himself, it is important to note, never suggested that the resurrected per-
son might be immaterial; see above n. 9.
11. Robert H. Gundry, Soma in Biblical Theology with Emphasis on Pauline
Anthropology (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976).
Introduction to the 1995 Edition 7
from full joy in God. Although soul now seemed to carry not only the
particularity of self but also the pattern of body, it needed body as a
place to express that particularity and pattern. Even Dante (d. 1321),
who made technically correct use of the Thomistic notion that soul
accounts for identity, depicted his beloved Beatrice in the last cantos
of the Divine Comedy not simply as soul. Dante the poet gave to his
eponymous self a vision of the heavenly choir in their resurrection bod-
ies even though his poetic encounter was set before the end of time.16
Thus, the basic conclusion of my study of resurrection is that a
concern for material and structural continuity showed remarkable per-
sistence even where it seemed almost to require philosophical incoher-
ence, theological equivocation, or aesthetic offensiveness. This concern
responded to and was reflected in pious practices of great oddness; with-
out it, such late medieval curiosities as entrail caskets, finger reliquar-
ies, and miracles of incorrupt cadavers are inexplicable. The materialism
of this eschatology expressed not body-soul dualism but rather a sense
of self as psychosomatic unity. The idea of person, bequeathed by the
Middle Ages to the modern world, was not a concept of soul escaping
body or soul using body; it was a concept of self in which physicality
was integrally bound to sensation, emotion, reasoning, identity—and
therefore finally to whatever one means by salvation. Despite its sus-
picion of flesh and lust, Western Christianity did not hate or discount
the body.17 Indeed, person was not person without body, and body was
the carrier or the expression (although the two are not the same thing)
of what we today call individuality.
Behind these complex ideas and images lay fear as well as fascina-
tion. The lability and friability of fleshly matter was avoided more than
espoused. If both scientific and theological speculation struggled (in
their different ways) to assert that identity can survive flux, such specu-
lation over the long course of the centuries I explore was fueled more
16. See below, chapter 7, pp. 298–305, and Bynum, “Faith Imagining the Self:
Somatomorphic Soul and Resurrection Body in Dante’s Divine Comedy,” in Imagin-
ing Faith: Festschrift for Richard Reinhold Niebuhr, ed. Wayne Proudfoot and Sang
Hyun Lee, forthcoming.
17. This is the point I have made in a very different way in Holy Feast and Holy
Fast: The Religious Significance of Food to Medieval Women (Berkeley: University
of California Press, 1987). It is worth repeating here what I say in the epilogue to
that study. To take Western asceticism seriously is not to glorify it. But it makes
no sense to see a deep concern with disciplining and experiencing the body and a
tendency to express religious response in it as hostility toward or discounting of the
somatic. Medieval Christianity is not dualistic in either a Gnostic, a Manichean, or
a Cartesian sense.
12 Introduction to the 1995 Edition
18. To study medieval notions of body as fertility and decay—even to admit (as
we must) that medieval theorists treated body far more frequently as locus of biologi-
cal process than as locus of sensuality—is not to deny the importance of the topic
of body qua sexuality so popular in recent scholarship. The fundamental works on
this topic are now Peter Brown, The Body and Society: Men, Women, and Sexual
Renunciation in Early Christianity (New York: Columbia University Press, 1988)
and Danielle Jacquart and Claude Thomasset, Sexuality and Medicine in the Middle
Ages, trans. Matthew Adamson (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1988). On
the subject of body history generally, see the excellent review article by Roy Porter,
“History of the Body,” in New Perspectives on Historical Writing, ed. Peter Burke
(University Park, Penn.: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1991), pp. 206–32; and
my “Bodily Miracles and the Resurrection of the Body in the High Middle Ages,” in
Belief in History: Innovative Approaches to European and American Religion, ed.
Thomas Kselman (Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1991), pp. 68–106,
especially nn. 1–14.
19. It is important to remember that during the centuries I cover in this book rab-
binic Judaism offered an alternative understanding of the self as embodied—one in
which the paradigmatic physical self was emphasized more as fertile than as decay-
ing; see Daniel Boyarin, Carnal Israel (Berkeley: University of California Press, forth-
coming). It is also important to note that this acceptance of fertility, and thus in a
certain sense of the female body, occurred in a deeply patriarchal context.
20. Ringgren, “Resurrection,” pp. 344–50. On Zoroastrianism, see McDannell
and Lang, Heaven, pp. 12–14. Historian of religion Wendy Doniger reminds me that
Hinduism has many stories of the return, reassemblage, and revival of the body,
frequently after it has been eaten and digested; see her Dreams, Illusion, and Other
Realities (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984), pp. 103–8 and 207ff. Perti-
nent also is the story of Trisanku’s attempt to take his body with him to heaven in
Valmiki, The Ramayana of Valmiki: An Epic of Ancient India, ed. Robert P. Gold-
man and trans. S. I. Pollock, vol. 1 (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1984), bk.
1, chaps. 56–69, pp. 231–57, esp. pp. 232–38; and the story of the revival of a god and
Introduction to the 1995 Edition 13
of these, Christianity has defended the idea that body is crucial to self
in the most strident and extensive, the most philosophically and theo-
logically confused (and rich) form. It is in the images through which
resurrection doctrine has been debated, explored, and preached that we
see most clearly the assumption that formal and material continuity is
necessary for the survival of body and that the survival of body is neces-
sary for self. It is also in the images that the costs of these assumptions
are revealed. I hope this book will help us to understand the reasons
why they developed and why they survived as they did.
The story I tell is thus a story of ideas about body, placed against the
background of persecution and conflict, gender and hierarchy, and of
norms and rituals for the care of the dead. But as I said in my preface,
resurrection belief is only part of the full narrative of changing soterio-
logical and eschatological hopes in the centuries between 200 and 1336.
Since resurrection must also be understood against the background of
changing assumptions about the afterlife, the soul, and the end of time,
it will be useful to summarize these briefly here.
During the patristic period, millenarian expectation gradually abated.
The bodily resurrection hoped for by Jews and Christians in the centu-
ries just before and after the beginning of the Common Era was supposed
to occur in a reconstituted universe—a “new heaven and new earth.”
The heroes and heroines of 2 Maccabees 7 and the Book of Daniel, like
those of early patristic writers such as Papias and to some extent Ire-
naeus, were thought to sleep in refrigerium (repose or refreshment) until
God should return to reign over an earthly kingdom. Such hopes had
not disappeared by the fifth century, but few any longer expected the
millenial age to come soon, and eschatological yearning was increas-
ingly focused on heaven, to which soul might go while the bones still
reposed underground. Oscar Cullmann seems to be right that early
Christians, like their Jewish contemporaries, thought primarily of a
unitary person, which slept in the dust between death and resurrection,
whereas by late antiquity Christian theologians held soul to be immor-
tal but defined body as that which falls and must therefore rise again.21
a human after the former has been eaten by the latter; see Wendy Doniger O’Flaherty,
ed., Hindu Myths: A Source Book (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1975), pp. 282–89. The
presence of such stories in a religion that teaches transmigration of souls is a com-
plex phenomenon; it is not, of course, the same as a doctrine of the resurrection of
the body at the end of time.
21. See above, n. 9, and below chap. 2, n. 9.
14 Introduction to the 1995 Edition
Although the doctrine of a physical return at the end of time was not
discarded by mainstream Christians, hope concentrated increasingly
on the soul’s ascent to heaven. By the thirteenth century, soteriologi-
cal expectation focused on a judgment seen to come at personal death.
The individual’s status for all eternity was determined at the moment
when soul and body separated rather than at the last trumpet when they
rejoined. Moreover, the emergence of the doctrine of purgatory—a third
(and provisional) time and place to which the soul might go after death
for cleansing and penance—lodged change or development in the after-
life, which had been the realm of stasis.
Thus, to put it a little simplistically, the awakened resurrection body
was, to early Christians, the person; to later theologians it was a com-
ponent (albeit an essential component) of the person. Early Christians
expected the body to rise in a restored earthly paradise, whose arrival
was imminent. Most late medieval Christians thought resurrection
and the coming of the kingdom waited afar off in another space and
time.22 Images of physical resurrection were therefore images of a very
different event in the first century and the fourteenth. Yet not only
did the doctrine of resurrection hold continued importance during the
high Middle Ages when increased emphasis on soul, purgatory, and the
moment of personal death might seem to be diverting attention from
it; I shall also argue below, in ways too complex to summarize here,
that body was as important eschatologically at the end of the Middle
Ages as in the second century, because it had, so to speak, somatized
soul. Although this book is a study of bodily resurrection, soul will
come into the story as well—especially in the thirteenth and fourteenth
centuries when the doctrine of purgatory provides separated soul with
a place in the afterlife all its own.
Both the literalist interpretation of resurrection popular in rabbinic
Judaism and the early church and the somatized souls that populated
late medieval tales of purgatory seem to modern tastes quite strange.
Contemporary Christians tend to reject the more picturesque elements
of conventional eschatology. Although opinion polls tell us that most
Americans believe in heaven, it is clear that the resurrection of the
body is a doctrine that causes acute embarrassment, even in main-
stream Christianity.23 Thoughts of “life after death” still conjure up for
March 29, 1991, p. 11; and Timothy C. Morgan, “The Mother of All Muddles,” in
Christianity Today (April 5, 1993), pp. 62–66, on the current debate within evan-
gelical theology between Murray J. Harris and Norman Geisler on the resurrection
body. And see McDannell and Lang, Heaven, pp. 307–52, on contemporary views of
heaven. My interpretation of contemporary concerns differs from that of McDannell
and Lang because they look at images of heaven in those who write explicitly about
heaven whereas what strikes me is the concern for survival of body (whether qua
person or qua component of person) wherever that survival is located spatially and
temporally (that is, in heaven, in space, or here on earth, in future time, present time,
or some alternative temporal dimension).
24. See Mark Silk, “The Limits of Faith,” a review of Thomas Simmons, The
Unseen Shore: Memories of a Christian Science Childhood (Boston: Beacon, 1991),
in the New York Times Book Review, August 4, 1991, p. 14. On the Spiritualist
movement in the early years of this century and its response to death, see David
Cannadine, “War and Death, Grief and Mourning in Modern Britain,” in Mirrors of
Mortality: Studies in the Social History of Death, ed. Joachim Whaley (New York:
St. Martin’s Press, 1981), pp. 187–242, especially pp. 227–31 and 234.
25. Two particularly good examples from television are the September 25, 1987,
episode of Max Headroom, “Deities,” in which Christian ideas about resurrection
of the body are parodied, and the May 25, 1991, episode of Star Trek: The Next Gen-
eration, “The Symbiant,” in which the transfer of consciousness (represented as a
physical creature similar to a clam) results in inextricable entanglement of body and
consciousness. A number of other episodes of Star Trek and indeed the entire series
Quantum Leap can be seen as exploring the problem of who the resulting person is
when a consciousness body-hops. The ending of the film Jesus of Montreal makes the
equation of resurrection (or bodily survival) and organ transplant absolutely explicit:
the actor who plays Jesus brings sight to the blind, life to the dead, through the
transplant of his eyes and heart. Even in a movie such as the gentle fantasy Truly,
Madly, Deeply (in some ways a conventional ghost story), it is the physical presence
of the lover who returns from the dead that causes the problem. These stories are
16 Introduction to the 1995 Edition
very different from conventional tales of mediums summoning back spirits that have
“crossed over.” In such accounts the spirits reveal personality by their memories or
by verbal quirks; body is not an issue.
This is not to suggest that all recent popular treatments of the survival question
stress the necessity of body. The high-grossing movie Ghost uses a traditional ghost-
story plot.
26. See Renée C. Fox and Judith P. Swazey, The Courage to Fail: A Social View of
Organ Transplants and Dialysis, 2d ed. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1974),
pp. 27–32; and Bynum, Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 244–52 and 397–400 nn.
18–43. For the emphasis in recent psychology on the “embodied-ness” of knowing,
see George Lakoff, Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things: What Categories Reveal
about the Mind (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987) and Mark Johnson, The
Body in the Mind: The Bodily Basis of Meaning, Imagination, and Reason (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1987).
27. Nancy Struever, “Philosophical Problems and Historical Solutions,” in At the
Nexus of Philosophy and History, ed. B. Danenhauer (Athens, Georgia: University
of Georgia Press, 1987), p. 76. For a wonderful compendium of such thought experi-
ments, see Douglas R. Hofstadter and Daniel C. Dennett, eds., The Mind’s I: Fanta-
sies and Reflections on Self and Soul (New York: Basic Books, 1981).
28. See Stuart F. Spicker, “Introduction,” in The Philosophy of the Body: Rejec-
tions of Cartesian Dualism, ed. Spicker (Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1970), pp. 3–23,
a defense of the argument that body switching is logically impossible and that it
is more correct than not to say that a person is his or her body. For a discussion of
recent work in the philosophy of mind, see Jerry Fodor, “The Big Idea: Can There
Be a Science of Mind?” the Times Literary Supplement, July 3, 1992, pp. 5–7, which
argues that all current positions are materialist “for much the same reason that
Churchill gave for being a democrat: the alternatives seem even worse.”
Introduction to the 1995 Edition 17
with which I conclude point forward toward great literary works, such
as The Pearl, which I shall not treat. But one must stop somewhere.
And the fourteenth century images with which I end are, of course,
completely different (in their specific details if not in what they ulti-
mately conjure up) from the images of space travel and mind trans-
plant crucial to the present discussion of survival. Another set of essays
would be necessary to take the story from the fourteenth to the early
twentieth century. I merely suggest here that, whether or not it has
always been the case in the modern centuries, it is certainly today true
that considerations of self and survival take the body with impassioned
seriousness. We face utterly different problems from the schoolmen and
artists of the Middle Ages. Yet the deep anxiety we feel about artificial
intelligence and organ transplants, about the proper care of cadavers,
about the definition of death—an anxiety revealed in the images of
bodily partition and reassemblage that proliferate in our movies and
pulp fiction—connects us more closely than most of us are aware to
a long Western tradition of abstruse discussion of bodily resurrection.
Pa r t O n e
T H E P AT R I S T I C
B AC K G R O U N D
One
Resurrection and Martyrdom:
The Decades Around 200
If God raises not men entire, He raises not the dead. For what dead
man is entire. . . . What body is uninjured, when it is dead? . . . Thus
our flesh shall remain even after the resurrection—so far indeed sus-
ceptible of suffering, as it is the flesh, and the same flesh too; but at
the same time impassible, inasmuch as it has been liberated by the
Lord.1
Such forceful and explicit arguments were necessary. At the end of the
second century the resurrection of the body had become a major topic
of controversy among Christians and between Christians and their
1. For the full quotation see n. 88 below. A portion of this chapter was delivered
as my presidential address at the meeting of the American Catholic Historical Asso-
ciation in San Francisco, on January 8, 1994. It will appear in a forthcoming issue of
the Catholic Historical Review under the title “Images of Bodily Resurrection in the
Theology of Late Antiquity.”
22 the patristic background
pagan critics. The idea and the images in which it was expressed had a
long history.
It is not my intention in this book to give a complete survey of doc-
trine or metaphor, nor do I want to suggest theories about the origins of
resurrection belief, which lie well before the decades of Jesus’s earthly
life. In the chapters that follow, I shall focus on various moments in
Christian history when the idea of bodily resurrection—already intro-
duced into theological discussion by the Pauline epistles—was debated,
challenged, reaffirmed, and/or redefined. Nonetheless, I cannot begin
my study of the late second century, which saw the first sustained
explorations of the place of body in eschatology, without a brief con-
sideration of the metaphors in which first- and second-century Chris-
tians spoke of resurrection. Although I shall focus in this chapter on
the decades around 200—decades in which the analogies that became
crucial for medieval theological discourse were first elaborated—I must
discuss changes in images and assumptions that had crept into theology
between the years in which Paul answered the Corinthians and those in
which Tertullian faced, with very different arguments, both the intel-
lectual threat of Gnosticism and the physical threat of martyrdom.
A time is coming when vineyards spring up, each having ten thou-
sand vines . . . and every grape, when pressed, will yield twenty-five
measures of wine. And when anyone of the saints takes hold of one of
their clusters, another cluster will cry out: ‘I am better. Take me. . . .’
In like manner, a grain of wheat will grow ten thousand heads . . . and
every grain will yield ten pounds of clean, pure flour; but the other
fruit trees, too, as well as seeds and herbs, will bear in proportions
suited to each kind; and all animals, feeding on these products of the
earth, will become peaceable and friendly to each other, and be com-
pletely subject to man.5
The author of the fourth similitude of the text known as The Shepherd
of Hermas explains that in the world to come the righteous will be like
living trees that flower.6 The Apocalypse of Peter, drawing explicitly on
1 Corinthians 15 as well as on Ezekiel 37.1–14, Revelation 20.13, and
Enoch 61.5, says the righteous will reign in a region outside the earth,
517–29; Ton H. C. Van Eijk, La résurrection des morts chez les Pères Apostoliques
(Paris: Beauchesne, 1974). The old article by H. B. Swete, “The Resurrection of the
Flesh,” Journal of Theological Studies 18 (1917): 135–41, is still useful.
4. In addition to the works cited in n. 3 above, see Dewart, Death and Resur-
rection; Michel, “Résurrection”; and R. M. Grant, “The Resurrection of the Body,”
Journal of Religion 28 (1948): 120–30 and 188–208.
5. The text, Papias Frag. 1.2–3, is close to 2 Baruch 29.5; it is quoted in O’Hagan,
Material Re-Creation, p. 39.
6. Hermas, Le Pasteur, ed. and trans. Robert Joly, Sources chrétiennes [hereafter
Sc] 53 (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1958), pp. 220–23; and see Van Eijk, Résurrection des
morts, pp. 86–98.
24 the patristic background
where blossoms will never fade and fruit will abound. Beasts and fowl
will give up all the flesh they have devoured, and God will do again
what he did at creation—that is, join bone to joint, joint to sinew, and
sinew to nerve, clothing all with flesh and skin and hair. The house
of Israel will flower like the fig tree, and we shall live again and bear
fruit, restored by the earth like the dry grain of wheat once entrusted
to it.7 The letter sent by Clement of Rome to the Christians at Corinth
about 96 c.e. exhorts its readers to compare themselves to a tree or vine
and uses a plethora of natural images for resurrection, especially the
metaphor of the seed (which is explicitly said to die and decay in the
earth before rising) and the analogy of the phoenix (which, in Clement’s
account, does not immolate itself but rather rises as a worm from its
own decaying flesh).8
These texts of the late first and early second century depend in their
resurrection imagery on Pauline metaphors of seeds and first fruits. But
they do not mean at all what Paul means. By and large these images
stress not the change from corruption to incorruption, or the difference
between natural and spiritual, between the dry, dead seed and the flow-
ering sheaf; rather, they make the world to come a grander and more
abundant version of this world. Expressing enormous optimism about
the goodness of creation, they draw such a close analogy between resur-
rection and natural change that they either make resurrection a process
set in motion by the very nature of things, or they make all growth
dependent on divine action.
Like 1 Corinthians, these texts suggest a kind of continuity but attri-
bute it to no principle. Identity is not yet an explicit issue. As is true in
some contemporary Jewish texts and in later rabbinic material as well,
the natural metaphors mean that the whole person returns—changed,
perfected, pure, and fertile like a green tree, but still himself or herself.9
Both Christian and Jewish texts reproduce and refute the carping of
critics. They admit that we do not see cadavers rise up whole. But the
answer they give to this objection is the answer of divine power: we
cannot doubt that God raises the dead, for in his creation he does many
wondrous things. Neither in philosophical argument nor in image is
the question yet raised: What would account for the “me-ness” of the
“me” that returns? If we look more closely at the use of the phoenix
analogy in 1 Clement, we can see quite clearly that identity is not at
stake. To later authors, the phoenix immolates itself and rises from
the ashes the same bird, as the three children survived in the fiery
furnace (Daniel 3.19–24, 91–94). To Clement, the bird dies; its flesh
decays; a worm or larva is born from this putrefying flesh and feeds on
it. Eventually the worm grows wings and flies to the altar of its triumph
carrying the bones of the old bird, now stripped clean. Modern readers
immediately worry that there appear to be two birds in this story; how
therefore is it an analogy to resurrection? But Clement focused not on
9. In addition to the works cited in the introduction, n. 9, above, see George Foot
Moore, Judaism in the First Centuries of the Christian Era: The Age of Tannaim
(1927; reprint, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard, 1966), vol. 2, pp. 287–392. Jewish texts of
the first century of the Common Era displayed many different notions of resurrection
and immortality, some predicated on a Greek soul-body dualism. See, for example,
The Biblical Antiquities of Philo, trans. M. R. James (London: SPCK, 1917), bk. 3,
chaps. 10, 51, 64, pp. 81–82, 217–18, 240; on problems with the text and its attribution
see Stemberger, Der Leib, pp. 97–117. Basic texts on resurrection from the Babylonian
Talmud (i.e., third to sixth century) retain naturalistic images, including burgeoning
grain, for resurrection (although with a strong sense of material continuity rather than
transformation). See Babylonian Talmud (Soncino edition), Kethuboth, 111b:
R. Hiyya b. Joseph said: A time will come when the just will break through
the soil. . . . And they will blossom out of the city like grass of the earth (Ps.
72.16). . . . R. Hiyya b. Joseph said further: The just in the time to come will
rise [apparelled] in their own clothes. This is deduced a minori ad majus from
a grain of wheat. If a grain of wheat that is buried naked sprouts up with many
coverings how much more so the just who are buried in their shrouds.
See also Babylonian Talmud, Sanhedrin, 91a–91b, which uses the grain analogy, the
idea of the potter repairing his pot, the building analogy, and a parallel to the birth of
a mouse from the earth (a kind of spontaneous generation), and says explicitly that
we rise with our defects, which are then repaired. Somewhat later rabbinic material
argues explicitly that bone is the element of material continuity and elaborates the
embryological analogy for resurrection; Ezekiel 37 is used to suggest that God puts
us back together in a process that parallels (or reverses the temporal order of) the way
the fetus grows in the first instance. See Midrash Rabbah (3d ed. New York: Soncino
Press, 1983): Leviticus Rabbah 18. 1 (Zunz dates to mid-seventh century), Genesis
Rabbah 28.3 (Zunz dates to sixth century), Ecclesiastes Rabbah (probably seventh
century), 1.7.6–8, 3.2.1–2, 3.14.1–15, 5.8.5, 12.5.
Resurrection of the dead was one of the three core beliefs of rabbinic Judaism; see
Cohen, From Maccabees to Mishnah, p. 220.
26 the patristic background
what accounts for the survival of the individual but on the return of
phoenix from death and putrefaction. For him, individual, community,
and generic nature fuse.10
By the end of the second century, however, things had changed.
“Resurrection” was no longer simply a minor theme of discussion and
apologetics; it became a major element in disputes among Christians
and in Christian defenses against pagan attack. Entire treatises were
devoted to the topic. Resurrection not of “the dead” or “the body”
(soma or corpus) but of “the flesh” (sarx or caro) became a key element
in the fight against Docetism (which treated Christ’s body as in some
sense unreal or metaphorical) and Gnosticism (which carried “realized
eschatology” so far as to understand resurrection as spiritual and moral
advance in this life and therefore as escape from body). The statements
of belief for catechumens that appeared around 200 and soon after gave
rise to various local creeds (one of which, the old Roman, became the
so-called Apostles’ Creed) required assent to the doctrine of resurrectio
carnis not mortuorum or corporum.11
Scholars have tended to explain the acute concern for resurrection of
a palpable, fleshly body as owing to several factors: first, the model of
Jesus’s own resurrection; second, the impact of millenarianism (which
assumes reanimation, at least of the righteous); third, the conflict with
Gnosticism (which saw flesh as evil and therefore Christ’s body as in
some sense unreal); fourth, Christian adoption of Hellenistic dualist
anthropology (which assumes an opposition of soul and body and there-
fore forces the question “what survives?”); fifth, the emerging govern-
mental structure of the third-century church (which was enhanced by
the stress on difference or hierarchy entailed in the stress on body).12
None of these arguments is wrong. But I would suggest that all except
the fifth (to which I shall return in my next chapter) are to some extent
tautological.13 One cannot say that Christians taught literal, material,
10. See n. 8 above. On the phoenix myth, see Van Eijk, Résurrection des morts,
pp. 53–55; O’Hagan, Material Re-Creation, p. 95,
11. See J. N. D. Kelly, Early Christian Creeds, 3d ed. (New York: David McKay,
1972). According to Crouzel and Grossi, “Resurrection,” p. 732, the belief of the
early creeds contains three components: first, resurrection will occur “on the last
day” at Christ’s second coming; second, everyone will rise; third, the body will be
both identical and new.
12. See J. G. Davis, “Factors Leading to the Emergence of Belief in the Resurrec-
tion of the Flesh,” Journal of Theological Studies, n.s. 23 (1972): 448–55; John G.
Gager, “Body-Symbols and Social Reality: Resurrection, Incarnation, and Asceticism
in Early Christianity,” Religion 12, no. 4 (1982): 345–64.
13. The fifth argument, which has been made most clearly by Gager, “Body-Sym-
bols,” using the interpretations of Elaine Pagels in The Gnostic Gospels, is ulti-
mately Durkheimian and functionalist. See below, chap. 2, pp. 109–113.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 27
14. Van Eijk, Résurrection des morts, pp. 99–126; see also Virginia Corwin,
St. Ignatius and Christianity in Antioch (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1960),
pp. 171–72. For a sensitive argument that Ignatius’s response is “mystical” in a broad
meaning of the term, see McGinn, Foundations of Mysticism, p. 101.
15. Van Eijk, Résurrection des morts, pp. 122–23.
28 the patristic background
By the later part of the second century, the concerns Ignatius expresses
here are couched in much more crudely literal language.
Two of the earliest second century treatises on the resurrection—
Justin Martyr’s and Athenagoras’s—have been labeled apocryphal by
some scholars partly because of the presence in them of certain tech-
nical scientific arguments (such as the chain consumption argument)
that concentrate on material continuity and are sometimes thought to
be later.17 I accept these treatises, both because they are accepted in
some recent scholarly considerations and because my study of meta-
phors establishes that the technical arguments at stake are compatible
16. Ignatius, Epistle to the Romans, in Ignatius of Antioch and Polycarp of Smyrna,
Lettres: Martyre de Polycarpe, ed. and trans. P. T. Camelot, Sc 10, 3d ed. (Paris: Édi-
tions du Cerf, 1958), pp. 130–33; William R. Schoedel, trans., Ignatius of Antioch:
A Commentary on the Letters…, ed. H. Koester et al. (Philadelphia: Fortress Press,
1985), pp. 175 and 178. The textual tradition of Ignatius is very complicated, but the
letter to the Romans is accepted as genuine; see J. Ruis-Camps, The Four Authentic
Letters of Ignatius, the Martyr (Rome: Pontificium Institutum Orientalium Studio-
rum, 1980); and Schoedel, Ignatius. These words are later quoted by Irenaeus, Adver-
sus haereses, bk. 5, chap. 28, parag. 4; see Irenaeus of Lyons, Contre les hérésies, bk.
5, ed. and trans. Adelin Rousseau, Sc 152–153 (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1969), vol. 2,
pp. 360–63, and Schoedel, Ignatius, p. 1 n. 2.
17. On Athenagoras, see R. M. Grant, “Athenagoras or Pseudo-Athenagoras,”
Harvard Theological Review 47 (1954): 121–29; Athenagoras, Legatio and De Res-
urrectione, ed. and trans. William R. Schoedel (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972), pp.
xxv–xxxii; L. W. Barnard, “Athenagoras: De Resurrectione: The Background and
Theology of a Second Century Treatise on the Resurrection,” Studia Theologica 30
(1976): 1–42; idem, “The Authenticity of Athenagoras’ De Resurrectione,” Studia
patristica 15 (1984): 39–49; Miroslav Marcovich, “On the Text of Athenagoras, De
Resurrectione,” Vigiliae Christianae: A Review of Early Christian Life and Lan-
guage 33 (1979): 375–82; Crouzel and Grossi, “Resurrection,” p. 732; and P. Nautin,
“Athenagoras,” in Encyclopedia of the Early Church, vol. 1, p. 95. On the authen-
ticity of Justin Martyr’s treatise, see Pierre Prigent, Justin et l’Ancien Testament:
L’Argumentation scriptuaire du traité de Justin contre toutes les hérésies comme
source principale du Dialogue avec Trypho et de la Première Apologie (Paris: Librai-
rie Lecoffre, 1964), pp. 28–67 passim. The best treatments of the whole debate over
chain consumption and cannibalism are Grant, “The Resurrection of the Body,” pp.
120–30 and 188–208; and Barnard, “Athenagoras: Background.”
Resurrection and Martyrdom 29
18. See the fragment formerly attributed to Hippolytus, in Pierre Nautin, Hip-
polyte et Josipe: Contribution à l’histoire de la littérature chrétienne du troisième
siècle (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1947), text on pp. 108–27; and see P. Nautin, “Hip-
polytus,” in Encyclopedia of the Early Church, vol. 1, pp. 383–85. On the Epistle to
Rheginos, see W. C. Van Unnik, “The Newly Discovered Gnostic ‘Epistle to Rhegi-
nos’ on the Resurrection,” Journal of Ecclesiastical History 15 (1964): 141–52 and
153–67; Malcolm Lee Peel, The Epistle to Rheginos: A Valentinian Letter on the
Resurrection: Introduction, Translation, Analysis, and Exposition (London: SCM
Press, 1969); and Elaine Pagels, “The Mystery of the Resurrection,” Journal of Bibli-
cal Literature 93 (1974): 276–88.
19. Acts of Paul, Coptic MS version, parags. 14, 39, in M. R. James, ed., The Apoc-
ryphal New Testament, pp. 275 and 280.
20. “Third Corinthians,” especially parags. 5 and 24–35, in James ed., The Apoc-
ryphal New Testament, pp. 288–92.
21. Prigent, Justin, argues that Justin’s treatise may be part of his Syntagma
against heresy, cut off and circulated separately, or it may be a rewriting of the
relevant section by Justin himself. Justin’s Dialogue with Trypho, chap. 80, would
support the second suggestion; see the Dialogue, chap. 80, in Justini Philosophi et
Martyris Opera, vol. 1, pts. 1 and 2, ed. J. K. T. Otto (Wiesbaden: M. Sändig, 1876;
reprint 1969), pp. 287–93.
22. Justin Martyr, I Apology, chaps. 18–21, 51–52, and 66, in Justini Opera, ed.
Otto, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 56–69, 136–43, 180–83; Dialogue with Trypho, chaps. 80–81
and 107 in ibid., pt. 2, pp. 286–97 and 382–85; and On Resurrection, in Justini Opera,
30 the patristic background
vol. 2, ed. Otto, 3d ed. (Jena: Fischer, 1879), pp. 210–49. And see Prigent, Justin, pp.
35–40. Unlike Justin’s other writings, the Dialogue with Trypho has strong millenar-
ian overtones.
23. See especially I Apology, chaps. 19 and 52, pp. 60–63 and 138–43; and On
Resurrection, chaps. 4 and 10, pp. 222–23 and 244–49.
24. On Resurrection, chap. 4, pp. 222–23. Ibid., chap. 3, pp. 216–23, stresses (as
does Jerome later) that all organs will rise, but they will not necessarily be used in
heaven.
25. On Resurrection, chap. 6, pp. 228–33.
26. Ibid. Justin’s pupil Tatian, whose work has been seen as Encratite and/or
Gnostic, gives similar arguments. Tatian says that even if we are consumed by fire,
annihilated in the water, torn to pieces by wild beasts, or vaporized, we are still
“stored up” in God’s treasury (Tatian, Oratio ad Graecos and Fragments, ed. and
trans. Molly Whittaker [Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1982], chap. 6, p. 11). Tatian holds
that the soul is dissolved at death along with the body; resurrection therefore will
be of both.
27. Grant, “Resurrection,” pp. 188–199; Barnard, “Athenagoras: Background,” pp.
6–12; idem, “Authenticity,” pp. 46–49.
28. Theophilus of Antioch, Ad Autolycum, bk. 2, chap. 26, ed. and trans. by
Robert M. Grant (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970), pp. 68–69. And see R. M. Grant,
“Theophilus of Antioch to Autolycus,” Harvard Theological Review 40, no. 4 (1947):
227–56.
29. Theophilus, Ad Autolycum, bk. 1, chaps. 8 and 13, pp. 10–13 and 16–19.
Theophilus also, however, makes use of organic metaphors in a way reminiscent of
1 Clement; see bk. 2, chaps. 14 and 15, pp. 48–53.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 31
that plants appear to rise where none were sown—a surprising (and, to
us, distasteful) analogy that stresses the continuity of a particular bit
rather than the mystery of development.30 Moreover he also says that
resurrection is like the recovery of an invalid from sickness. The sick
man’s flesh disappears, and we know not where it has gone; he recovers
and grows fat, and we cannot tell whence comes the new flesh. We say
it comes from meat and drink changed into blood, but how can such
change occur? It is really the work of God. The argument is so bizarre
that one distinguished modern scholar has simply dismissed it as “con-
fused.”31 But we need to note that it not only protects a constant core
as the body that rises; it also protects that core against change via diges-
tion as natural process—that is, against destruction by eating or being
eaten. Because recovery from illness is a miracle, the invalid’s new
flesh does not come from food but from God. Thus it appears to be sig-
nificant both that Theophilus associates resurrection and incorruption
with God’s care for the bones of the dead (a hard, material element of
continuity)32 and that cannibalism (digestion of human flesh by another
human) is a crucial issue to him. Theophilus sees cannibalism as the
most heinous charge leveled against Christians, and the most heinous
act performed by pagans.33
In their discussions of resurrection, both Theophilus and Justin Mar-
tyr respond to the attacks of pagan critics, who find the idea not only
ludicrous but also revolting. Who would want to recover his body?
asked the pagan Celsus. Corpses are revolting—worse than dung.34
These pagan attacks clearly found an echo in ordinary Christian con-
gregations. Although an early third-century text warned Christians
against what it saw as Jewish notions of corpse pollution,35 two late
second-century apologists, Tatian and Aristides, agreed that decaying
matter was disgusting, even polluting.36 By the time of Athenagoras’s
30. Ad Autolycum, bk. 1, chap. 13, pp. 16–19.
31. Grant, “Theophilus,” pp. 229–34.
32. Theophilus, Ad Autolycum, bk. 2, chap. 38, pp. 96–99.
33. Theophilus, Ad Autolycum, bk. 3, chaps. 4–5 and 15, pp. 102–5 and 118–21.
34. See Grant, “Resurrection,” pp. 188–99.
35. See Arthur Vööbus, trans., The Didascalia Apostolorum in Syriac, Corpus
scriptorum christianorum orientalium [hereafter CSCO], 402, Scriptures Syri 176
(Louvain: Corpus SCO, 1979), vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 242–47. The Syriac text is made from
a Greek original of the third, possibly the early third, century.
36. For Tatian, see Oratio, chaps. 16–18, 20, and 25, pp. 33–39, 41, 47–49; and
above n. 26. For Aristides, see Apology, chaps. 4–5 and 12, in R. Harris, ed., The
Apology of Aristides (Haverford, Penn.: reprinted from Texts and Studies: Contribu-
tions to Biblical and Patristic Literature, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1891), pp. 38–39 and 45–46. Aristides tackles explicitly the argument that earth is
32 the patristic background
44. Ibid., chaps. 5–8, pp. 98–109. For pagan arguments that cannibalism is impos-
sible, see Grant, “Resurrection,” p. 196 n. 109.
45. Athenagoras, Legatio, trans. Schoedel, chap. 34, parag. 3, pp. 82–83, and Athe-
nagoras, Embassy for Christians and Resurrection of the Dead, trans. Crehan (West-
minster, Maryland: Newman Press, 1956), p. 166 n. 298. For an example of ancient
opinion, see Hesiod, Works and Days, l. 277, in Hesiod: The Homeric Hymns and
Homerica, trans. H. G. Evelyn-White, Loeb Classical Library (London: Heinemann,
1914), p. 22.
46. Athenagoras, Legatio, chaps. 12–13 and 35–37, pp. 24–29 and 82–87.
47. Ibid., p. 85: “What man who believes in a resurrection would offer himself as
a tomb for bodies destined to arise? For it is impossible at one and the same time to
believe that our bodies will arise and then eat them as though they will not arise, or
to think that the earth will yield up its dead and then suppose that those whom a
man had buried within himself will not reclaim their bodies.”
34 the patristic background
48. See Van Eijk, “ ‘Only That Can Rise Which Has Previously Fallen.’ ”
49. Irenaeus, Adv. haer., bk. 5, chaps. 5 and 12, in Contre les hérésies, bk. 5,
ed. Rousseau, vol. 2, pp. 60–73 and 140–63. Irenaeus’s complete treatise survives
only in a rather literal Latin translation; Syriac and Greek fragments survive, and an
Armenian translation of books 4 and 5; see A. Orbe, “Irenaeus,” in Encyclopedia of
the Early Church, vol. 1, pp. 413–16. See also Godehard Joppich, Salus carnis: Eine
Untersuchung in der Theologie des hl. Irenaeus von Lyon (Münsterschwarzach: Vier-
Türme-Verlag, 1965), pp. 56–78.
50. Irenaeus, Adv. haer., bk. 5, chaps. 9–12, vol. 2, pp. 106–63.
51. Minucius Felix, Octavius, chaps. 5 and 11, in Tertullian and Minucius Felix,
trans. T. R. Glover and G. H. Rendall, Loeb Classical Library (Cambridge, Mass.:
Harvard University Press, 1931; reprint, 1977), pp. 320–27 and 340–45.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 35
their basic bits survive and await reassemblage at the end of time.52
Even when he uses images of natural cycles, such as the seasons, Minu-
cius Felix stresses a material substratum. The body in the tomb is, he
says, like a tree in winter, which is dry but will later put out shoots.
Minucius uses natural analogies to justify the idea that the specific
material components of the body subsist after death. Just as there are
volcanoes and lightning bolts that burn without consuming, so bod-
ies can perdure through the conflagration that ends the world; they
can even survive eternally in the fires of hell. In these arguments, the
words for destruction are “eating,” “consuming,” “digesting” (nutrire,
consumare, pascere); what the risen body triumphs over even in hell
(if eternal punishment can be called a triumph) is feeding or being con-
sumed by fire.53
Tertullian also, as is well known, sees resurrection as reassemblage
of bits.54 In fact, Tertullian—following Stoic metaphysics—holds that
all reality is corporeal. Even soul is composed of very fine material
particles.55 Reassemblage of bits therefore in some sense accounts for
identity. As Irenaeus says, it is what falls that must rise. Tertullian is
the first to use the etymological argument that cadaver is named from
cadendo.56 The whole person must be rewarded or punished, he asserts,
52. Ibid., trans. Rendall, chaps. 14–40, especially chap. 34, p. 421. “Corpus omne sive
arescit in pulverem sive in umorem solvitur vel in cinerem comprimitur vel in nidorem
tenuatur, subducitur nobis, sed deo elementorum custodia reservatur” (p. 420).
53. Ibid., chaps. 34–35, pp. 416–23, esp. pp. 418 and 422.
54. For a general discussion, see Ernest Evans, “Introduction,” to Tertullian’s Trea-
tise on the Resurrection, ed. E. Evans (London: SPCK, 1960), pp. ix–xxxv; and Francine
Jo Cardman, “Tertullian on the Resurrection,” (Ph.D. diss., Yale University, 1974). On
the rhetorical structure of the treatise, see R. Sider, “Structure and Design in the De
resurrectione mortuorum of Tertullian,” Vigiliae Christianae 23 (1969): 177–96. On the
dating of Tertullian’s works, see Timothy David Barnes, Tertullian: A Historical and
Literary Study, 2d ed. (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985), pp. 30–56; Jean-Claude Fredou-
ille, Tertullien et la conversion de la culture antique (Paris: Études augustiniennes,
1972), pp. 487–88; and Cardman, “Tertullian,” pp. vi–vii, 202–31. For bibliography on
Tertullian and recent critical editions of his works, see Gösta Claesson, Index Ter-
tullianeus (Paris: Études augustiniennes, 1974–1975); the Chronica Tertullianea pub-
lished annually by Revue des études augustiniennes (Paris); R. D. Sider, “Approaches
to Tertullian: A Study of Recent Scholarship,” Second Century 2 (1982): 228—60; and
P. Siniscalco, “Tertullian,” in Encyclopedia of the Early Church, vol. 2, pp. 818–21.
55. Tertullian, De resurrectione mortuorum, ed. J. G. P. Borleffs, chap. 17, in
Tertulliani Opera, pt. 2: Opera Montanistica, Corpus christianorum: Series latina
[hereafter CCL] (Turnhout: Brepols, 1954), pp. 941–42. Tertullian asserts that soul is,
however, indissoluble; it is not divided into particles at death; De anima, ed. J. H.
Waszink, chap. 51, in Opera, pt. 2, pp. 857–58.
56. Tertullian, De res., chap. 18, pp. 942–44. He attributes the etymological
argument to heretics; see Van Eijk, “ ‘Only That Can Rise Which Has Previously
Fallen,’ ” p. 520–21.
36 the patristic background
because it was the whole person (soul and body intermingled) that
sinned or behaved with virtue. But only body can rise, for only body is
cast down; soul is immortal. Bodies therefore do not vanish; bones and
teeth last and are “germs” that will “sprout” in resurrection. Jonah was
not digested in the whale. Not even the clothes of the three children
were burned in the furnace.57 In an odd excursus (which David Satran
has recently related to ancient medical lore and Jewish exegesis), Tertul-
lian even argues that when the children of Israel wandered forty years
in the desert, their shoes and clothes did not wear out, nor did their hair
or fingernails grow.58 If God can thus suspend natural laws in order to
preserve shoe leather and garments, how much more can he preserve
flesh or the particles thereof for resurrection? Although Tertullian uses
all the naturalistic images (popular since 1 Clement) that suggest repeti-
tion rather than continuity,59 he also stresses resurrection as regurgita-
tion of undigested bits and employs materialistic images of the body as a
mended pot, a rebuilt temple, or clothing donned anew. He understands
that the need to affirm identity through a change as stunning and para-
doxical as the change to changelessness is a philosophical challenge so
deep as to necessitate a rejection of the standard Aristotelian definition:
“a thing that has changed ceases to be what it is and becomes something
else.” Rather, Tertullian argues, “to be changed is to exist in a different
form”; exactly the flesh that sinned must be rewarded.60 Blessedness or
damnation can only be added “like a garment” to the identical material
body that earned these just deserts.61
Sometimes, to Tertullian, identity lodges more in structure than in
matter. He argues that in the resurrection all of our organs are retained.
Defects are healed, mutilations undone.
57. Tertullian, De res., chaps. 42, 43, 53, 58, pp. 976–79, 998–1000, 1006–7. See
also his Apologeticum, ed. E. Dekkers, chap. 48, in Tertulliani Opera, pt. 1: Opera
catholica, CCL (1954), pp. 165–68 (written at least twelve years earlier).
58. De res., chap. 58, pp. 1006–7. See David Satran, “Fingernails and Hair: Anat-
omy and Exegesis in Tertullian,” Journal of Theological Studies, n.s. 40 (1989):
116–20. On Tertullian’s use of Jewish exegesis, see also J. Massingferd Ford, “Was
Montanism a Jewish-Christian Heresy?” Journal of Ecclesiastical History 17, no. 2
(1966): 145–58.
59. Naturalistic images: De res., chaps. 11–12, pp. 933–35; regurgitation images:
De res., chap. 32, pp. 961–63; materialistic images: De res., chaps. 40–44, pp. 973–81.
60. De res., chap. 55, pp. 1001–3; and see Cardman, “Tertullian,” p. 118. Else-
where in his works, Tertullian uses this definition.
61. De res., chaps. 41–42, pp. 975–78.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 37
glory, how much more for integrity? Any loss sustained by our bodies
is an accident to them, but their entirety [integritas] is their natural
property. . . . To nature, not to injury, are we restored.62
Thus we rise “whole” (integer), like a damaged and repaired ship whose
parts are restored though some of the planks are new. Indeed the func-
tions of the risen organs may change or disappear, but no part will be
destroyed.63 Mouths will no longer eat, nor will genitals copulate in
heaven; eating and procreation are aspects of the biological change that
is part of corruption. But some of these organs will have new uses.
Mouths, for example, will sing praises to God. Even the genitals are
good, argues Tertullian, because the cleansing of urination and men-
struation is good in this life.64 Such organs will have no function in the
resurrection, but they will survive for the sake of beauty. We will not
chew in heaven, but we will have teeth, because we would look funny
without them.
Everything intrinsic to what we are must reappear in the resurrected
body, asserts Tertullian, clearly locating particularity in body. Chris-
tians believe they receive back “the self-same bodies in which they
died” (corpora eadem . . . in quibus discesserunt), for it is these details
(i.e., of age, size, manner, etc.) that make bodies who they are.65 In
his treatise on women’s dress, Tertullian even argues that if cosmetics
and jewels were essential to women they would rise from the dead—an
argument echoed by Cyprian fifty years later when he exhorts women
not to wear face powder in this life lest God fail to recognize them
when they appear without it in the resurrection.66 In his two works on
marriage, Tertullian asserts that although there will be no marrying in
62. De res., chap. 57, pp. 1004–5; Holmes, trans., “On the Resurrection of the
Flesh,” in The Ante-Nicene Fathers, ed. A. Roberts and J. Donaldson, vol. 3 (1885;
reprint, Grand Rapids, Mich.: Eerdmans, 1986), pp. 589–90.
63. De res., chaps. 59–62, pp. 1007–11.
64. De res., chap. 61, pp. 1009–10. This passage makes clear how much more
complex Tertullian’s ideas are than the charge of misogyny (so often made against
him) allows. See F. Forrester Church, “Sex and Salvation in Tertullian,” Harvard
Theological Review 68, no. 2 (1975): 83–101.
65. Tertullian, De anima, chaps. 31 and 56, pp. 828–29 and 863–65; quotation
from chap. 56, p. 864, lines 38–41. See also De res., chaps. 55–63, pp. 1001–12.
66. Tertullian, De cultu feminarum, ed. A. Kroymann, bk. 2, chap. 7, in Opera,
pt. 1, p. 361. Tertullian’s basic argument is that women as well as men must be
prepared for martyrdom; the body in which discipline, suffering, and death happen is
the same body that will be lifted to heaven. Cyprian, De habitu virginum, chap. 17,
in Cyprian, Opera omnia, ed. William Hartel, Corpus scriptorum ecclesiasticorum
latinorum [hereafter CSEL] 3, pts. 1 and 2 (Vienna: C. Gerold, 1868), p. 199.
38 the patristic background
heaven (Matthew 22.23–32), we will rise male and female, and we will
recognize those to whom we have been bound.67
Of the three authors I have just considered, only Minucius Felix, who
draws on standard pagan cosmological notions, sees the resurrected body
merely as the reassemblage of bits or parts. Both Irenaeus and Tertullian—
with the daring inconsistency of genius—join to an extravagantly materi-
alistic notion of the resurrection body an emphasis on radical change that
retains overtones of Paul. Indeed, in contrast to Athenagoras or Minucius
Felix, whose metaphors identify body with subsisting particles and sug-
gest that organic change threatens identity, Irenaeus’s so-called materi-
alistic view of the body is often expressed in metaphors of fertility and
biological transformation. Repeatedly Irenaeus uses the Pauline seed but
stresses, as Paul did not, the putrefaction it undergoes in the earth. It
rots and withers and decomposes.68 The emphasis is especially interest-
ing when we note, as R. M. Grant has done, that ancient writers such as
Theophrastus did understand that what happens to seeds in soil is more
complex than simply death or rot. Moreover the early second-century
Apocalypse of Peter, in its use of the Pauline seed, stresses that grain
is sown dry.69 To Irenaeus, however, our body putrefies like a grain of
wheat. Made from mud or slime, we return to slime again. Even the flesh
of the saints is torn and devoured by beasts, ground into dust, chewed
and digested by the stomach of the earth.70 The paradigmatic body is the
cadaver; flesh is that which undergoes fundamental organic change. The
sprouting of the resurrected seed into the sheaf of wheat is a victory not
so much over sin, or even over death, as over putrefaction.71
67. Ad uxorem, ed. A. Kroymann, bk. 1, chap. 1, parags. 4–6, in Opera, pt. 1, pp.
373–74; De monogamia, ed. E. Dekkers, chap. 10, parag. 6, in Opera, pt. 2, p. 1243.
In De pallio (which may be a late work of Tertullian’s Montanist period or an early
work from just after his conversion), Tertullian connects ostentation with gender
confusion and cross-dressing; upset because sumptuous dressing can efface the differ-
ence between a matron and a brothel keeper here on earth, Tertullian suggests that
we need to keep the marks of particularity in heaven in order to maintain there such
differences of rank. See De pallio, ed, A. Gerlo, chaps. 3–4, in Opera, pt. 2, pp. 738–46.
68. Irenaeus, Adv. haer., bk. 5, chap. 2, parags. 2–3; chap. 7, parag. 2; chap. 10,
parag. 2; chap. 28, parag. 4; chaps. 33–34; ed. Rousseau, vol. 2, pp. 30–41, 88–93,
126–33, 360–63, 404–37.
69. R. M. Grant, “Resurrection,” p. 193. See also Richard Broxton Onians, The
Origins of European Thought About the Body, the Mind, the Soul, the World, Time,
and Fate: New Interpretations of Greek, Roman, and Kindred Evidence . . ., 2d ed.
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954), pp. 263–70 and 287–90.
70. Irenaeus, Adv. haer., bk. 5, chaps. 14–16 and 28; ed. Rousseau, vol. 2, pp.
182–221 and 346–63.
71. J. Pelikan comes close to the point I am making here when he says that, to
Irenaeus, the problem to which Christ must provide a solution is not sin but death;
see Shape of Death, pp. 101–20.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 39
How can they affirm that the flesh is incapable of receiving . . . life
eternal, which [flesh] is nourished from the body and blood of the
Lord, and is a member of Him?—even as the blessed Paul declares
in his Epistle to the Ephesians, that “we are members of His body,
of His flesh, and of His bones” (Eph. 5.30). He does not speak these
words of some spiritual and invisible man, for a spirit has not bones
nor flesh (cf. Luke 24.39); but [he refers to] that dispensation [by
which the Lord became] an actual man, consisting of flesh, and
nerves, and bones,—that [flesh] which is nourished by the cup which
is His blood, and receives increase from the bread which is His body.
And just as a cutting from the vine planted in the ground fructifies
in its season, or as a corn of wheat falling into the earth and becom-
ing decomposed (cf. John 12.24), rises with manifold increase . . . and
then . . . becomes the Eucharist . . .; so also our bodies, being nour-
ished by it, and deposited in the earth, and suffering decomposition
there, shall rise at their appointed time, the Word of God granting
them resurrection.72
Irenaeus thus suggests that the proof of our final incorruption lies
in our eating of God. The very “truth” of our flesh is “increased and
nourished” in the Eucharist (verum hominem quae ex carnibus . . .
consistit, quae de calice . . . nutritur, et de pane quod est corpus ejus
augetur). We drink blood in the cup; blood can come only from flesh and
veins; we know that our flesh is capable of surviving digestion exactly
because we are able to digest the flesh of Christ. The fact that we are
what we eat—that we become Christ by consuming Christ, but Christ
can never be consumed—guarantees that our consumption by beasts or
fire or by the gaping maw of the grave is not destruction. Death (rot,
decomposition) can be a moment of fertility, which sprouts and flowers
and gives birth to incorruption.73 Because eating God is a transcendent
cannibalism that does not consume or destroy, we can be confident that
the heretics who would spiritualize the flesh are wrong. Flesh, defined
as that which changes, is capable of the change to changelessness.
72. Irenaeus, Adv. haer., bk. 5, chap. 2, paragr. 3; ed. Rousseau, pp. 34–41; trans.
A. Robertson and J. Donaldson, in Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1 (1885; reprint, Grand
Rapids, Mich.: Eerdmans, 1981), p. 528.
73. At the end of book 5, Irenaeus’s vision of the coming kingdom is of full mate-
rial recreation, ablaze with fertility. The dead will rise to an earth of abundant food,
in which animals will no longer eat animals. Thus the resurrection will bring a
world in which consumption is filling and sustaining, not destructive; the problem
of incorporation (how can one take in, or be taken into, without being destroyed?) is
finally solved in the “new heaven and new earth.”
40 the patristic background
74. De res., chaps. 27, 42, 55, pp. 956–57, 976–78, 981–82.
75. De res., chaps. 52–53, pp. 976–79. For a very positive and elaborate meta-
phor of growth, flowering, and fruition, see Tertullian, De virginibus velandis, ed. E.
Dekkers, chap. 1, in Opera, pt. 2, pp. 1209–10, a discussion of the advance of creation
toward the gospel.
76. De ieiunio adversus psychicos, ed. A. Reifferscheid and G. Wissowa, chap. 3,
in Opera, pt. 2, pp. 1259–60; Scorpiace, ed. A. Reifferscheid and G. Wissowa, chap.
5, in Opera, pt. 2, pp. 1076–79.
77. De ieiunio, chap. 3, pp. 1259–60. Eating was a basic metaphor of incorpora-
tion; much of the discussion of food in the ancient world suggests either that the
food we eat destroys us or that we destroy the food we eat. Christians struggled to
find ways of using images of consumption, digestion, cannibalism, etc., to express
an incorporation that does not destroy, that leaves the self separate from God yet
saved by him. It is striking that, in the Scorpiace, chap. 7, pp. 1081–82, where Ter-
tullian defends God against the charge that he wants human sacrifice because he
allows the martyrdoms, the word for “sacrifice” or “destroy” is “eat” or “devour.” If
God really wants martyrdom, says Tertullian, we must count happy the man whom
God has eaten (et non beatum amplius reputasset quem deus comedisset) (p. 1082,
lines 10–11). The martyrs are not really devoured, of course, because they will rise
again. De res., chap. 32, pp. 961–62, equates resurrection with regurgitation: “Sed
idcirco nominantur bestiae et pisces in redibitionem carnis et sanguinis, quo magis
exprimatur resurrectio etiam deuoratorum corporum, cum de ipsis deuoratoribus
exactio edicitur” (p. 962, lines 8–11). On the connection of eating-metaphors with
ancient notions of death, especially as regards Tertullian, see Victor Saxer, Morts,
martyrs, reliques en Afrique chrétienne aux premiers siècles: Le Témoignages de
Tertullien, Cyprien, et Augustin à la lumière de l’archéologie africaine (Paris: Édi-
tion Beauchesne, 1980), pp. 44–46.
78. De ieiunio, chap. 12, p. 1270; Ad martyras, ed. E. Dekkers, chaps. 2 and 3, in
Opera, pt. 1, pp. 3–6. See the interesting discussion of how the early martyrs used
fasting to “train” for prison and execution in Maureen Tilley, “The Ascetic Body and
Resurrection and Martyrdom 41
narrow gate of heaven; lighter flesh will rise more quickly; drier flesh
will experience less putrefaction in the tomb.79 “An over-fed Christian
will be much more necessary to bears and lions . . . than to God.”80
Asceticism, to Tertullian, prepares us for glory by moving our flesh
away from mutability and toward the incorruptibility and impassibility
of heaven. Fasting and sexual abstinence make us like the children of
Israel who achieved on earth such changelessness that even their nails
and hair avoided growth, as their clothes avoided deterioration.
To Tertullian, as to Irenaeus, the paradigmatic earthly body is the
corpse, and the ultimate indignity suffered by corpses is digestion. Ter-
tullian fulminates against pagan gladiatorial combat as heinous assault
on the beauty of bodies created by God; yet he emphasizes that all
bodies come eventually to the ugliness and destruction of the grave.81
Whether gently laid to rest in the tomb or torn and twisted—eaten by
the “bellies of beasts,” the “crops of birds,” and the “guts of fishes”—we
are all cadavers; we all end up in “time’s own gullet.”82 Thus the final
victory must be the eating that does not consume, the decay that does
not devour, the change that transmutes only to changelessness. The fact
that we eat God in the Eucharist and are truly fed on his flesh and blood
is a paradoxical redemption of that most horrible of consumptions: can-
nibalism.83 And to Tertullian cannibalism is not merely a metaphor for
the (Un)Making of the World of the Martyr” (Paper delivered at the AAR meeting,
November 1990), p. 11.
79. De ieiunio, chap. 17, pp. 1276–77; see also chap. 12, pp. 1270–71. In this late
work (probably from after 213), Tertullian implies that drier flesh will last longer
in the tomb and suggests that this is a good thing. In the slightly earlier De anima
(probably from 208–212), Tertullian stresses that what happens in the tomb does not
matter; see chaps. 51–57, pp. 857–67.
80. De ieiunio, chap. 17, pp. 1276–77. To Tertullian, asceticism is martyrdom
(see De ieiunio, chap. 12) and martyrdom is resurrection (Scorpiace, chaps. 12–13,
pp. 1092–96). He even argues that to pagans, gladiatorial combat is “qualem potest
praestare saeculum, de fama aeternitatem, de memoria resurrectionem” (Scorpiace,
chap. 6, pp. 1079–81, esp. p. 1079, lines 24–26); how much more therefore should
Christians eagerly welcome the true resurrection?
81. De spectaculis, ed. E. Dekkers, chaps. 12, 19, 21–23, in Opera, pt. 1, pp. 238–
39, 244–47; and De anima, chaps. 51–52, pp. 857–59.
82. De res., c. 4, pp. 925–26. Tertullian asks whether the wise man can believe
that something can return whole from corruption, “ . . . in solidum de casso, in ple-
num de inanito, in aliquid omnino de nihilo, et utique redhibentibus earn ignibus
et undis et aluis ferarum et rumis alitum et lactibus piscium et ipsorum temporum
propria gula?” (p. 925, lines 13–17).
83. De res., chap. 8, pp. 931–32. See also Tertullian, Ad nationes, ed. J. G. P. Bor-
leffs, bk. 1, chap. 2, in Opera, pt. 1, pp. 12–13, for charges of cannibalism against
pagans; Apologeticum, chap. 48, pp. 165–68, where Tertullian reports that some
pagans abstain from meat because it might be a relative reincarnated; and De pallio,
42 the patristic background
threat to identity. In a passage Aline Rousselle has made much of, Ter-
tullian charges that pagans commit it when they eat the bodies of beasts
from the arena who have in turn eaten the Christian martyrs.84
Tertullian stresses, explicitly and paradoxically, that the seed of 1
Corinthians 15 is a guarantee of identity exactly in its radical change.
What decays and rises is the grain, but if there is to be rising, there must
be transformation. The body is “demolished, dismembered, dissolved”
in the ground; like Lazarus, it putrefies and stinks, for it lies more than
three days in the grave.85 Because it is so vile and vulnerable—torn by
execution perhaps and certainly sullied by the uncleanness of nutri-
tion and copulation—flesh must be transmuted in order to rise as a
bride, shining like the angels.86 Thus to Tertullian, the Transfiguration
is inextricably tied to the resurrection. Our bodies will be not only
raised but also glorified, like Stephen who appeared as an angel at his
stoning or Moses and Elias who shone with a foretaste of glory when
they appeared with Christ on the mountain.87
But that you may not suppose that it is merely those bodies which
are consigned to the tombs whose resurrection is foretold, you have it
declared in Scripture: “And I will command the fishes of the sea and
they shall cast up the bones which they have devoured. . . .”(Enoch
61.5) You will ask, Will then the fishes and other animals and car-
nivorous birds be raised again in order that they may vomit up what
they have consumed . . . ? Certainly not. But the beasts and fishes
are mentioned . . . in relation to the restoration of flesh and blood,
in order the more emphatically to express the resurrection of such
bodies as have even been devoured. . . .
If God raises not men entire, He raises not the dead. For what dead
man is entire, although he dies entire? Who is without hurt, that is
chap. 5, pp. 746–50, where he tells the story of a pagan who dined indirectly on his
slaves by first feeding them to fish, which he then cooked. Minucius Felix (Octavius,
chap. 30, pp. 191–92) makes a similar charge of cannibalism against pagans. Eusebius
reports that one Attalus, while being burned, accused his persecutors of “eating men,”
something Christians would never do (The Ecclesiastical History, bk. 5, chap. 1, trans.
Kirsopp Lake, Loeb Classical Library [London and Cambridge, Mass.: Heinemann and
Harvard University Press, 1926; reprint, 1980], vol. 1, pp. 431–33). And see n. 132 below.
84. Aline Rousselle, Porneia: On Desire and the Body in Antiquity, trans. Felicia
Pheasant (Oxford: Blackwell, 1988), pp. 118–19, discussing Tertullian, Apologeticum,
chaps. 8–9 and 50, and Ad nationes, bk. 1, chap. 10, as evidence of (at least indirect)
human sacrifice.
85. De res., chap. 53, pp. 998–1000, esp. p. 998, line 6.
86. De res., chaps. 62–63, pp. 1010–12.
87. De res., chap. 55, pp. 1001–3.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 43
Martyrdom
Historians used to assert that the doctrine of the resurrection of the
flesh was established in polemical treatises from the late second century
as part of the contest with Gnosticism.91 We now know, however, that
the question of the nature of the resurrected body continued to come
up in important ways for hundreds of years and (as we shall see) did not
always entail the same issues. Nonetheless, a careful look at the images
and arguments of writings from around 200 helps us to understand what
was fundamentally at stake in the earliest debates.92 The specific adjec-
tives, analogies, and examples used in treatises on resurrection suggest
that the palpable, vulnerable, corruptible body Christ redeems and raises
88. Tertullian, De res., chaps. 32 and 57, pp. 961–62 and 1004–5; trans. Holmes,
The Ante-Nicene Fathers, pp. 567–68 and 590. I quoted a part of this second passage
at n. 1; it is interesting to see how much more complex and rhetorical Tertullian’s
emphasis on “wholeness” seems after extended analysis.
89. For example, Cardman, “Tertullian.”
90. De res., chap. 8, p. 931, lines 6–7.
91. Van Unnik, “ ‘Epistle to Rheginos,’ ” pp. 141–52 and 153–67; Davis, “Factors,”
pp. 448–55; Gager, “Body-Symbols,” p. 345; Kelly, Creeds, pp. 163–66.
92. On the method I employ here, of moving from text to context via image, see
above, “Preface,” pp. xvi–xvii.
44 the patristic background
95. I agree with Carlin Barton (see n. 93 above) that Christian apologists cultivated
and proselytized for the expressionism of suffering. They spoke of martyrs as scaling
pinnacles of pain. At the same time I argue that they held out to potential martyrs the
promise of an “anesthesia of glory” against pain. Such tendencies may appear to be
contradictory. But both are present in the texts. Their combination is found in other
cultural moments in which torture and execution play a crucial role. See, for example,
the discussion of the Aztecs in Georges Bataille, The Accursed Share: An Essay on
General Economy, trans. R. Hurley, vol. 1 (New York: Zone Books, 1988), pp. 45–61.
96. Ad martyras, chap. 2, p. 5, lines 6–7. The Ad martyras dates from ca. 197.
97. De anima, chap. 58, pp. 867–69; De ieiunio, chap. 12, pp. 1270–71. The pas-
sage in De anima also emphasizes a disjunction between body and soul, suggesting
that the soul can avoid feeling the pain to which the body is subjected if it concen-
trates on heaven. Along similar lines, Maureen Tilley has pointed out that the letters
of Cyprian provide advice to future martyrs about how to avoid terror and pain by
imagining the instruments of torture as means of uniting with Christ’s passion; see
Cyprian, Letters 76, chap. 2, and 77, chap. 3, Opera, ed. Hartel, CSEL 3, pt. 2, pp.
829–30 and 835, and Tilley, “The Ascetic Body,” p. 17.
98. Martyrdom of Polycarp, chap. 2, in Ignatius and Polycarp, Lettres, ed.
Camelot, pp. 244–45; see Quasten, Patrology, vol. 1, pp. 76–79; and Helmut Koester,
Introduction to the New Testament, vol. 2: History and Literature of Early Chris-
tianity (Philadelphia: Fortress Press, and Berlin and New York: de Gruyter, 1982),
pp. 306–8. André Grabar has argued, picking up on the argument of K. Holl, that
46 the patristic background
saints who do not even notice the most exquisite and extraordinary
cruelties.99 Death for the faith was a necessary and palpable concern
in writing and behavior during the late second century; hence it is not
surprising that the impassibility of the risen body was stressed as a
reward for such sacrifice or that the terror of execution was allayed by
the suggestion that a sort of anesthesia of glory might spill over from
the promised resurrection into the ravaged flesh of the arena, making
its experience bearable. Cyprian, who in life exhorted, comforted, and
advised future martyrs, supposedly appeared after his death to the mar-
tyr Flavian, saying: “It is another flesh that suffers when the soul is in
heaven. The body does not feel [the death blow] at all when the mind
is entirely absorbed in God.”100
But the context of martyrdom, within which so much early theological
writing emerged, made continuity of body important also. Irenaeus and
Tertullian avoided any suggestion that the attainment of impassibility or
glory entailed a loss of the particular self that offered up its own death for
Christ. Identity was a crucial issue. As Tertullian said, all death (even the
gentlest) is violent; all corpses (even the most respectfully buried) rot.101
Resurrection guarantees that it is these very corpses that achieve salva-
tion.102 The promise that we will rise again makes it possible for heroes
and ordinary Christians to face, for those they love and revere as well as
for themselves, the humiliation of death and the horror of putrefaction.
martyrs were called witnesses because at the moment of their execution they had
direct contact with God; see Grabar, Martyrium: Recherches sur le culte des reliques
et l’art chrétien antique (Paris: Collège de France, 1946), vol. 1, p. 28. Eusebius, The
Ecclesiastical History, bk. 5, chap. 1, pp. 433–35, also suggests that God keeps the
martyrs from feeling pain.
99. Tilley, “The Ascetic Body,” p. 14. See also eadem, “Scripture as an Element of
Social Control: Two Martyr Stories of Christian North Africa,” Harvard Theological
Review 83, no. 4 (1990): 383–97.
100. The Passion of Montanus and Lucius, chap. 21, in Herbert A. Musurillo, The
Acts of the Christian Martyrs (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972), p. 235; see Tilley,
“The Ascetic Body,” p. 17.
101. It is worth noting here that our oldest extant Christian prayer over a corpse
stresses the contrast between an incorruptible God and creatures who must be lifted
from change into changelessness: “God, you who have the power of life and death,
God of the spirits and lord of all flesh . . . you who change and transform and trans-
figure your creatures, as is right and proper, being yourself alone incorruptible, unal-
terable, and eternal, we beseech you for the repose and rest of this your servant….:
refresh her soul and spirit in green pastures . . . and raise up the body in the day which
you have ordained.” See Frederick S. Paxton, Christianizing Death: The Creation of
a Ritual Process in Early Medieval Europe (Ithaca and London: Cornell University
Press, 1990), p. 22, who sees the prayer as Jewish in character.
102. De anima, chap. 51–52, pp. 857–59.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 47
103. Didascalia Apostolorum, chap. 19, ed. and trans. Vööbus, vol. 2, pp. 167–75.
It is worth underlining that this text is permeated both by a very strong sense of
community created by the adversity of persecution and by an intense need to enforce
hierarchy (husbands over wives, bishops over the people, etc.); see especially chaps.
1–12.
104. Didascalia Apostolorum, chap. 20, pp. 175–83. The passage also mentions
Aaron’s rod and the seed of 1 Corinthians 15.
105. Didascalia Apostolorum, chap. 26, pp. 223–47. The passages cited in nn.
103–5 are also found in the Latin Apostolic Constitutions, based on the Greek origi-
nal and made (probably) between 375 and 400; see Vööbus, “Introduction,” vol. 1,
pp. 27*–28*.
106. See, for example, Gooch, “Resurrection,” in Dictionary of Biblical Tradition;
G. A. Barton and Kaufmann Kohler, “Resurrection,” in The Jewish Encyclopedia, ed.
Isidore Singer et al., vol. 10 (New York and London: Funk and Wagnalls, 1905), pp.
382–85; Frank Bottomley, Attitudes to the Body in Western Christendom (London:
Lebus Books, 1979), p. 52.
48 the patristic background
107. See Ad martyras (from 197) and De Corona militis (from 208 or 211). Ad
martyras, chap. 3, pp. 5–6, does mention attaining an incorruptible crown, and the
Scorpiace (probably 211–12), chap. 6, pp. 1079–81, argues that a special “mansion”
in heaven is a reward for martyrdom. But Tertullian’s major argument is to compare
pagan and Christian self-sacrifice.
108. De spectaculis (from between 198 and 206), chap. 30, pp. 210–12.
109. De ieiunio, chap. 12, pp. 1270–71; De pallio, chap. 6, p. 750.
110. De anima, chaps. 51–58, pp. 857–69.
111. Lionel Rothkrug, “German Holiness and Western Sanctity in Medieval and
Modem History,” Historical Reflections/Réflexions historiques 15, no. 1 (1988):
215–29.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 49
112. Eusebius, The Ecclesiastical History, bk. 5, chap. 1, pp. 435–37. Book 8,
chap. 7, pp. 270–73, makes it clear that denial of burial is an insult. Throughout book
5, chap. 1, book 8, chaps. 7–12, and book 10, chap. 8, Eusebius displays considerable
fascination with the details of torture. In his History, bk. 5, chaps. 1–4, he incorpo-
rates a letter in the name of the Christians of Lyons and Vienne (probably written
by Irenaeus himself shortly after the persecution of 177) describing the martyrs of
Lyons; see P. Nautin, “Letter of the Church of Lyons and Vienne,” in Encyclopedia
of the Early Church, vol. 1, pp. 483–84. And see Minucius Felix, Octavius, chaps, 11,
34, 37–38; pp. 340–45, 416–21, and 426–35; on this passage see Arthur Darby Nock,
“Cremation and Burial in the Roman Empire,” Harvard Theological Review 25, no. 4
(1932): 334.
113. See above nn. 14 and 16.
114. Saxer, Morts, martyrs, reliques, p. 88.
115. Eusebius, Ecclesiastical History, bk. 5, chap. 1, vol. 1, pp. 435–37. The Acts
of Carpus, Papylus, and Agathonice, chap. 47, (from the 160s) reports that the Chris-
tians secretly took up and guarded the remains; see Some Authentic Acts of the Early
Martyrs, trans. E. C. E. Owen (London: SPCK, 1927), pp. 42–46, especially p. 46, and
Quasten, Patrology, vol. 1, p. 183. For stories of early Christians caring for remains,
see Nicole Hermann-Mascard, Les Reliques des saints: Formation coutumière d’un
50 the patristic background
droit (Paris: Édition Klincksieck, 1975), pp. 23–26, and Alfred C. Rush, Death and
Burial in Christian Antiquity (Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America,
1941), passim, especially pp. 122, 205–6.
116. See Henri Leclercq, “Martyr,” Dictionnaire d’archéologie chrétienne et de
liturgie, ed. F. Cabrol and H. Leclercq [hereafter DACL], vol. 10 (Paris: Letouzey et
Ané, 1932), col. 2433.
117. See above, n. 112; Leclercq, “Martyr,” cols. 2425–40.
118. Martyrdom of Polycarp, chaps. 15, 17, and 18, in Ignatius and Polycarp,
Lettres, ed. Camelot, pp. 262–65, 266–69; quoted passage at p. 264. The prayer put in
Polycarp’s mouth refers to sharing “the cup” with Christ and to rising in body and
soul (ibid., p. 262).
Resurrection and Martyrdom 51
to all Christians as well. Hence the broader context within which the
doctrine of the resurrection of the flesh should be located appears to be
the vast subject of attitudes toward and practices concerning the bodies
of the ordinary dead.
Burial Practices
It is no more novel to connect burial practice and resurrection than it is
to connect resurrection and martyrdom. But once again I do not mean
by this argument quite what previous scholars have meant.
It is well known that the second and third centuries saw basic
changes in Roman burial practices, and twentieth-century scholarship
has debated the relationship of these to Christian doctrine (albeit with
remarkably inconclusive results).119 Older theories held that the change
from cremation back to the earlier practice of inhumation—a change
that began about the time of Trajan (d. 117)—was a result in part of
Christian opposition to cremation. When scholars had to admit that the
chronology of developments made this idea totally untenable, they fell
back on the partially tautological argument that the change in practice
was a change in fashion, with no ideational underpinning.120
This claim is, in one sense, quite plausible. There is much recent,
cross-cultural work in both anthropology and history that suggests that
we can never find a causal relationship between doctrine and burial
practice. Scholars have not, to my knowledge, been able to adduce a
single case where a change in eschatology dictates precise changes in
death rituals or where changing practice immediately entails a new
theory of the afterlife.121 This observation should not, however, lead
119. Franz Cumont, After Life in Roman Paganism (New Haven: Yale University
Press, 1922); Henri Leclercq, “Incineration,” DACL, vol. 7, pt. 1 (1926), cols. 502–8;
Nock, “Cremation and Burial”; Rush, Death and Burial in Christian Antiquity;
Onians, Origins; J. M. C. Toynbee, Death and Burial in the Roman World (Ithaca:
Cornell University Press, 1971); Jean-Marie Mathieu, “Horreur du cadavre et phi-
losophie dans le monde romain: Le cas de la patristique grecque du IVe siècle,” in La
Mort, les morts, et l’au-delà dans le monde romain (Caen: Centre de Publications de
l’Université de Caen, 1987), pp. 311–20.
120. Nock, “Cremation and Burial,” and Toynbee, Death and Burial.
121. See Paul-Albert Fevrier, “La mort chrétienne,” in Segni e riti nella chiesa
altomedievale occidentale (Spoleto: Presio la sede del Centro, 1987), vol. 2, pp. 881–
942; Bailey Young, “Paganisme, christianisation, et rites funéraires merovingiens,”
Archéologie médiévale 7 (1977): 5–81; and Paxton, Christianizing Death, pp. 3–4. On
the general point, see P. Reinecke, “Reihengräber und Friedhöfe der Kirchen,” Ger-
mania 9, fase. 2 (1952): 103–7; Edward James, “Merovingian Cemetery Studies and
Some Implications for Anglo-Saxon England,” in Anglo-Saxon Cemeteries, 1979: The
52 the patristic background
127. As Paxton points out (Christianizing Death, p. 20), funerary rituals protected
both the living from the dead and the dead from demons.
128. See Potter, “Martyrdom as Spectacle”; Barton, “Sacramentum”; and eadem,
Sorrows of the Romans. On violence and pain in this period, see Jacques Paul, in
L’église et la culture en occident, ixe–xiie siècles (Paris: Presses Universitaires de
France, 1986), vol. 2, pp. 674–83; Michel Rouche, “The Early Middle Ages in the
West,” in A History of Private Life, vol. 1: From Pagan Rome to Byzantium, ed. Paul
Veyne, trans. Arthur Goldhammer (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1987], pp. 485–517; and Peter Brown, Power and Persuasion, chap. 2, and chap. 3 at
nn. 100–3. And see n. 132 below.
129. See Nock, “Cremation and Burial,” and Toynbee, Death and Burial. On
funerary meals, see Saxer, Morts, martyrs, reliques, pp. 123–49, and Joan M. Petersen,
The Dialogues of Gregory the Great in Their Late Antique Cultural Background
(Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 1984), p. 142.
130. Cumont, After Life in Roman Paganism, pp. 44–56.
131. In many different layers of the Old Testament, the grave or the underworld
or even Yahweh are spoken of as “eating” the dead; see Nicolas J. Tromp, Primitive
Conceptions of Death and the Nether World in the Old Testament (Rome: Pontifical
Biblical Institute, 1969), pp. 8, 21–32, 107, 172, 191–95, 212.
132. See above nn. 47 (Athenagoras sees cannibalism as making oneself a “tomb”
for others), 77 (Tertullian sees God as “devouring” the martyrs), 103 through 105
(the Didascalia connects celebration of the Eucharist on the grave with not only
survival but also redemption of bodiliness), and below chapter 2, n. 121 (Jerome fears
transmigration of souls as a kind of chain consumption). And see Ariès, Hour of Our
54 the patristic background
Early Christianity, rabbinic Judaism, and the Koran all speak of the
body that rises as bones or a seed.133 Christian exegesis, like rabbinic,
came to read the dry bones of Ezekiel 37.1–14 as referring not to the
nation of Israel but to individuals.134 The early rabbis taught that the
person would rise when the “nut” of the spinal column was watered or
fed by the dew of resurrection and that the bones of the just would roll
through special underground tunnels to be reassembled in Jerusalem
at the sound of the last trumpet—ideas that clearly reflect the Jew-
ish practice of ossilegium and reburial in the Holy Land.135 Without a
Death, p. 58 and passim. The curious polemic of Arnobius (Adversus nationes, ed. A.
Reifferscheid, CSEL 4 [Vienna: C. Gerold, 1875]), which argues that God must bestow
immortality on the soul as well as resurrection on the body, voices violent rejection
of embodiment. See bk. 2, chaps. 39–43, pp. 79–82, which questions whether God
could have sent souls into bodies to “be buried in the germs of men, spring from the
womb, . . . keep up the silliest wailings, draw the breasts in sucking, besmear and
bedaub themselves with their own filth, . . . to lie, to cheat, to deceive . . .,” and details
the horrors of the arena as special proof of human depravity. Amobius says spectators
at the animal shows delight in blood and dismemberment, and “grind with their teeth
and give to their utterly insatiable maw” pieces of animals who have eaten humans
(trans. H. Bryce, in Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 6 [reprint, Eerdmans, 1978], pp. 449 and
450). In bk. 2, chap. 37, Amobius speaks of the embodiment of souls as a process of
going to earthly places, “tenebrosis ut corporibus inuolutae inter pituitas et sangui-
nem degerent, inter stercoris hos utres et saccati obscenissimas serias umoris. . . .”
(CSEL 4, pp. 77–78). Arnobius’s pupil, Lactantius, who also has a strong sense of
body-soul dualism, gives a truly horrific description of the brutality of the arena; see
Institutes, bk. 6, chaps. 20, in Lactantius, Opera omnia, ed. Samuel Brandt, CSEL 19
and 27, pt. 2 (Prague: Tempsky, 1890; reprint, Johnson, 1965), pp. 555–62.
133. Koran, Surah 56.60–61. See Onians, Origins, pp. 287–89, and Ringgren, “Res-
urrection,” p. 349.
134. See n. 9 above.
135. Babylonian Talmud (Soncino ed.), Kethuboth, 111a-111b, in which a discus-
sion of bones rolling through cavities to reach Jerusalem for resurrection is followed
not only by the sprouting wheat analogy to explain our rising but also by extravagant
descriptions of fertility in the afterlife that parallel those of Papias (enormous kernels
of grain, grapes, etc.). For the use of Ecclesiastes 12.5 (“the almond shall blossom”)
to refer to the “nut” of the spinal column growing into the person at the resurrec-
tion, see Midrash: Rabbah (3d ed., New York: Soncino, 1983), Leviticus Rabbah 18.1;
Genesis Rabbah 28.3. On some of these passages, see Moore, Judaism, vol. 2, pp.
377–87. See also Dov Zlotnick, trans., The Tractate “Mourning” (Semahot) (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 1966), especially chaps. 2, 8, 9, 12, and 13, pp. 35–36,
57–60, 71–72, 80–85, which clearly reflects concern about corpse mortification and
scattering and connects this to the practice of ossilegium and return of the bones to
Palestine (the text may be mid-eighth century, but it may be much earlier).
On Jewish ossilegium, see Joseph A. Callaway, “Burials in Ancient Palestine:
From the Stone Age to Abraham,” The Biblical Archaeologist 26, no. 3 (1963): 74–91;
Eric M. Meyers, “Secondary Burials in Palestine,” The Biblical Archaeologist 33,
no. 1 (1970): 2–29; idem, Jewish Ossuaries: Reburial and Rebirth (Rome: Biblical
Institute Press, 1971); Pau Figueras, Decorated Jewish Ossuaries (Leiden: Brill, 1983).
These works make it clear that very different understandings of person and of death
Resurrection and Martyrdom 55
and resurrection could attach to the bones; they seem, however, to agree that ossi-
legium was compatible with a notion of the human being as a unitary individual
(nephesh) even in death; see Meyers, Jewish Ossuaries, pp. 89 and 92.
136. On the prominence of metaphors of consumption in the Greco-Roman world,
see Wilfred Parsons, “Lest Men, Like Fishes . . .,” Traditio 3 (1940): 380–88, and Bruce
Dickins, “Addendum to ‘Lest Men, Like Fishes…,” Traditio 6 (1948): 356–7. See also
Maggie Kilgour, From Communism to Cannibalism: An Anatomy of Metaphors of
Incorporation (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1990), pp. 20–62, a suggestive
analysis that nonetheless misses much of the immediate context of the works it
considers. The same is true of Camporesi, The Fear of Hell, which underlines the
connection of eucharistie theology and ideas of the afterlife for a much later period.
For an analysis of funerary meals, and funerary rituals generally, as ritual processes
of separation and incorporation, see Paxton, Christianizing Death, pp. 5–9, 32–33,
and the works cited there.
137. Saxer, Morts, martyrs, reliques, pp. 123–49.
138. Grabar, Martyrium, vol. 1, p. 35
139. See above nn. 33, 83, 84, and 132, and Grant, “Resurrection,” p. 197ff.
140. On cannibalism as a way of taking over the power of the consumed (with the
concomitant idea that torturing the one who is finally eaten increases his power),
see Peggy Reeves Sanday, Divine Hunger: Cannibalism as a Cultural System
56 the patristic background
Such fears may indeed provide a deeper link than has previously
been noticed between early eucharistic theology and the doctrine of
the resurrection.141 Eucharist, like resurrection, was a victory over the
grave. Tertullian and Irenaeus expressed in paradox what Athenagoras
expressed in (questionable) science: even if executioners feed our bodies
to the beasts and then serve those beasts up on banquet tables, we are
not truly eaten. To rise with all our organs and pieces intact is a vic-
tory over digestion—not only the digestion threatened by torturers and
cannibals but most of all that proffered by natural process itself. Small
wonder then that the funerary Eucharist, at first condemned as a con-
tinuation of pagan piety, came to be seen as a palpable assurance that
our flesh unites with the undigested and indigestible flesh of Christ in
heaven. The Eucharist is a guarantee that the risen body we shall all
become cannot be consumed.
Christianity spread among peoples for whom bodily change was
theoretically inexplicable and to whom corpses were horrifying. For
Romans and Jews (although in different ways), the cadaver that lay rot-
ting in the grave was in some sense the locus of person; its putrefaction
was both terrifying and polluting.142 Moreover, decay was merely the
final permutation in a body that was forever changing (eating, grow-
ing, giving birth, sickening, aging), and the more Christian apologists
adopted the natural philosophy available in the ancient world, the less
explicable such flux seemed.143
Change was the ontological scandal to ancient philosophers. Their
basic effort was to fix identity in a world where (as Tertullian understood
Aristotle to say) change meant ceasing to be one thing and becoming
another. With such a notion of change, bodily process was fundamentally
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986) pp. 83–122 and passim; and my Holy
Feast and Holy Fast, pp. 30, 319 n. 75, and p. 412 n. 77.
141. For a fine statement of the importance of early, literalist, eucharistic theol-
ogy (from a point of view different from mine), see A. H. C. Van Eijk, “The Gospel
of Philip and Clement of Alexandria: Gnostic and Ecclesiastical Theology on the
Resurrection and the Eucharist,” Vigiliae Christianae 25 (1971): 94–120.
142. See above, nn. 47, 119, 124, 129, and 132. The Jewish philosopher Philo said:
“The body is wicked and a plotter against the soul, and is always a corpse and a dead
thing. . . . Each of us does nothing but carry a corpse about, since the soul lifts up
and bears without effort the body which is in itself a corpse.” See E. R. Goodenough,
“Philo on Immortality,” Harvard Theological Review 39 (1946): 97.
143. See Grant, “Resurrection,” pp. 120–30 and 188–208; Henry Chadwick, “Ori-
gen, Celsus, and the Resurrection of the Body,” Harvard Theological Review 41
(1948): 83–102; Barnard, “Athenagoras: Background,” pp. 8–12; Alain Le Boulluec,
“De la croissance selon les stoiciens à la résurrection selon Origène,” Revue des
études grecques 88 (1975): 143–55; Ariès, Hour of Death, p. 95 and passim.
Resurrection and Martyrdom 57
144. Aristotle, of course, understood that digestion and growth threatened the per-
sistence of the corporeal subject. In De generatione et corruptione (1.5 [320a–322a],
trans. E. S. Forster, Aristotle: On Sophistical Refutations . . ., Loeb Classical Library
[Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955], pp. 204–21) he tried to system-
atize change so that augmentation and diminution did not affect the body, which
was thus understood to endure. Various Stoic thinkers, picking up on this, tried to
maintain some kind of persisting substance. See Le Boulluec, “De la croissance . . .,”
p. 147. My point here is not to assess how successful the ancient efforts were philo-
sophically but to indicate that the issue continued to be a problem.
145. See below chapter 3 at n. 60, and the passage from Aristotle’s De gen. cited
in n. 144 above.
146. Gedaliahu G. Stroumsa, “Caro salutis cardo: Shaping the Person in Early
Christian Thought,” History of Religions 30, no. 1 (1990): 35, makes the important
point that pivotal concerns tend to appear early in a tradition but are often elaborated
only slowly.
58 the patristic background
also assumed that soul was in some sense immortal although several
of them held, as had some authors of Jewish apocalyptic literature, that
immortality is a gift from God, not an inherent characteristic of soul.147
Nonetheless neither body-soul dualism nor the assumption of immor-
tality solved the problem of survival of self. A theory of bodily return
was, to these thinkers, essential. What polemicists for physical resur-
rection urged against both pagans and other Christians was a literal,
materialist understanding of body that seemed to some philosophically
untenable and theologically unnecessary. I have argued here that close
attention to the metaphors in which this understanding is expressed
tells us a good deal about what body really meant in the polemics of
the years around 200.
Changes in resurrection metaphors to stress rot and rupture, fol-
lowed by regurgitation and impassibility, suggest that the body that
rises is quintessentially the martyr’s body, in danger not just from pain
and mutilation but also from scattering, dishonor, even cannibalism,
after death. Resurrection is victory over partition and putrefaction; it
is both the anesthesia of glory and the reunion of particles of self. Res-
urrection guarantees not only the justice denied to the living; it guar-
antees the rest and reassemblage—the burial—denied to the dead. The
early third-century understanding of body seems thus to owe a good
deal to the context of persecution. It owes something as well to slow
shifts and deep continuities in attitudes toward the cadaver, and toward
biological process, in the Mediterranean world of the third century.
By 400, the persecutions had been over for almost a century, and few
could remember a time when wealthy and prominent pagan citizens
had cremated their dead. When controversy over the resurrection of the
flesh erupted again, as we shall see in my next chapter, new issues were
at stake and a new context was reflected. But the deep—and deeply
inconsistent—conception of identity as material continuity, charac-
teristic of thinkers as different as Athenagoras and Irenaeus, lasted on
in the disputes of the late fourth and early fifth centuries and set the
agenda for medieval theology.
147. This was the position taken by both Arnobius and Lactantius; see n. 132 above.
Two
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and
Asceticism: The Debates of 400
and Their Background
1. For the argument that the real attack on resurrection came not from Gnostic
spiritualizing but from pagan notions of body and matter as ludicrous and disgusting,
see Barnard, “Athenagoras: Background,” pp. 8–12.
60 the patristic background
tomb) of the soul, see Pierre Courcelle, Connais-toi toi-même: De Socrate à saint
Bernard (Paris: Études augustiniennes, 1975), vol. 2, pp. 345–414.
9. See Van Eijk, “ ‘Only That Can Rise Which Has Previously Fallen.’ “ John of
Damascus sums up the argument; his formulation becomes the locus classicus for
scholastic authors of the high Middle Ages (De fide orthodoxa, bk. 4, chap. 27, PG
94 [Paris, 1860], cols. 1219–28, esp. col. 1219).
10. Macarius’s summary of the pagan objections to resurrection is a powerful
statement of the understanding of natural process as perpetual flux (see Apocriticus,
bk. 4, chap. 24 [objection] and chap. 30 [answer], ed. Blondel, pp. 204–5 and 220–227;
trans. Crafer, p. 153–63). Macarius’s position on the cannibalism issue is complex.
In discussing pagan objections to John 6.54 (“Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of
Man . . .”), he meets the argument that cannibalism is bestial by asserting that it is
“not strange and horrible” at all, for the fetus eats its mother in order to grow, and
the child drinks her blood in nursing (bk. 3, chaps. 15, 16, 23, and 24, ed. Blondel,
pp. 94–96 and 103–10; trans. Crafer, pp. 78–87). Repeatedly he draws an analogy
between Christ’s body and the earth and the products of the earth, assimilating all
these to fertility. He thus suggests that bodies are really eaten by earth or worms or
beasts; consumption and incorporation are not, to Macarius, charged with quite the
horror they seem to stimulate in other fourth-century writers. Nonetheless, he also
holds that bits are regurgitated for reassemblage (see bk. 4, chaps. 24 and 30, cited
above). This would, of course, suggest (as does the possibly contemporary argument
of Augustine) that on some level digestion does not really digest.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 63
clay, in heaps of earth or of dung; what are we to say about Him who
ordained the nature of the fire? . . . Would he not have the power with-
out even effort to change man . . . who is contained in matter of vari-
ous kinds, and to set before Him safe and sound those who have . . .
been eaten by wild beasts or birds, those who have been dissolved into
fine dust . . . ? Will He be found to be less effective than the fire?11
Gregory of Nyssa holds that we rise like angels, without age or sex.
But he also argues that we are reconstituted from exactly the same
particles we were in life, although it is difficult to see how God can use
such a large number of bits or why he will do so to create such a radi-
cally different body.12
Thus the contradiction between continuity and transfiguration was
not resolved; the technical question of how identity survives through
process was not answered; specific quibbles about exactly which bits
will be reassembled were not met. I stress this because answers were
available. In the first half of the third century, one of the greatest theo-
logians of the ancient world, Origen of Alexandria, gave a highly sat-
isfactory answer to the problem of identity, and he gave it in Pauline
language. Employing in new ways the seed and garment metaphors pop-
ular since the second century, Origen accounted for identity through
dynamic process and built radical change into resurrection.13
11. Apocriticus, bk. 4, chap. 30, ed. Blondel, pp. 223–24; trans. Crafer, p. 159.
12. On Gregory, see below, pp. 81–86. Gregory’s position has been much debated;
see Jean Danielou, “La résurrection des corps chez Gregoire de Nysse,” Vigiliae
Christianae 7, no. 3 (1953): 154–70; Gerhart B. Ladner, “The Philosophical Anthro-
pology of Saint Gregory of Nyssa,” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 12 (1958): 61–94; T.
J. Dennis, “Gregory on the Resurrection of the Body,” in The Easter Sermons of
Gregory of Nyssa: Translation and Commentary, ed. A. Spira and C. Klock (Cam-
bridge, Mass.: Philadelphia Patristic Foundation, 1981), pp. 55–80; Dewart, Death
and Resurrection, pp. 147–56. For bibliography on Gregory, see Margarete Alten-
burger and Friedhelm Mann, eds., Bibliographie zu Gregor von Nyssa: Editionen,
Übersetzungen, und Literatur (Leiden: Brill, 1988).
13. These were the basic Pauline metaphors of 1 Corinthians 15 and 2 Corinthi-
ans 5 and had been crucial to debate over the resurrection since Tertullian.
14. See, for example, Dewart, Death and Resurrection, pp. 121–22.
64 the patristic background
Because each body is held together by [virtue of] a nature that assimi-
lates into itself from without certain things for nourishment and, cor-
responding to the things added, excretes other things . . ., the material
substratum is never the same. For this reason, river is not a bad name
for the body since, strictly speaking, the initial substratum in our
bodies is perhaps not the same for even two days.
Yet the real Paul or Peter, so to speak, is always the same—[and] not
merely in [the] soul, whose substance neither flows through us nor has
anything ever added [to it]—even if the nature of the body is in a state
of flux, because the form (eidos) characterizing the body is the same,
just as the features constituting the corporeal quality of Peter and Paul
remain the same. According to this quality, not only scars from child-
hood remain on the bodies but also certain other peculiarities, [like]
skin blemishes and similar things.16
15. The bibliography on Origen is immense; see Henri Crouzel, Bibliographie cri-
tique d’Origène (The Hague: Steenbrugge, 1971), and supplement (1982); and idem,
“The Literature on Origen, 1970–88,” Theological Studies 49 (1988): 499–516. I have
been particularly influenced by Chadwick, “Origen, Celsus, and Resurrection”; Henri
Crouzel, “Les critiques adressées par Methode et ses contemporains à la doctrine ori-
genienne du corps réssuscité,” Gregorianum 53 (1972); 679–716; idem, “La doctrine
origenienne du corps réssuscité,” Bulletin de littérature ecclésiastique 31 (1980): 175–
200 and 241–66; idem, Origen: The Life and Thought of the First Great Theologian,
trans. A. S. Worrall (San Francisco: Harper and Row, 1989); Jon F. Dechow, Dogma
and Mysticism in Early Christianity: Epiphanius of Cyprus and the Legacy of Origen
(Macon, Georgia: Mercer University Press, 1988); Peter Brown, Body and Society, pp.
160–77; Elizabeth A. Clark, “New Perspectives on the Origenist Controversy: Human
Embodiment and Ascetic Strategies,” Church History 59 (1990): 145–62.
16. Origen, Fragment on Psalm 1.5, in Methodius, De resurrectione, bk. 1, chaps.
22–23, in Methodius, ed. Nathanael Bonwetsch, Die griechischen christlichen Seh-
riftsteller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte [hereafter GCS], 27 (Leipzig: Hinrichs, 1917),
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 65
Origen here accepts the antique concept of the body as flux, expressed
particularly in his day in the Galenic version of humoral theory. This
fluctuating mass of matter cannot rise, he argues; it is not even the
same from one day to the next.17 And even if the bits of flesh present at
the moment of death could survive, why would God arbitrarily decide
to reanimate those bits as opposed to all the others that have flowed
through the body between childhood and old age?
But, says Origen, there is a body; it survives from the moment of
conception until death, taking on different qualities and adaptable to
different circumstances yet recognizably itself.18 This body is not soul,
for soul—exactly because it is not material—never changes.19 Rather
body, as Origen understands it, changes in life; therefore it certainly
changes after death.20 He writes:
pp. 244–48, and Epiphanius, Haereses, bk. 2, tom. 1, haeres. 64, paragrs. 14–15, PG
41 (Paris, 1858), cols. 1089–92; trans. Dechow, in Dogma and Mysticism, pp. 373–74.
17. On Christian use of Galen, see Barnard, “Athenagoras: Background,” pp. 6–18.
On the Stoic idea of the body as flux, see Le Boulluec, “De la croissance . . .,” pp.
152–53; on the importance of natural philosophical ideas about flux as background
to discussion of resurrection, see Grant, “Resurrection,” and Chadwick, “Origen,
Celsus, and Resurrection,” pp. 86–91.
18. For Origen’s explicit attention to the problem of identity, see De principiis,
bk. 2, chap. 10, paragr. 1, and bk. 3, chap. 6; ed. Paul Kötschau, Origenes Werke, vol.
5, GCS, pp. 172–74 and 270–91. 1 Corinthians 15.35–38 was central to the concern
for identity; see Crouzel, “Les critiques,” p. 680.
19. That is, in the sense of corruption. Souls, of course, progress or regress mor-
ally. See Crouzel, “Les critiques,” p. 689.
20. The final goal, however, is changelessness—that is, the transition to a “spiri-
tual body” that cannot become a corpse. See Dialogue with Heraclides, ed. and trans.
Jean Scherer, Entretien d’Origène avec Heraclide, Sc 67 (Paris: Éditions du Cerf,
1960), pp. 66–69.
66 the patristic background
yet the very thing which was once being characterized in the flesh will
be characterized in the spiritual body.21
21. Origen, Fragment on Psalm 1.5; trans. by Dechow, Dogma and Mysticism, pp.
374–75; see above n. 16. See also De principiis, bk. 2, chap. 10, paragr. 2, pp. 174–75,
and n. 25 below.
22. Origen’s body is not Aquinas’s soul as substantial form, nor is it the forma
corporeitatis of Bonaventure or Henry of Ghent. (It allows for more change than the
latter.) It is closer to Aquinas’s second matter. But it is not that either, because it
identifies logos with material substance. See Crouzel, “La doctrine origenienne,” p.
247, and below chapter 6, pp. 256–61.
23. Crouzel, “La doctrine origenienne.” See also idem, Origen.
24. There is always a danger in modern analogies, because they may attribute
more clarity and consistency to ancient thinkers than they actually achieved.
25. See De principiis, bk. 2, chap. 10, paragr. 3, pp. 175–76; and Contra Celsum,
bk. 5, chaps. 18, 19, 23; bk. 7, chap. 32; PG 11, cols. 1205–10, 1215–18, and 1465–68;
and trans. Chadwick, pp. 277–79, 281–82, and 420–21.
26. On these images, see Crouzel, “La doctrine origenienne,” pp. 247–49, quoting
Origen on 1 Corinthians and on Matthew.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 67
from birth to old age (with all that digesting and excreting in between)
but also into the glory of the end of time. But it seemed to sacrifice
integrity of bodily structure for the sake of transformation; it seemed
to surrender material continuity for the sake of identity.
Origen’s heady sense of the potency and dynamism of body remained
enormously attractive, particularly to Eastern theologians, over the
next 150 years. Some (such as Gregory of Nyssa) spoke with positive
disdain about the survival of certain of our organs in heaven but used
startlingly naturalistic images for the resurrection. Nonetheless, some-
thing very deep in third- and fourth-century assumptions was unwilling
to jettison material continuity in return for philosophical consistency.33
Identity, it appears, was not finally the question, for that question Ori-
gen could answer. The question was physicality: how will every par-
ticle of our bodies be saved? When Methodius of Olympus launched a
massive attack on Origen’s theory in the later third century, even the
way in which he misunderstood the position he refuted indicates how
far Origen’s corporeal eidos was, for him, an answer to the wrong issue.
As always, the metaphors used for resurrection themselves constitute
an argument for what it entails. Methodius’s rejection of Origen’s the-
ory is a rejection of the image of the burgeoning seed in favor of that of
the reconstructed statue or temple.
We know little about Methodius.34 His treatise Aglaophon or Con-
cerning the Resurrection, although the source of Epiphanius’s under-
standing of Origen and therefore enormously influential in the late
fourth century, survives in its entirety only in an awkwardly literal,
ninth-century Slavonic translation, accessible to most scholars only
in Bonwetsch’s German version.35 A portion of this treatise survives
in Greek in Photius’s analysis of it.36 The Aglaophon is a dialogue
33. By the end of the fourth century, bodily integrity was for many thinkers so
closely connected with material continuity as to be inseparable from it; see below,
on Jerome.
34. On Methodius, see E. Amann, “Méthode d’Olympe,” DTC, vol. 10, cols.
1606–14; Crouzel, “Les critiques”; Dechow, Dogma and Mysticism. Amann, op. cit.,
col. 1611, says: “Avec toutes ses insuffisances et même tous ses défauts, l’Aglaophon
reste le traité le plus considérable et le plus digne d’étude que l’antiquité chrétienne
nous ait laissé sur la résurrection.”
35. See Nathanael Bonwetsch, Methodius von Olympus, vol. 1, Schriften (Erlan-
gen and Leipzig: A. Deichert, 1891) for a German translation of the entire Slavonic
corpus; idem, Methodius, GCS 27 (1917) gives the Greek text with a German transla-
tion of the Slavonic where the Greek is missing. The so-called Apocalypse of Metho-
dius is an apocryphal text of perhaps the late seventh century.
36. See Bonwetsch, Methodius (1917), pp. ix–xvii and xix–xxviii, and Amann,
“Méthode,” col. 1607. For a brief summary of the Aglaophon, see ibid., cols. 1610–11.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 69
37. See Crouzel, “Les critiques,” passim, especially pp. 693 and 697, and Dechow,
Dogma and Mysticism, pp. 349–90.
38. Crouzel, “Les critiques.”
39. Methodius, Symposium (or Convivium Decem Virginum), oratio 2, chaps.
4–6, PG 18 (Paris, 1857), cols. 51–58.
40. De resurrectione, bk. 2, chap. 20, ed. Bonwetsch (1917), pp. 372–74; (1891 ed.),
pp. 234–36.
70 the patristic background
41. De resurrectione, bk. 2, chaps. 24–30 and bk. 3, chaps. 16–7, ed. Bonwetsch
(1917), pp. 381–88 and 398–400; (1891 ed.), pp. 240–49 and 258–62.
42. De resurrectione, bk. 1, chap. 41, ed. Bonwetsch (1917), pp. 285–87; (1891 ed.),
pp. 138–40.
43. De resurrectione, bk. 3, chaps. 3–8, ed. Bonwetsch (1917), pp. 390–401; (1891
ed.), pp. 251–63.
44. Ibid., bk. 3, chap. 6, ed. Bonwetsch (1917), p. 398.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 71
45. Ibid., bk. 2, chaps. 9–14, ed. Bonwetsch (1917), pp. 346–60; (1891 ed.), pp.
208–22. And see Amann, “Méthode,” col, 1611: “La critique des arguments scien-
tifiques est d’une pauvreté lamentable . . . et les concepts physiologiques . . . sont
littéralement enfantins.”
46. De resurrectione, bk. 2, chap. 9, ed. Bonwetsch (1917) pp. 345–49; (1891 ed.),
pp. 208–11.
47. De resurrectione, bk. 2, chaps. 11–13, ed. Bonwetsch (1917), pp. 353–57; (1891
ed.), pp. 215–21.
48. De resurrectione, bk. 2, chap. 13, ed. Bonwetsch, (1917), p. 358; (1891 ed.),
p. 220.
72 the patristic background
There will always be people who cavil thus: “How do the dead rise
again? Or with what manner of body shall they come?” (1 Cor. 15.35)
For see how the body is decomposed and corrupted. And as time runs
on, even the bones are reduced to dust and are unrecognizable.
If you enter a tomb in which a hundred dead bodies have been bur-
ied, you will find there not even a handful of dust.
. . . [So some say:] “If, of these hundred dead, nothing remains after
a time . . ., surely the dead must be clothed with a new body when they
revive. But it will surely be a celestial body that will clothe them, for
where could a body come from, since there is nothing in the grave.”
One who thinks thus is, however, foolish and ignorant. When the
dead went away, they were something, and when they had been gone
a long time, they became nothing. When the time of the resurrection
comes, this nothing will become something according to its former
condition, and a transformation will be added to its condition. . . .
Be convinced of this, you foolish one. Each seed will receive its own
body. Have you ever sowed wheat and reaped barley? Have you ever
planted a vine and produced figs? No. . . . So the body that is laid in
earth, that very body shall rise again.
49. Aphrahat, Aphraate le Sage Persan: Les Exposés, trans. M.-J. Pierre, Sc 349 and
359 (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1988 and 1989), vol. 1, Demonstration 8, paragrs. 1–6
and 15, pp. 441–48 and 460–61; and Aphraatis Sapientis Persae Demonstrationes, ed.
J. Parisot, Patrologia syriaca, ed. R. Graffin, pt. 1, vols. 1 and 2 (Paris: Firmin-Didot,
1894 and 1907), 1.1, cols. 361–72 and 387–92. On Aphrahat, see Robert Murray, Sym-
bols of Church and Kingdom: A Study in Early Syriac Tradition (Cambridge: Cam-
bridge University Press, 1975), p. 29 and passim; Sebastian Brock, Syriac Perspectives
in Late Antiquity (London: Variorum, 1984); and idem, Studies in Syriac Christian-
ity: History, Literature, and Theology (London: Variorum, 1992).
50. Aphrahat, Demonstration 22, paragr. 6, in Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 999–1004.
51. Demonstration 22, paragrs. 4 and 6, in Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 995–1004.
52. Les Exposés, ed. Pierre, Demonstration 8, paragr. 6, vol. 1, p. 447; and in Pari-
sot ed., 1.1, cols. 371–72.
74 the patristic background
For it is with the body as with a seed: when it falls into the earth,
it putrefies and rots; and it is from this putrefaction that it sprouts,
burgeons, and gives forth fruit.
Just as ploughed land that is not sown with seed does not give fruit,
even if it drinks much rain, so it is with the grave in which no dead
are buried: no person shall come forth from it at the quickening of the
dead, no matter how loudly the trumpet shall sound.53
53. Les Exposés, ed. Pierre, Demonstration 8, paragrs. 1–3, vol. 1, pp. 441–44; and
in Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 361–66.
54. There is also a stress on material continuity and it is associated with martyr-
dom. Aphrahat’s Demonstration 21, “on persecution,” paragrs. 8–9 and 22–23, dis-
cusses the three children in the fiery furnace and the seven brothers of 2 Maccabees
as martyrs; Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 951–58 and 985–90.
55. Les Exposés, ed. Pierre, Demonstration 8, paragr. 12, vol. 1, pp. 457–58; and
in Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 383–86. Paragrs. 7–10, pp. 448–56 (and Parisot ed., 1.1, cols.
371–82), stress bones as that from which the resurrected body will come and are very
close to contemporary rabbinic discussion; see above, chapter 1, n. 135. For the same
idea in Ephraim, see Edmund Beck, ed., Des heiligen Ephraem des Syrers Carmina
Nisibena, CSCO, 218, 219, 240, 241, Scriptores Syri, 92, 93, 102, 103 (Louvain: Cor-
pus SCO, 1961–63), vol. 241.103, hymn 65, pp. 91–92.
56. Demonstration 22, paragr. 19, in Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 1029–32.
57. Demonstration 22, paragrs. 12–15, in Parisot ed., 1.1, cols. 1013–24. Aphrahat
stresses that there will be “no female, nor generation, nor use of concupiscence . . .
no want, nor any deficiency, . . . nor ending” (paragr. 13, col. 1015–16). All will be
“sons of the Father” (paragr. 12, col. 1015–16). Whether this means that women will
rise physiologically male would seem to depend on whether female sex is seen as a
deficiency.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 75
Prominent among Ephraim’s images for the risen body are Jonah,
spewed up whole from the whale, and the reference in Matthew 17.27
to money found in the mouths of fishes.60
58. Ephraim, Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 55, chaps. 14–18,
p. 70.
59. Des Heiligen Ephraem des Syrers Sermones III, ed. Edmund Beck, CSCO,
320–21, Scriptores Syri, 138–39 (Louvain: Corpus SCO, 1972), sermon 1, lines 502–
15, vol. 321.139, p. 13. There is a great deal of debate in art historical work over
whether Ephraim’s sermons (the attribution of which is itself in doubt in some
cases) are the source of the tenth- and eleventh-century iconographie program of the
Byzantine Last Judgment, which depicts the regurgitation of parts. See Georg Voss,
Das jüngste Gericht in der bildenden Kunst des frühen Mittelalters: Eine kunstge-
schichtliche Untersuchung (Leipzig: E. A. Seemann, 1884), pp. 64–75; Otto Gillen,
Ikonographische Studien zum Hortus Deliciarum der Herrad von Landsberg (Berlin:
Deutscher Kunstverlag, 1931), p. 19; Beat Brenk, Tradition und Neuerung in der
christlichen Kunst des ersten Jahrtausends: Studien zur Geschichte des Weltgerich-
tsbildes (Vienna: Böhlau, 1966), pp. 90–91, and chapter 4, nn. 104 and 106–8 below.
A number of the elements of the program are clearly mentioned in the five sermons
on “last things” edited in Beck’s volume. The motif of fish, beasts, and birds giving
up dismembered parts (and indeed the implication that the idea is scriptural) is not
original with Ephraim, however; see above, chapter 1, n. 88.
60. Ephraim also used the widow’s mite, the lost drachma, and the three children
in the fiery furnace. See Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 46, pp.
43–47.
76 the patristic background
For, if the divine one bent down and took the ear that was cut off from
Simon and thrown away, and attached it again so that nothing was
lost, how much more will he then at the resurrection search for every
bit so that nothing of their dust remains behind. And as in the fiery
furnace not a hair of their head perished (Luke 21.18), so he makes
known the care he will practice at the resurrection.63
61. Hermann Möllers questions whether Ephraim has an idea of material conti-
nuity, arguing that he places survival more in “personhood” than in physical stuff
(Jenseitsglaube und Totenkult im altchristlichen Syrien, nach den Schriften unter
dem Namen Afrems des Syrers [Marburg: Nolte, 1965], p. 73). This seems to me
essentially correct although if one pays close attention to Ephraim’s own arguments
and metaphors, there is clearly in them also a concern with the survival of physical
bits. See Ephraim, Commentaire de l’Evangile Concordant ou Diatessaron: Traduit
du syriaque et de l’armenien, trans. Louis Leloir, Sc 121 (Paris: Éditions du Cerf,
1966), chap. 8, paragr. 11, pp. 164–65.
62. Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 46, chaps. 10–11, pp. 45–46.
63. Ibid., chap. 9, p. 45.
64. Compare Des heiligen Ephraem des Syrers Hymnen de Fide, ed. Edmund
Beck, CSCO, 154–55, Scriptores Syri, 73–74 (Louvain: L. Durbecq, 1955), vol. 155.74,
hymn 73, p. 193, with Des heiligen Ephraem des Syrers Hymnen contra Haereses,
ed. Edmund Beck, CSCO, 169–70, Scriptores Syri, 76–77 (Louvain: L. Durbecq, 1957),
vol. 170.77, hymn 52, chaps. 9–13, p. 180. And see Commentaire de l’Evangile con-
cordant, trans. Leloir, chap. 8, paragrs. 6–12, pp. 161–65.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 77
One who dies in the womb of his mother and never comes to life, will
be quickened at the moment [of resurrection] by [Christ] who quick-
ens the dead; he will then be brought forth as an adult. If a woman
dies while pregnant, and the child in her womb dies with her, that
child will at the resurrection grow up and know its mother; and she
will know her child.65
So we will, in heaven, lose our childishness but not our parents. Ephraim
indeed appears to argue that we will retain our religious statuses and
even the marks of experience. Body expresses what is important about
self. Identifying the attainments of the new ascetic movement with the
earlier sufferings of the martyrs, Ephraim emphasized that risen flesh
reflects who we are and what we deserve. The martyrs will rise with
gifts in their hands and the marks of tortures still on their bodies.
For the works of each will be to him a garment that he bears on his
body. So one will wear the clothing of fasts and watching, prayers and
humility, another the mantel of belief and the crown of chastity. The
members of one will be stamped with the traces of iron teeth, the
rack, and beatings. Another will bear on her shoulder a brand or carry
severed members. . . . So the saints will stand bearing their works
with them . . . and by them you too [will stand] who have cared for
them. For many will appear there clad in the garment of penitence,
which they have practiced.66
And when the bird hatches her eggs, motionless dead bodies, her love
shelters them; her wings embrace them; she forms voice and life in
their lifelessness; the liquidness of the egg takes on beautiful form;
and she awakens out of the shell the buried ones. Just so the graves
will be split open by the rousing voice [of the Last Judgment].73
The Ancient and Medieval Career of a Biblical Text (Ithaca and London: Cornell
University Press, 1989), p. 229.
68. Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 49, chaps. 4 and 8, pp. 54–55.
He also sees fetuses as buried in wombs; ibid., hymn 65, chaps. 16–19, p. 92.
69. Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 46, chaps. 14–17, pp. 46–47;
hymn 49, chaps. 4, 10, 14, pp. 55–56; and Hymnen contra Haereses, vol. 170.77,
hymn 52, chaps. 4–13, pp. 179—80.
70. Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 49, chaps. 1–2 and 8, pp.
54–56; and hymn 37, chaps. 1–10, pp. 11–13.
71. Ibid., hymn 67, chap. 7, p. 95.
72. Ibid., hymn 46, chaps. 14–17, pp. 46–47; and see also Hymnen contra Haere-
ses, ed. Beck, hymn 52, chaps. 4–13, pp. 179–80, where the seed of grain with its pod
and the chick with its egg become almost the same image.
73. Carmina Nisibena, ed. Beck, vol. 241.103, hymn 46, chap. 16, p. 47.
74. Hymnen contra Haereses, vol. 170.77, hymn 52, chap. 12, p. 180.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 79
75. See Hilary, Tractatus super Psalmos, PL 9 (Turnhout, 1857), In Ps. 1, chaps.
13–19, cols. 258–61, esp. 259a. Hilary stresses that the ungodly are ground to dust
particles but not annihilated; they continue to exist as particles so they can be pun-
ished. Following Tertullian, Hilary argues that they do not lose existence but merely
change state. In commenting on Matthew, however, Hilary explains resurrection
with the metaphor of a growing plant (Sur Matthieu, bk. 5, paragr. 11, vol. 1, pp.
159–160). The metaphor is Origenist in its sense of internal process; nonetheless it
sounds almost Methodian in stressing that no alien material is taken in. And Hilary
also argues that we have “eternal materiality” (ibid., paragrs. 8 and 12, pp. 157–61).
It is customary to stress that Hilary moved from “materialism” to “spiritualism” in
his conceptualizing of the resurrection; see J. Quasten and A. di Berardino, Patrology,
vol. 4: The Golden Age of Latin Patristic Literature . . ., trans. Placid Solari (1986),
p. 33. My analysis suggests that it was common for elements of both to coexist in
fourth-century thinkers. I find more continuity between Hilary’s earlier and later
works than the above generalization would admit and therefore more internal incon-
sistency in each work.
76. Cyril of Jerusalem, Catechetical Lectures, lecture 4, paragr. 30, PG 33, cols.
491–94; trans. Leo P. McCauley in The Works of Saint Cyril of Jerusalem, vol. 1
[Washington: Catholic University of America Press, 1969), p. 134. See also lecture
18, cols. 1017–60.
77. Lecture 18, paragrs. 5–21, cols. 1021–42. To say that we will rise changed does
not mean that we will rise equal or indistinguishable; see especially paragr. 9, cols.
1027–28.
80 the patristic background
Yet Cyril, again like Hilary of Poitiers, is more concerned than were
the Syriac writers with the permanence of bits, that is, with material
continuity. He even pulls the seed metaphor completely out of shape,
using it to underline the perdurance of particles, not the internal
dynamic of growth. God holds us all in the palm of his hand like a mix-
ture of seeds, writes Cyril; if a farmer can sort through such a variety
of kernels, how much more can God sort out seeds? Instead of standing
for the person who will flower into a new body at the resurrection, the
seed kernel here stands for a piece of body, which must be matched to
its other bits and reassembled at the end of time.78
Cyril makes it quite clear that his concern for bits is a concern for
the fate of cadavers, especially holy cadavers. His reassurance that God
holds us all like seeds in the palm of his hand follows a vivid and pain-
ful description of bodies torn apart and ground to dust by wild beasts
or devoured by carrion birds who might scatter the parts as far away as
India or the land of the Goths.79 He even insists that we condemn grave
robbers because exactly the body they violate is going to rise again.80 He
explains that the Old Testament story of the corpse that rose from the
dead when cast into the grave with the prophet Elisha (4 Kings 13.21)
should encourage us to believe not only that we will rise but also that
a power lies in the bodies of the just even when their souls are not
present. If handkerchiefs and aprons that have touched the saints can
cure disease, surely we should believe that holy bodies themselves can
raise the dead.81
Moreover, we must care for our bodies now, says Cyril, because
exactly the flesh that dies will rise again. Banishing all wantonness and
ornament, it should begin to walk on earth, as it will walk hereafter,
with the Virgin-born Lord.82 The Eucharist is the food for these pilgrim
bodies, journeying to heaven. For Cyril as for Tertullian and Irenaeus
150 years earlier, eating God causes us to bear within our members,
while still on earth, the incorruptible body we will be after the trum-
pet sounds. Through digesting God, we become indigestible to death.83
There is thus throughout Cyril’s writing an attention to physicality, to
78. Lecture 18, paragr. 3, col. 1019–22. Cyril also uses the statue metaphor; see
ibid., paragr. 6, col. 1021–24.
79. Ibid., paragr. 2, cols. 1019–20.
80. Ibid., paragr. 5, cols. 1021–22.
81. Ibid., paragr. 16, cols. 1035–38.
82. Lecture 12, paragr. 34, cols. 767–70.
83. Mystagogical Lectures, lecture 22, paragr. 3, PG 33, cols. 1099–100.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 81
88. Gregory, De anima et res., PG 46, cols. 45–46; Oratio catechetica magna,
chap. 8, PG 45 (Paris, 1863), cols. 33–38; esp. col. 35b–36b, where Gregory says we
are like a pot that must be dissolved in order to rid itself of stain and defect before
being reformed in resurrection.
89. Gregory, De opificio, chap. 27, PG 44, cols. 225b–226b.
90. Gregory, Oratio catechetica magna, chaps. 8 and 37, cols. 33–40 and 93–98;
see above n. 88. The Great Catechism is from shortly after 380.
91. De opificio, chaps. 25 and 29, PG 44, cols. 215d–218a and 233–40; De anima
et res., PG 46, cols. 153–60. See esp. ibid., cols. 155b–c, 156b–c, where Gregory argues
(as did Origen) that the body is by definition that which is constantly in flux. Greg-
ory extrapolates from this idea to argue in the Treatise on the Dead, PG 46, cols.
521–22, that living is therefore a process of dying: “Quod ad subjectam materiam
pertinet, homo non est idem hodie, qui heri fuit. Aliquid enim ex eo momentis
singulis moritur, et fetet, et corrumpitur, et abjicitur. . . . Quamobrem, ut Paulus
ait, quotidie morimur: [1 Cor. 15.31] quippe qui non idem semper manemus in ipso
corporis domicilio, sed accessione decessioneque continua alii ex alio reddimur, et
in novum assidue corpus immutamur.”
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 83
92. De opificio, chap. 17, PG 44, cols. 187–92; chap. 18, cols. 195b–196b; chaps.
19–20, cols. 195–202. See also Jeremy Cohen, “Be Fertile,” p. 258.
93. Gregory elaborates this most fully in his late work, the Treatise on the Dead,
PG 46, cols. 531–34, and see Danielou, “La résurrection,” pp. 160–70. See also De
opificio, PG 44, chaps. 18–21, cols. 191–204, and De anima et res., PG 46, cols.
105–60, where Gregory shows concern both to affirm the resurrection of the identi-
cal atoms that die and to argue that all impurity and brutishness (including growth,
eating, elimination, disease, and death) is sloughed off by the resurrected body (cols.
149a–150a). Being fat or thin, or any other characteristic that comes from flux or
growth, has (says Gregory) nothing to do with the resurrection life (ibid.).
94. See above nn. 75 and 85.
84 the patristic background
If there be in you any clinging to this body . . . let not this, either, make
you despair. You will behold this bodily envelopment, which is now
dissolved in death, woven again out of the same atoms, not indeed
into this organization with its gross and heavy texture, but with its
threads worked up into something more subtle and ethereal.100
100. Ibid., cols. 107a–108a; trans. William Moore and H. A. Wilson, Nicene and
Post-Nicene Fathers, 2d series, vol. 5 (1892; reprint, Grand Rapids, Mich.: Eerdmans,
1979), p. 453.
101. Vie de Macrine, ed. Maraval, pp. 140–41 and 154–57.
102. Ibid., pp. 77–78.
103. Ibid., pp. 192–93, 200–1, and 218–25.
86 the patristic background
seeds will stir at once and the dead will germinate [germinabunt] . . .
but they will not be restored in the same flesh or in the forms they
had before. . . .
You, [heretic,] say “body” and do not mean “flesh” at the same
time, [for you wish to deceive] the ears of the ignorant. Believe me,
your silence is not simple. For “flesh” has one definition, and “body”
another. . . .
Job said: “And I shall be surrounded again with my skin and in
my flesh I shall see God” (Job 19.26). . . . Does it not seem to you,
then, that Job writes against Origen and for the truth of the flesh in
which he sustained torments? For it grieves him that the suffering is
in vain if another rises spiritually when this flesh has been carnally
tortured. . . . If he is not to rise in his own sex and with the same
members that were thrown on the dung heap, if the same eyes are
not opened for seeing God by which he then saw worms, where there-
fore will Job be? You take away the things in which Job consists and
give me empty words concerning resurrection; for how, if you want to
restore a ship after shipwreck, do you deny a single part [singula] of
which the ship is constituted?108
Jerome’s attack on John did not engage Origen’s true position or even
accurately represent Jerome’s own previous opinion about Origen.109
Jerome was egged on by Epiphanius, who criticized Origen on the basis
of Methodius’s misrepresentation of his ideas. Moreover, as Duval has
shown, a good deal of Jerome’s polemic was borrowed from Tertullian’s
attack on the Gnostics and Docetists, and in some cases the passages
from Tertullian, although used in rhetorically effective ways, were
quite mangled as theology.110 But if we ignore for a moment Jerome’s
response to and use of earlier thinkers and take his heated writing from
the decade 395 to 405 as his own theology of the body, we find that the
images on which I have been focusing in this book have undergone at
his hands some very interesting changes in emphasis.
Neither the rich language of Cicero nor the burning eloquence of Dem-
osthenes is sufficient for my anger against the fraudulent claims of
those heretics who confess the resurrection in words but in their hearts
deny it. Weak women take pleasure in [the heretical teaching that we
will rise without sex], seizing their breasts, patting their stomachs, pal-
pitating their loins, thighs, and smooth chins and declaiming: “What
use is it to us if this fragile body shall be resurrected? We shall be
bodies that must rise adult. The discussion strengthens my conclusion that the basic
issue in this period was less identity than material continuity and bodily integrity
(see O’Connell, p. 58; and letter 108, paragrs. 23–25, ed. Labourt, vol. 5, pp. 190–94,
PL 23, cols. 900–2). For the source of much of this interpretative concern with the
identity issue, see Louis Billot, Quaestiones de Novissimis, 8th ed. (Rome: Pontificia
Universitas Gregoriana, 1946), pp. 149–63.
117. See the works cited in n. 106 above, and Elizabeth Clark, review of Peter
Brown, Body and Society, in Journal of Religion 70 (1990): 432–36.
118. Contra Joannem, chaps. 25–35, PL 23, cols. 392–405; Contre Rufin, bk. 2,
chaps. 5–6, 11–12, pp. 109–11 and 133–35; letter 84, ed. Labourt, vol. 4, pp. 125–39
and letter 108, chaps. 23–25, vol. 5, pp. 190–96, PL 22, cols. 743–52 and 878–906. And
see Peter Brown, Body and Society, pp. 382–84.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 91
like angels and have an angelic nature.” From this one sees that they
disdain to be raised in flesh and bones as Christ himself was raised.119
119. Letter 84, chap. 6, ed. Labourt, vol. 4, p. 131, PL 22, col. 748.
120. Contre Rufin, bk. 2, chaps. 11–12, pp. 133–35.
121. Letter 124, chap. 4, ed. Labourt, vol. 7, pp. 98–99, PL 22, cols. 1062–63.
122. Letter 119, chap. 5, ed. Labourt, vol. 6, p. 99, PL 22, cols. 968–70. Jerome here
quotes Didymus distinguishing immortality from incorruptibility. Everything mor-
tal is corruptible, but not everything corruptible is mortal. Bodies deprived of souls
are corruptible but not mortal; they cannot “die” for they are not alive. Drawing this
distinction makes decay a separate problem from death and resurrection a triumph
over both. Thus resurrection is clearly stated to be a solution to putrefaction.
92 the patristic background
123. Letter 108, chaps. 23–27, ed. Labourt, vol. 5, pp. 190–96, PL 22, cols. 900–4.
Chapters 27–28, pp. 196–97, make it clear that the doctrine of resurrection is a com-
fort to Jerome in his grief at the loss of a friend.
124. Contra Vigilantium, PL 23, cols. 353–68. And see also letter 109, ed. Labourt,
vol. 5, pp. 202–6, PL 22, cols. 906–9.
125. It is significant that Jerome opposes Vigilantius both on relics and on asceti-
cism. To Jerome, the body is valuable because it is where salvation happens. Thus
disciplining it during life and honoring it after death are not contradictory (as they
would be if asceticism were a sort of Platonic denial of the body) but complementary.
See below, n. 135.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 93
The saints are not called dead but sleeping. . . . Hence Lazarus who
was to rise is asserted to have been sleeping (John ii.ii).126
We however refuse cult and adoration not only to the relics of the
martyrs but also to the sun and moon, the angels and archangels . . .
and to every name that is named in the present world and in the world
to come, lest we serve the creation more than its creator. . . . But we
honor the relics of the martyrs that we may honor him whose martyrs
they are. . . . Are the relics of Peter and Paul unclean? Is the body of
Moses unclean, that body which according to Hebrew truth was bur-
ied by the Lord himself? . . . If it is not permissible to honor the relics
of the martyrs, why do we read: “Precious in the eyes of the Lord is
the death of his saints”? If their bones pollute what they touch, how
did the dead Elias raise a dead man; how did that body which, accord-
ing to Vigilantius, is impure give life [to a corpse]? . . . Then all the
troops of the Israelite army and all the people of God were impure,
because they bore through the desert the bodies of Joseph and the
patriarchs and carried to the Holy Land these “unclean” ashes. . . . I
repeat: are the relics of the martyrs impure? Then the apostles merit
punishment for having, in funeral cortege, gone before the “unclean”
body of Stephen and organized a great mourning in which our sorrow
was changed into joy.127
finally what Jerome denies. His charge against Vigilantius is that Vigi-
lantius believes body to be vile and changeable. Denigrating the spe-
cial bodies of the martyrs, Vigilantius accepts ordinary earthly bodies
here below. Such a position seems to Jerome totally backward: rather,
earthly bodies should be elevated toward heaven through fasting and
chastity while alive so that they can be revered in the tomb once they
are dead.130 These bodies will rise on Judgment Day exactly the same
as they have been on earth. Sherds of broken vessels, they will be put
together again, just as they were before, and hardened by God to the
immutability that is eternal glory.
In the years shortly after 200 Irenaeus and Tertullian had used
images of sprouting wheat and reforged statues to express the paradoxi-
cal conviction that the body that rises is both profoundly the same
and profoundly changed. Jerome, writing in 404, winnows the imag-
ery and mutes the paradox. His masterful rhetoric moves earth closer
to heaven, but it also moves heaven closer to earth. In his discussion
of relics, the dead body becomes in a sense less dead; its putrefaction
is denied. In his polemic for asceticism, the living body becomes less
fertile and friable, less involved in nutrition, generation, process, and
aging; it becomes, in a sense, less alive. Thus the earthly body, whether
alive or dead, moves toward heaven while still on earth. In this it is like
the body of the martyr at the moment of execution, and Jerome does
not fail to point out that the body of the ascetic here below experiences
both a continuation of the agony of martyrdom and a foretaste of the
angelic life of heaven. But that resurrected body, similar down to its
earlobes and fingernails to the body of this life, seems to provide a mirror
of earth, not an alternative to it.
131. See Paula Fredriksen, “Beyond the Body/Soul Dichotomy: Augustine on Paul
against the Manichees and the Pelagians,” Recherches augustiniennes 23 (1988):
87–114. See also H. Marrou and A.-M. Bonnardière, “Le dogme de la résurrection des
corps et la théologie des valeurs humaines selon l’enseignement de saint Augustin,”
Revue des études augustiniennes 12, nos. 1–2 (1966): 111–36. I see Augustine’s view
of body and creation as less optimistic, more fraught, than do these interpretations,
although I agree with them in placing the ultimate power of Augustine’s position
in its determination to redeem all of the natural world. See also Margaret R. Miles,
Augustine on the Body (Missoula, Montana: Scholars Press, 1979); G. Watson, “St.
Augustine, the Platonists, and the Resurrection Body: Augustine’s Use of a Frag-
ment from Porphyry,” Irish Theological Quarterly 50 (1983/84): 222–32; and Gerard
O’Daly, Augustine’s Philosophy of Mind (Berkeley: University of California Press,
1987), pp. 70–79. For bibliographies of studies on Augustine, see A. Trapè, “Augus-
tine of Hippo,” in Encyclopedia of the Early Church, vol. 1, pp. 100–1.
132. It has been customary for scholars to stress that Augustine moved from an
earlier position, emphasizing the difference of our angelic body from our earthly
one, to a later, more materialistic position: see, for example, R. M. Grant, “Resur-
rection,” p. 207; Dewart, Death and Resurrection, pp. 164–88; and John A. Mourant,
Augustine on Immortality (Villanova, Penn.: Augustinian Institute, Villanova Uni-
versity, 1969). This is certainly correct. The early, more Platonic Augustine stresses
the “spiritual body” of 1 Corinthians 15; the later Augustine stresses the “flesh and
blood” body emphasized by Tertullian and Jerome. What I suggest here is that under-
lying this difference is a fear of natural change that made both positions—that of the
spiritual resurrection body and that of the material resurrection body—a redemption
and solution. It also made both positions somewhat inconsistent internally.
133. See, for example, Augustine, The Literal Meaning of Genesis, ed. John Ham-
mond Taylor (New York and Ramsey, New Jersey: Newman Press, 1982), bk. 5, chaps.
4–5, 18, 20–23, pp. 150–53, 168, 171–76; PL 34 (Paris, 1841), cols. 325–27, 334, 335–38.
96 the patristic background
Pauline seed metaphor with its attendant implication that body is fluid,
dynamic, potential, open to infinite development. His metaphors for
resurrection are metaphors of reassembled statues or vessels or build-
ings,134 and he stresses (as did Tertullian and Jerome) that all particles
return even if not necessarily to the same organ or part.135 Indeed, when
Augustine looks at change, he sees decay, so much so that he sometimes
equates resurrection with escape from process. In sermon 155, he actu-
ally says: “Take away death [i.e., in this context, corruption or decay]
and body is good.”136 If Adam and Eve had remained obedient in Eden,
they would have come via process (i.e., eating—in this case, eating from
the Tree of Life) to immortality; but once sin entered, process (especially
eating) could result only in decay. God’s grace and wisdom, however,
make our gain greater than our loss, for after death, which is only a
moment in the putrefaction that continues between birth and judgment,
134. See Marrou and Bonnardière, “Le dogme de la résurrection,” pp. 116–17,
which gives references to the parallel use of the statue metaphor in John Chrysostom.
135. Some interpreters have used this as evidence that Augustine did not main-
tain full material continuity; see Michel, “Résurrection,” col. 2542. This interpreta-
tion seems to me a somewhat misguided attempt to make Augustine focus more on
the issue of identity than he actually did. Augustine’s view in the City of God and
the Enchiridion was certainly as “materialistic” as the views of earlier thinkers, such
as Tertullian, and Augustine never used his idea that the matter does not have to
go to the same place as a way of allowing God to get rid of some of the matter (see
Enchiridion, chap. 23, paragrs. 89–90, ed. E. Evans, Aurelii Augustini Opera, pt. 13,
vol. 2, CCL 46 [Turnhout: Brepols, 1969], p. 97). His concern was to retain what was
there at creation, not to make the self lie in something nonmaterial, such as shape
or form. See n. 116 above, for the same issue in Jerome.
Dewart (Death and Resurrection, pp. 164–88) argues that Augustine is closer to
Origen than to Methodius because he concentrates on intellectual, rather than physi-
cal, vision of God in heaven (see De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 29, in B. Dombart and
A. Kalb, eds., Aurelii Augustini Opera, pt. 14, CCL 47–48 [Turnhout: Brepols, 1955],
vol. 2, pp. 856–62). Given Augustine’s intense interest in the retaining of organs in
heaven (an interest at least as powerful as Tertullian’s), this seems to me a misplac-
ing of emphasis. Certainly, compared to their immediate precursors the Cappado-
cians, Augustine and Jerome are far more “materialistic” in their interpretation of
resurrection.
136. Sermon 155, in Augustine, Sermones, PL 38–39 (Paris, 1841), vol. 38, cols.
840–49, quoted passage at 849. The context is, significantly, Luke 21.18 (“Not a
hair . . .”), Romans 7.24 (“Who shall deliver me from the body of this death?”), and 1
Corinthians 15.44 and 53. So escape from death and material continuity are linked.
Augustine argues that delivery from the body of death is not delivery from body
but from death. He says: “Detrahatur mors . . . inimica, et erit mihi in aeternum
caro mea amica.” See also Enchiridion, chap. 32, paragr. 91, CCL 46, p. 98, where
Augustine says that the body’s substance will be flesh in the resurrection; it will not,
however, suffer corruption. And see A. Challet, “Corps glorieux,” DTC, vol. 3 (1938),
cols. 1896–97. The remark of Mourant, in Augustine on Immortality, p. 24, to the
effect that Augustine, in such teaching, gives new importance to the body ignores
the similarity of his position to much earlier thinking.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 97
137. Literal Meaning of Genesis, ed. Taylor, bk. 6, chaps. 7–25, bk. 8, chaps. 3–5,
vol. 1, pp. 182–205 and vol. 2, pp. 36–41, PL 34, cols. 342–54 and 374–77; De civitate
Dei, bk. 13, 20–23, CCL 48, pp. 403–8; sermons 361–62, in Sermones, PL 39, cols.
1599–1634, and Mourant, Augustine on Immortality, appendix, pp. 50–126.
138. This is not to forget that the Augustinian notion of desire—particularly of
the desire of soul for body—became in the late thirteenth and early fourteenth cen-
turies a major source of a dynamic vision of heaven. See Literal Commentary on
Genesis, bk. 12, chap. 35, trans. Taylor, vol. 2, pp. 228–29, PL 34, col. 483:
Quia inest ei naturalis quidam appetitus corpus administrandi; quo appetitu
retardatur quodammodo ne tota intentione perget in illud summum coelum,
quamdiu non subest corpus, cujus administratione appetitus ille conquiescat.
Porro autem si tale sit corpus, cujus sit difficilis et gravis administratio, sicut
haec caro quae corrumpitur, et aggravat animam, de propagine transgressionis
existens, multo magis avertitur mens ab illa visione summi coeli: unde neces-
sario abripienda erat ab ejusdem carnis sensibus. . . . Proinde cum hoc corpus
jam non animale, sed . . . spirituale receperit Angelis coaequata, perfectum
habebit naturae suae modum, obediens et imperans, vivificata et vivificans,
tam ineffabilis facilitate, ut sit ei gloriae quod sarcinae fuit.
It took centuries for this part of Augustine’s ideas to come to prominence. It also
took centuries for the “retarding,” distracting desire he speaks of to become, for
his commentators, something like what we mean by love. See below, pp. 132 and
252–53. For a perceptive discussion of how Augustine’s eschatology looks forward to
an end of time and to heaven rather than back toward a Golden Age and restoration
(as did the Greek Fathers), see Kassius Hallinger, “The Spiritual Life of Cluny in the
Early Days,” in Cluniac Monasticism in the Central Middle Ages, ed. Noreen Hunt
(London: Macmillan, 1971), pp. 37–38.
98 the patristic background
139. The crucial passages are Enchiridion, chaps. 23–29, CCL 46, pp. 95–110; De
civitate Dei, bks. 13, 19–22, CCL 48, pp. 385–414 and 657–758.
140. For Augustine’s own references to contemporary discussion, see Enarrationes
in Psalmos, In Ps. 88, vers. 5, PL 37 (Paris, 1841), cols. 1122–23, and ed. E. Dekkers
and J. Fraipont, in Aurelii Augustini Opera, pt. 10, vol. 2, CCL 39 (Turnhout: Brepols,
1956), pp. 1222–23; Enchiridion, chap. 23, paragr. 84, p. 95; De civitate Dei, bk. 22,
chaps, 12–20, pp. 831–41; sermon 361, chaps. 1–6, in PL 39, cols. 1599–1605, and
Mourant, pp. 50–56.
141. De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chaps. 17–18, pp. 835–37; sermon 243, PL 38 (Paris,
1841), cols. 1145–47. Although Augustine discusses repeatedly the need for defects
to be repaired, he never considers female genitals defective. Indeed, he asserts that
the reference in Ephesians 4.10–16 to the “perfect man” includes women (De civitate
Dei, p. 841).
142. De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 15, p. 834. Augustine says he is uncertain
whether the scriptural reference to “the age of the fullness of Christ” means that we
all rise the same age, but (he asserts) the “wisest men” fix the age of the bloom of
youth at thirty. Duval (“Tertullian contre Origène,” p. 269) points out that the age
of Christ at his resurrection was taken as a model for us all. The tradition of thirty
as the age of peak human development was, however, older than Christianity. See
below chapter 3, n. 15.
143. Compare De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 15, p. 834, with Enchiridion, chap.
23, paragrs. 89–90, p. 97.
144. De civitate Dei, pp. 841–42. See Marrou and Bonnardière, “Le dogme de la
résurrection,” p. 129, citing P. L. Landsberg, who has argued that Augustine was
the first to see the importance of this for the issue of individuality. The sugges-
tion is implicit in Augustine’s position, but one should not make too much of it;
Augustine did not set himself the task of solving the problems of identity and/or
individuation.
Jewish discussion of resurrection from about the same period holds explicitly
that we rise with our defects, which are then repaired by God; see Babylonian Tal-
mud (Soncino ed.), Sanhedrin, 91a–91b. In contrast, Augustine held that the blessed
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 99
rise with defects repaired; we do not know, however—and we should not inquire—
whether the damned rise with defects repaired or unrepaired.
145. See Tractatus 49, paragr. 10, In Joannis Evangelium, PL 35 (Paris, 1845), col.
1751–52.
146. See Satran, “Fingernails and Hair.”
147. De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 19, CCL 48, pp. 837–39; but cf. Enchiridion,
chap. 23, paragrs. 89–90, CCL 46, p. 97, which stresses that no matter is lost.
148. See above nn. 135 and 147.
149. Sermon 127, chap. 10, paragr. 14, PL 38, cols. 712–17. It is important that
Augustine comments that such scattered bodies are yet Deo integra. “Quomodo
expressit carne mortuos? qui sunt in monumentis [John 5.28], quorum jacent sepulta
cadavera, quorum favillae tectae sunt, quorum ossa dispersa sunt, quorum caro jam
non est, et tamen Deo integra est. Veniet hora . . . omne quod periit, imo perisse
putatur, restituetur. Si enim Deus fecit hominem qui non erat, non potest reparare
quod erat?”
150. Sermon 173, chap. 2, paragr. 2, PL 38, col. 938.
151. See De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 24, CCL 48, pp. 846–52; Fredriksen,
“Beyond Body/Soul Dichotomy”; and Dewart, Death and Resurrection, pp. 164–88.
152. Sermon 243, PL 38, cols. 1143–47. See also sermon 155, in PL 38, cols. 840–
49, and De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 19, CCL 46, pp. 837–39.
100 the patristic background
will be rank and hierarchy in heaven.153 Women and men will rise with
their respective sexes, because there is sexual difference here below and
virtue is achieved (and rewarded) in the context of what is possible for
each particular individual. He assures us, however, that—although God
certainly created women inferior—he did not have to create women in
order to create inferiority. There are varying degrees of excellence even
within the masculine gender.154
Although it is not quite clear to me what Augustine thought about
the internal organs, he is certain they will rise.155 Since nothing will be
hidden in heaven but all will manifest its glory, it seems at least pos-
sible that he thinks the virtuous will be transparent, enjoying the sight
of each others’ harmoniously arranged livers and intestines in paradise.
It is particularly suggestive that Augustine’s consideration of the resur-
rection of inner organs occurs not only in the context of ridiculing the
infantile obsessions of the credulous but also in a serious discussion
(sermon 243) of the noli me tangere, a passage used by other patris-
tic exegetes to underline how distant our spiritual body will be from
earth.156
Augustine’s various discussions of the weightlessness, beauty, impas-
sibility, and incorruption we will gain in heaven form the background
to the doctrine of the dowries of the glorified body developed in the high
Middle Ages. His repeated emphasis on the yearning of the separated
soul for body (an idea he himself traces to Platonic roots but is aware
of inverting for Christian purposes) becomes an important component
157. See the passage quoted in n. 138 above. See also De civitate Dei, bk. 13, chap.
20, pp. 403–4. On Augustine’s understanding of the desire of the soul for God, see
McGinn, Foundations of Mysticism, pp. 310 and 329–33.
158. Sermon 130, in PL 38, cols. 725–28.
159. De Trinitate, bk. 4, chap. 3, ed. W. J. Mountain and F. Gloria, Aurelii Augus-
tini Opera, pt. 16, CCL 50 and 50A (Turnhout: Brepols, 1968), vol. 1, p. 165, lines
17–21.
160. See sermon 242, chaps. 3–5, paragrs. 4–7, PL 38, cols. 1140–41; the context
is a discussion of the problem presented by the “natural place” of the elements; how
can a body made of earth be in the sky after resurrection? See also De civitate Dei,
bk. 20, chap. 20, pp. 733–36.
161. De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chaps. 1 and 24, pp. 699–700 and 744–47.
162. Literal Meaning of Genesis, trans. Taylor, bk. 3, chaps. 14–17, vol. 1, pp. 89–92:
the discussion moves from creation to the food chain and then from beasts eating
cadavers to the promise of Luke 21.18. See also ibid., bk. 5, chap. 4, paragrs. 9–11,
102 the patristic background
For Augustine, there was no easy escape from the horrors of con-
sumption and putrefaction. Not for him the solution of Athenagoras
vol. 1, pp. 150–53, which seems to evidence a fear of “the seeds in things.” Augustine
discusses at great length whether God creates earth from which come trees which
produce seeds, or whether he creates earth with seeds in it from which the trees come.
It seems to be important to him to argue, from Genesis 1.11, that the first alterna-
tive is the correct one. Thus Augustine adduces Scripture against the notion of seeds
in things—i.e., against a view of the world that makes spontaneous generation the
paradigm.
163. For sermons 361 and 362, see PL 39, cols. 1599–1634, and Mourant, Augus-
tine on Immortality, appendix, pp. 50–126.
164. See Enchiridion, chap. 23, paragr. 106, pp. 106–7, and sermon 264, PL 38,
cols. 1212–18.
165. Sermon 127, chap. 5, paragr. 6, in PL 38, cols. 709. The elaboration in ser-
mon 127 is, of course, allegorical, but the idea of being nourished into noneating is a
theme underlying much of Augustine’s discussion of the Eucharist and of the Garden
of Eden. In City of God (bk. 13, chaps. 20–22, pp. 403–4) for example, he argues that
after the resurrection we will not have to eat in order to not-decay.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 103
For if some one, famishing for want and pressed with hunger, use
human flesh as food—an extremity not unknown, as both ancient
history and the unhappy experience of our own days have taught
us—can it be contended, with any show of reason, that all the flesh
eaten has been evacuated, and that none of it has been assimilated to
the substance of the eater, though the very emaciation which existed
before, and has now disappeared, sufficiently indicates what large
deficiencies have been filled up with this food? But . . . all the flesh
which hunger has consumed finds its way into the air by evaporation,
whence . . . God Almighty can recall it. That flesh, therefore, shall be
restored to the man in whom it first became human flesh. For it must
be looked upon as borrowed by the other person, and, like a pecuniary
166. See Zeno, Tractatus, bk. 1, tractate 16: De resurrectione, PL 11, cols. 371–86,
esp. 385; and Michel, “Résurrection,” DTC, vol 13, col. 2540. Commenting on 1
Corinthians 15, Zeno says: “Unde dubium non est in corporibus nostris, dum mortis
lege seminantur, non substantiam, non imaginem, sed illud tantum quod inutile
est, discuti, quod teritur, demutari, sicut scriptum est . . . corruptivum hoc induere
incorruptionem. . . .” And see above, nn. 10 and 11, for a discussion of Macarius,
who may come close to Augustine in both affirming and denying that digestion
really digests.
167. De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chaps. 20–23, pp. 839–46. Augustine asserts in chap-
ter 22 that cannibalism is the ultimate depravity.
168. De cura pro mortuis gerenda, PL 40 (Paris, 1841), cols. 591–610; and sermons
122 and 123, PL 38, cols. 680–86. And see De civitate Dei, bk. 19, chap. 12, pp.
675–78, where Augustine both expresses horror at putrefaction and chain consump-
tion and asserts that the process is peaceful and harmonious. The moldering body is
“assimilated to the elements of the world, and particle by particle enters into peace
with them” (p. 689).
169. It is worth noting that in both De civitate Dei and the Enchiridion Augus-
tine is quite concerned with the torments of hell, which he sometimes equates with
the grave. But it is very important to him to insist that even bodies in hell are reas-
sembled so that their torture can be perpetual; see De civitate Dei, bk. 19.
104 the patristic background
loan, must be returned to the lender. His own flesh, however, which
he lost by famine, shall be restored to him by Him who can recover
even what has evaporated. And though it had been absolutely anni-
hilated, so that no part of its substance remained in any secret spot
of nature, the Almighty could restore it by such means as He saw fit.
For this sentence, uttered by the Truth, “Not a hair of your head shall
perish” [Luke 21.18], forbids us to suppose that, though no hair of a
man’s head can perish, yet the large portions of his flesh eaten and
consumed by the famishing [cannibals] can perish.170
Relic Cult
Between Tertullian and Augustine lay the ideas of Origen, which might
have solved the technical problem of identity and established the Pau-
line seed as the image of resurrection. But they did not do so. Instead,
for all the complex, organic, and in certain ways Origenist images of
fourth-century theology, the discussions of the period between 395 and
430 established for the medieval West a very different image of res-
urrection. Jerome and Augustine returned to Tertullian’s idea of the
reassemblage of bits, adding to it a new emphasis on the beauty of
wholeness and on a hardening of the body against change.
As I have already suggested in discussing Gregory of Nyssa with his
more extravagant notions of growth between earth and heaven, relic cult
was an important context for the early fifth-century understanding of
the resurrected body. Even Gregory, who clung to an Origenist sense that
we will shed the specificities of earth (such as sex or age) as we develop
toward heaven, often seems to have had relics in mind when he discussed
resurrection. Thus, he found it hard to relinquish the hope that every
particle would be saved and in some way marked by having been the
particular body it was here below. Jerome coupled an attack on disrespect
for asceticism with a defense of relics as the noble places where virtue is
achieved. Augustine—as a number of recent scholars have established—
not only came in his last years to an enormous respect for relics and a
belief in the miracles they performed but also made them the context for
discussing resurrection as the reassemblage of every bodily bit.171
170. De civitate Dei, bk. 22, chap. 20, pp. 839–41; trans. M. Dods et al, The City
of God (New York: Random House, 1950), p. 844.
171. Peter Brown, Augustine of Hippo (Berkeley: University of California Press,
1967), pp. 408–18; Saxer, Morts, martyrs, reliques, pp. 238–58; and Petersen, Dia-
logues of Gregory the Great, pp. 91–95. The last book of the De civitate Dei joins a
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 105
174. Saxer, Morts, martyrs, reliques, passim, and especially pp. 311ff., and Grabar,
Martyrium, vol. 1, pp. 40–42. On the intense concern in the period of persecutions
to reassemble the bodies of the martyrs for burial, see Leclercq, “Martyr,” DALC,
vol. 10, cols. 2359–2512, especially cols. 2435–57, and Hermann-Mascard, Les Rel-
iques des saints, pp. 23–26. Persecution, of course, divided bodies and often made
it necessary to move them for burial. Christians responded to the dissonance thus
created both by asserting resurrection to be reassemblage and by asserting the part
to be the whole.
On the increasing tendency to speak of the saint as resident both in the grave
and in heaven, see Sabine MacCormack, “Loca Sancta: The Organization of Sacred
Topography in Late Antiquity,” in The Blessings of Pilgrimage, ed. Robert Oust-
erhout (Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 1990), p. 7, and Thomas
Head, Hagiography and the Cult of the Saints: The Diocese of Orleans, 800–1200
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990).
On burial near the saints as a way of protecting the corpse, see Yvette Duval,
Auprès des saints corps et âme: L’inhumation “ad sanctos” dans la chrétienté
d’Orient et d’Occident du IIIe au VIIe siècle (Paris: Études augustiniennes, 1988),
pp. 194–201.
175. Saxer, Morts, martyrs, reliques; Peter Brown, The Cult of the Saints: Its Rise
and Function in Latin Christianity (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1981);
P. Sejourné, “Reliques,” DTC, vol. 13, pt. 2, cols. 2330–65; Patrick J. Geary, Furta
Sacra: Thefts of Relics in the Central Middle Ages (Princeton: Princeton University
Press, 1978); Hermann-Mascard, Les Reliques des saints; Ariès, The Hour of Our
Death) Leclercq, “Martyr”; and Grabar, Martyrium.
176. See works cited above in nn. 174 and 75 and Petersen, Dialogues of Gregory
the Great, pp. 141–50.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 107
written about 396 by Victricius, who had just received a second shipment
of holy body parts from Ambrose.177 Victricius retains at least a hint of
the organic imagery used earlier in the fourth century to describe resur-
rection. He sees relics as “first fruits” and says that they will “flower” in
heaven. Nonetheless his major image is of holy bodies as the temples or
buildings where the martyrs reside; they are “jewels,” hard and whole.
What Victricius fears is any suggestion that in receiving such a gift he
has contributed to mutilating or disempowering the saints. He insists
that the healings they perform do not drain them any more than shining
dims the sun. Blood is sealed in them; they never change. Shimmering
reflections of eternity, they are complete in every particle.
Let no one, deceived by vulgar error, think that the truth of the whole
of their bodily passion is not contained in these fragments. . . . We
proclaim, with all our faith and authority, that there is nothing in
these relics that is not complete. For where healing power is present
the members are complete.
. . . The Passion of the saints is the imitation of Christ, and Christ
is God. Therefore, no division is to be inserted in fullness, but in that
division which is visible to the eye the truth of the whole is to be
adored. . . .
I touch remnants but I affirm that in these relics perfect grace and
virtue are contained. . . . He who cures lives. He who lives is present
in his relics. . . .
. . . It is toward these jewels that we should set the sails of our souls;
there is nothing fragile in them, nothing that decreases, nothing which
can feel the passage of time. . . . The blood which the fire of the Holy
Spirit still seals in their bodies and in these relics shows that they are
extraordinary signs of eternity.178
177. Victricius of Rouen, De laude sanctorum, ed. Jacob Mulders, CCL 64 (Turn-
hout: Brepols, 1985), pp. 69–93; portions translated by J. N. Hillgarth in The Conver-
sion of Western Europe, 350–750 (Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1969), pp. 22–27.
178. Victricius, De laude, chaps. 9–12, CCL 64, pp. 83–90, trans. Hillgarth, pp.
24–26 (chapter numbers differ in the translated version). For a continuation of this
motif, see the texts cited by Arnold Angenendt, “Der ‘ganze’ und ‘unverweste’ Leib:
Eine Leitidee der Reliquienverehrung bei Gregor von Tours und Beda Venerabilis,” in
ed. Hubert Mordek, Aus Archiven und Bibliotheken: Festschrift für Raymund Kottje
zum 65. Geburtstag (Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992), pp. 33–50.
179. See nn. 3 and 112 above on Gregory the Great. One of the most extensive
and interesting texts to discuss resurrection in the context of relic cult is Braulio
108 the patristic background
of Saragossa, letter 42, in Iberian Fathers, vol. 2, Fathers of the Church, vol. 63,
trans. Claude W. Barrow (Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America Press,
1969), pp. 88–95. Writing in 649–50, Braulio responds to a query about whether all of
Christ’s blood rose at the resurrection. His interlocutor worries that, if it did, the sup-
posed relics of Christ’s blood venerated in churches are false. Braulio uses Augustine
to argue that superfluous blood need not rise; therefore, the supposed blood on a col-
umn seen by St. Jerome is perhaps genuine. But Braulio urges his correspondent not
to worry about such matters; he should place his faith in the blood of the Eucharist,
which is surely Christ’s. Braulio feels it important to underline that we do receive
back our blood in our resurrection, and he uses Luke 21.18 to stress that “the Lord
remembers and includes the smallest and most remote of our limbs when he speaks
of the hair” (p. 91). Braulio clearly has a notion of a core of material that accounts for
identity in resurrection. On Braulio, see Charles H. Lynch, Saint Braulio, Bishop of
Saragossa (631–651): His Life and Writings (Washington, D.C.: Catholic University
of America, 1938), especially pp. 94–109. For liturgical texts from the early Middle
Ages that stress material continuity, see Michel, “Résurrection,” col. 2545.
180. See also the suggestive remarks of Peter Brown in Body and Society, pp.
222–24, 293–94, 382–84, and especially pp. 440–43; and Robin Lane Fox, Pagans and
Christians (New York: Knopf, 1987), pp. 445–48.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 109
such as Evagrius, rejected entirely the notion that the body is maintained
in resurrection.181 Others, such as Gregory of Nyssa or Hilary of Poitiers,
saw the fluid, dynamic body of 1 Corinthians 15 as winning out over the
pull of corruption by leaving behind much of the specificity of the flesh
we inhabit here on earth. Why then did some fierce ascetics, such as
Jerome and, in his own way, Augustine, strain so to lift every organ and
particle into the crystalline hardness of heaven? Why did propaganda for
the monastic movement sometimes insist (as did Athanasius in his Life
of Anthony) that “this body” shall rise, or argue (as did John Climacus)
that we become incorruptible already in this life if we keep ourselves
pure and glorify God?182 Why bring heaven so close to earth? With this
final question I return to an interpretative issue I raised in my first chap-
ter and to much of the most creative scholarship done in the last ten
years on late antiquity.
Using a model borrowed from Durkheimian anthropology and medi-
ated through feminism, Elaine Pagels, John Gager, and Elizabeth Clark
have recently argued that both the triumphant, institutional church
of the fourth century and the branch of the ascetic movement that
opposed Gnosticism, Platonism, and Origenism, projected into escha-
tology their newly achieved ecclesiastical and ascetic hierarchies.183
This interpretation recognizes that figures such as Augustine and
Jerome were profoundly uneasy with the culture of upper-class pagans;
nonetheless, it sees them rejecting and inverting worldly distinctions
of class and gender only to inscribe another version in an ascetic or
181. See the works by Elizabeth Clark cited in nn. 15, 106, and 117 above.
182. Athanasius, The Life of Anthony, chap. 92, trans. Robert C. Gregg, in The
Life of Anthony and the Letter to Marcellinus (New York: Paulist Press, 1980), p. 97.
John Climacus, The Ladder of Divine Ascent, chap. 15, in PG 88 (Paris, 1860), col.
892d–893a; trans. C. Luibheid and N. Russell (New York: Paulist Press, 1982), p. 179:
“such a man [i.e., one of astonishing chastity] has already risen to immortality before
the general resurrection.” See also Anthony, Letter 1, in The Letters of Anthony the
Great, trans. D. J. Chitty (Oxford: SLG Press, 1977), p. 5, where he says that the pure
body here on earth receives “a portion of that spiritual body which it is to assume
in the resurrection of the just.” For a brilliant and evocative discussion of this, see
Peter Brown, Body and Society, pp. 222–40.
183. Elaine Pagels, The Gnostic Gospels (New York: Random House, 1979);
eadem, Adam, Eve, and the Serpent (New York: Random House, 1988); John Gager,
“Body-Symbols”; and E. Clark, “New Perspectives on the Origenist Controversy.”
To summarize such complex argumentation in a single sentence is, of course, unfair.
Gager, drawing on Pagels, speaks more of Christianity in general, Clark of asceti-
cism. But the arguments of all three work essentially the same way. A very helpful
discussion of asceticism is Robert Markus, The End of Ancient Christianity (Cam-
bridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990), esp. pp. 199–211.
110 the patristic background
184. Ambrose, De excessu Satyri, bk. 2, chaps. 53–70, PL 16 (Paris, 1880), cols.
1386–93, and in CSEL 73, pp. 276–88, and nn. 6 and 8 above. See also Ambrose,
De Isaac, chap. 79, PL 14 (Paris, 1845), cols. 532–34, and in CSEL 32, pt. 1, ed. C.
Schenkl (Vienna, 1896), pp. 698–700. Ambrose has a very Platonic notion of the self
as a soul trapped in a body; his understanding of bodily resurrection stresses change
and flowering; his images are astonishingly organic for the fourth-century West. For
a few general comments on Ambrose’s notion of bodily resurrection, see Frederick
Holmes Dudden, The Life and Times of St Ambrose (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1935),
vol. 2, pp. 665–68, and McGinn, Foundations of Mysticism, p. 272.
185. This fear was implicated in Christian uses of the cannibalism motif. As Mag-
gie Kilgour has recently shown, “being eaten” was a fundamental image in classical
literature for “being absorbed by a foreign culture—what we call ‘going native.’ ”
From Communion to Cannibalism, p. 23.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 111
of Nyssa devote more attention to the question of how Adam and Eve
in paradise would have grown through eating into an immortality that
made eating unnecessary, than they do to the topic of sex in Eden that
so interests modern scholars. The situation of the triumphant and hier-
archical church of the years around 400 is unquestionably reflected in
its technical theological discussions of bodily resurrection. But I would
suggest that the frenetic concern to forge an eschatology that retains
every organ and particle in heaven reflects more than a need to support
the authority of hardworking ascetics and bishops, more even than a
defense of elite culture against the invading barbarians.
As several recent commentators have noticed, the literature of late
antiquity throbs with fear of being fragmented, absorbed, and digested
by an other that is natural process itself.191 Second-century apologists
had projected fertility into the millennium and even into heaven.
Tertullian had written in glorious rhetoric of the beauties of creation
although he too feared cannibalism. But by the time of Gregory of Nyssa
and Augustine, procreation and nutrition—ways in which the world
renews itself—were increasingly assimilated to putrefaction and death.
The extraordinary bodily discipline of the ascetic movement, in both
its Origenist and anti-Origenist branches, was directed toward making
the body static and incorruptible. Change itself was the problem.
Yet, the theology of late antiquity rejected what were, philosophi-
cally speaking, the best solutions available. Instead of admitting flux,
of allowing otherness, of lodging self in some sort of internally coherent
and dynamic pattern (as did Origen), the majority of patristic theolo-
gians focused increasingly on material bits. They were willing to sacri-
fice philosophical coherence for the oxymoron of incorruptible matter.
Jettisoning the glorious images of the natural world used by the sub-
Apostolic writers and retained, in combination with darker images of
decay, by the Greek and Syriac writers of the mid-fourth century, they
chap. 58, CSEL 73, pp. 280–81, says pagans worry about corpses that are eaten. The
tendency of one culture to charge another, alien culture with cannibalism is so wide-
spread that anthropologists have questioned whether cannibalism actually occurs;
for varying views, see Marvin Harris, Good to Eat: Riddles of Food and Culture (New
York: Simon and Schuster, 1985); W. Arens, The Man-Eating Myth: Anthropology
and Anthropophagy (New York: Oxford, 1979); Peggy Reeves Sanday, Divine Hunger.
191. Three recent studies that suggest this (although in very different ways) are
Mathieu, “Horreur du cadavre”; Piero Camporesi, The Incorruptible Flesh: Bodily
Mutation and Mortification in Religion and Folklore, trans. T. Croft-Murray and
H. Elsom (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988); and Kilgour, From Com-
munion to Cannibalism.
Resurrection, Relic Cult, and Asceticism 113
192. See n. 16 above on Origen, and Heraclitus, On the Universe, fragment 41,
trans. W. H. S. Jones (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1979), p. 483. See
also fragment 78: “When is death not within ourselves? . . . Living and dead are the
same, and so are awake and asleep, young and old” (trans. Jones, p. 495).
193. Even the Freud of Civilization and Its Discontents provides not so much an
answer to this question as an alternative description of the courage.
114 the patristic background
relic that miraculously protects the living against the decay of illness
and death. Many of the most colorful miracles of the high Middle Ages
can be explained and understood only in the context of this theology of
resurrection inherited from the years around 400.
It is to the theology of the early twelfth century—the high point of
Western materialist assumptions about the body—that I shall turn in
my next chapter.
plate 1. In this late twelfth-century miniature, painted under the
direction of the learned abbess Herrad of Hohenbourg, Christ’s salvific
death on the cross is associated both with the establishment of church and
eucharist and with the resurrection of the dead. The figure below the cross
is Adam, progenitor and exemplar of all persons, whom popular legend held
to be buried at Golgotha. The miniaturist associates the still-quite-dead
Adam with the saints mentioned in Matthew 27.52, who awaken at the
moment of the crucifixion. Herrad, Hortus deliciarum, fol. 150r (from a
nineteenth-century tracing, made from the now-destroyed manuscript).
plate 2. Illustrating the Last Judgment with themes drawn from
Byzantine iconography, this miniature depicts the moment of resurrection
as one in which whole bodies (labeled in the inscription “the bones of the
dead”) rise from coffins while birds, beasts, and fish regurgitate parts for
reassemblage. The saved are depicted here, and in an accompanying
miniature, not as an indistinguishable mass of humanity, but in groups,
the members of which are garbed and labeled so as to signal their
particular religious statuses. Hortus deliciarum, fol. 251r (from a tracing).
plate 3. Recapitulating and reversing the regurgitation motif in fol. 251r,
this elaborate depiction of the damned locates punishments of cooking,
eating, and bodily partition in the lowest levels of hell. Below the
reprobate boiled in cauldrons, Satan holding anti-Christ sits on a throne
that eats sinners and rolls their decapitated heads under its feet. Hortus
deliciarum, fol. 255r.
plate 4. This miniature, painted under the direction of Hildegard of
Bingen about 1165 to accompany one of the final visions of her Scivias,
shows in the lower left-hand corner the bones that rise again at the sound
of the last trumpet. Although the text of the vision speaks of the blessed
wafted up to heaven, the miniature itself seems to show detached heads
of both saved and damned rolled together in preparation for resurrection.
The motion from bottom to top in the miniature is thus from confusion
to order, part to whole. Hildegard, Scivias, book 3, vision 12, plate 33;
Wiesbaden, Hessische Landesbibliothek, MS 1, fol. 224r (made from a
colored photograph; manuscript lost since 1945).
plate 5. In Giotto’s monumental depiction of the Last Judgment in
the Arena chapel at Padua (ca. 1305–1310), the General Resurrection
is only a subordinate element and the motif of bodily partition has
disappeared. At the bottom left, the dead rise intact and fully enfleshed.
On the right, eating is a prominent motif among the tortures of hell,
but the body parts so noticeable in earlier depictions are absent.
detail of plate 5. In a tiny scene at the bottom of Giotto’s great
painting, the dead climb naked from the bare earth and from sarcophagi
when the trumpet sounds. Above these small figures, the blessed,
clothed in the garments of glory, enter into paradise.
plate 6. The eleventh-century mosaic on the west wall of the cathedral
at Torcello, near Venice, is the best-known Western example of Byzantine
Last Judgment iconography. The triumph of whole over part is illustrated
here not only in the two ovals of the middle register but also in the
structure of the entire composition. In the top zone, the blessed rise whole
from the tomb, while below them the saints in paradise shimmer in glory.
At the bottom right, Satan sits on a throne that devours sinners while
vengeful angels prod separated heads, marked with the regalia of various
secular and religious statuses. Below this, the damned appear as naked
bodies and torsoes, and even further below, we find worm-eaten skulls,
severed heads, and body parts. Thus, despite the orthodox doctrine that all
rise intact for judgment, the damned are shown in a state of fragmentation
that is a symbolic expression of their sins.
detail of plate 6. In the left portion of the middle register of the
Torcello Last Judgment, birds and beasts regurgitate body parts for
resurrection. Just above, several of the dead awaken, still in their shrouds.
In the right-hand oval, fish vomit up the dead. The eye of the viewer is
carried from the bones and body fragments in hell (lower right), upward
past the depictions of regurgitation (middle register), to the resurrection of
the blessed, intact, in the presence of Christ. The mosaic is a powerful
depiction of the idea that salvation is wholeness, hell is decay and
partition, redemption is regurgitation and reassemblage.
plate 7. This eleventh-century Greek gospel adds to the account of
Judgment in Matthew 25.31–46 a visual gloss that has no parallel in the
text. Although the gospel author speaks of the Son of Man on the throne
of glory judging the nations of the earth, the miniature depicts body
fragments in the lowest chambers of hell, above which Satan rides a
voracious beast. To his left, fish regurgitate body parts, while above him
the dead rise from sarcophagi and beasts vomit up torsoes and limbs.
Crowning the miniature, Christ in glory sits with the elect. MS BN Gr.
74, fol. 51v.
plate 8. In this drawing of the crucifixion, from about fifty years before
the similar depiction in the Hortus deliciarum (see plate 1), the dead who
rise below the cross are Adam, Lazarus, and the saints of Matthew 27.52.
MS Lat. qu. 198, Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin-Preussischer Kulturbesitz, fol.
320v (ca. 1132).
plate 9. In many twelfth- and thirteenth-century depictions of the
crucifixion, Adam buried beneath the cross becomes a skeleton, a skull,
or a heap of bones. MS 4, Hamburg, Stadtbibliothek, In scrinio 85, fol.
15a (twelfth century).
plate 10. This eighth-century
Anglo-Saxon ivory, now in the
Victoria and Albert Museum,
depicts resurrected bodies at
various stages of resuscitation.
Some lie inert, fully wrapped in
grave clothes; others struggle out
of their shrouds. On the left a
sitting figure receives his soul as a
dove flying in at the mouth. In
the bottom right-hand corner, the
damned are swallowed by the
mouth of hell.
plate 11. This illustration of Revelation 20.4 shows those who will not rise
at the first resurrection as shrouded bodies in various stages of decay. Those
who do rise point to the mark of Christ’s favor on their foreheads or hands;
even they, however, appear babylike, with rounded, undifferentiated bodies,
which seem only at that moment to have acquired flesh. MS Douce 180,
Bodleian Library, Oxford, p. 86 (ca. 1260–1275).
plate 12. In this fine twelfth-century miniature of an angel locking
the souls of the damned into hell, the artist plays with and underlines
the notion of hell as a mouth by placing tiny mouths at its corners and
apex. Winchester Psalter, British Lib. MS 1846 Cott. Nero, c. 4, fol. 39
(ca. 1150–1160).
plate 13. In another twelfth-century English psalter, Christ harrows hell
by forcing the cross into Leviathan’s mouth. The image parallels the
words of the contemporary monastic author, Peter of Celle, who wrote
that penitence and prayer, grasped like “the horns of the cross,” can force
hell to vomit up souls from its belly or shatter the molars in the mouth of
death. MS Douce 293, Bodleian Library, Oxford, fol. 14r (ca. 1170–1183).
plate 14. Throughout the Middle Ages, the
resurrection of Christ, and the promise of
resurrection to all humankind, were associated
with the story of Jonah, swallowed and regurgitated
intact by the whale. In this historiated initial S, the
whale vomits up an undigested Jonah while above
reigns a serene and majestic Christ. MS Clm 3900,
fol. 82 (from about 1250).
plate 15 (whole and detail). The tympanum of the west portal of the church of
Saint Faith at Conques (ca. 1135) shows, in the bottom register, the dead rising
from coffins just above a small Christ, who welcomes the blessed through the door
of paradise. Opposite these blessed, a hideous mouth pokes through the door of
hell and swallows the reprobate into a space populated by twisted and tormented
bodies. In the larger composition, the association of devouring and disorder with
hell (on the right), wholeness and order with paradise (on the left) is clear.
plate 16 (detail of lower wall). In Greece, the Balkans, and Russia,
motifs of swallowing and regurgitation continued down into modern
times to be used to depict Last Judgment and General Resurrection.
In this detail from the sixteenth-century refectory fresco at Lavra on
Mt. Athos, hell or Leviathan swallows a beast that, in turn,
swallows the damned.
plate 16 (detail of upper wall). Above and to the right of Leviathan,
a veritable menagerie of creatures vomits up limbs and torsoes for
reassemblage. Next to the trumpeting angel can be seen a bird, a
beast, and a reptile presenting resurrected parts. It is hard not to
wonder how the monks who took their meals before this gigantic
fresco understood the use of eating as an image of destruction and
dissolution, regurgitation as an image of salvation.
plate 17. In this thirteenth-century miniature from Bamberg-
Eichstätt, salvation is clearly represented as triumph over
fragmentation and decay. A corpse rises in its shroud,
disentangles itself, and receives the garment of salvation, while
other corpses receive their missing parts from the beasts who
have devoured them. MS 1903 (olim 1833), Stiftsbibliothek,
Melk, fol. 109v (ca. 1255).
plate 18. This initial from a Würzburg psalter, contemporary
with the Bamberg-Eichstätt psalter reproduced in the previous
plate, shows bodies rising from large sarcophagi at the sound of
the last trumpet. One of the men is missing his arm below the
elbow, and a doglike creature offers the severed member for
reattachment. Close examination reveals that the original form
of the initial showed the arm whole. MS Cim 15, fol. 204r.
plate 19. In the later Middle Ages, reliquaries
came increasingly to underline the nature of
the body parts contained within. The sheathing of
gold and jewels suggested, however, that the
bones inside possessed already something of the
incorruptibility of heaven. This thirteenth-
century silver arm reliquary with cabochon
crystals sheaths the bone fragment with
precious metal and gems.
THE TWELFTH
CENTURY
Three
Reassemblage and Regurgitation:
Ideas of Bodily Resurrection in Early
Scholasticism
angel rolls up the sky (see plate 2).6 The choirs of blessed who appear
before God for their reward stand not as an indistinguishable mass of
humanity but attired (and labeled) with the specific characteristics of
their religious statuses.7 Inscriptions stress the wholeness and individ-
uality of even those who rise in fragments. Below the naked figures
emerging from sarcophagi, we read: “The bones of the dead will breathe
anew [resuscitabunt denuo], and in their flesh they will see the Lord.”
An inscription above the regurgitated parts informs us:
6. Herrad, Hortus, fol. 251r, Reconstruction, plate 141, drawings 326 and 327,
p. 427. See also Caratzas, Straub, and Keller, ed., Hortus, pp. 224–31.
7. Ibid., drawing 325, p. 427.
8. For the inscription, see Herrad, Hortus, fol. 150, Reconstruction, plate 93,
drawing 211, p. 267, and Caratzas, Straub, and Keller, ed., Hortus, p. 224 n. 2.
9. Herrad, Hortus, fol. 255r, Reconstruction, plate 146, drawing 338, p. 439. Satan
holding Antichrist is parallel to Abraham holding souls in his bosom: fol. 263v, plate
152, drawing 344, p. 460. This parallel is generally present in Byzantine Last Judgment
iconography. See also Caratzas, Straub, and Keller, ed., Hortus, pp. 234–35 and 242–43.
10. See below, chapter 4, pp. 188–97.
120 the twelfth century
12. See Nikolaus Wicki, “Das ‘Prognosticon futuri saeculi’ Julians von Toledo
als Quellenwerk der Sentenzen des Petrus Lombardus,” Divus Thomas 31 (1953):
349–60; J. N. Hillgarth, “El Prognosticon futuri saeculi de San Julián de Toledo,”
Analecta sacra Tarraconensia 30 (1957): 5–61; idem, “Julian of Toledo in the Middle
Ages,” Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes 21 (1958): 7–26.
13. Peter Lombard, Sententiae in IV libris distinctae, ed. Collegium S. Bonaven-
turae (Grottaferrata: Collegium S. Bonaventurae ad Claras Aquas, 1971–1981), vol. 2
(3d ed.), pp. 510–60. Nikolaus Wicki characterizes Peter Lombard’s Four Books of
Sentences as the first synthesis of eschatological sentences, but one that is lacking in
cogency (Die Lehre von der himmlischen Seligkeit in der mittelalterlichen Scholastik
von Petrus Lombardus bis Thomas von Aquin [Freiburg: Universitätsverlag, 1954]
[hereafter Wicki, Seligkeit], p. 11). On the Lombard’s sources, see ibid., pp. 12–14. For
a useful and clear discussion of how Peter Lombard’s Sentences became a textbook
in the universities, see M.-D. Chenu, Toward Understanding St. Thomas, trans.
A.-M. Landry and D. Hughes (Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1964), pp. 267ff. For detailed
information both on the Lombard’s sources and on parallel discussions in his scho-
lastic contemporaries, see the notes to the Grottaferrata edition. F. M. Henquinet
points out that the Lombard does not connect eschatology with the event of Christ’s
resurrection—an omission that thirteenth-century commentators would feel it nec-
essary to fill (“Les questions inédites de Alexandre de Hales sur les fins dernières,”
Recherches de théologie ancienne et médiévale 10 [1938]: 56–59).
122 the twelfth century
blessed before the throne of God, but if this is the principle of orga-
nization (and it is the only discernible one), a number of topics are
treated out of order or considered, dropped, and considered again almost
at random. What is striking, however, is the way in which the dis-
cussion gives pride of place to questions of the material reassemblage
or reconstitution of the body.14 Beginning with the admonition (bor-
rowed from Augustine) that not all questions can be answered, Peter
Lombard devotes distinction 43 to a discussion of whether those alive
when the trumpet sounds must die before being raised. In distinction
44, he turns to such questions as the following: what age, height, and
sex will we have in the resurrected body?15 Will all matter that has
passed through the body at any point be resurrected? Must bits of mat-
ter return to the particular members (for example, fingernails or hair)
where they once resided? Will the bodies of the damned as well as the
saved rise with their defects repaired? Are aborted fetuses resurrected?
How can the bodies of the damned burn without being consumed? Will
demons (although incorporeal) suffer from corporeal fire in hell? Dis-
tinction 45, after considering where souls reside between death and
resurrection and asserting (without explaining) that the blessed will
experience an increase of joy in bodily resurrection, turns to a lengthy
consideration of the usefulness of prayers for the dead. Distinctions 46
and 47 explore in detail God’s justice, especially the punishment of the
damned. Distinctions 48 and 49 discuss specific questions concerning
what we might call the topography and demography of blessedness:
where exactly will Christ descend as judge? Of what quality will light
be after the Last Judgment? Will all the elect shine with the same glory,
see with the same clarity, and rejoice with the same joy? Distinction 50
returns to details of the condition of the damned and, after considering
14. Marcia Colish, in her forthcoming book on Peter Lombard, argues that he
shows what we might call pedagogical or didactic coherence—that is, a consistent
tendency to work out moderate positions that reconcile earlier divergent opinions.
See n. 16 below.
15. Lombard, Sentences, bk. 4, d. 43, c.7, and d. 44, chaps. 1–2, vol. 2, pp. 515–18.
The Lombard explains that “to rise incorruptible” means to rise “without diminu-
tion of members.” He then uses Ephesians 4.13 to assert that all will have the same
age but not the same stature. Each person will receive the stature he had (or would
have had) in youth. All will rise at the age to which Christ had come, which was,
Augustine says, “about thirty”; for “thirty-two years and three months was Christ’s
age when he died and rose.” Scripture does not say vir to indicate that all will rise
male but to indicate that all will rise perfect.
The Lombard seems here to follow Julian of Toledo, who adapts Augustine’s
Enchiridion. The same material appears in Hugh of St. Victor’s De sacramentis, bk.
2, pt. 17, chaps. 13–20; PL 176 (Paris, 1854), cols. 601–6. Note that Hugh says that
“learned men” define “youth” as being achieved at about age thirty; after that, the
process of decay sets in (col. 605B).
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 123
the question of how the finger of Lazarus (Luke 16.22–26) could touch
the tongue of the rich man when both (having died) were without body,
repeats Augustine’s warning that certain answers cannot be discovered.
As even such brief summary makes clear, the Last Judgment is pri-
marily, to the Lombard, a matter of punishment and reward of exactly
the same material stuff that constituted the body during life.16 Thus
it is not surprising that his basic image of the resurrected body is of
particles or bits re-collected into a whole; even defects are seen—not
as decay or old age flowering into youth and health—but as gaps to
be filled in or as surpluses of material to be excised. As he writes in
distinction 44, chapter 3, article 2, (borrowed in large part from Augus-
tine’s Enchiridion):
Nor will anything perish of the substance of which the flesh of man
is created but the natural substance of the body will be reintegrated
by the collection of all the particles [particulae] that were dispersed
before. And the bodies of the saints will rise without any defect, shin-
ing like the sun, all deformities they had here being cut off [praecisis
cunctis deformitatibus].17
20. Lombard, Sentences, bk. 4, d. 44, chap. 2, art. 2, vol. 2, p. 518 (borrowed from
Augustine, Enchiridion, chap. 89), and chap. 3, art. 1, p. 518 (borrowed from Enchi-
ridion, chap. 91).
21. Bk. 4, d. 44, chap. 2, art. 3, vol. 2, p. 518.
22. See n. 15 above. Peter Lombard sees resurrection as retaining differences of
sex, height, and probably weight, but eliminating differences of age. A number of
factors appear to be at work. There was an ancient tradition concerning the perfect
age, but apparently no traditional “perfect stature.” Technical concerns are clearly
also involved; individual height is retained because if we all rose with Christ’s height
some would lose matter; individual age is not retained because both youth and senil-
ity can be seen as defects of matter. Theologians were comfortable with the addition
of matter but unhappy with eliminating it unless the excrescence were clearly a
deformity (as in the case of a second head). This is perhaps related to the discomfort
with decay and diminution that is one of the major points of my discussion here. I
return below to reasons behind the retention of biological sex.
23. Peter Lombard does sometimes speak of flesh as flowering; see, for example,
bk. 3, d. 18, chap. 1, art. 5 (borrowing from Psalm 27.7), vol. 2, p. 112.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 125
why did God provide the tree of life in the Garden of Eden to sustain
us?24 If food does add to human substance, how can we avoid becoming
what we eat? How, in cases of cannibalism or attacks by wild animals,
can we remain ourselves when digested by others? What will happen to
superfluity when we rise?
In considering these matters, the Lombard struggles to hold incom-
patible positions simultaneously. He asserts both, on the one hand, that
growth really occurs (sometimes via food and sometimes without it),
and on the other hand, that a perfect and material core of human nature
for each one of us descends from Adam, continues throughout life, and
rises at the end of time. He also maintains (with Augustine and Hugh
of St. Victor) that the need to eat and to grow are not defects of human
nature; indeed, eating from the tree of life in Eden would over time
have produced immortality. But feeling the need to eat (i.e., hunger) is
a defect, and, of course, there will be no eating or growing in heaven.
We find these opinions in book II, distinction 30, chapter 14, where
Peter considers how all humankind can be in Adam when “there were not
even so many atoms [atomi] as the number of men descended from him:”
A boy who dies immediately after being born will be resurrected in that
stature which he would have had if he had lived to the age of thirty,
impeded by no defect of body. From whence therefore would that sub-
stance, which was small in birth, be so big in resurrection, unless of itself
in itself it multiplied? From which it appears that even if he had lived,
the substance would not have come from another source but it would
have augmented itself, just as the rib [of Adam] from which woman was
made and as the loaves of the gospel story [were multiplied].26
After the dissolution of soul and body, there remain certain connec-
tions [nexus] which make them one person. We call it a nexus because
the soul of Peter has more concern and desire for [plus respicit et
exspectat] the body of Peter than it does for the body of Paul; accord-
ing to this connection his soul and body [i.e., Peter’s] are called one
person [persona una]32
Hunger, eating, and wasting are central issues in many early sen-
tence collections. One sentence fragment argues that Christ is superior
to Adam not only because he does not have to die but also because
he does not have to eat. Another uses the resurrection text from Luke
21.18 to argue explicitly that “substance does not perish” and bodies
are not really “wasted from hunger” because God restores all flesh.33 A
set of anonymous questions De novissimis gives, as the major argument
against resurrection, the impossibility of reassembling dust or halting
organic process. It concludes that even Christ (who did not decay in the
tomb) and those who are alive at the Judgment Day must, in “the twin-
kling of an eye,” put aside “whatever they have from exterior food.” But
once the extraneous is put aside, not a hair of our heads will perish; we
will be put back together like a reforged statue.34 A similar, anonymous
set of sentences found in a Bamberg manuscript (Bamberg Can 10) cites
Matthew 15.17, Augustine, and Bede on the problem of growth, dis-
cusses the healing of the martyrs’ wounds into visible but shining scars
in the resurrection, and draws a detailed analogy to a wax statue.35
32. Ibid., vol. 5, no. 91, p. 78. The argument is essentially that of Gregory of Nyssa.
33. Sentences attributed to the school of Anselm of Laon in ibid., no. 347, p. 265,
and no. 499, p. 321; see also no. 500, pp. 321–22.
34. Ibid., nos. 496–98, pp. 319–21. And see the rather similar but more sophis-
ticated argument in the De resurrectione (Clm 14 508, fol. 62vb–63vb) of Peter of
Capua (d. 1242), edited in Richard Heinzmann, Die Unsterblichkeit der Seele und die
Auferstehung des Leibes: Eine problemgeschichtliche Untersuchung der frühscho-
lastischen Sentenzen- und Summenliteratur von Anselm von Laon bis Wilhelm von
Auxerre [hereafter Heinzmann, Unsterblichkeit], Beiträge zur Geschichte der Philoso-
phie und Theologie des Mittelalters [hereafter BGPTM): Texte und Untersuchungen
40.3 (Münster: Aschendorff, 1965), pp. 202–7. Peter says, at lines 9–12 and 18–22:
Praeterea cibi convertuntur in veritatem humanae naturae, ergo et cibi resur-
gent. Et ita non tantum carnem humanam sed etiam brutorum animalium
carnem tenemur credere resurrecturam. Respondeo: quidquid est de veritate
humanae naturae resurget quidem. . . . Cibi autem non convertuntur in veri-
tatem humanae naturae licet forte convertantur in carnem humanam quia
aliqua caro est in homine quae non est de veritate humanae naturae, fovetur
tamen eis et multiplicatur humana natura, nec sine illa posset subsistere. Sicut
caro parvuli fovetur aqua quae tamen numquam transit in carnem parvuli.
Similar arguments were made earlier by Robert Pullus, Robert of Melun, Peter of
Poitiers, and Simon of Tournai; see Heinzmann, Unsterblichkeit, pp. 145–225.
35. Lottin, Psychologie, vol. 5, no. 530, pp. 393–400.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 129
Those that have been dissolved . . ., who have been devoured by wild
beasts and dispersed in different places, will arise according to the
counsel of the Lord, who will gather them and renew them, out of
the place that He desires. . . . [I]t is [likely] in this case that they will
arise there where they have been devoured and dispersed, for that is
what is counted as their tomb.36
36. Selections from the Book of the Dun Cow, pp. 34a–37b, ed. Whitley Stokes, in
“Tidings of the Resurrection,” Revue celtique 25 (1904); 232–59, esp. 234–41, and see
n. 40 below. Note the similarity to the passage from Hugh of St. Victor cited in n. 43.
37. Marbod of Rennes, Liber decem capitulorum, chaps. 9 and 10 (on “the good
death” and “the resurrection of bodies”), PL 171, cols. 1712–17. On Marbod, see Régi-
nald Grégoire, “Marbode,” in Dictionnaire de spiritualité, ascétique, et mystique,
doctrine et histoire, ed. M. Viller et al. (Paris: Beauchesne, 1932ff.), vol. 10, col. 241–44.
38. De sacramentis, PL 176, cols. 601–2; trans. Deferrari, p. 457.
39. Lottin, Psychologie, vol. 5, pp. 374–75.
130 the twelfth century
I began this book: we are sown in furrows and pop up again revivified.
The body that rises is the body that was buried—the same although not
now dissolvable (idem sed non resolubile corpus).40 Similarly, the point
of the discussion in the Munich summa is not change of nature but
continuity of matter. The whole body at the resurrection will be made
up of little bits of itself—not a hair lost but not a single cell of roast pig
added either!41 As Hugh of St. Victor put it, decay is dissolution into
tiny particles; but “what falls must rise [i.e., be constituted] again.”42
Earthly material from which the flesh of mortals is created does not
perish before God, but into whatever dust or ashes it is resolved, into
whatever breath or breezes it disperses, into whatever substance of
other things or elements themselves it is converted, into the food and
flesh of whatever animals or men it withdraws and is changed, to that
human soul which animated it in the beginning so that it was made
man and grew, at the moment of time it will return. . . .
For if a man, an artificer, can produce a statue, which for some
reason he had made deformed, and render it very beautiful, so that
nothing of the substance but only the deformity perish, and . . . can
so scatter and mix all [the material] that he does not cause deformity
or diminish quantity, what must we think about the Omnipotent?43
44. De sacramentis, chap. 17; col. 604; trans. Deferrari, p. 460; passage borrowed
from Augustine.
45. De sacramentis, bk. 2, pt. 17, chap. 21; cols. 606–07; trans. Deferrari, p. 463.
46. De sacramentis, bk. 2, pt. 16, chap. 5; cols. 587–92; trans. Deferrari, p. 441–46;
borrowed from Gregory the Great and Augustine.
47. Claude Carozzi sees a difference in emphasis between the Lombard and Hugh
(“Structure et fonction de la vision de Tnugdal,” in Faire Croire: Modalités de la dif-
fusion et de la réception des messages religieux du XIIe au XVe siècle: Table Ronde
organisée par l’École française de Rome, en collaboration avec l’institut d’histoire
médiévale de l’Université de Padoue [Rome, 22–23 juin 1979] [Palais Farnese, Rome:
École française de Rome, 1981], pp. 223–34). And it appears to be true that Peter Lom-
bard sees the tortures of hell more in psychological terms whereas Hugh details the
physical tortures at considerable length: De sacramentis, bk. 2, pt. 16, chaps. 4–5, PL
176, cols. 586–93, and pt. 18, chaps. 1–15, cols. 609–13. Hugh’s account is, however,
somewhat inconsistent, and both thinkers see the bodies of the damned as material.
Both also follow Augustine in refusing to decide whether these bodies are restored
without defect (see Lombard, Sentences, bk. 4, d. 44, chap. 4, vol. 2, p. 519; Hugh, De
sacramentis, bk. 2, pt. 17, chap. 20, PL 176, cols. 605–6).
48. Eadmer of Canterbury, Liber de beatitudine coelestis patriae, PL 159, cols.
587–606, and Anselm, Proslogion, chap. 25, in S. Anselmo d’Aosta: Il Proslogion, le
Orazioni, e le Meditazioni, ed. F. S. Schmitt and trans. G. Sandri (Padua: CED AM,
1959), pp. 128–30. In light of the points I make in chapter 6 below, it is important to
note that Anselm here uses 1 Corinthians 15.44.
132 the twelfth century
There is no doubt that the human mind, rapt away from corporeal
senses and having shed its flesh after death, is not able to see the
incommutable substance as the holy angels see it, either from some
more hidden cause or because there is present in it a certain natural
desire to administer the body [appetitus corpus administrandi], by
which desire it is retarded [retardatur] so that it does not continue
uninterruptedly to the highest heaven until that desire is stilled [con-
quiescat]. For if the [living] body is such a burden because its gover-
nance is difficult and serious, by so much more is the mind diverted
from vision of the highest heaven when the flesh is corrupted. Con-
sequently when it receives not an animal but a spiritual body [1 Cor.
15.44], equal to the angels, it will have the perfect expression [modum]
of its nature, obedient and ruling, vivified and vivifying, with such
ineffable ease that what was to it a prison will be to it a glory.51
Its rising is victory over all instability, not merely that of digestion and
partition, but that of desire as well.52
By the later twelfth century, theologians such as Magister Martin,
Praepositinus, and William of Auxerre explored issues of eating, change,
identity, and resurrection with much greater philosophical sophistica-
tion than did the early school texts of Honorius, Anselm, Hugh, and
Peter Lombard. The basic questions concerning the resurrected human
body were two. First, what is the core that will rise, the veritas huma-
nae naturae? Second, is the resurrection natural or supernatural?53
In the context of these discussions, organic metaphors for resurrection
were not just bypassed but explicitly rejected as inadequate accounts
both of identity and of divine power. For example, the author of the
little summa Breves dies hominis, edited by Heinzmann, argued that
resurrection is not natural; thus organic metaphors are inappropriate for
it. Bodies are not seeds, he explained; they do not sprout by an internal
law of development. When the gospel speaks of seeds falling into the
earth and dying in order to grow, this is an image for the soul’s rise from
sin. Where corpses are concerned, natural fertility is defective, even
repulsive. We read in Ecclesiasticus that cadavers give birth to beasts
and worms, but such birthing comes from a defect of nature; the power
of nature would be for like to give rise to like. Thus the generation of
cadavers is not generation but de-generation; it is, however, all the body
can do without the power of God. Carefully underlining the conven-
tional position that the veritas humanae naturae does not include what
comes from food, the author of this little eschatological summa thus
prefers to speak of the risen body as a golden image reforged by God or
as ashes and bones collected from hidden places for reassemblage.54
Later in the century, another anonymous treatise on the resurrection
insisted that resurrection is not natural. A seed may give rise to a seed,
but man is not a phoenix; man is dust. According to nature, man can
only decay and give rise to decay, as a putrefying tree gives birth to flies.55
In such discussion, organic analogies are rejected not only because they
52. Thus Peter Lombard and Hugh of St. Victor tend to treat the vision of God as
completion rather than yearning. For the very different treatment this idea receives
from the mystics, see below chapter 8.
53. See Heinzmann, Unsterblichkeit, and Hermann J. Weber, Die Lehre von der
Auferstehung der Toten in den Haupttraktaten der scholastischen Theologie von
Alexander von Hales zu Duns Skotus (Freiburg: Herder, 1973) [hereafter Weber,
Auferstehung].
54. Heinzmann, Unsterblichkeit, pp. 187–96. See Ecclesiasticus 10.11, 19.3.
55. Cod. lat. Bibl. Univ. Erlangen 260, fol. 74rb–vb, edited in Heinzmann, Unster-
blichkeit, pp. 221–23, especially pp. 221–22, lines 36–50.
134 the twelfth century
detract from divine power but also because the birth of one thing from
another involves such change (and sometimes repulsive change) that
two individuals seem involved rather than one individual in two condi-
tions. The appearance of a worm from slime is not a resurrection.
Thus, reforged statues or pots, resumed clothing, and rebuilt temples
were acceptable images for resurrection in a way seeds were not. The
reuniting of bits into their previous shape seemed to express the recre-
ation of the same thing that had existed before. But as the image of the
reforged statue was given further consideration, it too came to present
problems. Scholastic discussion agreed with Augustine that it was nec-
essary only for the statue to be reforged from its original material in its
original form, not that each particle occupy the same place. To Augus-
tine, such a position seemed to take care both of the issue of divine
power (surely a statue does not reforge itself or naturally regenerate its
parts) and of the issue of identity (surely it is the same statue if it has
the same shape and the same material). Augustine was more interested
in explaining the perfection of the resurrected body, restored without
lack or superfluity, than in accounting for identity; thus he suggested
that bits of fingernails might well become toes in the resurrection. By
the later twelfth century, however, scholastic theologians were quite
puzzled about whether a statue reforged from the same material but
distributed in different places was the same statue. An anonymous
summa (Cod. Vat. lat. 10754) from mid-century debated the question of
the returning particles of dust and concluded:
56. Cod. Vat. lat. 10754, edited in Heinzmann, Unsterblichkeit, p. 210, lines
52–59. Note that the statue in this text has been not just melted down but pulverized!
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 135
the same body; it can generate only similar bodies through the multi-
plication of individual cases. God, however, raises the exact ashes that
lie in the earth: the resurrected body of Paul is made from Paul’s ashes,
not Peter’s. These ashes are, moreover, Paul’s veritas humanae naturae,
containing every element necessary for perfection but not a superfluous
particle, and this core of human nature, although formed from food,
rises as flesh not as food.57
As schoolmen of the mid-thirteenth century were to stress, such dis-
cussion leaves a number of philosophical, physiological, and theologi-
cal questions unsolved. In fact, so unsatisfactory did it seem that by the
early fourteenth century debate shifted away from issues of material
continuity and body. Partly because of the developing doctrine of pur-
gatory, partly because of increasing insistence that the beatific vision
could be received before the Last Judgment, partly because of the adop-
tion by at least some theologians of a fully Aristotelian idea of form,
eschatological discussion in 1300 tended to focus on soul, although
material continuity as a component of bodily resurrection was not dis-
carded.58 But in the twelfth century, scholastic accounts of last things
emphasized body. Six aspects of their highly problematic conclusions
are worth underlining.
First, theologians generally agreed that body is necessary for person-
hood. Although certain early thinkers such as Hugh of St. Victor and
Robert of Melun used Platonic concepts that made the soul the person,
schoolmen after mid-century usually understood “person” as a compos-
ite of body and soul.59 According to this definition, a self is not a soul
using a body but a psychosomatic entity, to which body is integral. The
philosophical challenge was not therefore to state the necessity of body;
it was rather to state what body is that it can return after death and what
it adds to person that separated soul lacks. In other words, the challenge
was to explain philosophically and theologically why body is necessary,
not merely to assert that it is so by defining person as a composite.
Second, scholastic accounts assume that body is flesh. What returns
at the Last Judgment is a material, fleshly, human body. Although the
gifts of impassibility, agility, and clarity might make that body far more
beautiful than it was on earth, scholastic authors stressed that it rises
with all its matter and members.
Third, there was great anxiety to account for the identity of the origi-
nal and the resurrected body. No matter how important soul might be
in accounting for person, thinkers assumed that continuity of material
and of shape or structure was necessary for identity. Unless the same
particles returned in the same structure, body was not the same; if body
was not the same, person was not the same.
Fourth, since death was the fragmenting of the physical body into
dust or particles, resurrection was return of exactly these physical par-
ticles. Thus resurrection was reassemblage. Issues of part and whole
were important components of issues of identity.
Fifth, organic processes, especially those, such as eating, in which one
substance disappeared into another, were both mysterious and threat-
ening. Such processes were mysterious because there was no adequate
scientific model available to account for organic change, and Joan Cad-
den’s recent research has taught us that the recovery of Aristotle’s work
on nutrition and generation did not solve any problems in this regard.60
The processes were threatening because much of the change in the nat-
ural world (e.g., aging, decay) was negative and because even positive
change (such as pregnancy or germination) seemed clearly to divide one
instance from another or to replace one individual with another rather
than to guarantee continuity. Because natural process could not pro-
duce—or even account for—identity, resurrection had to be victory not
merely over fragmentation but over biological change itself.
Sixth, the resurrected body was structurally as well as materially
identical with the body of earth. Thus, resurrection resulted in immor-
tality, not equality. Although all defects were repaired in rising (even
the defect of babyhood or senility), the virtuous would not all shine
60. Joan Cadden, “The Medieval Philosophy and Biology of Growth: Albertus
Magnus, Thomas Aquinas, Albert of Saxony, and Marsilius of Inghen on Book I, chap.
V of Aristotle’s De Generatione et Corruptione, with Translated Texts of Albertus
Magnus and Thomas Aquinas” (Ph.D. diss., Indiana University, 1971).
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 137
with the same glory. Never losing its sex or size or the scars of its suffer-
ing, the body that returned was a conveyor of status and experience; it
was rewarded for its particular sacrifices and achievements.61 As Hugh
of St. Victor put it: “Nor is it of consequence that . . . individuals com-
ing to life again have different statures, because they [were] so when
living.” “This is in the plan of the Creator, that the peculiarity and
likeness [to God] of each [person] be preserved in his own image . . .,”
for there will be “in the bodies of those rising again . . . a reasonable
inequality, just as there is among voices which combine in song.”62
61. Thus not only is there a great gulf fixed between the damned and the elect,
there are also great differences among the rank and file within the two groups. For
twelfth-century examples of an emphasis on different gifts even in heaven, see
Wicki, Seligkeit, pp. 238–55. The pseudo-Augustinian text In dispari claritate erit
par gaudium (PL 45, col. 1892) was crucial. In a fascinating new study, Philippe
Buc shows that there was debate about whether inequality in heaven was simply
moral or a matter of worldly status as well; see Philippe Buc, L’Ambiguité du livre:
Prince, pouvoir, et peuple dans les commentaires de la Bible (Paris: Beauchesne,
1993), chapter 2.
62. De sacramentis, bk. 2, pt. 17, chap. 15; PL 176, col. 603; trans. Deferrari, pp.
459–60 (emphasis mine). And see De sacramentis, bk. 2, pt. 18, chaps. 5–10 and 20;
PL 176, cols. 610–11 and 616–17; trans. Deferrari, pp. 467–68 and 474–75, which
stresses difference in rewards among the souls in heaven.
63. See Chenu, Toward Understanding St. Thomas; Valerie I. J. Flint, “The
‘School of Laon’: A Reconsideration,” in Ideas in the Medieval West: Texts and Their
Contexts (London: Variorum Reprints, 1988).
138 the twelfth century
and William of St. Thierry) are merely reflections or direct quotations of Augustine’s
assertion that the separated soul yearns for the body it will receive in resurrection
(see above n. 51); they are therefore in no sense incompatible with notions of purga-
tion after death as psychological and spiritual experience. There was certainly con-
fusion in the twelfth century, as attention began to focus on a purging stage for the
soul between death and Last Judgment, but the idea that the soul yearns for the body
does not mean (any more than it did for Augustine, from whom the twelfth century
borrowed discussion of these matters) that the soul was corporealized before resur-
rection or the body spiritualized afterward. I do, however, argue below—in agreement
with Carozzi, Zaleski, and Morgan—that the increased attention to (and particular-
ization of) a somatomorphic soul in otherworld-journey and vision literature tended
to corporealize the soul. I also agree that the notion of soul’s yearning for body grew
stronger in the later Middle Ages; this development tended to underline person as
psychosomatic unity.
68. Yves Lefevre notes that Honorius only twice gives alternative opinions (bk. 1,
q. 161, and bk. 3, q. 80) (see L’Elucidarium et les lucidaires: Contribution, par
l’histoire d’un texte, à l’histoire des croyances religieuses en France au moyen âge
[Paris: Boccard, 1954], p. 206). Both relate to resurrection: the first concerns whether
Christ was in hell for the full three days between his death and Resurrection; the
second concerns whether we all rise at age thirty and of the same stature. Otto of
Freising in his Chronica sive historia de duabus civitatibus (ed. Adolf Hofmeister,
Scriptores rerum Germanicarum in usum scholarum ex Monumentis Germaniae
Historicis separatim editi [Hannover and Leipzig: Hahn, 1912), bk. 8, chaps. 18–27,
pp. 416–36) gives contrasting opinions about how literal torture is in hell and about
the meaning of I Corinthians 15. Much of this is borrowed from Honorius and does
not therefore indicate that the debate continued in Otto’s day. A similar problem of
interpretation arises, for example, in Helinand of Froidmont, Les Vers de la mort,
ed. F. Wulff and E. Walberg (Paris: Librairie de Firmin Didot, 1905), pp. 31–33, verses
34–36, where the poet comments that those who think there is no afterlife argue that
we should live like pigs and enjoy ourselves here on earth. The verses do not neces-
sarily mean that anyone articulated a fully skeptical position in the twelfth century.
140 the twelfth century
will be spiritual, and nothing thereafter will be corporeal, for God will
be all in all as light is in air or iron in fire.”72 In the Clavis physicae, he
uses images of natural growth to stress the transformation of the resur-
rected body into spirit, ridicules those who think bodies rise with sex
or age or stature, and rejects the idea that there will be any difference
in glory among those present in heaven.73
Even Otto of Freising, whose Two Cities achieves a remarkable syn-
thesis of divergent traditions, argues that the Last Judgment occurs on
earth and restores exactly the heavy, earthly, particular bodies we have
here; but he holds as well that blessedness in heaven is a spiritual vision:
For we must not suppose that souls, after they have been stripped
from the body, or after they have taken up spiritual bodies and are
not inferior to the angelic spirits in purity and rank, find delight in
external things as men do in this life. Accordingly, whenever Holy
Scripture says that their spirits are refreshed and affected by flower-
ing and verdant meadows, by pleasant places, by the singing of birds,
by fragrant things (such as cinnamon and balsam), such expressions
should, it is clear, be interpreted spiritually rather than carnally.74
75. Maïeul Cappuyns, Jean Scot Érigène: Sa vie, son oeuvre, sa pensée (Brussels:
Culture et civilisation, 1964), p. 189. On Erigena, see also Henry Bett, Johannes Sco-
tus Erigena: A Study in Medieval Philosophy (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1925); John J. O’Meara, Eriugena (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988); I. P. Sheldon-
Williams, “A Bibliography of the Works of Johannes Scottus Eriugena,” The Journal
of Ecclesiastical History 10, no. 2 (1960): 198–224; and M. Brennan, A Bibliography
of Publications in the Field of Eriugenian Studies, 1800–1975 (Spoleto: Centro ital-
iano di studi sull’altro medievo, 1977). Erigena’s spiritualist ideas of body of course
have their own context, which I cannot treat here. Carolingian spirituality had in
general a very materialist concept of the body; see above, “Introduction,” n. 14.
76. John Scotus Eriugena [or Erigena], Periphyseon (De divisione naturae), ed. I. P.
Sheldon-Williams with Ludwig Bieler, Scriptores Latini Hiberniae 7, 9, 11 (Dublin:
The Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies, 1978–1983), bk. 1, vol. 1, pp. 113–23,
143–57 (PL 122 [Paris, 1853], cols. 475C–480A and 489B–495B); and see John the Scot,
Periphyseon: On the Division of Nature, trans. Myra Uhlfelder with Jean A. Potter
(Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1976), pp. 44–49 and 60–66. See also Sheldon-Williams’
summary of John’s summary of his argument, in Periphyseon, trans. Sheldon-Williams,
vol. 3, pp. 8–22.
77. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chap. 8, PL 122, cols. 876C and 878D; see trans. Uhlfelder
and Potter, bk. 5, p. 288. See also bk. 5, chap. 37, PL 122, col. 987B; trans. I. P. Sheldon-
Williams and John J. O’Meara, Eriugena: Periphyseon (The Division of Nature)
(Montreal and Washington, D.C.: Bellarmin and Dumbarton Oaks, 1987), p. 672.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 143
What is striking, for my interests, is the fact that John Scotus elabo-
rates, as did Origen, naturalistic imagery for the resurrection, making
full use of Clementine cyclical metaphors and of the Pauline seed. The
resurrection of the phoenix from ashes or the beetle from dung, the
gradual unfolding of seeds in things, the turn of the seasons from win-
ter to spring, all become analogies for a return to God that is transfor-
mation.78 In direct contrast to Western patristic arguments (both in
their original context and in their use by twelfth-century schoolmen),
Erigena treats the continuing growth of fingernails and hair as a prom-
ise and symbol of resurrection, not as a problem for material reassem-
blage.79 He uses Galatians 3.28 (“neither male nor female”) to argue
that Christ rose without biological sex, and so shall we.80 John 14.2 (“in
my Father’s house are many mansions”) and Ephesians 4.13 (“till we
all come . . . unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ”),
used in the Western tradition to guarantee the survival of difference in
heaven, become arguments that all spiritual bodies will be the same.
For, asserts Erigena, all bodies will become spiritual bodies and all spiri-
tual bodies souls, as moisture becomes steam or the seed the sheaf.81
The image of the potter and the recast pot, so popular in patristic and
twelfth-century scholastic texts, is explicitly rejected; in that passage,
says Erigena, Paul “is not discussing bodily resurrection.”82 But Erigena
again and again uses 1 Corinthians 15 to explain that “animal” is not
“spiritual,” to stress that we are a self that flowers into an other that is
inherent in the original pattern, and to underline that all bodies rise as
spirit.83 In one of his most radical passages, John says:
78. Periphyseon, bk. 4, PL 122, cols. 800–15; see trans. Uhlfelder and Potter,
pp. 263–65; bk. 5, PL 122, cols. 871–85, 899–907, and 952–55, see trans. Uhlfelder and
Potter, pp. 282–91, 302–6, 323–25.
79. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chap. 23, PL 122, col. 900A–B; see trans. Uhlfelder and
Potter, p. 303: “God has made in us symbols of resurrection in our two sets of ten
nails, providing evidence about our hope. But also by the crown of the head, our
hair. . . . For what seems in us dead body, i.e., hair daily cut and nails, grow again
and symbolize the hope of resurrection.” John is here giving (by quoting Epiphanius)
what he understands to be the Greek arguments for resurrection as natural; he says
this is a position he has since discarded.
80. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chap. 20, PL 122, cols. 892–94; see trans. Uhlfelder and
Potter, pp. 295–96; see also, cols. 898–99, trans. Uhlfelder and Potter, p. 298.
81. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chaps. 36 and 38, PL 122, cols. 982C and 994C; see trans.
Uhlfelder and Potter, pp. 339 and 342.
82. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chap. 37, PL 122, col. 985C; trans. Sheldon-Williams and
O’Meara, p. 670.
83. Periphyseon, bk. 4, chaps. 5–6 and chaps. 12–15, PL 122, cols. 760–62 and 800–12,
and see trans. Uhlfelder and Potter, pp. 229–31 and 263–65; bk. 5, chaps. 13, 23, and
144 the twelfth century
36, PL 122, cols. 883–85, 899–907 and 978–83, and trans. Uhlfelder and Potter, pp. 290,
305, and 334–40. And see bk. 5, PL 122, cols. 985C–990A, trans. Uhlfelder and Potter,
pp. 340–41, and trans. Sheldon-Williams and O’Meara, p. 670–75.
84. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chap. 37, PL 122, cols. 987A–987D, my translation; see
also trans. Sheldon-Williams and O’Meara, pp. 672–73.
85. See below n. 95.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 145
90. Periphyseon, bk. 5, chaps. 37–38, PL 122, cols. 984–91, see trans. Uhlfelder
and Potter, pp. 340–41.
91. Endres, Honorius, and see n. 72 above.
92. Sanford, “Honorius, Presbyter and Scholasticus,” p. 403; and Flint, Ideas in
the West, chapter 12, who follows Sanford’s interpretation.
93. Flint, Ideas in the West, chap. 12, p. 97. Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 136–38,
comments on Honorius’s inconsistency.
94. It is worth noting that the other compilations of Erigena from the twelfth
century seem to come from the schools. Simon of Tournai (d. ca. 1203) made use of
him, and there is a florilegium of Erigenist texts in Paris Nat. lat. MS 16603; on this,
see Cappuyns, Jean Scot Érigène, p. 246 nn. 6 and 7. Bett argues that Abelard and
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 147
Moreover—owing partly to the fact that the Clavis physicae has only
recently been edited and partly to the continued focus of interpretation
on the question of pantheism—scholars have not decided how Erigenist
Honorius really was.95
I cannot here solve any of the mysteries surrounding Honorius. But
on the specific issue of bodily resurrection, it is clear that the Clavis
physicae simplifies but does not fundamentally alter Erigena’s ideas
or metaphors.96 Honorius occasionally sidesteps articulations that sug-
gest absorptions of self into the Godhead and sometimes elaborates
metaphors in such a way as to underline the individuality of souls.
For example, in chapter 53 he adds to the image of lamps joining in
brightness the idea that each lamp, if removed, takes away its own, but
only its own, light.97 But Honorius clearly retains Erigena’s sense that
all the particularities of the body (age, sex, rank) appear as a result of
sin, that Christ rose, as will we, “non in sexu corporeo sed in homine
tantum”;98 that “the dissolution of flesh which is called death should
more reasonably be called the death of death” for it is the beginning of
a growth toward spirit.99 Erigena’s metaphors of unfolding seeds and of
returning spring continue, in Honorius’s hands, to describe a cosmic
movement that is transformation, not reassemblage.100
It is also clear that the Clavis physicae does contradict the Elucidar-
ium both in its view of body and in its metaphors for salvation. Where
the Clavis physicae spiritualizes the material, the Elucidarium mate-
rializes the spirit. Where the Clavis uses images of natural cycles and
growth, the Elucidarium speaks of partition and reassemblage, diges-
tion and regurgitation. Where the Erigenist treatise sees salvation as
Gilbert of Poitiers were influenced by him (Johannes Scotus Erigena, pp. 171ff.). See
also O’Meara, Eriugena, pp. 216–17.
95. Both Endres and Sanford (cited above in n. 70) see the Clavis physicae as side-
stepping the most extreme pantheistic statements of Erigena. Lefevre, L’Elucidarium
et les lucidaires, p. 197, argues that the Elucidarium is not pantheistic.
96. Honorius knew Erigena was problematic: “In quo opere quedam minus ratione
exercitatis videbuntur absona, que tamen veritatem considerantibus summa aucto-
ritate et vera ratione constabunt subnixa,” he says at the beginning of the Clavis
physicae; see Lucentini ed., p. 3.
97. Honorius, Clavis physicae, ed. Lucentini, pp. 34–35.
98. Ibid., chaps. 69–80, 273–75 and 293, pp. 49–57, 221–24, and 239; and chaps.
347, 350, and 354–60 (which are Erigena, Periphyseon, cols. 894A–C, 896B–C,
898D–902D; see Lucentini ed., pp. 279–80). Quoted passage at Clavis physicae, ed.
Lucentini, chap. 75, p. 52.
99. Honorius, Clavis physicae, ed. Lucentini, chap. 307, p. 260.
100. See, for example, ibid., chaps. 80, 212, and 273–74, pp. 57, 168, and 221–23;
and chap. 354 (which is Erigena, Periphyseon, cols. 898D–900A).
148 the twelfth century
What we eat in the Eucharist is so truly the flesh born of Mary that we
might indeed see it bleed and be then “horrified to touch it with our
lips.”106 “Just as food being eaten is turned into flesh, so whoever of the
faithful eats is turned into the body of Christ by consuming this food
[per comestionem hujus cibi in corpus Christi convertitur].”107 Resur-
rection is therefore triumph over the food chain: “even if devoured by
beasts or fishes or birds, member by member, all are reformed by resur-
rection in such a way that not a hair perishes.”108 It provides “gather-
ing” “in the womb of the church” for those pieces cast to the winds or
eaten by monsters.109 It unites us to Christ’s body, which is integer in
heaven, however much we masticate it here on earth.110 It restores us
106. Ibid., bk. 1, qq. 180–82, especially q. 181, pp. 394–95; and see pp. 135–36. The
idea is found in Paschasius Radbertus.
107. Ibid., bk. 1, q. 182, p. 395; and see p. 262 for the Dominican inquisitor Nicolas
Eymeric’s accusation (at the end of the fourteenth century) that this idea is heretical.
108. L’Elucidarium, ed. Lefevre, bk. 3, q. 45, p. 456.
109. Ibid., bk. 2, q. 103, pp. 441–42: “D. Obest justis aliquid si in cimiterio eccle-
siae non sepeliantur? M. Nihil prorsus. Totus namque mundus est templum Dei,
quod dedicatum est sanguine Christi et sive in campo seu in silva vel in palude vel
quovis loco sepeliantur vel projiciantur aut a bestis vel a belluis devorentur, semper
in gremio Ecclesiae confoventur, quae per latitudinem terrae diffunditur.”
110. Ibid., bk. 1, q. 183, p. 395; and see p. 136.
Guibert of Nogent makes a parallel argument. Because Christ is a literal synecdo-
che (says Guibert), we receive the whole Christ in each eating, but he loses no part.
In his De pignoribus Guibert points out that if I destroy a fingernail, I claim that I,
not merely a part of me, am hurt. We call friends or relatives “ourselves.” How much
more is all of Christ included in the me of Qui manducat me (John 6.58)? Those
who eat the Eucharist eat the totus Christus; they eat not a part of Christ but the
universitas of the substance (bk. 2, chap. 2, PL 156, cols. 632–34).
Quod si particulas illas ilium esse negas, partem pro toto, et totum pro parte
poni posse forsitan ignoras, synecdochice nempe non solum loqui Scripturas,
sed ipsos quosque illitteratos et vulgares hac figura sermonum uti, nulli non
perspicuum. . . . Qui manducat me vivit propter me. . . . Est enim dicere: Qui
exterius meum, carnem videlicet et sanguinem, manducat, vivit ex eo ipso
quod interiorem hominem illuminando vivificat. Cum ergo fieri non possit ad
litteram, ut totus ab aliquo manducetur, nisi pars pro toto accipiatur, secun-
dum interiorem sensum indifficulter id agitur, praesertim cum fides corporis
ita habeatur ut quod minutatim porrigitur, totum in suis minutiis teneatur.
(Ibid., col. 632a–c)
Guibert was concerned to avoid a eucharistic theory that equates the sacrifice of
the mass with the crucifixion. Hence he emphasized that the body on the altar was
the body of the Resurrection; Christians should not be reminded of the dividing of
Christ’s body (see De pignoribus, bk. 2, chap. 6, col. 648; also bk. 3, chap. 2, obj. 6,
col. 654). The concern may stem partly from Guibert’s horrified fascination with
details of bodily torture (ibid., bk. 4, chap. 1, cols. 668–69).
Such arguments seem to echo those put forth as early as the second century
(by Ignatius, Irenaeus, and Tertullian) that eating Christ is an inverse cannibalism:
consuming the body that cannot be consumed will make our own preeminently
consumable bodies indigestible to hell and assumable to heaven.
150 the twelfth century
as the potter restores his vase de eadem materia and places us in a para-
dise where stasis conquers change so completely that water becomes
crystal and the flowers that rise from the earth never wither again.111
Just as was true in late antiquity, materialistic images of resurrection
tend to accompany a stress on social or religious difference. A large part
of book II of the Elucidarium is a description of the variety of statuses
in society and a scathing indictment of their occupants—topics not
treated at all in the Clavis physicae. The idea of the church as Christ’s
body is elaborated in such a way as to underline a hierarchy both of
roles (teachers are bones; biblical commentators are teeth; peasants are
feet) and of moral statuses (the obedient are ears; the discrete are the
nose; heretics are snot).112 Moreover, the heaven of the Elucidarium
contains “a multitude of beautiful men and women,” organized in the
ranks of earth: “patriarchs, prophets, confessors, monks, virgins, and
saints.” They will appear with their “eyes and faces” and “all their inte-
rior and exterior members.”113 Luke 20.36 (“they will be . . . equal unto
the angels”) is quoted only to emphasize that there will be differences
in glory.114 We cannot become Peter; we can only become “like Peter.”
“For what one does not have in himself he will have in another,” but
it has not been promised that a foot can “become an eye, or a hand an
ear, or a man a woman.”115 We will have full joy in heaven only when
both our bodies and our friends arrive.116
There is no way to reconcile the divergent eschatological views
found in Honorius’s works nor, in the absence of any clear biographical
111. L’Elucidarium, bk. 3, qq. 46, 49, 78 and 106, pp. 456, 457, 462, and 467–70.
Honorius’s description of the flowers and crystals of heaven parallels his descriptions
of the bodies of the saints. In book 3 (q. 81, p. 464) Honorius says the different colors
(signifying different virtues) in which the saints will rise will serve as their clothing;
in q. 106, p. 469 (much of which is borrowed from Eadmer, De beatitudine caelestis
patriae, PL 159, cols. 592–93), he speaks of the saints as clothed. See below, n. 113.
112. L’Elucidarium, pp. 405–42, and see n. 101 above.
113. Ibid., bk. 3, q. 106, pp. 467–70:
Hic est voluptas multitudinem virorum ac mulierum speciosarum videre,
vestes pretiosas, . . . dulcem cantum . . . audire, thymiama et alias diversi
pigmenti species odorare. . . . [Q]ui regem gloriae in decore suo cernent, omnes
angelos et omnes sanctos interius et exterius conspicient, gloriam Dei, gloriam
angelorum, gloriam patriarcharum, . . . gloriam virginum, gloriam omnium
sanctorum videbunt, suos oculos, suas facias, omnia membra sua interius et
exterius cernent, cogitationes singulorum intuebuntur. . . . Olfactio qualis. . . .
qualis gustus. . . . Voluptas tactus qualis. . . . Ecce tales sunt deliciae beatorum.
For all its oddness, the passage is a striking affirmation of the survival of indi-
vidual characteristics in the saints.
114. Ibid., q. 118, p. 473. Further along in the passage (p. 474), he refers to one
house and many mansions (John 14.2).
115. Ibid., q. 116, p. 472.
116. Ibid., q. 27, p. 451.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 151
a point of concealing his identity and origins; Endres has argued that
the man Gilbert refers to is Honorius.119
Even the Elucidarium came in for suspicion. Two twelfth-century
manuscripts contain marginal notes (in one case from the twelfth cen-
tury, in the other from the thirteenth) indicating that certain of its
ideas are questionable. It is difficult to find the reasoning behind such
comments, but their focus suggests that what was bothersome were
Erigenist traces in this very non-Erigenist work. Of the eleven passages
annotated in the twelfth century, eight have to do with the transcen-
dence of the resurrected body, Christ’s or ours; of the seven passages
marked in a thirteenth-century hand, two are specifically about Christ’s
risen body.120 By the late fourteenth century, an inquisitor found Ori-
genist overtones even in Honorius’s most materialist passages.121
Nicolas Eymeric in his Elucidarius elucidarii read Honorius’s citation
of Augustine’s metaphor of the recast vase as an argument that God
makes for us “non . . . illud sed aliud corpus” at the resurrection.122 He
also objected to Honorius’s idea that Peter will have virginity in John.
Even this concession to community seemed, to Nicolas, to violate dif-
ference. “That the glory of all will be the glory of each is false and a
heresy . . . if it means that the essential glory of all will be equal. . . .
119. See Endres, Honorius, p. 125; and see ibid., n. 1 for the text of Gilbert’s
remark. Bett, Erigena, pp. 172–73, argues that Gilbert was, however, influenced by
Erigena’s De divisione naturae.
120. L’Elucidarium, ed. Lefevre, pp. 252–58.
121. Ibid., pp. 259–67.
It is important to note that a thirteenth-century vernacular adaptation of the
Elucidarium, the Lumiere as lais of Peter of Peckham (which is actually as much an
adaptation of a commentary on Peter Lombard’s Sentences as of Honorius) retains
the materialist focus of the Elucidarium and understands as materialist the passages
that Eymeric later sees as heretical and spiritualist. See Ch.-V. Langlois, La Vie spiri-
tuelle: Enseignements, méditations, et controverses d’après des écrits en français à
l’usage des laïcs (Paris: Librairie Hachette, 1928), pp. 66–122. For an Anglo-Norman
poem that parallels this text, see Meyer “Fragment du Dialogue entre l’évêque saint
Julien et son disciple”; and F. J. Tanquerey, “Originalité du Dialogue entre saint
Julien et son disciple.” Book 6, chapter 3, of La Lumiere as lais argues that we will
all rise at age thirty-two years and three months; see extracts in Langlois, La Vie spi-
rituelle, pp. 111–12. Book 6, chapter 4 (in ibid.) applies to the question of fingernails
and hair the example of a master recasting a bronze; it asserts that he does so from
“the same materials” but makes a “similar statue,” as God will make a “new man.”
Book 6, chapter 12 (ibid., pp. 112–13) argues that all the elect will have the common
joy of seeing God, but there will be special honors for special ranks; “each will have
good in the other, I yours and you mine.” In book 4, chapter 8 (ibid., pp. 106–7), the
author takes up the question of the Eucharist and expresses doubt about Honorius’s
literalism; he argues that Christ’s body is “our nurture,” but to say it is absorbed (i.e.,
corrupted) by our bodies is to confuse nature and supernature.
122. L’Elucidarium, ed. Lefevre, p. 266; for the text of Eymeric’s censure, see p. 517.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 153
John 14.2 says ‘In my Father’s house are many mansions’ because there
is diversity of rewards.”123
Erigena’s own text had a similar fate.124 Excerpted and quoted by a
number of figures in mid-century, it was already at that time suspect;125
William of Malmesbury defended it as “very useful” but admitted that
John was rumored “to be a heretic” because he deviated from “the well-
trodden way of the Latins.”126 Pope Honorius III found it widespread
in monasteries and schools in the early thirteenth century and seems
almost certainly to have condemned it to be burned for “heretical per-
versity” in 1210. The condemnation was repeated in 1225.127
What disturbed authorities in the early 1200s was the appearance at
Paris of a group that seemed to spiritualize or allegorize a number of
Christian doctrines and to rely in part on the works of John Scotus. The
exact teachings of this group—known as the Amauricians from their
leader Amaury of Bene—are unknown.128 They had Joachite elements
123. Ibid., p. 266; for the text of Eymeric, see p. 519. Eymeric also uses 1 Corin-
thians 15.41 to refute Honorius and argue for diversity.
124. I leave aside here the issue, which is surely relevant, of the citation and
condemnation of Erigena’s eucharistie teaching; see Cappuyns, Jean Scot Érigène,
pp. 86–91 and 242, and Johannes Huber, Johannes Scotus Erigena: Ein Beitrag zur
Geschichte der Philosophie des Mittelalters (Munich: J. J. Lentner, 1861), p. 432ff.
125. On John’s influence in the mid 1100s, see Bett, Johannes Scotus Erigena, pp.
171ff.; Cappuyns, Jean Scot Érigène, pp. 241–56; Huber, Johannes Scotus Erigena,
pp. 432–39.
126. “Composuit etiam librum . . . propter perplexitatem quarundam quaestio-
num solvendam bene utilem, si tamen ignoscatur ei in quibusdam, quibus a Lati-
norum tramite deviavit, dum in Graecos acriter oculos intendit; quare et hereticus
putatus est” (see Cappuyns, Jean Scot Érigène, p. 247 n. 4).
127. Cappuyns, Jean Scot Érigène, pp. 247–8, especially nn. 1 and 2 on p. 248;
G. C. Capelle, Autour du Décret de 1210, 3: Amaury de Bene: Étude sur son panthé-
isme formel, Bibliothèque thomiste 16 (Paris: J. Vrin, 1932), pp. 13–15 and 89 (for the
text of the condemnation); Huber, Johannes Scotus Erigena, p. 438; G. Théry, Autour
de Décret de 1210, 1: David de Dinant: Etude sur son panthéisme materialiste,
Bibliothèque thomiste 6 (Le Saulchoir, Belgium: Revue des sciences philosophiques
et théologiques, 1925), p. 7; Bett, Johannes Scotus Erigena, pp. 174–84. M.-Th.
d’Alverny does not think there was a condemnation of Erigena in 1210; see “Un
fragment du procès des Amauriciens,” Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire
du moyen âge 25 and 26 (1950–1951): 325–36, esp. p. 335; see also H.-F. Dondaine,
“L’objet et le ‘medium’ de la vision béatifique chez les théologiens du XIIIe siècle,”
Recherches de théologie ancienne et médiévale 19 (1952): 99.
128. The University of Paris condemned Amaury’s teaching in the early thir-
teenth century; he appealed to Innocent III, who decided against him. Amaury died
soon after, probably in 1206. Soon after his death, a group of followers appeared, who
seem to have gone beyond his teaching. The synod of Paris in 1210 excommunicated
him and removed his bones to unconsecrated soil, burned ten members of the sect,
and imprisoned the rest for life—with the exception of a few women who were not
considered responsible. See Huber, Johannes Scotus Erigena, pp. 434–35; and Capelle,
Autour du Décret: Amaury, pp. 90–111. The teacher David of Dinant, who used to
154 the twelfth century
and close similarities to later Free Spirit ideas; like the later Free Spirits,
the Amauricians were seen as libertines, allowing all sorts of license
to the body because they denied its reality.129 Charges in the cartulary
of the University of Paris and in the Contra Amaurianos, a thirteenth-
century tract written against them, assert that they taught that the
indwelling of the Holy Spirit was the resurrection.130 They were there-
fore charged with denying the resurrection of the body and with hold-
ing that what the Parisian authorities taught about resurrection was “a
fable.”131 The fullest account we have of the doctrine of the Amauri-
cians is that of Henry of Ostia in 1260;132 it may be that it confuses
Amaury and Erigena.133 But wherever the idea comes from, one element
of what Hostiensis reports as heretical is the idea that humanity will
rise with the two sexes united as they were in the first creation and
as Christ was after his resurrection.134 Thus whether or not Hostien-
sis’s account of Amaury is an accurate reporting of Amaury’s ideas, it is
clear that ecclesiastical authorities in 1210 condemned the position that
there is no resurrection of the material and particular body we possess
on earth.135 The Fourth Lateran Council in 1215 required Cathars and
be thought an Erigenist as well, was probably influenced by very different ideas; see
Théry, Autour du Décret: David de Dinant.
129. Thus, although their metaphysical position (which denied reality to any-
thing except spirit) was supposedly diametrically opposed to that of the Cathars, who
saw flesh as a second, evil reality, authorities feared the same result in both groups:
a failure to discipline the flesh and to retain its particularity as part of the person.
See below, chapter 5. For other aspects of the positions of Erigena and Amaury that
worried authorities, see Dondaine, “L’objet et le ‘medium’ de la vision béatifique,”
pp. 63–75 and 98.
130. For the texts of these documents, see Capelle, Autour du Décret: Amaury,
pp. 89–93.
131. See the condemnation of the University of Paris in Capelle, Autour du
Décret: Amaury, p. 89; and Contra Amaurianos, especially chap. 7, in Capelle, op.
cit., p. 92.
132. It is repeated by Martin of Poland; see Capelle, Autour du Décret: Amaury,
p. 105.
133. Huber, Johannes Scotus Erigena, p. 436; Capelle, Autour du Décret: Amaury,
pp. 27–30.
134. Huber, Johannes Scotus Erigena, p. 436.
135. Those who opposed the spiritualist position were clearly arguing that body
must be redeemed as body; it cannot become God because that—in their view—
would deny both divinity to God and bodiliness to body. They therefore saw the
diametrically opposed spiritualist and Cathar positions as having the same conse-
quence—i.e., denying bodily resurrection. Contra Amaurianos, chap. 9, charges the
Amauricians with teaching that God is all in all. The author of this tract against
them then makes the rather odd move of arguing that such a tenet implies that God
is body; therefore, since body is corruptible, God is corruptible. For the text, see
Capelle, Autour du Décret: Amaury, p. 92.
Reassemblage and Regurgitation 155
other heretics to assent to the proposition that “all rise with their own
individual bodies, that is, the bodies which they now wear.”136 It is also
clear that by the early thirteenth century the spiritualist and Origenist
implications of Erigena’s ideas were understood—and rejected—and that
one of the most threatening elements in the Erigenist position was the
claim that with the loss of materiality and integrity there would be a
blurring of the sexes at the end of time.137
In my fifth chapter, I shall return to the question of gender and con-
sider—as I did in my discussion of Jerome—how far the rejection of
spiritualist interpretations of the resurrected body was a rejection of
the possibility of transcending difference, either in eternity or on earth.
I shall do so by treating with great care the specific language in which
polemicists drew the line between heterodox and orthodox belief. Such
treatment will impel me into a consideration of twelfth-century anxiet-
ies about biological processes, cadavers, and burial. Before I do so, how-
ever, I want to explore two other sorts of evidence of twelfth-century
concern with body and last things: spiritual writing and iconography.
Such evidence clearly manifests the twelfth-century emphasis on body
as physicality, but it also introduces the tendency that in the course of
the thirteenth century revolutionized eschatology by moving much of
what we mean by body into soul.
trans. Columba Hart and Jane Bishop (New York and Mahwah, N.J.: Paulist Press,
1990), pp. 9–53.
5. See, for example, Scivias, bk. 1, vision 2, chap. 32, in Hildegardis Scivias, ed. A.
Führkötter and A. Carlevaris, 2 pts., Corpus christianorum continuatio mediaevalis
[hereafter CCCM] 43 and 43A (Turnhout: Brepols, 1978), pp. 34–37 (the person here is
also a sheep and a pearl); bk. 2, vision 1, preface and chap. 7, pp. 110–12 and 115–16;
bk. 3, vision 8, chap. 8, pp. 484–92.
6. See, for example, bk. 3, vision 8, chap. 8, p. 486–87.
7. Hildegard represents the older Benedictine tradition, in contrast to the Cister-
cians I discuss below. The so-called “old Benedictines,” however, often agree with
Cistercians in using organic imagery in positive ways. See the discussion of Peter
the Venerable, below. Like the Cistercians, these “old monks” use positive images
of growth primarily to describe spiritual progress from the region of dissimilitude to
that of similitude.
8. Scivias, ed. Führkötter, bk. 3, vision 10, chap. 7, pp. 553–55. See also vision 9,
chap. 20, pp. 532–33, where she says (speaking in the voice of one of the prophets
voicing God’s judgment) that those who seek their own wills rather than God’s will
be punished “quia me in hoc non quaesierunt. Et quid hoc eis prodest, quia in hoc
non viriditatem sed ariditatem habent, et quoniam hoc non plantaui? Sed inutilis
herba nascitur in eis absque trunco.”
9. Bk. 2, vision 1, chap. 8, p. 153.
10. See, for example, her discussion of suicide. She writes, speaking with God’s
voice: “Sed ego de terra formaui hominem ut ab inferioribus ad superiora ascenderet
160 the twelfth century
“As the apple tree among the trees of the woods, so is my beloved
among the children. . . .”(Song of Songs 2.3). . . . He is the most beau-
tiful fruit of the fruitful tree; which is to say that the son of the Vir-
gin comes forth from virginal modesty as its fruit, giving refreshing
food to those who hunger and sweet drink to those who thirst. And
thus He excels all the trees of the woods, which is to say the human
children who are conceived and live in sin, not yielding the fruit He
yielded; for He came from God bearing the fruit of the sweetness of
life, while others have no fruit or fecundity [viriditatem] of their own,
but only that derived from Him.14
14. Hildegard, Scivias, ed. Führkötter, bk. 3, vision 8, chap. 16, pp. 501–2; trans.
Hart and Bishop, pp. 439–40.
15. See, for example, Scivias, ed. Führkötter, bk. 3, vision 7, chap. 8, p. 472.
16. Contrast, for example, ibid., bk. 1, vision 2, chap. 32, pp. 34–37, where the
whole human being is seen as a garden (which must be cultivated by Christ), a lost
sheep, and a pearl that has slipped into the mud (thus both kinds of images are used)
with bk. 1, vision 4, pp. 61–92, where the soul is a globe that falls into the body
(which is seen as mud or a building). Even in vision 4, however, the impact of soul
on body is seen as creating a fertile and developing whole; body is like the wood
of the tree to which soul is sap (ibid., chap. 26, p. 84). In bk. 2, visions 1 and 2, pp.
110–32, the human being is repeatedly spoken of as a clod of mud, warmed to life by
God; by the time we reach vision 2, chap. 4, p. 127, the human being formed from
mud is a pearl. In bk. 3, vision 1, we are “ut cinis cinereae putredinis et sicut puluis
instabilitatis,” “limum nigrum et lutulentum . . . circumdatum lapidibus pretiosis
atque margaritis” (pp. 329 and 331–32). In vision 10, chaps. 6–7, pp. 551–55, we are
fields, dust, and ashes that must be plowed and sowed by God.
17. For Hildegard’s distress at the idea of bodily breaches (which can nonetheless
be made fertile by God), see her complex discussion of sexual intercourse and men-
struation in bk. 1, vision 2, chaps. 20–21, pp. 27–28. See also the image of the pierced
body of the church in bk. 2, vision 3, chaps. 4–6, pp. 138–39, and the discussion of
suicide in bk. 2, vision 5, chaps. 59–60, pp. 222–24 (“so one who throws himself
into bodily death, not waiting for the separation I appoint for everyone but dividing
himself without hope of mercy, will fall into perdition. . . . For one who separates
from a person what I have placed in the person incurs great guilt.” [trans. Hart and
Bishop, pp. 233–34]).
162 the twelfth century
Without the irradiating of God’s grace, it tends toward rot and fragmen-
tation.18 The same body is stabilized and hardened in glory; in heaven,
it is gold or a pearl or a finely cut gem.19
Thus, despite her strong sense of process and fertility, Hildegard does
not apply such imagery to the resurrection of the body.20 Indeed she
scarcely speaks of last things at all. She does mention in passing the
problems concerning bodily reassemblage so dear to Peter Lombard and
other scholastics; she asserts that people rise in two sexes, without
deformities or mutilation or deficiencies of matter (even if they have
been victims of cannibalism);21 she speaks of glorified bodies as “light,”
appropriate containers for the “fiery” souls of heaven.22 But Hildegard
actually says very little about the end of time and almost nothing about
paradise. It is as if her language of growth and process has no way to
describe heaven, which she simply calls glorious and changeless.23
Nonetheless what little she does say of last things agrees exactly
with Peter Lombard’s scenario.24 The earth will shake and human bones
will come together from wherever they lie to be covered with flesh. The
bodies that will rise are precisely the bodies we have in this life.
And behold, all the human bones in whatever place in the earth they
lay were brought together in one moment and covered with their
flesh; and they all rose up with limbs and bodies intact, each in his
or her gender, with the good glowing brightly and the bad manifest
in blackness. . . .
And suddenly from the East a great brilliance shone forth; and
there, in a cloud, I saw the Son of Man.25
18. See, for example, Scivias, ed. Führkötter, bk. 2, vision 6, chap. 43, pp. 268–69.
19. See bk. 3, vision 8, chap. 8, pp. 489–90, where the good are seen as flowers,
gems, and pruned trees, but the greatest emphasis is on the image of finely cut stones
and that is the image that is explicitly related to the heavenly Jerusalem.
20. An exception is bk. 2, vision 5, chap. 31, pp. 201–2.
21. Bk. 3, vision 12, especially preface and chaps. 3, 7–8, 13–16, pp. 604–13.
22. Ibid., pp. 605, 609–10, and 612. And see bk. 2, vision 6, chap. 52, p. 273,
where Hildegard says that those who take the Eucharist will appear in heaven post
resurrectionem in the “same bodies” they have on earth (in eodem corpore suo) only
brighter, just as their souls also are “enkindled by the fiery gift of the Holy Spirit”
(atque in anima sua igneo dono Spiritus sancti transfunduntur).
23. See above, nn. 21 and 22.
24. See bk. 3, visions 12–13, pp. 604–36. Book 3, vision 12, calls the saints “flow-
ers” (p. 610), but stresses jewels and fire; in vision 13, where the whole of the blessed
person is described, both flowers and jewels figure prominently in the imagery. Hil-
degard sees the person as an impartible whole; thus I would in no way suggest that
soul is flower and body jewel. Nonetheless, it seems important that her specific
references to body are to jewels.
25. Bk. 3, vision 12, p. 605, and see plate 33; trans. Hart and Bishop, p. 515.
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 163
And when the judgment was ended, the lightnings and thunders and
winds and tempests ceased, and the fleeting components of the ele-
ments vanished all at once, and there came an exceedingly great calm.
And then the elect became more splendid than the splendor of the
sun. . . . And all the elements shone calm and resplendent, as if a
black skin had been taken from them; so that fire no longer had its
raging heat, or air density, or water turbulence, or earth shakiness.
And the sun, moon and stars sparkled in the firmament like great
ornaments, remaining fixed and not moving in orbit, so that they no
longer distinguished day from night. And so there was no night, but
day. And it was finished.26
and to the figurative wasteland of spiritual solitude. Not only their con-
temporaries but historians of our own day as well have marveled at
the skill with which they made both deserts flower. Widely admired
by recent scholars for their sensual prose, they have long been studied
and enjoyed for their ideas about contemplation, interior journey, and
spiritual self-awareness.27 Thus we are not surprised to find in twelfth-
century Cistercian writers extremely complex organic imagery. Deci-
phering what such imagery tells us about Cistercian concepts of the
body and of resurrection is not, however, easy. Two general observa-
tions are necessary to establish the context.
First, as John Sommerfeldt has recently argued, the body is absolutely
crucial in Bernard’s anthropology.28 Souls cannot receive the beatific
vision until they regain their bodies at the end of time.29 “For it is not
fitting that complete beatitude [integram beatitudinem] be bestowed
before the human being to whom it will be given is whole [integer]—any
more than it is fitting that perfection be given to an imperfect Church
[Ecclesiasm imperfectam].”30 Although Bernard occasionally asks in
puzzlement why souls desire the body—“miserable flesh,” “foul and
fetid flesh”31—he answers that souls must crave body not for its merits
27. For the association of Cistercians with affective spirituality (now a com-
monplace in scholarly literature), see R. W. Southern, The Making of the Middle
Ages (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1959), pp. 219–57; Leclercq, The Love of
Learning; and Colin Morris, The Discovery of the Individual 1050–1200, (1972; pbk.
reprint, New York: Harper and Row, 1973). For an example of the new scholarship
on Cistercians, which emphasizes the same aspects (although from a very different
point of view), see Ann Astell, “The Mark of Gender in Saint Bernard’s De diligendo
Deo,” Romance Languages Annual (forthcoming). On William of St. Thierry, who
became a Cistercian only late in life, see below, n. 37.
28. John R. Sommerfeldt, “The Body in Bernard’s Anthropology” (Unpublished
paper). Sommerfeldt’s paper is on Bernard, but his observations apply even more
convincingly to other early Cistercians.
29. See Sommerfeldt, “Body in Bernard.” For a different interpretation of Bernard’s
position, see Marc Dykmans, Les sermons de Jean XXII sur la vision béatifique
(Rome: Università Gregoriana Editrice, 1973), pp. 40–43. The matter is a complex
one, and Sommerfeldt may go a bit too far in making the body crucial. It is impor-
tant to note that Bernard does hold that the souls of the saints are admitted to rest
as soon as they leave their bodies. What they await (in waiting for their bodies) is
“full glory,” not admission to any sort of blessedness. The central texts are Bernard,
Sermons for All Saints, especially sermons 3 and 4, in Sancti Bernardi Opera, vol. 5
(1968), pp. 349–60; and De diligendo Deo (see n. 34 below). See also chapter 8, n. 43
below. For a similar position to Bernard’s, see Achard of St. Victor, sermon 12, paragr.
8, in Sermons inédits, ed. Jean Chatillon (Paris, J. Vrin, 1970), p. 129.
30. Bernard, Third Sermon for All Saints, paragr. 1; Opera, vol. 5, p. 350.
31. Ibid., paragr. 2: “Sed unde hoc tibi, o misera caro, o foeda, o foetida, unde tibi
hoc? Animae sanctae, quas propria Deus insignivit imagine, quas redemit proprio san-
guine, te desiderant, te exspectant, et ipsarum sine te compleri laetitia, perfici gloria,
consummari beatitudo non potest.” See also “On Conversion,” chap. 6, paragr. 11,
and chap. 8, paragr. 15, in Opera, vol. 4 (1966), pp. 84–85 and 89: “Insanus siquidem
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 165
but because without it they are not complete persons.32 The desire of
soul for body is a contortion, a twisting; it is the “wrinkle” of Ephesians
5.27.33 Without body, souls can be a “glorious church, without spot”
of sin, but they cannot be completely happy, for they are not free from
the “wrinkle of distraction” until they are embodied again at the end
of time. Bernard here draws on the same passage from Augustine that
led Peter Lombard to assert that bodily resurrection brings something
without which a self cannot be happy; as for Peter, this happiness is the
removal of longing or discontent. But to Bernard the return of body is
more than the end of disquiet; it is also an increase of joy.
Do not be surprised if the glorified body seems to give the spirit some-
thing, for it was a real help when man was sick and mortal. How true
that text is which says that all things turn to the good of those who
love God (Rom. 8.28). The sick, dead and resurrected body is a help to
the soul who loves God; the first for the fruits of penance, the second
for repose, and the third for consummation. Truly the soul does not
want to be perfected, without that from whose good services it feels
it has benefited . . . in every way. . . . Listen to the bridegroom in the
Canticle inviting us to this triple progress: ‘Eat, friends, and drink;
be inebriated, dearest ones.’ He calls to those working in the body to
eat; he invites those who have set aside their bodies to drink; and he
impels those who have resumed their bodies to inebriate themselves,
calling them his dearest ones, as if they were filled with charity. . . .
It is right to call them dearest who are drunk with love.34
Bernard does not quite say it, but there is the suggestion here that body
adds greater capacity for ecstasy to the soul.35 Although he stresses that
labor pascere sterilem quae non parit . . ., omittere curam cordis et curam carnis agere
in desiderio, impinguare et fovere cadaver putridum, quando paulo post vermium esca
futurum nullatenus dubitatur” (p. 89). And see Bernard of Clairvaux, Selected Works,
trans. G. Evans (New York and Mahwah, N.J.: Paulist Press, 1987), pp. 75 and 78.
32. See Bernard, “On Conversion,” chap. 12, paragr. 24, Opera, vol. 4, p. 97,
where—in a dialogue between will and the members of the body—Bernard has the
body say: “I am your body; your own self. [Tuum est corpus, tuus ego ipse.] There is
nothing to fear or to dread.” See Evans trans., Selected Works, p. 84. See also sermon
10 on Psalm 90, paragr. 3, Opera, vol. 4, p. 445.
33. Third Sermon for All Saints, Opera, vol. 5, pp. 349–53.
34. Bernard, De diligendo Deo, section 11, paragrs. 30–33, in Opera, vol. 3 (1963),
pp. 144–47; trans. Robert Walton, The Works of Bernard of Clairvaux, vol. 5: Trea-
tises, vol. 2 (Washington, D.C.: Cistercian Publications, 1974), pp. 122–24. See also
Bernard’s Sermons for All Saints cited in n. 29 above and sermon 8 on Psalm 90 in
Opera, vol. 4, pp. 426–35.
35. Bernard never does quite say that body adds to the capacity to experience in
heaven although Sommerfeldt may be right to suggest that this idea is implicit in
166 the twelfth century
visio Dei brings peace and “tranquillity” to those who love God—a
tranquillity indeed that spills over from soul into body in the anesthe-
sia of glory—he also speaks of “intoxication” in the resurrection.
Do we not think that the holy martyrs received . . . grace while they
were still in their victorious bodies—at least in part? They were so
moved within by the great force of their love that they were able to
expose their bodies to outward torments and think nothing of them.
The sensation of outward pain could do no more than whisper across
the surface of their tranquillity. . . .
It is not in dispute that they want their bodies back. . . . Until death
is swallowed up in victory (1 Cor. 15.54) . . . so that heavenly glory
gleams even in bodies, these souls cannot wholly remove themselves
and transport themselves to God. . . . [They are still too much bound
to their bodies]. . . . They do not wish to be complete without them.
[But] . . . when our bodies are resurrected, we are intoxicated by
immortal life, abounding in wonderful plenty.36
his anthropology. He certainly does emphasize the tight union of soul and body as a
source of spiritual advance in this life. And he does argue explicitly that the glorified
body adds peace, freedom, and beauty in heaven: “So, to the thought of judgment is
added that of the kingdom, in which kingdom we think on what we shall be: first
on the state of the body when it will be immortal and impassible, then on its glory
when it will be of ineffable beauty and splendor, as it is written: The just will be as
resplendent as the sun’ [Matt. 13.43].” See Parabola 6: De Aethiopissa, in Opera, vol.
6, pt. 2, pp. 291–92; and see Sommerfeldt at n. 94.
36. Bernard, “On Loving God,” chap. 10, paragr. 29 through chap. 11, paragr. 33,
in Opera, vol. 3, pp. 143–47, and in Selected Works, trans. Evans, p. 197–99.
37. William of St. Thierry (d. 1148) was a black Benedictine and abbot of his house
from 1119; he became a Cistercian only in 1135, toward the end of his life. His two
philosophical works, On the Nature and Dignity of Love and On the Nature of Body
and Soul, were written early in his career—long before he became a Cistercian but
after he had met and been influenced by Bernard of Clairvaux.
38. William of St. Thierry, On the Nature of Body and Soul, bk. 2, PL 180, cols.
707–26, esp. cols. 710 and 717; trans. by J.-M. Déchanet in Oeuvres choisies de
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 167
But occasionally William’s statue not only lives; it also grows toward
perfection as an expression of the morally developing soul. William’s
suggestion that the body would have grown perfect in paradise had not
sin intervened is close to Augustine’s idea of acquiring the non posse
mori through eating from the tree of life; it is not a notion either that
general resurrection is flowering or that the voyage of the separated
soul is manifested in body. But there is at least a hint that soul needs
body—throbbing, sensing, experiencing, growing body—as a revelation
and expression of itself.39
A second point must be made as a context for understanding Cis-
tercian resurrection imagery. Following Revelation 20.6, Cistercian
authors, like many patristic writers, spoke of two resurrections, one of
the soul and one of the body. Thus, as M.-N. Bouchard has emphasized,
resurrection was often, to Cistercian authors, a process of cleansing
in which asceticism played a role; life was seen as a long struggle of
the soul to die to sin or to rise up from it—a process made possible by
Christ’s death and resurrection.40 As Bernard put it: the soul is nobler
than the body; it was the first to fall and is the first to rise. We should
therefore devote ourselves to souls, which Christ came first to heal, and
postpone all concern for our bodies until Christ comes again to reform
them.41 The monk Herman of Reun, who delivered a series of sermons
based on Bernard between 1170 and 1180, summarized the Cistercian
conception of first and second resurrections in a way that makes their
different natures and temporal dimensions clear.42 First resurrection is
of soul and is now; second resurrection is of body and is future.
Hearts and bodies rejoice together because, Christ rising, our inner
man is freed from the death of sin and our exterior man is confirmed
in the hope of his resurrection, of which he gives us an example. . . .
Both are right to rejoice, because each co-resurrects with Christ, the
inner [man] in fact and the outer [man] in hope. And we say that the
Guillaume de Saint-Thierry (Paris: Aubier, 1943), pp. 100–1 and 120–21. There is
an English translation by Bernard McGinn in Three Treatises on Man: A Cistercian
Anthropology (Kalamazoo, Mich.: Cistercian Publications, 1977), pp. 101–52.
39. On the Nature of Body and Soul, bk. 2, cols. 710–12; trans. Déchanet, pp.
100–7.
40. Marie-Noël Bouchard, “La résurrection dans la spiritualité des premiers
auteurs cisterciens,” Collectanea cisterciensia 37 (1975): 114–29.
41. Bernard, Sixth Sermon for Advent, in Opera, vol. 4, pp. 191–95.
42. On Herman, see Edmund Mikkers, “Hermann de Reun,” Dictionnaire de
spiritualité, vol. 7, pt. 1 (1969), col. 278.
168 the twelfth century
interior man rises in fact because sin, which is the death of the soul,
is remitted . . . and the exterior man rises in hope because, by the
example of the Lord’s resurrection, we are given an indubitable certi-
fication of the re-formation of the new man from the dust of the earth
[ex terrae pulvere]; and this showing in the present makes confident
our expectation of the future.43
From two deaths we say there are two resurrections: . . . the resurrection
of souls in the church through the word of God, when the revivified rise
up from the death of iniquity through grace, . . . and the [resurrection] of
the body at the end of time. . . . For now [we] rise in mente through the
word of the son of God and then [we] will rise in carne through the word
made flesh. And the bodies of the saints will rise to glory without any
defect or deformity. . . . [A]ll infirmity . . . and corruption and poverty
and want and all unsuitable things . . . will be far from them, who will
be equal to the angels of God in the resurrection.44
griddle into a garden and says Lawrence’s flesh will flower again when
it becomes like Christ’s body.46 In a discussion of the psalms, Guerric
of Igny elaborates a contrast between tombs and gardens, drawing on
Song of Songs 8.13:
[Tombs] are full of every filth and of dead men’s bones, [gardens] are
full of flowers or fruits in all their sweetness and grace. What if tombs
are sometimes seen in gardens? For the Lord was buried in a garden.
If there are tombs in a garden surely there are not gardens in tombs.
Yet perhaps there are, but in the tombs of the just. There indeed a cer-
tain most agreeable pleasantness which belongs to gardens will flour-
ish as in spring, the springtime, that is, of their resurrection when
their flesh will blossom again. Not only the bones of the just man will
sprout like grass but also the whole of the just man will spring up like
a lily and bloom forever before the Lord. Not so the godless, not so.
They are buried with the burial of an ass . . . subject to corruption.47
50. Bernard, Sermon 10 on Psalm 90, paragr. 3, Opera, vol. 4, p. 445: “Quomodo
dicunt nobis carnales homines: ‘Crudelis est vita vestra; non parcitis carni vestrae?’—
‘Esto, non parcimus semini. In quo ei magis parcere poteramus? Annon melius est
illi renovari et multiplicari in agro, quam in horreo putrefieri? . . . Siquidem etiam
nunc caro nostra requiescit in spe . . .” And see Sermon 5 for the Ascension, paragr.
13, Opera, vol. 5, p. 157.
51. Thomas the Cistercian, In cantica canticorum, PL 206, col. 457. William of
Newburgh also stresses resurrection as victory over decay: because the worm does
not consume him, Christ’s death is not in vain; Gorman, ed., William of Newburgh’s
Explanatio, pp. 109–10. See also ibid., pp. 130–31 and 133–34.
52. As Rachel Fulton, “The Virgin Mary and the Song of Songs,” makes clear,
twelfth-century discussion of the Bodily Assumption laid great emphasis on both
the Virgin’s and Christ’s complete freedom from bodily decay. Authors repeatedly
stressed the union of Mary and her son as a guarantee that neither experienced any
putrefaction or bodily change in the grave.
53. “Corpora enim peccatorum quid sunt nisi sepulchra mortuorum?” See above
n. 47. Guerric concludes: “[The unjust are] without any hope of a better resurrection.
[T]hey are subject to corruption as a foretaste of their future fate. Concerning their
tombs I had begun to say that as great as is the difference between their filth and
the beauty of gardens in flower incomparably greater is the difference between the
delight of spiritual men and the pleasure of carnal joys” (Sermons, ed. Morson and
Costello, vol. 2, p. 518; trans. in Liturgical Sermons, vol. 2, p. 214).
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 171
resurrection, that is, in the renewal of the just, [the just man] will grow
like the lily and will blossom forever.”54 When Guerric discusses the
resurrection of a child performed by Elisha (4 Kings 4.32), he sees it as a
gradual process: “first . . . [his] flesh grew warm, then he yawned seven
times, and finally he opened his eyes.” But “the child’s flesh is the
fleshly heart [i.e., the evil desires] of one who is little in Christ.” The
story is an analogy to spiritual rebirth: “first then there is the warmth
of returning life when good works are performed; the second stage of
resurrection is the extending of affections through prayer; perfection
is reached when understanding is enlightened so as to contemplate.”55
Even when discussing spiritual resurrection, Guerric sometimes trans-
mutes organic images into inorganic ones. In his second Easter sermon,
for example, he speaks of “sowing” the body and draws on 1 Corinthi-
ans 15, but the full text reads:
Moreover, Guerric’s images for the body are often the images of gar-
ments, buildings, and jewels familiar since the early church. For exam-
ple, he uses Song of Songs 5.14 to speak of Christ’s “flesh of ivory”
taken from Mary’s “ivory womb,” and comments: “We dwell to be sure
in houses of clay, but what are of clay by reason of their material, come
to be of ivory through the virtue of continence.” Bodies are “sinks filled
with dust,” but if disciplined, they can become sanctuaries. “The ivory
bodies of the saints are the house of Christ, they are Christ’s garments,
they are Christ’s members, they are a temple of the Holy Spirit.”57
54. Guerric, First sermon In nativitate beatae mariae, in Sermons, ed. Morson
and Costello, vol 2, pp. 478–85; trans. in Liturgical Sermons, sermon 51, vol. 2,
pp. 195–97, esp. p. 197. The comparison of man to an inverted tree, embedded in a
general description of the just as trees (based on Jeremiah 17.8), is also found in the
second sermon In festivitate sancti Benedicti, chaps. 5–7, in Sermons, ed. Morson
and Costello, vol. 2, pp. 64–73.
55. Guerric, Third Sermon for Easter, chap. 5, in Sermons, ed. Morson and
Costello, vol. 2, p. 258; trans. in Liturgical Sermons, vol. 2, pp. 96–97.
56. Second Sermon for Easter, chap. 3, in Sermons, ed. Morson and Costello, vol.
2, pp. 236–38; trans. in Liturgical Sermons, vol. 2, pp. 88–89. Note that Guerric goes
on then at considerable length about the evil returning to vomit, losing fertility,
being barren ground, etc. (ed. Morson and Costello, pp. 238–40).
57. First Sermon for the Annunciation, chaps. 3–6, in Sermons, ed. Morson and
Costello, vol. 2, pp. 112–25; trans. in Liturgical Sermons, sermon 26, vol. 2, pp. 34–38.
172 the twelfth century
58. Bernard, “On Loving God,” chap. 3, paragrs. 7–10, in Opera, vol. 3, pp. 124–27
and in Selected Works, trans. Evans, pp. 179–82.
59. His Easter sermons are much less impregnated than are Guerric’s, for exam-
ple, with language of natural change.
60. See, for example, Bernard, “On Conversion,” in Opera, vol. 4, pp. 69–116, esp.
75–79, 83–91, 94–95, 106–7; “On Consideration,” bk. 5, chap. 4, paragr. 9, Opera, vol.
3, p. 473, lines 24–25; Sixth Sermon for Advent, in Opera, vol. 4, pp. 191–95; and
Third and Fourth Sermons for All Saints (see n. 29).
61. See Sermon 4 for All Saints, Opera, vol. 5, pp. 354–60, and Sommerfeldt,
“Body in Bernard.” Bernard does not use the term dotes, but the idea that will later
become that teaching is present in his writing, see Wicki, Seligkeit, pp. 202–9. See
also, Herman of Reun, sermons 25 and 107, Sermones, ed. Mikkers, pp. 103 and 501.
62. Vessel or Lantern: Third Sermon for the Ascension, paragr. 3, in Opera, vol.
5, p. 132 (the reference here is to Christ’s body). Treasure: Sermon on St. Malachy,
ibid., vol. 5, p. 418, line 25. Bed: Sermon 4 for the Dedication of a Church, paragr. 4,
ibid., vol. 5, p. 385. Garment: Sermon 10 on Psalm 90, paragr. 3, ibid., vol. 4, p. 445;
sermon 34 in De diversis, chaps. 4–6, PL 183, cols. 632–34. Building: Sermon 10 on
Ps. 90, Opera, vol. 4, pp. 442–47; Sermons 1, 2, and 4 for Dedication of a Church,
ibid., vol. 5, pp. 370–78 and 383–88; Second Sermon for the Feast of the Assumption,
ibid., vol. 3, pp. 238–44.
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 173
earth.63 But this “earth” of the body refers neither to decaying mire or
dung, pregnant only with pus or filth, nor to a garden or a sown field,
fertile with life. The earth taken up at resurrection is dust. In his first
sermon for All Saints, Bernard reads “blessed are the meek for they shall
inherit the earth” (Matt. 5.5) as a reference to soul (“blessed”), which shall
reign over the “earth” of the body; in his fourth sermon for the same day,
he reads “earth” as “body” in Psalm 84.10 “that glory may dwell in our
earth” and Psalm 71.19 “the whole earth may be filled with the majesty
of the Lord.”64 In his sermon on the death of St. Malachy, he describes the
holy man as depositing at Clairvaux “the earth of his body.”65
To Bernard, body is not per se negative, although he (like Guerric)
occasionally calls it a prison or a tomb. What is evil is sin, the respon-
sibility for which lodges in the will (a part of the soul). But the change
to which the body is subject is, to Bernard, primarily negative: of itself
body is more often subject to decay than to positive transformation.
This dark view of body is even more pronounced in Herman of Reun,
Bernard’s disciple. In a sermon for Advent Herman wrote:
How can one who is going to die from the worm boast? . . . “Why
is earth and ashes proud?” (Ecclesiasticus 10.9). . . . A child is con-
ceived; perhaps it grows, perhaps it is aborted; nothing is certain. . . .
Perhaps it is rich, perhaps poor . . . perhaps it grows sick, perhaps not;
perhaps it is persecuted by the serpent, perhaps not; perhaps devoured
by beasts, perhaps not. . . . With respect to every evil thing it is thus:
perhaps it is so, perhaps it is not. But can you say: perhaps he dies,
perhaps he does not? When we are born we begin at once to sicken.
The sickness ends only with death. . . .
Do you think man grows ill when he has a fever and is healthy
when he is hungry? He is said to be healthy. But do you want
to see how evil it can be to be hungry? Send him away without
medicine. . . . If you refresh yourself too much you feel a deficit;
too much drinking is worse than too little. . . . What therefore is
this health, brother? Transitory, fragile, about to perish, vain.66
63. See, for example, Second Sermon for Christmas, paragr. 1, Opera, vol. 4,
pp. 251–52: “Nam in primo quidem opere conditionis nostrae de limo terrae plasmavit
hominem Deus. . . . Qualis artifex, qualis unitor rerum, ad cuius nutum sic conglu-
tinantur sibi limus terrae et spiritus vitae. . . . Est tibi cum mundo corpus, sic enim
decet eum qui constitutus est super universam huius creaturae corporae molem ex
parte aliqua ei similari.”
64. Sermon 1, paragr. 9, and sermon 4, paragr. 6, for All Saints, in Opera, vol. 5,
pp. 334 and 359.
65. Sermon on St. Malachy, in Opera, vol. 5, pp. 417–23, esp. 417, line 17.
66. Herman, sermon 67, sections 4–5, in Sermones, ed. Mikkers, pp. 307–10.
174 the twelfth century
O good Jesus, that holy body is yours, put aside and entrusted to us.
It is your treasure, deposited to our care. We shall keep it safe, to be
returned to you in that time when you decide to demand its return.
Only grant that it shall not go forth [to meet Christ] without its com-
panions [i.e., the monks of Clairvaux], but let us have him as a leader
whom we have had as a guest.68
67. See Bernard, Sermon 81 on the Song of Songs, chap. 3, paragr. 5, in Opera,
vol. 2 (1958), p. 287: “Ego Dominus, et non mutor. Vera namque et integra immor-
talitas tam non recipit mutationem, quam nec finem, quod omnis mutatio quaedam
mortis imitatio sit. Omne etenim quod mutatur, dum de uno ad aliud transit esse,
quodammodo necesse est moriatur quod est, ut esse incipiat quod non est. Quod si
tot mortes quot mutationes, ubi immortalitas?”
68. Bernard, Life of St. Malachy, chap. 31, paragr. 75, Opera, vol. 3, p. 378. In
chap. 30, paragr. 67, Opera, vol. 3, p. 371, Bernard represents Malachy as saying that
if he dies in Ireland, he wants to be able to rise again at the place where Patrick died;
if he dies abroad, he wishes to await the resurrection at Clairvaux. After Malachy’s
canonization in 1191, he was buried beside Bernard.
Stephen Wilson points out that Bernard’s request to be buried with the relic of
St. Jude, recounted in his vita, was based on the hope that he would rise with the
bone of the saint at the last day (“Introduction,” in Saints and Their Cults: Studies
in Religious Sociology, Folklore, and History, ed. S. Wilson [Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1983], p. 10).
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 175
“But thou shalt consider with thy eyes, and shall see the reward of
the wicked.” . . . [H]ere, in this short verse, the Prophet is manifestly
proclaiming the immortality of the soul and confirming our faith in
a bodily resurrection. For he clearly intimates that I shall survive to
see the downfall of the demons, and shall contemplate with these
eyes of flesh their final retribution. For it is not said simply, “Thou
shalt consider with thy eyes,” but “Thou shalt consider with thine
own eyes,” with those very eyes which now languish. . . . Think not
that new organs of sight shall be given thee; no, but the former shall
be restored . . . according to the promise of Truth itself, [that] not a
single hair of our heads shall perish. . . .
. . . For at the resurrection, the eye shall be able to take in more
than the ear, or even the mind takes in at present. It is, as I think, on
account of the soul’s most ardent desire to see what she already has
heard of and believes, that another illustrious herald of the future
resurrection has also made particular reference to the eyes: “I shall
be clothed again with my skin, and in my flesh I shall see my God.”70
69. This is not, of course, to deny that he argues in other passages that the sepa-
rated soul experiences joy beyond this life and before resurrection or indeed that he
sometimes speaks as if it is the saint. He speaks, for example, of Malachy going to
God when he dies. And in his hymn for Malachy (Opera, vol. 3, p. 525), he says that
“today” heavy flesh is lifted to heaven. In the later thirteenth century, Giles of Rome
gave a useful explanation of both ways of speaking as synecdoche; see chapter 6, n.
116, below. For some perceptive remarks on this issue see Head, Hagiography and
the Cult of Saints, pp. 144, 268.
70. Sermon 8 on Ps. 90, paragrs. 2–3, Opera, vol. 4, pp. 427–28; trans. by a
Priest of Mount Melleray in St. Bernard’s Sermons for the Seasons and Principal
Festivals of the Year, (Dublin: Browne and Nolan, 1925), vol. 1, pp. 197–98 (with
minor changes).
176 the twelfth century
heaven of the body we possess on earth with all its specificity and reli-
gious attainment. The resurrection body was a recast vessel, a temple
reconstructed from its scattered stones, a golden statue reforged from
its original metal; it was flesh and bones reassembled from the particles
and pieces of itself earlier dispersed by the four winds or by marauding
beasts. Its resurrection and glorification at the end of time were guar-
anteed by divine power, which was strong enough not only to reconsti-
tute it and reunite it with its soul when the trumpet blew but also to
preserve it, during all the intervening years, from the decay or digestion
that might threaten its being.
There is very little hint in the writings of Hildegard or Herrad, Ber-
nard or William, that resurrection—either Christ’s or ours—might be
an open-ended transformation, a flowering of the Pauline seed into a
different and glorious sheaf in heaven. Soul might flower, and its flow-
ering might be expressed in body; indeed, soul needed body to be perfect
and expressive and happy with God. But the body in which soul would
reside at the end of time was the same body we possess on earth, reas-
sembled or recast in the same shape and from the same particles.
that identity and attainment will be lost. The vision is of person (soul
and body) growing into grace.
It is perhaps no accident that Peter the Venerable’s magnificent use
of 1 Corinthians 15 occurs in a panegyric to a mother who was deeply
loved and whose ascetic attainments could not be faulted.71 Raingard
had entered the monastery of Marcigny in 1117 after the death of her
husband; her son Peter says her entry there was a burial. So “buried,”
she served as cellarer and as an example of holiness to her sisters until
her death in 1135. In writing to his brothers about her ascetic accom-
plishments, Peter holds up her monastic (and metaphorical) burial and
her final (and actual) one as inducements to hope and trust in God. He
urges his brothers to see in the actual death of their mother the death
of sin they languish in and therefore their need to die to the world. Your
bodies cannot revivify unless they die, he says; they must putrefy so
they can rise, dry (arescere) so they can flower. “The winter of this pres-
ent life is to be tolerated and the harshness of rain and snow borne”; for
the “fruitful sweetness of trees” has not yet appeared. You are not yet
what you will be; your life is hidden with Christ. But “the time will
come when the air will be clear and eternal spring will follow the cold.”
The earth, made fertile with marvelous warmth, will give forth in new
flowers and fruits “the seeds of your bodies.” “The corruptible will put
on the incorruptible and the mortal immortality,” writes Peter, “[there-
fore] . . . let her who was mother of your body generate your souls . . .
lest you be like her in body [i.e., rotting] and dissimilar in soul.” In such
a passage, the literal and spiritual levels of discourse fuse, as do body
and soul. Peter clearly speaks here of the woman who will rise again;
her body will be transformed but identical, glorious but herself. But the
Pauline seed refers also to first death and resurrection—that is, to the
sin and redemption of the souls of his brothers existing still in their
bodies of earth.72
There is one other important passage in Peter’s writing that makes
use of 1 Corinthians 15. In it, images of flowers and seeds appear along-
side images of jewels and temples, vessels and clothes; resurrection is
germination as well as reassemblage, the lability of plants as well as the
hardness of crystal. But Peter’s emphasis is more on stasis, continuity,
and re-collection than on open-ended transformation. He is concerned
about proper burial and about caring for every dispersed particle of the
71. Letter 53 in The Letters of Peter the Venerable, ed. Giles Constable (Cambridge,
Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1967), vol. 1, pp. 153–73, and vol. 2, pp. 132–35.
72. See especially ibid., vol. 1, pp. 172–73.
178 the twelfth century
The divine dignity divides his martyr into equal parts, so that he
may retain his soul for himself among the mass of the blessed and
give, with marvelous largess, the relics of his sacred body to be ven-
erated by the faithful still living in the flesh. But suppose someone
says: “what does it profit us to honor a lifeless body; what does it
profit us to frequent with hymns and praise bones lacking in sense?”
Let this kind of thinking be far from the hearts of the faithful. . . .
God, the creator of spiritual and corporeal things, . . . established
the human creature and, in an excellent operation, joined it together
from rational spirit and flesh . . ., one person of man conjoined from
[two] diverse substances. And glorifying the unity of the wonderful
conjoining with felicity appropriate to the proper nature of each [of
the diverse substances], he bestowed justice on the soul and incor-
ruptibility on the body. . . . Therefore we know the spirits of the
just will in the meanwhile live happily in the eternal life which we
expect through faith, which he promises who is faithful in his words,
and we anticipate for them a future resurrection in their bodies with
immortality and in every sense incorruptibility. For this reason we do
not debase as inanimate, despise as insensate, or trample under foot
like the cadavers of dumb beasts the bodies of those who in this life
cultivated justice; rather we venerate them as temples of the Lord,
revere them as palaces of divinity, hoard them as pearls suitable for
the crown of the eternal king, and, with the greatest devotion of
which we are capable, preserve them as vessels of resurrection to be
joined again to the blessed souls. . . .
Behold whose bodies you venerate, brothers, in whose ashes
you exalt, for whose bones you prepare golden sepulchres. They
rise again, sprouting into fullness of structure and matter, when the
trumpet sounds. First Corinthians 15 becomes, in his usage, a text that
underlines material continuity and structural integrity in heaven.
76. Otto of Freising, Chronica sive historia de duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 9,
pp. 403–4; Two Cities, trans. Mierow, p. 465. This seems to be what Otto means by:
“Erit igitur non abolita substantia, sed mutata figura caelum novum, et terra nova,
novo usui novo decore, novis corporibus decenter preparata omnique inequalitate ac
squalore deterso ad instar paradisi Dei purificata.”
77. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 20, p. 419.
78. Ibid., paragr. 18, pp. 416–17; trans. Mierow, Two Cities, p. 478.
79. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 33, p. 451; trans. Mierow, Two Cities,
p. 509; and see above, chapter 3, nn. 68 and 74. See also De duabus civitatibus, bk.
8, paragr. 26, p. 436, where Otto says, about Rev. 21.18–21 (“the city is gold with
twelve gates of pearl”): “If such things are beautiful and comely when they are inter-
preted literally, how much more are they found to be joyous and delightful far beyond
compare when they are spiritually interpreted!” (trans. Mierow, Two Cities, p. 495)
80. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 21, p. 424; trans. Mierow, Two Cities,
pp. 484–85.
182 the twelfth century
81. As I pointed out in chapter 3 above (at nn. 68–69), many of these accounts of
disagreement are taken in toto from Augustine; such borrowing indicates that Otto
and his predecessors have not made up their minds, and indeed Otto’s own inconsis-
tency indicates this as well. But such reports of ancient disputes do not necessarily
mean that disputes were going on between figures in the schools although they may
have been.
82. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 27, pp. 436–37.
83. Ibid.; trans. Mierow, Two Cities, pp. 496–97.
84. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 33, pp. 452–54; and see below, n. 86.
85. Ibid., paragr. 27, p. 438.
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 183
whether we rise in one sex or two and whether we rise at Christ’s age or
at the age of our individual deaths; in both cases, he takes Augustine’s
solution but without dogmatism.86 He mentions explicitly problems of
dwarves and giants, the lame and the mutilated, the fat, the thin, the
blemished, hermaphrodites, monsters, Siamese twins, abortions and
stillbirths, and those of “disagreeable” color.87 He explains that death is
dissolution; thus those caught up in the “twinkling of an eye” must in
that instant be dissolved and recalled to life (although Otto also asserts
that that verse can be given an allegorical meaning). Following Augus-
tine, he defines beauty as “harmony of parts”; therefore, there can be
no “defect or excess” in heaven. “Misshapen parts” must be corrected;
lacunas must be supplied; “and that which is more than comely shall be
removed, though the integrity of the matter is preserved.” Thus, to Otto,
the resurrection body is the same bits assembled in the same structure,
however subtle, agile, and beautiful that reassemblage may be.88
Otto understood the implications of Augustine’s discussion of “see-
ing” in heaven (City of God, book 22, chapter 29). And he went beyond
Augustine, taking instead the position, implied by Bernard and Wil-
liam of St. Thierry, that body must add something in heaven.89 “Some”
think, he says, that God will be seen “with the heart only”; for Augus-
tine argues that even if we close our eyes in heaven, we will see God.
But Augustine “says many things in a nonauthoritative manner.” Some
therefore object to what he says and argue that God is seen in heaven in
both ways. They argue that blessedness is seeing God; if therefore bod-
ies are denied the vision, then the saints do not attain supreme bless-
edness. Indeed, Otto asserts, if vision of the heart alone were enough,
heaven would not differ from our present condition; for “even now,
when their bodies are moldering in the ground, the spirits and souls of
the just behold God in heaven.” To behold with both kinds of vision
is to see “to the greater increase of blessedness, as though clothed in
a double mantle, namely the flesh and the spirit.” Such seeing is the
eighth day that never ends. It has no evening. For the “rest of the saints”
is “not terminated but doubled by the receiving of bodies.”
86. Ibid., paragrs. 12–13, pp. 407–11. Augustine was himself, of course, undogmatic.
87. These latter are, he says explicitly, the Ethiopians. Ibid., p. 408.
88. Ibid., paragr. 12, pp. 407–9.
89. Ibid., paragr. 33, pp. 451–54; see above, chapter 2, p. 96, n. 135, on Augustine.
Otto also goes beyond Hugh of St. Victor’s De sacramentis, bk. 2, part 18, chap. 18,
PL 176, col. 615, which says (following Augustine) that open eyes are not necessary
for the vision of God.
184 the twelfth century
That the dead will rise again is not only affirmed by the Gospels and
the Apostles and the teachers of the new law, but the fathers of old
also foretold it. . . . In the book of Job we read: . . . I believe “that
my Redeemer liveth, and on the last day I am to arise out of the
earth’’ (Job 14.14 and 19.25). Note too the saying of Ezekiel: “O ye dry
bones . . .’’ (Ezek. 37.7 and 12). . . . What, I ask you, what could be said
more clearly and more plainly of a matter so mystical, so profound, so
obscure? For he foretells that bones—and bones that are dry because
they no longer have in them the power of life, but have physically lost
their freshness—grow sinews, are clothed with flesh, are covered with
skin, are spiritually reanimated and finally are by divine power led
forth from the tombs. And yet by that argument of which Paul makes
mention when he says, “that which thou . . . sowest is not quickened
except it die first” (1 Cor. 15.36), we are also led to believe in the
90. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragrs. 29–32, pp. 439–48. This agrees exactly
with Peter Lombard, bk. 4, distinctio 49, chap. 1, paragrs. 1 and 2, pp. 547–49.
91. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragrs. 29–32, pp. 439–48, esp. 440 and 448;
trans. Mierow, Two Cities, pp. 499 and 506.
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 185
Otto assumes that the sprouting seed, the reclothed bones, are the
return of the same body, clad now in a glory and stasis that will prevent
slime and rot from ever occurring again.
Otto, like Peter the Venerable, employs such language of growth and
transformation in the context of discussing first as well as second res-
urrection. Indeed he connects the two resurrections as closely as do
Guerric of Igny and Herman of Reun. Germination of a glorified body,
changed to full incorruption and impassibility from the rotting body
of earth, happens only for the just. John 5.28 (“the hour cometh . . .”)
means, says Otto, that Christ “can recall bodies that are ashes out of
tombs.” All will rise as reassembled ashes; for just and unjust alike, the
identical body will return. But only the elect will be transformed. In
this transformation, they will attain moral as well as physical immu-
tability. They will be impassible as well as impartible, satiated and
satisfied as well as eternal. At the heart of the glory of heaven is “incor-
ruption.” “Whosoever . . . shall have been raised in the first resurrec-
tion from the death of the soul shall in the second be changed and pass
from corruptible to incorruption.”93
Otto’s images seem to reflect the same assumptions we find in his
monastic and scholastic contemporaries. His basic eschatological meta-
phors are of triumph over decay, process, and digestion. They evoke
change to a clear, subtle, crystalline version of the original body. Glori-
fied body is an expression of the attainment of blessedness; it is also
an expression of self. The sheaf, to Otto, is the return of the seed. Thus
Otto’s use of 1 Corinthians 15 or Ezekiel 37 is closer to the inorganic
imagery of Honorius’s Elucidarium than to the more Origenist language
in the Clavis physicae. His plants are like the flowers in Honorius’s
heaven. And we do well to remember that when the Elucidarium says
the blessed are like flowers, the analogy does not stress their difference
from earth; it stresses their difference from each other. The elect have
exactly the bodies they had in life, clothed over their nakedness with
92. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, paragr. 11, pp. 406–7; trans. Mierow, Two Cities,
pp. 468–69.
93. De duabus civitatibus, bk. 8, intercisio and paragrs. 8–11, pp. 400–6, esp. 406;
trans. Mierow, Two Cities, p. 469.
186 the twelfth century
the colors of their virtues (the white of lilies for virgins, the red of roses
for martyrs, etc.). A rose cannot be a lily even in paradise.
102. Hubert Schrade, Ikonographie der christlichen Kunst: Die Sinngehalte und
Gestaltungsformen,: vol. 1 Die Auferstehung Christi (Berlin and Leipzig: de Gruyter,
1932); Gertrud Schiller, Ikonographie der christlichen Kunst, vol. 3: Die Auferste-
hung und Erhöhung Christi (Gütersloh: Mohn, 1971); and the works by Brenk cited
in n. 104 below.
103. Revelation 20; Matthew 25; Mark 13. On Matthew, see Yves Christe, La
vision de Matthieu (XXIV-XXV): Origines et développement d’une image de la seconde
Parousia (Paris: Édition Klincksieck, 1973).
104. See G. Voss, Das jüngste Gericht; Gillen, Ikonographische Studien zum
Hortus Deliciarum; Cames, Allégories et symboles; Beat Brenk, “Die Anfänge der
Byzantinischen Weltgerichtsdarstellung,” Byzantinische Zeitschrift 57 (1964): 106–26;
idem, Tradition und Neuerung; and Selma Jónsdóttir, An Eleventh-Century Byzantine
Last Judgement in Iceland (Reykjavík: Almenna Bókafélagið, 1959).
105. Renato Polacco, La Cattedrale di Torcello: Il Giudizio Universale: Torcello
Cathedral: The Universal Judgement (Canova: L’Altra Riva, 1986); Wilhelm Paeseler,
“Die römische Weltgerichtstafel im Vatikan (Ihre Stellung in der Geschichte des
Weltgerichtsbildes und in der römischen Malerei des 13. Jahrhunderts),” Kunstge-
schichtliches Jahrbuch der Bibliotheca Hertziana 2 (1938): 311–94, especially plates
275, 276, and 282; Jónsdóttir, Byzantine Last Judgement in Iceland, pp. 16–20; and
Bynum, Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 286–87. One of the leading experts on
the Torcello mosaics, Irina Treadgold, has assured me that the portion that interests
me is genuinely eleventh-century, not a restoration.
106. Brenk, “Die Anfänge,” p. 119; idem, Tradition und Neuerung, p. 83. For
other early examples, see Jónsdóttir, Last Judgement in Iceland; Kurt Weitzmann,
“Byzantine Miniatures and Icon Painting in the Eleventh Century” (1966), reprinted
in H. L. Kessler, ed., Studies in Classical and Byzantine Manuscript Illuminations
(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1971), pp.271–313, especially plates 303 and
304; John Galey, Sinai and the Monastery of St. Catherine, introductions by K.
Weitzmann and G. Forsyth (New York: Doubleday, 1980), especially plates 104–6;
André Grabar, La Peinture religieuse en Bulgarie (Paris: Librairie orientaliste Paul
Geuthner, 1928), vol. 1, pp. 54–85; Deoclecio Redig de Campos, “Eine unbekannte
Darstellung des jüngsten Gerichts aus dem elften Jahhundert,” Zeitschrift für Kunst-
geschichte 5 (1936): 124–33; Paeseler, “Die römische Weltgerichtstafel im Vatikan.”
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 189
107. For the Torcello mosaic, see n. 105 above. For BN Gr. 74 see Sirarpie der
Nersessian, “Two Slavonic Parallels of the Greek Tetraevangelia: Paris 74,” The Art
Bulletin 9, no. 3 (1927): 223–74; Henri Omont, Évangiles avec peintures byzantines
du Xle siècle, vol. 1: Reproduction des 361 miniatures du manuscrit grec 74 de la
Bibliothèque nationale (Paris: Berthaud Frères, 1908), pp. 7, 11, 41, and 81; Brenk,
Tradition und Neuerung, plate 24; and Gérard Cames, Byzance et la Peinture romane
de Germanie: Apports de l’art grec posticonoclaste à l’enluminure et à la fresque
ottoniennes et romanes de Germanie dans les thèmes de majesté et les Évangiles
(Paris: A. and J. Picard, 1966), pp. 61, 94–98, 114–17, 158–59, and plate 204. We do
not know, of course, exactly how the elements were assembled in the original from
which the Hortus tracings were made, but it was probably closer to BN Gr. 74 than
to Torcello. At some point a drawing of Satan in chains was inserted between the
pages. See Walter, ed., Hortus, pp. 99–101 and plate 43.
108. BN Gr. 74, fol. 51v, illustrating Matthew 25.31–46, has the regurgitation of
body parts, although the Matthew text does not speak of this. It is important to note
that fol. 93v, which illustrates Mark 13.26–37 (a text that likewise does not mention
regurgitation and reassemblage), has elements of the Byzantine Last Judgment, but
does not include the body-parts motif. See Omont, Évangiles, vol. 1, pp. 41 and 81.
109. It is also important to note that the blessed grouped around Christ are highly
individualized, clearly male and female and of different earthly roles. The decapi-
tated heads driven toward hell are individualized as well. In the Byzantine ivory in
190 the twelfth century
as we have seen, that all are reassembled at the Last Judgment, damned
as well as saved, but this is not the visual message given by either
the Gospel miniature or by the even more narratively coherent west
wall.110 What is illustrated is the association of wholeness with salva-
tion, fragmentation with hell. The Torcello mosaic lifts the eyes of the
viewer from decapitated heads, worm-eaten skulls, and body fragments
(representing sins), through the moment of regurgitation and reassem-
blage,111 up to the place where intact and incorrupt bodies rise shining
into the presence of God. Salvation is the triumph of whole over part.
In addition to associating resurrection with Judgment, the Hortus deli-
ciarum associates resurrection with crucifixion. The moment of death
on the cross is presented not as defeat but as victory, because it is both
the birth of church and the raising of the dead. Below the dying Christ,
Herrad or her artist-collaborators show three coffins; from two rise those
whom Christ resuscitated, in the third lies the skeleton of Adam.112
Once again the iconography is not original. For example, in a depiction
of the crucifixion from a medical text of 1132—about fifty years before
the Hortus—the dead who rise beneath the cross, still in their shrouds,
the Victoria and Albert Museum, the throne has four devouring mouths that swallow
the damned in pieces; see Brenk, Tradition und Neuerung, plate 23; Alice Turner
and Anne Stainton, “The Golden Age of Hell: A Guided Tour Through the Brilliant
Inferno of the Twelfth Century,” Art and Antiques (January 1991): 57.
110. There was disagreement, however, over whether the defects of the damned
were repaired; see below chapter 6, pp. 265–66. For a discussion of the implications
of this question for medieval drama, see Meg Twycross, “ ‘With what body shall they
come?’: Black and White Souls in the English Mystery Plays,” Langland, the Mystics,
and the Medieval English Religious Tradition: Essays in Honour of S. S. Hussey, ed.
Helen Phillips (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1990), pp. 271–86.
111. The depiction of events associated with the Pauline “twinkling of an eye”—
that is, the sounding of trumpets and the rolling up of the heavens—underlines the
impression that zone three depicts the moment of resurrection in the larger drama
of the Last Judgment.
112. The rubrics tell us that the central grave is Adam’s: “Sepulchrum Ade;
Jheronimus refert quod Adam sepultus fuerit in Calvarie loco ubi crucifixus est
Dominus.” The other dead, now awakening, seem to be the saints referred to in
Matthew 27.52, for the passage is inscribed here: “Monumenta aperta sunt et multa
corpora sanctorum surrexerunt” (Herrad, Hortus, fol. 150, Reconstruction, plate 93,
drawing 212, p. 174). See above chapter 3, n. 5. As Anna Kartsonis points out, the
Anastasis (harrowing of hell) and the crucifixion sometimes merge in the Byzantine
iconographic tradition; in such cases, the kings of the Old Testament can be shown
rising beneath the cross alongside Adam and Eve. See the eleventh- or twelfth-cen-
tury ivory book cover from Leningrad that depicts David and Solomon rising together
with Adam and Eve (Anastasis: The Making of an Image [Princeton: Princeton Uni-
versity Press, 1986], pp. 146–50 and plate 49). See also Beat Brenk, “Auferstehung
der Toten,” Lexikon der christlichen Ikonographie, vol. 1 (Rome, Freiburg: Herder,
1968), cols. 219–22, especially col. 221.
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 191
113. Staatsbibliothek MS lat. qu. 198, fol. 320v, in Gerard Achten, ed., Das christ-
liche Gebetbuch im Mittelalter: Andachts-und Stundenbücher in Handschrift und
Frühdruck, Staatsbibliothek Preussischer Kulturbesitz: Ausstellung, 29. Mai–14.
August, 1980, und Katalog (West Berlin: Staatsbibliothek, 1980), pp. 61–63.
114. For Adam as bones, see Arthur Haseloff, Eine thüringisch-sächsische Mal-
erschule des 13. Jahrhunderts (Strassburg: Heitz and Muendel, 1897; Kraus Reprint,
1979), plates 87, 96, and 112; Hanns Swarzenski, Die lateinischen illuminierten
Handschriften des XIII. Jahrhunderts in den Ländern an Rhein, Main, und Donau
(Berlin: Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft, 1936), vol. 2, plate 938. For Adam
rising under the cross, see idem, Vorgotische Miniaturen: Die ersten Jahrhunderte
deutscher Malerei (Leipzig: Karl Robert Langewiesche Verlag, 1931), p. 62; Gertrud
Schiller, Iconography of Christian Art, vol. 2: The Passion of Jesus Christ, trans.
Janet Seligman (Greenwich, Connecticut: New York Graphic Society, 1972), pp. 113–
14 and plates 365, 377, 381, 387, 409, 410.
115. See Walter, ed., Hortus, p. 88.
116. See Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 284 and 289, plate 7.13. For the
Pericopes of Henry II, see Schiller, Iconography, vol. 2: Passion, plate 365; and cf.
plates 371, 373, 377. A similar example is the cover of the psalter from Aldersbach
(mid-thirteenth century); Swarzenski, Die lateinischen illuminierten Handschriften,
192 the twelfth century
vol. 1, p. 109, and vol. 2, plate 326a (bottom panel). On the Clonmacnois High Cross,
see Roger Stalley, Irish High Crosses (Dublin: Eason and Son, 1991), plate 25; the
panel in question is the first scene above the base on the crucifixion side. Similar
scenes appear on the contemporary high crosses at Kells, Durrow, and Monasterboice.
117. Apokalypse: MS Douce 180 der Bodleian Library, Oxford (Graz: Akade-
mische Druck-und Verlagsanstalt, 1981), miniature accompanying Rev. 20.4, p. 86.
See also the casket of St. Servatius (1170–80) on which the newly resurrected, still
naked justi are shown being clothed by angels with the robes of immortality. An
inscription reads: Indue immortalem. In the gilded copperwork, the torsos and arms
of these justi appear to be depicted as rib cages and unfleshed upper-arm bones. See
Suzanne Collon-Gevaert, Jean Lejeune, and Jacques Stiennon, A Treasury of Roman-
esque Art: Metalwork, Illuminations, and Sculpture from the Valley of the Meuse,
trans. S. Waterston (New York: Phaidon, 1972), pp. 242–44 and plates. For another
example in which the rising dead appear surprisingly cadaverous, see the Bamberg
psalter in Swarzenski, Die lateinischen illuminierten Handschriften, vol. 2, plate 792.
118. Herrad, Hortus, fol. 150, Reconstruction, plate 93, drawing 211, p. 173. See
also Caratzas, Straub, and Keller, ed., Hortus, p. 150.
119. On the motif of the mouth of hell and its connection with the Leviathan of
Job 41, see Hughes, Heaven and Hell in Western Art, pp. 175–201. See also Campo-
resi, The Fear of Hell, chapters 12 and 13, and Joyce Ruth Galpern, “The Shape
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 193
Jonah vomited up before Nineveh, the three Maries at the tomb, a lion resuscitating
another lion with its breath, and portraits of Job and Jonah, the two prophets of res-
urrection. See Montague Rhodes James, A Descriptive Catalogue of the Manuscripts
in the Library of Eton College (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1895), pp.
100–1, and Neil Ripley Ker, Medieval Manuscripts in British Libraries (Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1969–77), vol. 2, p. 772. An early fourteenth-century Biblia paupe-
rum that came to Weimar from Peterskloster in Erfurt draws a parallel between the
entombment of Christ and the casting overboard of Jonah on folio 7v, and on folio
8r a parallel between the resurrection and Jonah emerging from Leviathan’s mouth
(Hans von der Gabelentz, ed., Die Biblia pauperum und Apokalypse der grossher-
zogl. Bibliothek zu Weimar [Strassburg: Heitz and Muendel, 1912], pp. 16, 28–29, and
plates 14–15); see also p. 48 for a table listing other Bibles with the same depiction.
125. For the difficulties in dating the church and tympanum, see Jean-Claude
Bonne, L’Art roman de face et de profil: Le tympan de Conques (Paris: Le Sycomore,
1984), pp. 313–17.
126. See Albert Elsen, “Die Bestiensäule in der Freisinger Domgruft,” Festschrift
Kardinal Faulhaber zum achtzigsten Geburtstag, dargebracht vom Professorenkol-
legium der philosophisch-theologischen Hochschule Freising (Munich: J. Pfeiffer,
1949), pp. 249–74; Wolfgang Stammler, “Die Freisinger Bestiensäule und Bischof
Otto II,” Studien zur deutschen Philologie des Mittelalters: Friedrich Panzer zum
80. Geburtstag am 4. September 1950 dargebracht, ed. Richard Kienast (Heidelberg:
C. Winter, 1950), pp. 38–44; Franz Dietheuer, “Die Bestiensäule in der Freisinger
Domkrypta,” Oberbayerisches Archiv für Vaterländische Geschichte 101 (1976):
339–80; Anton Legner, Deutsche Kunst der Romanik (Munich: Hirmer, 1982), p. 155
and plate 93.
127. See Nersessian, “Two Slavonic Parallels of the Greek Tetraevangelia”;
Grabar, La Peinture religieuse en Bulgarie, pp. 291–92, 324, 333–34; Paul A. Under-
wood, “Third Preliminary Report on the Restoration of the Frescoes in the Kariye
Camii at Istanbul by the Byzantine Institute (1956),” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 12
(Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard, 1958), pp. 235–65, especially pp. 241, 243, 256, 259–60;
The Frescoes of the Church of the Savior at Nereditsa (Leningrad: Russian State
Museum, 1925), plates 73–75; and n. 128 below.
Psychosomatic Persons and Reclothed Skeletons 195
Lavra on Mount Athos, for example, the entire flood (containing within
it Satan on his devouring throne) is swallowed by a huge fish’s mouth;
just above it, a veritable menagerie of beasts, occupying more than half
of an enormous wall, are busy vomiting up parts for reassemblage (see
plate 16).128 Such motifs drop out of Western art after the early thir-
teenth century.129 They are, however, found in a number of twelfth-
century Western examples, which often recombine the elements of the
Byzantine Last Judgment quite creatively or even utilize non-Byzantine
motifs of salvation as regurgitation.
For example, a tempera painting of disputed date,130 now in the
Vatican museum, shows the head of a damned person attacked by the
mouth of a snakelike monster in zone five and depicts both regurgi-
tated parts and rising corpses in zone four. The parts, called by the
Latin inscription menbra [sic] vorata, are here drawn so schematically
that they appear to be bones and skulls rather than the enfleshed body
fragments usual in such Last Judgments; moreover, the inscription also
names the figures rising from the sarcophagi as the painters Nicolaus
and Johannes and states that they rise de pulvere terrae.
The motif of restored body parts turns up as far afield as Iceland in
a wood carving from Flatatunga, dated about 1070. In the surviving
fragments, a seallike creature seems to carry a head. Two fish, one with
the overshot upper jaw found in other such Last Judgments, bring a foot
and a hand for restoration. As we find in some other Western examples
(indeed in the Hortus deliciarum itself), the figure emerging from the
mouth of the devouring animal-headed throne has been reversed so that
it almost appears to be vomited up rather than eaten, but destruction is
still suggested by the fact that teeth pierce it.131
The theme of reconstituted body parts shows up, divorced from the
Byzantine iconographic program, in two thirteenth-century German
psalters, one from Würzburg, the other from Bamberg-Eichstätt. The
Bamberg-Eichstätt psalter seems to combine earlier Ottonian depic-
tions of reviving corpses with the motif of reassemblage. In the center of
the miniature, a cadaverous figure rises in a shroud, disentangles itself,
and dons the garment of glory. To either side in the bottom register
appear bodies with parts missing—something not found in Byzantine
examples—while just above them are animals who carry exactly the
bits needed for reattachment (plate 17).132 In the little-known Würzburg
example, which occurs on the other side of a folio giving prayers for the
dead, two naked figures rise from a large coffin, below which appears
a rather cheerful beast with a hand in its mouth. One of the men is
missing his arm below the elbow and the creature obligingly offers a
replacement with the cut part up for easy reassemblage. Examination
of the original manuscript reveals that the artist first painted a whole
arm and then reworked the little picture to show the beast offering a
severed part (see plate 18).133
There are, moreover, two early Apocalypse manuscripts—probably
dating from the early ninth and tenth century, respectively—in which
the motif of reassembled fragments is depicted in a fashion that may
derive from earlier models but appears unconnected to the Byzantine
134. Trier Apocalypse, MS 31, fol. 67r, Stadtbibliothek Trier (ninth century);
see Richard Laufner and Peter Klein, eds., Trierer Apokalypse: Vollständige Fak-
simile-Ausgabe im Originalformat des Codex 31 der Stadtbibliothek Trier: Kom-
mentarband (Graz: Akademische Druck-und Verlagsanstalt, 1975); James Snyder,
“The Reconstruction of an Early Christian Cycle of Illustrations for the Book of
Revelation: The Trier Apocalypse,” Vigiliae Christianae 18 (1964): 142–62; and Frag-
mentation and Redemption, pp. 284, 289, and 415. On the closely related Cambrai
Apocalypse, see Henri Omont, “Manuscrits illustrés de l’Apocalypse aux IX et X
siècles,” Bulletin de la Société de Reproductions de Manuscrits à Peintures 6 (1922):
62–64, 84–86, 93–94 and plate 31.
135. See Voss, Das jüngste Gericht; Gillen, Ikonographische Studien zum Hortus
deliciarum, p. 19; Paeseler, “Die römische Weltgerichtstafel im Vatikan”; Brenk, “Die
Anfänge”; and idem, Tradition und Neuerung. On the theme in Ephraim, see above
chapter 2, nn. 59–63.
136. See Brenk, “Auferstehung der Toten,” cols. 219–220; E. von Dobschütz, “Die
Vision des Ezekiel (cap. 37) auf einer byzantischen Elfenbeinplatte,” Repertorium für
Kunstwissenschaft, ed. H. Thode and H. von Tschudi (Berlin: Georg Reimer, 1903;
reprint, 1968), pp. 382–88; and see the miniature of Gregory Nazianzus preaching
on Ezekiel’s vision of the bones in MS BN Gr. 510, fol. 438v, reproduced in Henri
Omont, Facsimiles des miniatures des plus anciens manuscrits grecs de la Biblio-
thèque Nationale du VIe au XIe siècle (Mss. Supplement grec 1286; Grecs 139 et 510;
Coislin 79; Supplement grec 247) (Paris: Leroux, 1902), plate 58.
198 the twelfth century
That the Lord may take us out of the belly of this whale, let us pres-
ent ourselves . . . in confession, so that He who pierces its jaw with a
ring may free us from eternal death. The divinity which lay hidden in
Jesus’ flesh shattered the molars in death’s mouth, when it rashly bit
at the flesh of the Word. Even if it bites us like a snake or a horned
serpent, if we have the horns of the cross in our hands . . . then all that
horrible armor described in Job will be destroyed. . . . For there are
remedies which alleviate death. . . . Death is afraid of the power of the
cross. . . . It remembers that true confession and penitence have force-
fully extricated countless souls from its womb and hellish belly. . . .
Let us ball up all [our prayers] into lumps to burst the innards of the
devil, of death, and of hell, and with Daniel let us throw them into
the mouth of the dragon.139
of Gregory the Great, pp. 140–50; Elizabeth A. R. Brown, “Death and the Human
Body in the Later Middle Ages: The Legislation of Boniface VIII on the Division of
the Corpse,” Viator 12 (1981): 221–70, esp. pp. 223–24; and Wilson, “Introduction,”
in Saints and Their Cults, pp. 9–11. For the argument that German attitudes toward
relics differed in important ways from the Western European relic cult, see Rothkrug,
“German Holiness and Western Sanctity.”
6. On the reliquary from Osnabrück shown in plate 20, see Joseph Braun, Die
Reliquiare des christlichen Kultes und ihre Entwicklung (Freiburg: Herder, 1940),
plate 119, number 445, and p. 389, and Walter Boschers, Der Osnabrücker Doms-
chatz (Osnabrück: Kommissionsverlag H. Th. Wenner, 1974), p. 46, plate 34. On such
reliquaries generally, see Braun, Die Reliquiare, part 3, chap. 7, pp. 38off., and plates
117–26, numbers 434–81; Hans Belting, The Image and Its Public in the Middle
Ages: Form and Function of Early Paintings of the Passion, trans. M. Bartusis and
R. Meyer (New Rochelle, N.Y.: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1990), pp. 203–13; Erich Meyer,
“Reliquie und Reliquiar im Mittelalter,” in Eine Gabe der Freunde für Carl Georg
Heise zum 28. IV. 1950, ed. E. Meyer (Berlin: G. Mann, 1950), pp. 55–66; and Bynum,
Fragmentation and Redemption, plates 7.2–7.4. As Stephen Wilson has pointed out,
the Middle Ages saw the proliferation of ex-votos made in the shape of body parts.
The relationship of these to “speaking” reliquaries needs study. It seems clear, how-
ever, that the ex-voto (the object shaped like a body part and offered to the saint who
has healed it) represents both the illness and the cure. It stands for the specific part
and the healed, whole person who offers the gift in thanksgiving. See Wilson, “Intro-
duction,” in Saints and Their Cults, pp. 21–22.
Resurrection, Heresy, and Burial ad Sanctos 203
19. Outside of the high aristocracy in Germany, real confidence in bodily partition
did not develop until the thirteenth century; even in the fourteenth, it was not very
popular in Italy; see Schweizer, Kirchhof und Friedhof, pp. 50–52, and below, p. 323.
20. On incorruption, see Herbert Thurston, The Physical Phenomena of Mys-
ticism (Chicago: Henry Regnery, 1952), pp. 233–82, esp. pp. 246–52; Michel Bou-
vier, “De l’incorruptibilité des corps saints,” in Les Miracles, miroirs des corps, ed.
Jacques Gélis and Odile Redon (Paris: Presses et Publications de l’Université de Paris-
VIII, 1983), pp. 193–221; and the works cited in my “Bodily Miracles,” p. 89 n. 17. A
related issue concerning incorruptibility is the incorruptibility of the bodies of great
sinners; see Ariès, Hour of Our Death, p. 360, and Thomas, Le cadavre, pp. 39–44
and 199, who, however, underestimates the positive value given to incorruptibility
in the Western Middle Ages. Thus it is to the bodies of great saints (Jesus, Mary, and
John the Evangelist) and great sinners that the earth is reported to refuse the normal
process of decay. A particularly good example of the ambivalence that must underlie
such stories is Guibert of Nogent, who argues in the De pignoribus that decay is hor-
rible and should not therefore be allowed to touch the bodies of Christ and Mary; on
the other hand, it is return to “mother earth” and should not be inhibited by elabo-
rate coffins. See especially De pignoribus, bk. 1, chaps. 3 and 4, PL 156 (Paris, 1853),
cols. 623–30. On Guibert see also Mireux, “Guibert de Nogent et la critique du culte
des relics.” And see above chapter 4, nn. 48, 51, and 52, on the Bodily Assumption.
21. For the St. Edmund story, see Abbo of Fleury, Life of St. Edmund, in Three
Lives of English Saints, ed. Michael Winterbottom (Toronto: Pontifical Institute of
Resurrection, Heresy, and Burial ad Sanctos 207
Mediaeval Studies, 1972), pp. 82–87; Memorials of St. Edmund’s Abbey, ed. Thomas
Arnold, Rolls Series 96 (London: Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1890–96), vol. 1, pp. 53–54
and 133–34; Jocelin of Brakelond, The Chronicle . . ., ed. and trans. H. E. Butler (Lon-
don: Nelson, 1951), pp. 111–15 (Jocelin’s account is from about 1200); and Ronald
C. Finucane, Miracles and Pilgrims: Popular Beliefs in Medieval England (Totowa,
N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield, 1977), pp. 27–28. For Etheldreda, see Liber Eliensis, ed.
E. O. Blake, Camden, 3d series 92 (London: Royal Historical Society, 1962), pp. 45, a
mid-twelfth-century account adapted from Bede. These two examples are discussed
in Monika Otter, “Inventiones: Spatial Metaphors and Narrative Self-Awareness in
Medieval Historical Writing” (Ph.D. diss., Columbia University, 1991), pp. 88–92,
which provides a complex and sensitive analysis of motifs of discovery and whole-
ness in such accounts. Twelfth-century inventiones in England still show a prefer-
ence for finding whole bodies, although there were body parts and part reliquaries
around. See ibid., p. 140; Otto Lehmann-Brockhaus, Lateinische Schriftquellen zur
Kunst in England, Wales, und Schottland vom Jahre 901 bis zum Jahre 1307 (Munich:
Pestelverlag, 1955–60); and Denis Bethell, “The Making of a Twelfth-Century Relic
Collection,” Studies in Church History 8 (1972): 61–72. It is important to note that
this stress on wholeness was not a distaste for the body per se; on the enthusiasm for
touching holy bodies that could go along with fear of testing or dismantling them,
see Finucane, “Sacred Corpse, Profane Carrion,” p. 53.
22. Caesarius, Dialogus, ed. J. Strange, dist. 8, chaps. 53 and 60, vol. 2, pp. 125–26
and 133, for resisting division; ibid., dist. 8, chap. 88, vol. 2, p. 155–56, for bones
sorting themselves into true and false relics; ibid., dist. 8, chaps. 85–87, vol. 2, pp.
151–55, for bones that invite disturbance. Guibert of Nogent in his De pignoribus
tells several earlier tales (including the story of St. Edmund), which are intended to
indicate that relics do not wish to be dismembered (see De pignoribus, bk. 1, chap. 4,
PL 156, cols. 626–30). E. Brown points out that Godfrey of Fontaines, arguing in 1291
against division of bodies, admits that Edmund of Pontigny commanded his heart to
be buried apart from his body (“Death and the Human Body,” p. 243). But Godfrey
says people were “horrified” when the monks severed the arm from the corpse and
asserts that Edmund’s body was miraculously preserved. For late thirteenth-century
debates over bodily partition, see below, chapter 8.
23. See E. Brown, “Death and the Human Body,” pp. 227 and 243.
24. Thomas of Cantimpré, Supplementum [to the Life of Mary of Oignies], chap.
1, paragr. 6–7, Acta Sanctorum, 3d ed., ed. J. Bollandus and G. Henschenius, June,
vol. 5 (Paris: Palmé, 1867), pp. 574–75. On Mary, see Bynum, Holy Feast and Holy
208 the twelfth century
death the hairs continued to effect cures, and on one occasion “came
alive” for a whole hour.25 Mary herself nonetheless castigated the prior
of Oignies for “cruelly” extracting the teeth of a holy cadaver, and after
her own death she supposedly clenched her teeth when the same prior
tried to extract them as relics. When he humbly asked her pardon, how-
ever, she shook out a few teeth from her jaw for his use.26
Triumph over partition or putrefaction was sometimes understood
per se as an expression of sanctity. Caesarius tells of a robber who was
revered as a saint after his death simply because his body was seen in a
vision as reassembled.27 In folktales and vernacular hagiography, saints
were frequently said to effect miracles of healing or of temporary resur-
rection of corpses, but they sometimes reassembled cadavers without
bothering to reanimate them.28 In a twelfth-century life of St. Barbara,
for example, a decapitated head asks a priest for communion and is
reunited with its body through the power of the saint although both
parts remain lifeless.29 The popular story of a leg transplant performed
by the physician saints Cosmas and Damian changes in its medieval
retelling to emphasize not only the grafting of a black leg onto a sick
white man but also the attaching of the gangrenous white leg to the
corpse of the Moor from whom the original graft had been taken. There
are even miracle stories in which dismembered parts survive incorrupt
while remaining dismembered. According to later legend, the little fin-
ger of the tenth-century saint Adalbert of Prague, which was swallowed
by a fish, survived and shone like a candle in the fish’s belly.30
Fast, pp. 115–24, and Laura Dushkes, “Illness and Healing in the Vitae of Mary of
Oignies” (M.A. Thesis, University of Washington, 1988).
25. Thomas, Supplementum, chap. 1, paragr. 7, p. 575.
26. Ibid., chap. 3, paragr. 14, p. 577. For a miracle worked by Mary’s finger, see
ibid., chap. 3, paragrs. 15–17, pp. 577–78.
27. Caesarius, Dialogus, dist. 7, chap. 58, vol. 2, pp. 76–79. In the vision, five
matrons appeared at night, fitted his head back on his shoulders, and laid him out
whole on a sumptuous bier.
28. It is important to note that medieval authors sometimes poked fun at such
“resurrections.” Accounts of the resurrection of donkeys in the Miracles of Saint
Faith, for example, may be tongue-in-cheek. Walter Map produced a series of what
Otter calls “uncharitable and sometimes off-color” jokes, including an account of an
unsuccessful miracle attempt by Bernard of Clairvaux, in which Walter points out
that boys do usually “rise up” when monks lie down upon them. See Monika Otter,
“Inventiones,” pp. 254–57. And see n. 84 below.
29. See Brigitte Cazelles, Le Corps de sainteté d’après Jehan Bouche d’Or, Jehan
Paulus, et quelques vies des XIIe et XIIIe siècles (Geneva: Droz, 1982), pp. 55–56.
30. Judith-Danielle Jacquet, “Le Miracle de la jambe noire,” in Gélis and Redon,
eds., Les Miracles, miroirs, pp. 23–52. For other examples of miracles of restoration,
see C. Grant Loomis, White Magic: An Introduction to the Folklore of Christian
Legend (Cambridge, Mass.: The Mediaeval Academy of America, 1948), pp. 82–86.
Resurrection, Heresy, and Burial ad Sanctos 209
The intactness of fragments was a theme in art as well. The very reli-
quaries that announced fragmentation clothed the parts they displayed
in crystal and gold. For example, the reliquary of Thomas Becket from
1175–1780, which contains the blood of the saint and bears on its roof
a large red stone, both manifests what it contains and in the precise
nature of the manifestation hardens the fluid into crystalline perma-
nence (see plate 22).31 The shining stone—not a priceless ruby at all
but simply glass and foil assembled to present sparkling yet frozen red-
ness—signals the blood but in heavenly form.32 Even the arm, rib, and
head reliquaries of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries deny putre-
faction by covering the bits they contain in gold and crystal sheathing
while simultaneously displaying in their shapes and transparency the
body’s partition. Thus artists as well as canon lawyers and theologians
were concerned to guard against not the expressionism involved in relic
display, or a sense of familiarity with the bodies of the saints, but rather
an association of the body bits with those biological processes that sig-
nal decay or decomposition. When the Fourth Lateran Council in 1215
legislated against “naked” display of relics for money, their disapproval
may have been directed against more than simply the threat of theft
offered by the unprotected showing of such precious possessions.33
Ellert Dahl, who has written so knowledgeably about these reliquar-
ies, emphasizes that medieval theologians were careful to see them as
memoria of the saints, reminders of the glorified bodies we will receive
in heaven.34 Abbot Suger, for example, distinguished the “sacred bones”
of the martyrs at St. Denis—covered “with the most precious metal
we possibly can [find], with refined gold and a profusion of hyacinths,
emeralds, and other precious stones”—from their “venerable spirits,
Some of these miracles are stories of regurgitation of undigested parts: for example,
an eye is swallowed by a bird, disgorged, and reattached (ibid., p. 84). For the finger
of Adalbert, see ibid., p. 70; and Miracula sancti Adalberti martiris, chap. 1, PL 137
(Paris, 1853), col. 889.
31. See English Romanesque Art, 1066–1200, Hayward Gallery, London, 5
April–8 July, 1984, ed. George Zarnecki, Janet Holt, and Tristram Holland, Catalogue
published in association with the Arts Council of Great Britain (London: Weidenfeld
and Nicolson, 1984), p. 282.
32. Cf. the words of Victricius of Rouen almost 800 years before; see chapter 2,
n. 178.
33. See Hermann-Mascard, Les Reliques des saints, pp. 212–17; Pierre Duparc,
“Dilaceratio corporis,” Bulletin de la Société Nationale des Antiquaires de France
1980–1981 (Paris: Boccard, 1981), pp. 360–72; and my “Bodily Miracles,” p. 81. On
expressive reliquaries, see nn. 6 and 7 above.
34. Ellert Dahl, “Heavenly Images: The Statue of St. Foy of Conques and the
Signification of the Medieval Cult-Image in the West,” Acta ad archaeologiam et
Artium historiam pertinentia 8 (Rome 1979): 175–92, esp. p. 186.
210 the twelfth century
No substance of flesh is more noble than the flesh of the saints, for
the more it is subject to the spirit the more it is free and glorious in
the very resolution of corruption. It is born to labor and misery, but in
death it is born to peace and glory. To glory it is born, I say, although
what is conceived and engendered from the worm is eaten by worms,
and dust reverts to dust. . . . [B]ut it is one thing from nature and
another from grace and merit. From nature it is putrid and corrupt-
ible, but from grace and merits it remains for a long time without rot
even contrary to nature, and it repels the greedy worms. . . . [F]or he
who puts away from himself worms (that is, nasty thoughts) will not
be sweet to the worm. . . . Sanctified flesh, through nature clothed
with rottenness . . . (Job 12.5) . . . rises again from the dust through
grace and merit. . . . And this is greatly to be marveled at, for it feeds
His inventio took place in the year 1001 . . . on April 23. “Aprilis” or
“aperilis” is derived from “aperire,” “to open,” when the sky opens
up more brightly toward the summer sun, and the earth is enlivened
with flowers and fruit. . . . Then plants break out in bloom, birds in
song, and all things in joy over Christ’s resurrection and the day of
Easter: for it was fitting that at such a time the holy relics were dis-
covered, which shall be resurrected to heavenly glory [in aeternam
gloriam . . . resuscitari] with a new heaven and a new earth.39
Since reliquaries and texts presented the saints as perlucid and glo-
rious, incorrupt and impassible, lifted to a new heaven, it should not
really surprise us that the St. Firmin portal at Amiens, from the 1230s,
depicts the inventio of the saint’s incorrupt remains in such a way
that they appear to be rising from the tomb (see plate 23).40 Relic and
resurrection body become visually the same. Nor should we be sur-
prised to find on a reliquary bust from fourteenth-century Utrecht an
inscription that announces that “I” (which presumably means both the
skull and the saint) have been taken from the tomb and “renewed.”41
38. Theodore of Echternach, Flores epitaphii sanctorum, bk. 1, chap. 3, and bk.
2, chap. 1, PL 157 (Paris, 1854), cols. 324–26 and 337–41, quoted passage at cols.
324C–325A. See also Dahl, “Heavenly Images,” p. 184; and Guth, Guibert von
Nogent, pp. 110–27, esp. p. 117.
39. Goscelin, Life of Ivo, Acta Sanctorum, June, vol. 2, pp. 286–87; trans. Otter,
“Inventiones,” pp. 142–44. For another early example, see Rudolph’s Life of Boniface,
which reports that Boniface wished the bones of Lioba to rest next to his in the tomb
“so that they who had served God during their lifetime with equal sincerity and zeal
should await together the day of resurrection”; Elizabeth Alvida Petroff, Medieval
Women’s Visionary Literature (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1986), p. 112; see
also p. 86. And see the Life of Aethelwold cited in n. 79 below.
40. See Stephen Murray’s account in Notre Dame, Cathedral of Amiens: Cre-
ativity and the Dynamics of Change (New York: Architectural History Foundation,
forthcoming), typescript p. 47 n. 41. It is also worth noting that the contemporary
text describing this inventio uses much imagery of flowering; Acta Sanctorum, Sep-
tember, vol. 7 (Antwerp, 1760), p. 34.
41. Middeleeuwe kunst der noordelijke Nederlanden (Amsterdam, 1958), p. 229.
The inscription reads: “A(n)no D(omi)ni M CCC LXIII Decan(us) (et) cap(itu)l(u)m
s(anc)ti Saluator(is) T(ra)i(e)ctten(sis) me ex tu(m)ba p(ro)tu(n)t i(n)nouaca ex(tra)hi
212 the twelfth century
Schweizer, Kirchhof und Friedhof, pp. 53–69, 72–74, and 79–80. For a warning against
concluding too much from the nature of grave goods, see Luc Buchet and Claude
Lorren, “Dans quelle mesure la nécropole du haut moyen âge offre-t-elle une image
fidèle de la société des vivants?” in La Mort au moyen âge: Colloque de la Société
des Historiens médiévistes de l’enseignement supérieur public, 1975 (Strasbourg:
Université de Strasbourg, n.d.), pp. 27–48.
46. Schweizer, Kirchhof und Friedhof, p. 72: for example, “hie ligen bir all geleych
ritter edel arm und reich;” “so ist’s recht, da liegt der Meister bei seinem Knecht.”
Although the message is that all bones come to the same end, the bones are still
understood to be Rich and Poor, Master and Servant, etc.
47. See Schweizer, Kirchhof und Friedhof, p. 72, and Johannes Beleth, Summa,
chap. 159, ed. Douteil, vol. 2, pp. 303–10, esp. pp. 304 and 308–10, repeated by Wil-
liam Durand.
214 the twelfth century
48. See, among others, M.-D. Chenu, La théologie au douzième siècle (Paris: J.
Vrin, 1957); Charles Dereine, “Chanoines,” Dictionnaire d’histoire et de géographie
ecclésiastiques, vol. 12 (Paris: Letouzey et Ané, 1953), cols. 353–405; Jean Leclercq,
“La crise du monachisme aux XIe et XIIe siècles,” Bulletino dell ‘Istituto storico
italiano per il Medio Evo 70 (1958): 19–41; M.-H. Vicaire, L’Imitation des apôtres:
Moines, chanoines, mendiants (IVe–XIIe siècles) (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1963);
Giles Constable, “Introduction,” in Libellus de diversis ordinibus et professionibus
qui sunt in aecclesia, ed. G. Constable and B. Smith (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972),
pp. xi–xxvii; and the works I cite in Jesus as Mother, pp. 22–33.
49. See my “Did the Twelfth Century Discover the Individual?” in Jesus as
Mother, pp. 82–109.
50. R. I. Moore, The Formation of a Persecuting Society: Power and Deviance in
Western Europe, 950–1250 (Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1987); idem, “Postscript: The
Peace of God and Social Revolution,” in The Peace of God: Social Violence and
Religious Response in France around the Year 1000, ed. Thomas Head and Richard
Landes (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1992), pp. 308–26; and Michael Camille,
The Gothic Idol: Ideology and Image-Making in Medieval Art (Cambridge: Cam-
bridge University Press, 1989). John E. Boswell, Christianity, Social Tolerance, and
Resurrection, Heresy, and Burial ad Sanctos 215
Homosexuality: Gay People in Western Europe from the Beginning of the Christian
Era to the Fourteenth Century (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1980), points
out the growth of repression in the period around 1200 but also argues for a flowering
of gay culture in the twelfth century.
51. See, for example, Walter L. Wakefield and Austin P. Evans, Introduction, Her-
esies of the High Middle Ages: Selected Sources Translated and Annotated, ed. W.
Wakefield and A. Evans (New York: Columbia University Press, 1969), pp. 1–67; Georg
Schmitz-Valckenberg, Grundlehren katharischer Sekten des 13. Jahrhunderts: Eine
theologische Untersuchung mit besonderer Berücksichtigung von Adversus Catharos
et Valdenses des Moneta von Cremona (Munich: Ferdinand Schöningh, 1971), pp. 1–4.
52. Waldes of Lyons, Profession of Faith, in Antoine Dondaine, “Aux origines
du Valdéisme: Une profession de foi de Valdes,” Archivum fratrum praedicatorum
16 (1946): 231–32; trans. Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, number 32, pp. 206–8; see
discussion in ibid., pp. 204–6.
216 the twelfth century
meat eating, and of the full humanity of Christ. Dualist (and evangeli-
cal) denial of the redemption of the physical by Christ was sometimes
construed as a denial of (and revolt against) social difference. Twelfth-
century chroniclers and preachers liked to accuse heretics of attracting
women and those of the lower orders to their followings.53 The authors
of thirteenth-century tracts against heretics pointed out that their teach-
ings implied that gender difference might vanish, either on earth (women
might celebrate the sacraments!) or in heaven (we might be unisex in our
spiritual bodies!).54 Salvo Burci in his Liber supra Stella, written about
1235, emphasized that “this flesh” rises. He accused heretics of making
everyone equal by denying resurrection. But what disturbed him was
moral equality. Heretics deny that there is any hell other than the suf-
fering of this life, he says; therefore the difference they remove is that
between reward and punishment, good and evil.55
Close reading suggests that the opponents of heresy were indeed con-
structing their own interpretation of the importance of body by project-
ing onto an “other” that which they feared and opposed. But they did
not construe heretical denial of body primarily as an undercutting of
hierarchy and gender (although this was certainly an element). Precisely
because moralists, church lawyers, and chroniclers felt so comfortable
articulating misogyny and underlining status differences, we must take
seriously the fact that their polemics against heresy concentrated on
other aspects of physicality and individuality.56 What they emphasized
du controle,” in Histoire des femmes en occident, ed. G. Duby and M. Perrot, vol. 2:
Le moyen âge, ed. Christiane Klapisch-Zuber (Paris: Plon, 1991), pp. 25–169. There
is, of course, a deeper sense in which the abhorrence of bodily fertility, prevalent (as
I explain below) in both mainstream and dualist Christian religiosity, is especially
an abhorrence of female flesh and of female sexuality. For a very sophisticated study
of the way in which scholastic disputes, and especially glosses on 1 Corinthians 15
(in this case 1 Cor. 15.24], could become loci for controversy over hierarchy versus
equality of statuses, see Buc, L’Ambiguité du livre, chapter 2.
57. Despite what Christians charged, there is no evidence that heretics lacked
concern and respect for the bodies of their dead. See Walter L. Wakefield, “Burial of
Heretics in the Middle Ages,” Heresis 5 (December 1985): 29–32.
58. See Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, pp. 102–3, 120, and 130–31.
59. For example, Bernard of Fontcaude, Adversus Waldensium sectam, chaps. 9–11,
PL 204, cols. 828–35, trans. in Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, p. 213; and Ermengaud of
Béziers (?), Manifestatio haeresis Albigensium et Lugdunensium, ed. in Antoine Don-
daine, “Durand de Huesca et la polémique anti-cathare,” Archivum fratrum praedi-
catorum 29 (1959): 268–71, esp. p. 270, trans. in Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, pp.
233–34, which accuses heretics of equating resurrection with transmigration of souls.
See also Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 171–73, 278–80, and other bibliography there.
On later hostility to purgatory on the part of heretics, see ibid., pp. 331–33.
60. Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, pp. 269–74 and 301–46; Moneta of Cremona,
Adversus Catharos…, bk. 4, chap. 8, pp. 346–70; and see n. 55 above.
218 the twelfth century
You lay them secretly in pits here and there as best you can. This
was not done with Christ’s body, which was composed of the four
elements. You say it was a spiritual body, but take note to the con-
trary that it was buried according to the Jewish rite. Hence you may
clearly apprehend that it was a material body, for the Jews were not
spiritual beings, but flesh and blood, and they performed burials in
the earthly sense.61
Elsewhere he wrote:
We want to show that the Apostle believed and preached the Son of
God to be both God and man—that is, that he had and received human
flesh. . . . But the heretics say: O blind church of Rome, put far away
the conviction that the Son of God received flesh of the seed of David,
of David’s carnality, which flesh is full of worms and vermin; but
that flesh of the Son of God was beautiful and clean—that is, it was
spiritual not material flesh. . . . And what was the seed of David . . .?
[I]t was spiritual seed . . . whence the Apostle said that he came “in the
likeness of sinful flesh.” And note that he said “likeness” . . . I reply:
O malignant heretics!62
James Capelli said Cathars denied the Eucharist because they thought
food was evil, “having its origin from earth.” They held (he said) that
“the devil divided the elements” and “gave fertility to the earth.”63
Rainier Sacconi wrote of one group of dualists: “All the Cathars who
profess that Christ assumed a true human body deny that that body
was glorified. . . . They say that Christ on the day of his ascension
61. Burci, Liber supra Stella, in op. cit., chap. 9, pp. 314–16; trans. Wakefield and
Evans, Heresies, p. 274.
62. Burci, Liber supra Stella, in op. cit., chap. 19, fols. 93vb–94rb, pp. 320–21.
63. James Capelli, Summa contra haereticos, trans. in Wakefield and Evans, Her-
esies, pp. 304–5.
Resurrection, Heresy, and Burial ad Sanctos 219
laid it aside in the shining sky and will resume it again on the Day of
Judgment, and after the Judgment it will be resolved into pre-existent
matter like a putrid corpse.”64 Thus, whether or not the historian M. D.
Lambert is right in claiming that the heretical sense of body expressed
disgust at organic process, it seems clear that orthodox opponents of
Catharism understood Cathar rejection of body as an interpretation
that equated body with putrefaction.65
Inconsistent though it may seem, the cannibalism libel that sur-
faces repeatedly against many varieties of heretics from the eleventh
to the thirteenth centuries reflects the same perception. Heretics (say
the orthodox) think the body is filth. They equate fertility with decay.
They think therefore that nothing important can happen to the body;
they deny that body is self. Thus they fornicate and eat the products of
fornication; they cast the bodies of their dead into pits; they deny that
any glory can be attained by flesh—ours or God’s.
Although there is no reason to accord any credence to the cannibal-
ism libel, it seems likely that some heretics actually held at least some
of the opinions attributed to them by their orthodox opponents;66 it is
certain that the opponents abhorred the opinions. Yet there is reason to
suspect that heretics articulated what the orthodox feared and believed.
The art, spiritual writing, and scholastic debate I examined above sug-
gest that orthodox discussion in the twelfth century was also domi-
nated by a profound dis-ease with organic change, an association of
nutrition and growth with decay.67 Waldensian denial of cemeteries and
64. Rainerius, Summa de Catharis . . ., in Dondaine, Un traité neo-manicheen,
pp. 76–77; trans. in Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, number 51, chap. 25, p. 344.
65. M. D. Lambert, “The Motives of the Cathars: Some Reflections…,” Religious
Motivation: Biographical and Sociological Problems for the Church Historian, Stud-
ies in Church History, 15 (Oxford: Basil Blackwell for the Ecclesiastical History Soci-
ety, 1978), pp. 49–59. See also Jacques Dalarun, “Regard de clercs,” in Histoire des
femmes, ed. Duby and Perrot, vol. 2: Le moyen âge, ed. Klapisch-Zuber, pp. 31–54,
especially p. 37, which perceptively relates a feeling of disgust at the birth process
and at decay to the elaboration of misogyny and situates such an elaboration par-
ticularly in the years around 1100. See also H. Crouzel, “Origène est-il la source du
catharisme?” Bulletin de littérature ecclésiastique 80 (1979): 3–28.
66. See, for example, P. P. A. Biller, “Birth Control in the West in the Thirteenth
and early Fourteenth Century,” Past and Present 94 (February 1982): 3–26, esp. p.
10, which argues that heretics really held what Moneta of Cremona said they held.
67. See above, chapter 4, nn. 47, 66, 67, and 138. Eleanor Heningham, “An Early
Latin Debate of the Body and Soul Preserved in MS Royal 7A III in the British
Museum” (Ph.D. diss., New York University, 1939; printed by George Banta Publish-
ing Company, Menasha, Wisconsin, 1939), p. 26, stresses the obsession with decay
in the twelfth-century Latin Debate contained in the Royal manuscript and in the
work of Anselm of Canterbury on which it draws. For a reflection of obsession with
decay in the twelfth-century “Visions of Tondal,” see below, chapter 7, pp. 293–94.
220 the twelfth century
prayers for the dead, Cathar denial of Christ’s humanity and of literal
resurrection, orthodox insistence on the reassemblage of a body imper-
vious to change—all these positions (at least as expressed by orthodox
writers) see redemption as triumph over process, digestion, and putre-
faction. Heretical denial and orthodox assertion of bodily resurrection
solved the same problem.
The orthodox thought heretics denied resurrection because heretics
saw body as rot. These same orthodox wanted to see body as potential.
They wanted to see the person as a self that expressed its selfhood in
materiality; they sometimes even spoke of heaven as a flowering of
flesh. But their flowers were really crystals. The bodies they envisioned
in heaven were still reassembled bits. Resurrection was still, to twelfth-
century theologians, proof that we are not what we eat nor what we
generate. To rise was to return, like Rebecca West’s conkers, numeri-
cally and formally and materially “the same.” The fear of decay that
Piero Camporesi has seen lying like a fog over early modern sensibility
was never more present than in the antiheretical writing of the years
around 1200.68 Such fear of decay was also reflected in the numerous
stories of miraculous victory over it.69
Miracles
When persecuting clergy accused heretics of denigrating the body, of
identifying it with rot, of denying that it can be healed or glorified, they
had powerful weapons. In addition to the Scripture they so often cited,
the orthodox had (or believed they had) miracles. Moneta of Cremona,
for example, argued against the Cathars that Christians have empirical
proof of resurrection. They know bodies can be reassembled, healed,
and raised from the dead because they see it happen.70 The saints do not
decay, in life or in death. They appear to us in visions, whole and shin-
ing; they move while yet alive toward the jewellike hardness of glory.
68. For Camporesi, see “Introduction,” n. 12, and chapter 2, n. 191, above.
69. Recent important studies of miracles in this period include Finucane, Miracles
and Pilgrims; Benedicta Ward, Miracles and the Medieval Mind: Theory, Record, and
Event, 1000–1215 (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1982); Gélis and
Redon, eds., Les Miracles, miroirs; and Pierre-André Sigal, L’Homme et le miracle
dans la France médiévale (XIe–XIIe siècle) (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1985).
70. Moneta suggests that to deny Christ’s bodily resurrection and ours is to deny
miracles. For resurrection is only an extreme case of healing, but (he says) we see lots
of healing miracles. Moneta, Adversus Catharos . . ., bk. 1, preface, pp. 2–7, trans. in
Wakefield and Evans, Heresies, pp. 310–13.
Resurrection, Heresy, and Burial ad Sanctos 221
Among the miracle stories that proliferated in Europe around 1200 were
many that graphically expressed the idea that redemption is triumph
over biological process, glory is the change to changelessness.
Prominent among twelfth- and thirteenth-century miracles were
tales of living without eating (or by eating only the Eucharist) and of
dying without decay. These miracles of miraculous media and incorrupt
cadavers were especially characteristic of the bodies of saintly women,
probably because both medical literature and misogynist tracts charac-
terized the female body as more changeable than the male. Closer to
decay because colder and wetter than men’s bodies, the female body
was also closer to being food for worms because it was in all ways closer
to food. Women were seen not only as more voracious and greedy than
men but also as being themselves nutrition—for fetuses in the womb
and infants at the breast. Although all body was feared as teeming,
labile, and friable, female body was especially so. Out of it came fluids
and excrescences, and such products were seen more as putrefaction
than as growth and new life. To theologians, hagiographers, and medi-
cal writers, fertility itself became decay.71 Yet women could triumph
over organic process. In desperate danger from digestion and rot, the
female body could nonetheless be protected by the Eucharist from need
for food; in death it could be protected from putrefaction (i.e., giving
birth to worms) by the presence of its soul in paradise.72 Thus closed
to ordinary excretions, it might produce extraordinary effluvia (miracu-
lous lactations, stigmatic bleeding, sweet oil and manna from graves)
that cured diseases and assuaged pain.
Mary of Oignies, Alpaïs of Cudot, Christina the Astonishing, and
Alice of Schaerbeek, for example, lived without eating. Hagiographers
and chroniclers such as Thomas of Cantimpré, James of Vitry, and Roger
Bacon were fascinated by the physiological details of their inedia and
emphasized the beauty of what were in fact starving, gangrenous, or
leprous bodies. A number of female saints were understood to be mirac-
ulously closed to ordinary female exudings, emanations, and breaches,
both in life and in death.73 The stigmatic Elisabeth of Spalbeek was
T H E D E CA D E S
AROUND 1300
Six
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and
Abundantia: Scholastic Debates
in the Thirteenth Century
“that one should not take care for the burying of the dead,” and “that
death is the end of all terrors” (namely, that there is no eternal punish-
ment of the damned).5 It is true that by the early fourteenth century,
the body-soul nexus (rather than the question of identity in resurrec-
tion) had become the crucial disputed issue in eschatology; nonethe-
less, the decades around 1300, like those around 200, 400, and 1215,
were a period of Christian history in which the relationship of body to
self became the place where preachers, artists, theologians, and ordi-
nary folk explored what they meant by salvation.
The major discussions of resurrection in the later thirteenth cen-
tury were highly technical philosophical and theological exercises—
primarily either commentaries on the last part of book IV of Peter
Lombard’s Sentences6 or so-called quodlibetal questions (written ver-
sions of disputations in which masters considered subjects proposed
at random by members of their scholastic audience).7 Such discussion
was, of course, utterly unlike the highly rhetorical treatises in which
Tertullian, Irenaeus, and Jerome attacked adversaries—pagan, hereti-
cal, or Christian—or the monastic exegesis of the twelfth century in
which a pastiche of Biblical metaphors evoked the terrors of hell or the
delights of heaven. But it was also quite unlike the works of Honorius,
Hugh of St. Victor, and Peter Lombard, from which it often borrowed
formulations, issues, and examples. The acquisition and appropriation
in the early thirteenth century of key Aristotelian concepts, such as
substance, meant that basic ideas of nature and human nature had to
be reconsidered. For example, once Aristotle’s analysis of generation
and corruption was understood and adopted, no theologian would any
longer hold that the much-discussed veritas humanae naturae can be a
core of matter, handed down from Adam to his descendants, multiplied
by itself into the adult body, and preserved in the grave until the end of
time.8 Biblical and patristic images of resurrection as reassemblage or
5. Ibid., propositions 17, 25, 148, 155, 178, pp. 544–53, and Hissette, Enquête sur
les 219 articles condamnés, pp. 187, 294, 307–8.
6. See Chenu, Toward Understanding St. Thomas, pp. 267–69, on Sentence com-
mentaries. On the Lombard see above chapter 3, n. 13.
7. See ibid., pp. 280ff.; Gordon Leff, Paris and Oxford Universities in the Thir-
teenth and Fourteenth Centuries: An Institutional and Intellectual History (New
York: Wiley, 1968), pp. 163–74; and Palémon Glorieux, La Littérature quodlibetique
de 1260 à 1320, Bibliothèque thomiste 5 and 21 (Le Saulchoir: Kain, 1925, and Paris:
J. Vrin, 1935).
8. Aristotle’s analysis did not actually solve the problem of how one molecule can
change into another via digestion or reproduction; see Cadden, “Medieval Philosophy
and Biology of Growth.” What it did was to make it clear that when something decays,
is digested, or reproduces, it does not retain a material core that accounts for identity.
232 the decades around 1300
that has come down to us is thus not Thomas’s own draft but rather a
report of his early classroom teaching made by a close disciple.12 The
precision, clarity, and forcefulness with which Thomas marches through
the text may be characteristic, but the content of his commentary is not
original. Thomas uses 1 Corinthians 15 exactly as do such predeces-
sors and contemporaries as William of Auxerre, Grosseteste, Albert the
Great, and Bonaventure.13 His clear but conventional readings can serve
to introduce the issues and images characteristic of scholastic discus-
sion in the 1250s and 1260s. Thomas takes 1 Corinthians 15 as raising
two issues: that of the identity of the earthly and risen body and that of
the nature of the additions to body in glory.14 In the course of discussion,
he rejects the seed image of verses 36–38 and 42–44, restricts the cloth-
ing image of verses 53–54, and introduces two images not present in the
Pauline text at all—the image of gifts or dowries (dotes) and the image
of spillover, overflow, or expression (abundantia).
Aquinas begins his exegesis of 1 Corinthians 15 with the admission
that the seed metaphor might seem to imply that resurrection is natu-
ral—an unfolding of a preordained pattern from within the organism.15
It might also imply that the second organism in question (the sheaf) is
different from the first (the seed) not only in appearance (that is, acci-
dental characteristics or qualities) but also as an individual or instance
(that is, numerically—numero—as technical scholastic vocabulary put
it). Making use of Aristotle in a way that goes back to the later twelfth
century,16 Aquinas comments that nature reproduces species, not num-
ber—that is, it reproduces the same kind of thing (like produces like),
but it cannot produce again the same instance once that instance has
12. See James A. Weisheipl, Friar Thomas d’Aquino: His Life, Thought, and
Works (Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1974), p. 372–73; Chenu, Toward Understand-
ing St. Thomas, p. 248.
13. Wicki, Seligkeit; Joseph Goering, “The De Dotibus of Robert Grosseteste,”
Mediaeval Studies 44 (1982): 83–109; and Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 314–42.
14. Weber, Auferstehung, says these are the two central issues for thirteenth-
century discussion of resurrection. See also Wilhelm Kübel, “Die Lehre von der
Auferstehung der Toten nach Albertus Magnus,” in Studia Albertina: Festschrift für
Bernhard Geyer zum 70. Geburtstage, ed. Heinrich Ostlender, BGPTM, Supplement-
band 4 (Münster: Aschendorf, 1952), pp. 279–318.
15. The position he spells out only in order to refute is, of course, exactly the
understanding of the seed on which Origen and Erigena drew to forge their very
different notions of resurrection and body. The question of whether resurrection is
natural, which so concerned thirteenth-century Sentence commentators, was first
brought up in the twelfth century by Magister Martin and elaborated by William of
Auxerre, using 1 Corinthians 15.52; see Kübel, “Auferstehung nach Albertus Mag-
nus,” pp. 288–92 and 302–6.
16. See nn. 9 and 15 above. Aquinas takes the standard position that resurrection
is natural in its goal.
234 the decades around 1300
17. It is significant that the issue of numerical identity is also central to Aquinas’s
commentary on one of the other major “resurrection texts”: Job 19. 23–29; “ . . . yet
in my flesh shall I see God” means, says Thomas, that the man who sees will be
idem numero, not merely in species. Thomas Aquinas, Expositiones in Job, chap. 19,
lectio 2, in Opera omnia, vol. 18, ed. S. E. Fretté (Paris: Vives, 1876), pp. 119–20; see
n. 117 below. For the same argument, see Summa contra Gentiles, bk. 4, chap. 81,
in ibid., vol. 12, ed. Fretté (Paris: Vives, 1874) [hereafter SCG], pp. 593–96; and see
Quaestiones de anima, q. 19, in Aquinas, Quaestiones de anima: A Newly Estab-
lished Edition of the Latin Text, ed. James H. Rob (Toronto: Pontifical Institute of
Mediaeval Studies, 1968), pp. 245–52.
18. In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 5, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 21, p. 41. We find the same
argument in the Supplementum to the Summa theologica [or theologiae], quaestio
79, art. I, obj. I and reply to obj. I, in Sancti Thomae Aquinatis doctoris angelici
opera omnia iussu impensaque Leonis XIII p.m. edita, vol. 12 (Rome: S. C. de Pro-
paganda Fide, 1906) [hereafter Sup. (Leonine ed.)], p. 178; trans. Fathers of the English
Dominican Province, Thomas Aquinas: Summa theologica, vol. 3 (New York: Ben-
ziger, 1948), pp. 2889–90. The Supplementum was put together after Aquinas’s death
(probably by Reginald of Piperno) from his early Sentence commentary.
19. In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 5, Opera, vol. 21, pp. 41–43. See Sup., q. 79 art. 1, obj.
1 (Leonine ed.), p. 178; trans. English Dominicans, vol. 3, p. 2889: “ . . . the Apostle is
there [verse 37] comparing death to sowing and resurrection to fructifying. Therefore
the same body that is laid aside is not resumed.” And reply to obj. 1, (Leonine ed.)
p. 178; trans. English Dominicans, vol. 3, p. 2890: “A comparison does not apply to
every particular. . . . For in the sowing of grain, the grain sown and the grain that is
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 235
Body returns not naturally but by divine power (“But God giveth it a
body . . .”); it returns identical in number and species (“and to every
seed his own body”), but it rises with the new qualities of glory.20
To Aquinas, the four pairs of contrasts in verses 42–44 refer not to the
substance or species of the risen body but to its qualities: claritas, agili-
tas, subtilitas, and impassibilitas. These had been known at least since
William of Auxerre as the dotes (dowries or gifts) of the glorified body.21
It would be silly, argues Aquinas, to say we are air or light; rather we
have subtlety—lightness or airiness—added to our bodies, spilled over
or infused from the beatified soul.22 The verb “to clothe” (induere) of
verses 53–54 and of 2 Corinthians 5.2–4 does not mean that the body
is a garment, donned on earth and discarded or replaced in heaven; it
means rather that immortality (a quality) is added to what we are—i.e.,
“this soul” and “this body, repaired from the same dust into which it
was dissolved.”23 In Aquinas’s interpretation, verses 42–44 refer to con-
trast and diversity: the contrast of earthly and heavenly body, the diver-
sity of gifts. Verse 41 (“one star differeth from another star in glory”)
is associated with verses 42–44 to suggest that although all rise, the
dowries differ from saint to saint. There is no equality in heaven.24
born thereof are neither identical, nor of the same condition . . . and the body will
rise again identically the same, but of a different condition.”
20. Aquinas uses Job 29.27 here; In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 5, Opera, vol. 21, p. 42.
He makes the same argument in the Expositio on Job; see above, n. 16.
21. See Wicki, Seligkeit, pp. 202–12; they were developed from the seven qualities
of the glorified body elaborated by Anselm and Eadmer in the early twelfth century.
22. In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 6, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 21, pp. 44–46. For other
places where Thomas uses verses 42–44 to mean the dotes or “qualities” of the glori-
fied body, see SCG, bk. 4, chaps. 79, 84 and 86, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, pp. 591–92,
602–3 and 604–5; and Sup., qq. 82–85 (Leonine ed.) pp. 187–200.
23. In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 9, Opera, vol. 21, p. 51. Question 5 De potentia Dei,
art. 10, also rejects the idea (which he here calls Platonic) of body as a garment or
tool, because it implies something added on; see Quaestiones disputatae de potentia,
in Aquinas, Opera omnia (Parma 1853–73 ed. with new intro, by V. J. Bourke), vol.
8 (New York: Musurgia, 1949), pp. 120–22, esp. p. 121 col. 2, and On the Power of
God (Quaestiones disputatae de potentia Dei), vol. 2 (qq. 4–6), trans. the Dominican
Fathers (London: Burns, Oates, and Washbourne, 1933), p. 147. In Summa theologiae,
[hereafter ST], ed. Blackfriars (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1964–81) 3a, quaestio 25,
art. 6, vol. 50, pp. 202–5, treating relics, Aquinas does use the garment image from
Augustine’s City of God; he also uses the image of body as temple or dwelling place.
But it is important to note that he says (agreeing with Augustine) that body is “more
important to us” than a treasured garment. We should also note that the context
is discussion of the cadaver (which to Aquinas—as we shall see—is not really the
body). In his commentary on Job (see n. 16 above), Aquinas uses the idea of body as
garment or covering in explaining 19.23–29 but seems specifically to mean that we
will receive back flesh to cover bone.
24. In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 6, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 21, pp. 43–44.
236 the decades around 1300
the body with the soul is secundum naturam (because man is body and
soul); uniting soul and body inseparably so that the incorruptible comes
from the corruptible is supra naturam.29 Thus Job 14.7, which com-
pares resurrection to the germination of a tree, 1 Corinthians 15.37,
which compares it to a sprouting seed, and Exodus 7, which tells of the
birth of serpents from rods, certainly show the power of nature, which
can produce life even from slime and decay. But they are not good anal-
ogies for resurrection.30 Although Bonaventure goes further than most
other thirteenth-century thinkers in locating yearning not only in soul
but even in the particles of dust to which we decay, he does not make
the fulfilling of such yearning a natural process: “such is the human
body that it cannot be organized naturally unless both seed and womb
[vas suscipiens, scilicet matrix] are present.”31 Bonaventure’s analogy
for yearning toward completion and incorruption is, as we shall see, not
biological but psychological: the love (amor) of a man for a woman.32
Some of Thomas’ contemporaries or disciples, who were more inter-
ested than he in biological change for its own sake, found additional
problems with the seed metaphor. Albert the Great (d. 1280) not only
pointed out (citing Aristotle’s On Generation) that it raised the ques-
tion of numerical identity; he also commented that a seed does not die
but rather lives and germinates. So the fructifying seed signifies neither
death (“the corruption of the life of the same individual numerically”)
nor resurrection (“the second rising [as Damascene says] of that which
fell”).33 Giles of Rome (d. 1316), who argued that resurrection cannot
be entirely natural,34 rejected the seed metaphor even as an analogy to
29. Bonaventure, Commentary on the Sentences, in Opera omnia, ed. A. C. Pel-
tier, vol. 6 (Paris: Vives, 1866), bk. 4, dist. 43, art. 1, q. 5, pp. 459–62. And see Michael
Schmaus, “Die Unsterblichkeit der Seele und die Auferstehung des Leibes nach
Bonaventura,” L’Homme et son destin d’après les penseurs du moyen âge, Actes du
premier Congrès International de Philosophie Médiévale, 1958 (Louvain and Paris:
Nauwelaerts, 1960), pp. 505–19, esp. p. 512.
30. Sentence Commentary, dist. 43, art. 1, q. 5, pp. 459–62, esp. contra 1 and 5.
31. Ibid., art. 1, q. 5, conclusio, p. 461. For the complexity of Bonaventure’s posi-
tion on yearning in matter, see Schmaus, “Unsterblichkeit nach Bonaventura,” and
below, pp. 249–51. See also Bonaventure, Breviloquium, pt. 7, chap. 5, in Opera
omnia, ed. A. C. Peltier, vol. 7 (Paris: Vives, 1866), pp. 336–38; and in The Works of
Bonaventure, trans. Jose de Vinck, vol. 2: The Breviloquium (Paris: Desclée, and Pat-
terson, N.J.: St. Anthony Guild Press, 1963), pp. 294–98.
32. See n. 62 below, and cf. n. 56.
33. Albert, De resurrectione, ed. Wilhelm Kübel, in Alberti Magni Opera omnia,
ed. Institutum Alberti Magni Coloniense, vol. 26 (Münster: Aschendorff, 1958) trac-
tate 1, qq. 1–2, pp. 237–43, esp. reply to obj. 8, pp. 241–42.
34. Giles of Rome, Quaestiones de resurrectione mortuorum, ed. Kieran Nolan,
in The Immortality of the Soul and the Resurrection of the Body According to Giles
of Rome: A Historical Study of a Thirteenth-Century Theological Problem (Rome:
Studium Theologicum “Augustinianum,” 1967), pp. 69–75, 90–96, 105–13, 124–30,
238 the decades around 1300
see esp. q. 2, p. 92, lines 82–84. And see Nolan’s discussion in ibid., pp. 65–141 pas-
sim. Giles thinks the Aristotelian position on identity makes it impossible for resur-
rection to be natural; uniting soul with body in resurrection cannot be the same as
uniting soul with body in the womb.
Giles of Rome’s Sentence commentary never reached bk. 4; the Quaestiones
edited by Nolan are therefore his major statement on resurrection. Giles’s position
on identity clearly foreshadowed Durand’s but did not go all the way to it; see Nolan,
Giles, pp. 88 and 120, and Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 234–36.
35. M. Anthony Hewson, Giles of Rome and the Medieval Theory of Concep-
tion: A Study of the De formatione corporis humani in utero (London: University of
London, Athlone Press, 1975), p. 73.
36. As we shall see, the notion of an internal principle (even one with a certain
dynamism) was not rejected; to some Franciscan thinkers, it was crucial. What was
threatening clearly was the idea that the body of heaven might not be fully integral,
possessing all the details and particularities of the earthly body.
37. Albert the Great, for example, argued that the statue analogy is about integrity
not matter. If it is useful, it is useful because it emphasizes that all members return.
It does not mean that all matter must return and go to the same place it occupied
at death. See Albert, De resurrectione, ed. Kübel, tractate 1, q. 6, art. 11, p. 257. And
see Aquinas, Sup., q. 79, art. 2, obj. 4 and reply to obj. 4 (Leonine ed.), pp. 179–80.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 239
a waterskin but the skin remains; similarly the soul and form of man
remain the same although his flesh secundum materiam waxes and
wanes (fluit et refluit).38 As Aquinas says, a city remains a city even if
the population turns over through birth, death, and migration;39 a fire
remains a fire if one keeps feeding it logs, even if all the logs are con-
sumed.40 It does not remain the same city if it is razed or the same fire
if it is allowed to go out and is then relit.
Such analogies, in which internal structure or external container
remains and contents change, suggest that the case of the statue is
exactly backward;41 the reforged statue is the same material but not
the same structure or container.42 Thus Aquinas says in his Sentence
commentary that a remade statue is in a certain sense not the same
even if it is recast from the same brass, because it has a second form,
not the original one.43 Fifty years later, John Quidort of Paris made use
of these Aristotelian distinctions to argue:
In other words, to John, both Augustine’s statue and Ezekiel’s dry bones
are useful analogies to resurrection only if they refer to structure and
integrity, not to material continuity.45
Franciscan thinkers such as Bonaventure, Richard of Middleton, and
Peter of Trabes do not assert a formal principle of identity; they are
therefore more comfortable with the image of the statue, to which they
assimilate the image of the rebuilt ark (which is, in fact, Tertullian’s
ship). They use it, as the Lombard did, to suggest both material continu-
ity and integrity (or continuity of structure).46 Bonaventure comments:
“If an ark dissolves and is remade from the same planks according to
the same order, we do not say it is another ark but the same.”47 In the
case of human death, soul and body are separated from each other, and
body is “incinerated” into “dust”; but God “like a good craftsman” col-
lects the ashes and unites them into idem corpus—idem because it has
the same perfectio (that is, integrity) as before.48
Bonaventure clearly worries, however, that this is not a sufficient
solution. If we follow his reasoning closely, we see that he proceeds
to analyze the analogy out of existence. “Corruption is of two types,”
he argues. One is dissolution into particles; the other is destruction of
form. Body appears to undergo both; its form (which, for Bonaventure,
is not the soul) seems to dissolve in the grave, and new forms emerge
in the decaying cadaver.
45. Aquinas agreed. But at least in the relatively early position of his Sentence
commentary (see n. 43 above), he assumed that we, like the statue, will in fact be
made again of the same dust—although matter does not account for identity. Indeed,
he even considered it probable (although not necessary) that the dust will return to
the part (that is, the organ or structure) from which it came.
46. See Bonaventure, Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 43, q. 4, conclusio, p. 457,
and Weber, Auferstehung, p. 245. Tertullian used the ship analogy to assert integrity,
not material continuity, although he assumed material continuity in other places.
See above chapter 1 at n. 63.
47. Aquinas would not disagree; see above, n. 43.
48. Bonaventure, Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 44, dub. 4, p. 475. Bonaven-
ture asserts clearly that, “if a statue has a soul,” then it is the same statue because
its matter and final form are the same, if not its intermediate forms. The position
comes fairly close to a formal principle of identity; Bonaventure even says here “the
whole reason of personhood comes from soul.” But he goes on to say that if the flesh
(which is an intermediate form) must be the same, it is beyond nature to restore this;
hence it is the same statue only supra naturam.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 241
corrupted into others and the corrupted forms thus mixed; therefore
it is necessary that it become other elements numerically and other
flesh. . . . But resurrection must be the same numerically or it is not
resurrection.49
We see here vestiges of the old fear of decay and fertility that twelfth-
century thinkers such as Hugh and Peter Lombard dealt with by assert-
ing some sort of unchanging caro radicalis or perduring particles of
matter—by denying, that is, that human flesh truly grows and decays
in life or in the tomb. Bonaventure, however, good Aristotelian that he
is, accepts the reality of flux.50 Thus he solves the problem of identity,
first, by asserting divine power: the same form can be restored after
corruption per virtutem divinam although not per naturam.51 Second,
he develops the Augustinian notion of seminal reasons to suggest that
the form of the body is latent in some way in the particles. Nature can-
not draw it out, for nature acts by flowing in or imparting (influendo,
impertiendo), but God can reform—draw out of the particles—the iden-
tical form that existed before.52
The solution is an ingenious if incoherent one—and it bears some
similarities to the way in which Origen hundreds of years earlier coped
with the need to admit flux (although the internal dynamic pattern it
implies is teleological and determined, not open-ended, and the role of
divine action is much more carefully delineated). What is clear, how-
ever, is that Bonaventure (almost as effectively as Albert and Thomas)
has undercut any notion that the resurrection body is a rebuilt ark or
statue although its structure and matter may be the same. Reassem-
bling bits of matter after destruction is no longer a useful analogy for
explaining the process of resurrection. If the resurrection of the body
involves bringing particles together, the particles are not, to Bonaven-
ture, bits of inert stuff; they are dynamic—pregnant with something
akin to feeling.
In general, therefore, images of the resurrection body as re-born,
regurgitated, or reassembled fell out of thirteenth-century discussion.
Images of body itself as a prison or house, stole or garment also became
unimportant, although images of beauty or glory as a garment or gift
or endowment added to body became, as we have seen, very common.
49. Bonaventure, Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 43, q. 4, conclusio, p. 457.
50. Ibid., q. 4, contra, p. 456. I accept the position of Van Steenberghen, Aristotle
in the West, that Bonaventure made full use of Aristotelian concepts.
51. Bonaventure, Sentence commentary, q. 4, conclusio, p. 457.
52. Ibid., pp. 457–58.
242 the decades around 1300
53. For the analogy in Richard Fishacre and Albert the Great, see Kübel, “Aufer-
stehung nach Albertus Magnus,” esp. pp. 300–2 and n. 153. For Giles of Rome, see
Nolan, Giles, pp. 130–31; for Godfrey of Fontaines, see John F. Wippel, The Meta-
physical Thought of Godfrey of Fontaines: A Study in Late Thirteenth-Century
Philosophy (Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America, 1981), p. 365; on
Augustinus Triumphus, William of Ware, and Eustace of Arras, see Weber, Auferste-
hung, pp. 257–370.
54. Weber, Auferstehung, p. 213 n. 235.
55. Richard, Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 43, art. 5, q. 1, cited in Weber,
Auferstehung, p. 304 n. 197: “propter naturale desiderium resumendi corpora sua
efficacius orent pro nobis.”
56. On John Quidort, see Quaestio on the Sentences, bk. 4, dist. 49, ed. by Weber,
Auferstehung, pp. 378–83; and see Weber’s discussion, p. 239. John rejects the anal-
ogy to love of a woman, because he says it makes resurrection natural; he asserts
explicitly:
Anima separata non habet maiorem inclinationem ad hanc materiam quam
ad aliam. Anima enim non appetit corpus nisi ut perificiatur in specie
humana. . . . Sed aliqui dicunt, quod ante infusionem bene indifferens erat, sed
per colligantiam factam iam tollitur indifferentia, sicut ponunt exemplum:
Video tres mulieres. . . . Sed certe si istud esset verum . . . concludo necessa-
rio resurrectionem esse naturalem. . . . Ita dico, quod anima ante infusionem
indifferens est ad hoc et illud corpus, sed per opus divinum introducitur in
isto, et iterum separetur anima, non poterit dici, quod propter hoc quod fue-
rit colligata cum illo corpore, naturaliter inclinetur ad illud et non ad aliud,
immo ratione suae indifferentiae numquam unietur corpori pernaturam, sed
solum per virtutem divinam. (Quaestio on dist. 49, in ibid., pp. 379–80.)
On whether John has any notion of material continuity, see Franz Pelster, “Ein
anonymer Traktat des Johannes v. Paris O.P. über das Formenproblem in Cod. Vat.
lat. 862,” Divus Thomas 24 (1946): 26–27; and my Fragmentation and Redemption,
p. 262.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 243
For the rational soul, because it is soul, differs from an angel . . . and
has an inclination [inclinationem] toward the body; because it is
57. Sup., q. 80, art. 1, respondeo (Leonine ed.), p. 181; and trans. English Domini-
cans, vol. 3, p. 2894. See also Sup., q. 85, art. 1, reply obj. 4 (Leonine ed.), pp. 198–99
(where Aquinas also speaks at length of Gregory the Great’s image of the glorified
body as gold and crystal); Sup., q. 92, art. 2, reply obj. 6 (Leonine ed.), p. 222; and SCG,
bk. 4, chap. 86, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, pp. 604–5.
58. Henry, Quodlibet 6, q. 5, cited in Weber, Auferstehung, p. 206 n. 201. Godfrey
of Fontaines argues slightly differently but to a similar conclusion. A part enjoys a
more perfect being when it exists within its whole, he says (Quodlibet 9, q. 8). The
separated soul retains an inclination or appetite for the body; it is not a full suppositum
because this inclination is not fulfilled. Therefore, separated soul does not have full
blessedness, not because it lacks body but because it lacks the personhood it cannot
have without body (Quodlibet 2, q. 1). See Wippel, Godfrey of Fontaines, pp. 246–48.
59. Sup., q. 92, art. 2, reply obj. 6 (Leonine ed,), p. 222; trans. English Dominicans,
vol. 3, p. 2965; see also ibid., q. 85, art. 1 (Leonine ed.) pp. 198–99.
60. Sup., q. 80, art. 1 (Leonine ed.), p. 181; trans. English Dominicans, p. 2894; see
also SCG, bk. 4, chaps. 86–88, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, pp. 604–6.
61. See Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 223–25, for Henry of Ghent and Richard of Mid-
dleton, who have a sense that matter retains some kind of special potential to be a
particular body.
244 the decades around 1300
rational [its inclination is] toward the human body . . . and it inclines
toward one more than another because of the conjoining it had to it
[before]. An example is this: if someone wants to marry [contrahere]
two virgins equal in beauty and goodness and all other conditions,
the choice would be indifferent. But if he is united to one—and it is
through love [ex amore]—then he will not want another even more
beautiful. . . . Thus the soul is united with love [affectus] to the
substance of the flesh which first it vivified, because it is not com-
pletely satisfied unless it is joined to her wherever she may have
been hiding. And so it appears that the soul has an orientation and
desire [orientationem et appetitum] through which it is ordained
[ordinatur] to this body, however much it might be conformed to
others. But the body [too] has an orientation [ordinationem] by rea-
son of divine providence. What however it might have through some
other orientation that is of and in itself, coming from that out of
which it was dissolved, I do not dare assert, because neither reason
nor authority nor faith compels a position. But because this could
be what God gives, I do not obstinately deny it. . . . For whether or
not there is a yearning in the dust [in pulveribus appetitus] even if
it is dissolved into the tiniest particles, something [aliquid] however
does not perish which has respect to the resurrection. . . . But into
whatever dust or ashes it is turned, . . . into the substance of what-
ever other bodies, or into the elements, or into whatever food, it will
return, at that [last] moment of time, to the soul which animated
it at first.62
62. Bonaventure, Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 43, q. 5, conclusio, p. 462. For
Giles of Rome, see Nolan, Giles, pp. 130–36.
63. See Kübel, “Auferstehung nach Albertus Magnus,” p. 302 n. 153, citing Rich-
ard Fishacre, Cod. Oxford Balliol 57, fol. 337ra.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 245
In such discussion, not only body but also desire is fraught with
remarkable ambivalence.64 Desire is love, expression, a creative spill-
ing over [abundantia] from soul into body. It is surely no accident that
the word chosen for the impact of soul on body is dos, the marriage gift
from bridegroom to bride.65 But desire is also a retardatio—a downward
pull—that keeps the soul from heaven.66 Hence resurrection should
bring quies or satietas—a stilling of desire that corresponds to the ces-
sation of heavenly motion that will come with the final trumpet.
Such ambivalence rings, for example, through the short treatise on
the resurrection written by Augustinus Triumphus of Ancona in the
early fourteenth century.67 There are, says Augustinus, five reasons (or
arguments) for resurrection: the first is the argument from desire (that
is, that our appetite and need for blessedness must be filled); the second
is from Christ’s merits; the third from the integrity of human nature, to
which body pertains; the fourth is from punishment and reward (that
is, that they are owed to body as well as soul); the fifth from divine
justice, which will reward its saints. In explaining his third argument,
Augustinus treats the problem of identity:
the glorified body.71 With Albert and Thomas, the issue of identity,
implicit in earlier discussion but given new urgency by the adoption of
Aristotelian definitions of change, came increasingly to be the crucial
philosophical question raised in quodlibetal debates.
In one sense therefore the shift in metaphor simply recapitulates the
story of a shift in philosophy familiar to us all from the work of the
great French and German historians of scholasticism. The new sophis-
tication with which the Pauline seed was treated stemmed from the
complexity of the debate over “nature” and from the fascination felt by
thinkers such as Thomas of Cantimpré, Roger Bacon, Albert, and Giles
of Rome with biological phenomena for their own sake.72 The rejection
or reformulation of Tertullian’s ship and Augustine’s statue arose from
the struggle over definitions of identity. The new metaphors of over-
flow, of endowment, of ordinatio and desire, reflected the retention and
elaboration of Augustinian understandings of self and world. It will now
be necessary to treat some of these developments in greater detail, with
more attention to the positions of individual thinkers. I do so, however,
not merely to retell the story of thirteenth-century philosophy and the-
ology, but also to suggest that there is a wider context for the shift in
metaphors. For in another sense the story of eschatological debates and
images around 1300 is not so much a story of scholasticism as of pious
behavior and belief. Growing enthusiasm for the practice of fragmenting
the cadaver, development of the doctrine of purgatory and the tales it
spawned of otherworld journeys and visions, elaboration of a rhetoric of
desire in devotional and mystical literature—these too were the back-
ground to the late thirteenth-century understanding of body and resur-
rection. They prepared the way for what was, from one point of view,
an eclipsing of body by soul but was, from another, the emergence of an
eschatology in which body and soul truly became the person.
1961); Joseph Ratzinger, The Theology of History in St. Bonaventure, trans. Z. Hayes
(Chicago: Franciscan Herald Press, 1971); and S. Bonaventura, 1274–1974, vol. 4:
Theologia (Grottaferrata: Collegio S. Bonaventura, 1974). On Bonaventure’s eschatol-
ogy, see E. Randolph Daniel, “St. Bonaventure: Defender of Franciscan Eschatology,”
in ibid., pp. 793–806, and esp. Schmaus, “Unsterblichkeit nach Bonaventura.”
74. Some might argue, of course, that Thomas’s conception of body is more posi-
tive (see Greshake, pt. 2, chap. 1, section 2, in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio
mortuorum, pp. 216–39); it depends on whether one sees body as absorbed into soul
in Thomistic metaphysics. For the continuation of Bonaventure’s sense of Augustin-
ian desire in later thinkers such as Eustace of Arras, see Weber, Auferstehung, pp.
220–38 and passim.
75. See Schmaus, “Unsterblichkeit nach Bonaventure”; and Gilson, History of
Christian Philosophy in the Middle Ages, pp. 331ff.
76. Bonaventure, Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 45, dub. 1, p. 507; ibid., dist.
49, pt. 2, art. 1, sectio 1, q. 1, p. 579; ibid., dist. 43, art. 1, q. 1, p. 451.
77. See Schmaus, “Unsterblichkeit nach Bonaventure,” pp. 512–15. He comments
that Bonaventure thinks there can be a desire built into nature that is not filled
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 249
naturally. See also Bonaventure’s First Sermon on the Assumption, which argues
that Mary’s happiness would not be complete unless she were bodily assumed into
heaven. “The person is not the soul; it is a composite. Thus it is established that she
must be there [in heaven] as a composite, that is, of soul and body; otherwise she
would not be in perfect joy” (Sermon De assumptione B. Virginis Mariae 1, sect. 2,
in S. Bonaventurae Opera omnia, ed. Collegium S. Bonaventurae, vol. 9 [Quarrachi:
Collegium S. Bonaventurae, 1901], p. 690).
78. Schmaus, “Unsterblichkeit nach Bonaventure,” p. 515.
79. Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 43, art. 1, q. 5, conclusio, p. 461. But see
also ibid., dist. 44, pt. 1, art. 2, q. 1, conclusio, pp. 479–81, where he speaks of a dispo-
sitio or ordinatio of flesh secundum speciem toward the soul that vivified it before.
80. Breviloquium, pt. 7, chap. 5, par. 5, ed. Peltier, pp. 336–38, and trans. de Vinck,
pp. 296–98; and chap. 7, par. 4, ed. Peltier, pp. 340–41, and trans. de Vinck, p. 305.
81. Ibid., pt. 7, chap. 5, par. 2, p. 295. On the unimportance of a communal element
in this period, see Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, p. 236 n.
220. See Aquinas, Commentary on St. Paul’s Epistle to the Ephesians, chap. 4, lectio 4,
trans. Matthew Lamb (Albany, N. Y.: Magi Books, 1966), pp. 162–67, for another example.
250 the decades around 1300
Yet, as this passage suggests, the yearning or love the soul feels
toward the body is not merely a retarding or dulling of its capacity for
heaven. Desire is not merely an impediment. It is also a manifestation
82. Sentence commentary, dist. 49, pt. 1, art. 1, q. 3, p. 573, and pt. 2, art. 1, sect.
1, q. 2, p. 581.
83. Ibid., pp. 451 and 579.
84. Ibid., d. 44, pt. 2, art. 3, q. 2, p. 501; d. 48, art 2, q. 2, pp. 561–62.
85. Ibid., dist. 49, pt. 1, art. 1, q. 3, p. 573.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 251
These phrases surely suggest that blessedness is not the cessation but
the expression of desire, that love moves and seeks even in heaven,
that body can be the probe, the taster, the instrument of heavenly
experience.89
Such assumptions about body and emotionality are reflected in the
astonishing passage of the Breviloquium devoted to the crucifixion.90
There Bonaventure suggests (and the idea is not original with him) that
the more perfect a body is, the more fully it experiences.91 Because
Christ’s body was untainted by sin, unhampered by weakness, it suf-
fered “in every part . . . and in every power of his soul.” “As his body
was in perfect health and his senses thus to the highest degree alive,
as his soul burned with perfect love for God and supreme concern
for neighbor, his anguish in both body and soul was immeasurable.”
Bonaventure does not, of course, hold that Christ’s divinity suffered
or that suffering is blessedness; rising from the dead, Christ assumes
86. The subject of blessedness is, says Bonaventure, the human being (homo);
blessedness—joy in the good—is in the soul by inherence (per inhaerentiam), in the
body by overflow (per redundantiam). As Augustine says, blessedness is not of bod-
ies, but it flows over from souls into bodies. Ibid., p. 572.
87. He also uses this passage at the end of the Soliloquium and at the end of the
Perfection of Life; see p. 311 n. 39 of de Vinck’s translation of the Breviloquium.
88. Breviloquium, pt. 7, chap. 7, par. 7, ed. Peltier, p. 342, and trans. de Vinck,
pp. 308–9.
89. On the senses in heaven, see nn. 98 and 99 below.
90. Breviloquium, pt. 4, chap. 9, ed. Peltier, pp. 292–94, and trans. de Vinck, p. 172.
91. The idea is also found in the Ancrene Wisse, pts. 2 and 7; see The Ancrene
Riwle (The Corpus MS.: Ancrene Wisse), trans. M. B. Salu (Notre Dame: University
of Notre Dame Press, 1956), pp. 49–51 and 173; see below, chapter 8 at n. 54.
252 the decades around 1300
“the same body he had quickened before . . . but what was subject to
pain and death rises impassible and immortal to live forever.”92 None-
theless, the odd contradiction remains—the suggestion that Christ’s
capacity to experience pain more deeply than we do lay exactly in the
closeness of his earthly body to glory (and not merely, as some theolo-
gians held, in a miracle that blocked the impact of glory).93
Bonaventure’s detailed discussions (which are commonplace by the
1250s) of the dowries of agilitas and subtilitas further underline the
inconsistency at the heart of his conception of both body and desire.94
If soul expresses in the glorified body a quies that is the cessation of all
yearning, a stasis that is the psychological reflection of the stillness of
the spheres once the world of generation and corruption has ended—
why is the body in heaven gifted with motion?95 The inconsistency
becomes acute and explicit when Bonaventure considers the beatific
vision. This visio Dei can, he says, come as soon as the good soul sepa-
rates from body; it need not wait—as Bernard suggested it should—
until the resurrection. Yet if the separated soul in possession of the
beatific vision still yearns for body, that soul has hope for something
it does not possess. There cannot however, says Bonaventure, be hope
(which is a recognition of incompleteness) where there is completion.96
There cannot be any need or lack where there is possession of God. The
contradiction persists.
Thus, Bonaventure is led finally to ask whether there is greater joy
after the resurrection. He answers: “we must say ‘yes.’” For (as Peter
Lombard said, drawing on Augustine):
92. Breviloquium, pt. 4, chap. 10, par. 1, ed. Peltier, p. 294, and trans. De Vinck,
p. 174.
93. See Aquinas, ST 3a, q. 14, art. 1, obj. 2 and reply to obj. 2, vol. 49, pp. 170–77,
where he says that glory flows over into the martyrs’ bodies and blocks their pain.
(This idea had been around, as we have seen, since Tertullian.) See also ST 3a, q. 15,
art. 5, obj. 3 and reply to obj. 3, vol. 49, pp. 204–07, and ibid., q. 54, vol. 55, pp. 18–35.
Aquinas argues that in the case of Christ God blocks the blockage, in order to permit
him to suffer the agony of the Passion. Otherwise Christ’s body, in possession of the
visio Dei because of his divinity, would constantly manifest both the transfiguration
and the anesthesia of glory.
94. Bonaventure assumes that 1 Corinthians 15.42–44 is a “summary” of the
dowries and the defects they remove. Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 49, pt. 2,
art. 2, sect. 2, q. 1, p. 583.
95. Bonaventure explains that animals and plants, which have birth from and
roots in matter, are not suited for eternal life and will not be renewed. The heavens
however, which are “disposed to incorruption,” will be renewed in glory. Sentence
commentary, bk. 4, dist. 48, art. 2, q. 4, pp. 564–65.
96. See Schmaus, “Unsterblichkeit nach Bonaventure,” p. 512.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 253
there is no doubt that the human mind, . . . having shed its flesh
after death, is not able to see the incommutable substance, that is
God, as the holy angels see it, either from some more hidden cause
or because there is present in it a certain natural desire to adminis-
ter the body [appetitus corpus administrandi], by which desire it is
retarded [retardatur] so that it does not continue uninterruptedly to
the highest heaven until that desire is stilled [conquiescat]. For . . .
the body is . . . a burden. . . . [But] when it receives not an animal but
a spiritual body . . ., it will have the perfect expression [modum] of its
nature, . . . with such ineffable ease that what was to it a prison will
be to it a glory.97
97. Sentence commentary, dist. 49, pt. 2, p. 578, expositio of the text of Peter
Lombard, Sentences, bk. 4, d. 49, chap. 4, art. 3, vol. 2, p. 553, which in turn quotes
Augustine, Literal Commentary on Genesis, bk. 12, chap. 35, PL 34, col. 483. See
above chapter 3, n. 51. Bonaventure adds id est, Deum after incommutabilem sub-
stantiam in the Lombard’s text.
98. Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 49, pt. 2, art. 1, sect. 1, q. 1, p. 579. Bonaven-
ture goes on to argue (sect. 3, qq. 1–2, pp. 584–89) that only the senses of sight and
touch (and possibly hearing) will be in act in heaven. For we are sure that the media
of seeing (light) and touching (the subjoined flesh) are present in heaven, but not of
the other senses.
99. Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 49, pt. 2, art. 2, sect. 4, q. 2, p. 599: “Quon-
iam igitur corpus gloriosum totam suae existentiae, et nobilitatis, et stabilitatis ratio-
nem trahit ab anima, ideo inclinatio ejus est ad animam, non ad aliquid extra. . . .
Unde agilitas non inclinat ad aliquem locum determinatum . . . sed est promptitudo,
ut corpus moveatur in omnem locum ad quem vult movere anima.”
100. Sentence commentary, dist. 49, pt. 2, art. 2, sects. 2–4, pp. 591–99.
254 the decades around 1300
101. Bonaventure is careful to preserve the role of God in the bestowing of glory.
Joy does not merely spill over from soul into body; God prepares and disposes.
Indeed, Bonaventure’s doctrine of the plurality of forms seems relevant here, for he
holds that the forma corporeitatis prepares body for the flowing over of glory; ibid.,
art. 1, sect. 2, q. 2, pp. 580–81, and Weber, Auferstehung, p. 314ff.
102. Sentence commentary, bk. 4, dist. 49, pt. 2, art. 2, sect. 2, q. 1, p. 592.
103. Ibid.
104. Ibid., dist. 44, pt. 1, art. 3, qq. 1–2. pp. 482–85.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 255
105. Ibid., dist. 44, pt. 1, dub. 2, p. 473. For the same position in Richard of
Middleton, see Hewson, Giles of Rome and Conception, p. 46. Prudence Allen sees
the rise of Aristotle as a victory for sexism but argues that medieval teaching on
the resurrection of the body, with its assertion that human beings rise in two sexes,
undercuts the negative Aristotelian position (The Concept of Woman: The Aristote-
lian Revolution, 750 B.C.–A.D. 1250 [Montreal and London: Eden Press, 1985]). As
my discussion in chapter 2 above suggests, the commitment to resurrection in two
sexes was established long before the thirteenth century and does not have much to
do with Aristotle.
106. Sentence commentary, dist. 49, pt. 1, art. 1, q. 6, p. 577.
107. Breviloquium, pt. 7, chap. 7, par. 4, ed. Peltier, p. 341, and trans. de Vinck, p.
306. And see Sentence commentary, dist. 49, pt. 2, art. 1, sect. 2, q. 2, p. 584.
108. I should point out that thirteenth-century thinkers such as Bonaventure and
Thomas were only beginning to make steps toward distinguishing individuality from
numerical difference—i.e., distinguishing what we moderns mean by individuality
(individual distinctiveness) from the fact that there is more than one instance of
something. In general, medieval philosophy moved (although slowly) from a concern
with individuation (what accounts for the occurrence of more than one instance of
a universal?) to a concern with the individual (what is the ontological status of the
distinctiveness of cases?). But neither question was explored primarily within escha-
tology. See Jorge J. E. Gracia, Introduction to the Problem of Individuation in the
Early Middle Ages (Munich and Washington, D.C.: Philosophia Verlag and Catholic
University of America Press, 1984), esp. pp. 255–78. It is clear, however, that by the
later thirteenth century there was no “person” without body. It is also clear that
some distinctive characteristics that to us moderns would be “individuality” (such as
height, weight, sex, appearance, etc.) were associated with body (whether as expres-
sion of the substantial form soul, as included in forma corporis or corporeitatis, or
256 the decades around 1300
as accidental forms) and were thought to return in resurrection. But nothing that
was understood as a defect would return in the blessed. For example, persons would
rise male or female but not hermaphroditic (see below, n. 143). Medieval thinkers
apparently wanted to preserve identifiability in heaven (see n. 102 above). But it is
clear that they saw many fewer differentiating characteristics as ultimately worth
preserving than would modem people.
109. See Daniel A. Callus, “The Problem of the Plurality of Forms in the Thir-
teenth Century: The Thomist Innovation,” in L’Homme et son destin, pp. 577–
85; Gilson, History of Christian Philosophy in the Middle Ages, pp. 416–20; and
Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, p. 225ff.
110. See Heinzmann, Unsterblichkeit. See also Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 123ff.;
Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, pp. 217ff.; and chapter
3, n. 59 above.
111. Giles’s basic work on resurrection is the Quaestiones edited by Nolan; see
above, n. 34. Albert treated resurrection in his Sentence commentary from the mid-
1240s and in a treatise De resurrectione (composed prior to 1246), which was proba-
bly intended as a conclusion to his Summa de creaturis. For the complex problems of
the relationship of the De resurrectione to the De creaturis, see A. Ohlmeyer, “Zwei
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 257
material world and maintained that there is a single form in man.112 Body
thus became matter to the soul, its form; death became the severing of
the metaphysical components of the subsisting individual homo; resur-
rection was guaranteed not by the desire of soul for its partner but by the
necessity for ontological completeness. Soul was understood to be able
to subsist without body (because it is a “substantial form”), but in that
subsistence soul is by definition incomplete: a form should inform mat-
ter.113 Thus body must rise in order to provide matter to form; until the
resurrection “I” am not truly “I.”114 Or, to put it another way, “There is
no act of man [homo] in which body does not take part,” because soul
alone is not man.115 Giles of Rome pointed out in a quodlibetal ques-
tion: “The vulgar say [that Peter is in Paradise]. We can however verify
neue Teile der Summa de creaturis Alberts des Grossen,” Recherches de théologie
ancienne et médiévale 4 (1932): 392–400; O. Lottin, “Commentaire des Sentences
et Somme théologique d’Albert le Grand,” in Recherches de théologie ancienne et
médiévale 8 (1936), pp. 117–53; F. M. Henquinet, “Vingt-deux Questions inédites
d’Albert le Grand dans un manuscrit à l’usage de S. Thomas d’Aquin,” The New
Scholasticism 9 (1935): 283–329; and Kübel, “Auferstehung nach Albertus Magnus.”
On Albert generally, see Albertus Magnus, Doctor Universalis, 1280–1980, ed. G.
Meyer and A. Zimmermann (Mainz: Matthias Grünewald, 1980).
112. Albert said: “quia error pessimus est dicere unius subiecti plures esse sub-
stantias, cum illae substantiae non possunt esse nisi formae” (Callus, “Plurality of
Forms,” p. 580 n. 12).
113. This, of course, implied problems for the immortality of the soul, which
Aquinas solved by holding that soul is both the form of body and a subsisting immor-
tal spirit; it is a form that has and bestows substantiality. See Greshake in Greshake
and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum (p. 225) who points out that this is not a fully
Aristotelian conception of form because, to Aristotle, form cannot subsist without
matter. For an excellent brief statement of Aquinas’s position that differs some-
what from my own in emphasis, see Brian Davies, The Thought of Thomas Aquinas
(Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1992), pp. 207–20.
114. Aquinas, In I Cor., chap. 15, lectio 2, Opera, vol. 21, p. 34: “anima autem,
cum sit pars corporis homini, non est totus homo, et anima mea non est ego; unde,
licet anima consequatur salutem in alia vita, non tamen ego vel quilibet homo.”
See also ST 1a, q. 75, art. 4, reply obj. 2, which argues that the soul is no more the
person than a hand or foot is the person; vol. 11, pp. 20–21: “non quaelibet substantia
particularis est hypostasis vel persona, sed quae habet completam naturam speciei.
Unde manus vel pes non potest dici hypostasis vel persona, et similiter nec anima,
cum sit pars speciei humanae.” In general, see Theodor Schneider, Die Einheit des
Menschen: Die anthropologische Formel anima forma corporis im sogenannten Kor-
rektorienstreit und bei Petrus Johannis Olivi: Ein Beitrag . . . , BGPTM: Texte und
Untersuchungen, n.F. 8 (Münster: Aschendorff, 1973); and H. Seidl,” “Zur Leib-Seele-
Einheit des Menschen bei Thomas von Aquin,” Theologie und Philosophie 49 (1974):
548–53.
115. Aquinas, Quodlibet VII, q. 5, art. 11, ad 3, in Quaestiones quolibeticas,
in Opera omnia (Parma 1852–1873 ed. with intro, by Bourke), vol. 9 (New York:
Musurgia, 1949), p. 561: “nec tamen est verum quod aliquis actus sit hominis in
vita praesenti in quo corpus non communicet.” And see Greshake in Greshake and
Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, pp. 227–28.
258 the decades around 1300
There are those who assert that we will rise with celestial bodies,
but Job excludes this when he says: “And my skin will surround me
again.” . . . For in this way of speaking he gives the reason of the
resurrection, that the soul not remain denuded forever of its proper
clothing. And there are others who say that the soul will resume the
same body it laid down but according to the same condition—that is,
that it will long for food and drink and will carry out the other works
of this life. But this is excluded by the words “yet in my flesh I shall
see God.” For it is clear that the flesh of man according to the state of
the present life is corruptible, as Wisdom 9.15 says: “The corruptible
body weighs down the soul.” So no one living in this mortal flesh can
see God. But the flesh the soul resumes in resurrection will be the
same in substance and will through divine gift have no corruption, as
the Apostle says in 1 Corinthians 15.53. In this condition it cannot
impede soul. . . . And so Porphyry was ignorant when he said that the
soul is blessed when it is in flight from all body. Because [if this were
so] then it would be the soul and not the human being [homo] that
would see God. But the passage says: “whom I myself shall see.” It
does not say “my soul”; it says “I.” And “I” subsists from soul and
body. . . . Because the repaired human being, the same in number
[idem numero] not merely in species, is the one who sees God, [Job]
adds “and no other,” which means no other numerically. Thus we do
not expect the kind of repairing of life Aristotle refers to in book 2 of
On Generation, saying that if the substance of things is corruptible
then what is repeated is the same in species not in number.
These things being said concerning cause, time and means of
resurrection, and the glory and identity of the risen, [Job] adds
“My hope reposes in my breast” to show that this hope is held not
in words only but hidden in the heart.117
116. Giles, Quodlibet 4, q. 4, fol. 47va; cited in Nolan, Giles, p. 60 n. 49.
117. Aquinas, Expositiones in Job, chap. 19, lectio 2, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 18,
pp. 119–20. The use of the metaphor of body as clothing, which is not usual with
Thomas (although the dowries are fairly frequently said to be clothing), is suggested
(Aquinas himself tells us) by verse 20. On this commentary, Chenu remarks (Toward
Understanding St. Thomas, p. 246) that it is devoted to the literal sense and “not as
carved up into subtle distinctions” as are Aquinas’s other biblical commentaries. In
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 259
De potentia Dei Aquinas takes the criticism of Porphyry further, arguing that soul
has more happiness when it repossesses body; see n. 23 above.
118. In addition to the works by Weber, Michel, and Greshake and Kremer, cited
above in n. 10, see Norbert Luyten, “The Significance of the Body in a Thomis-
tic Anthropology,” Philosophy Today 7 (1963): 175–93; Wolfgang Kluxen, “Anima
separata und Personsein bei Thomas von Aquin,” in W. P. Eckert, ed., Thomas
von Aquino: Interpretation und Rezeption: Studien und Texte (Mainz: Matth-
ias Grünewald, 1974), pp. 96–116; Bernardo C. Bazan, “La Corporalité selon saint
Thomas,” Revue philosophique de Louvain 81, 4 ser. 49 (1983): 369–409; J. Giles
Milhaven, “A Medieval Lesson on Bodily Knowing: Women’s Experience and Men’s
Thought,” Journal of the American Academy of Religion 57, no. 2 (1989): 341–72;
and Richard Swinburne, The Evolution of the Soul (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986),
pp. 299–306, esp. n. 9.
119. ST 1a, q. 76, art. 3, vol. 11, pp. 60–61 (my translation). And see Greshake in
Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, p. 227 n. 190.
120. Those who hold this position are aware how closely the living body and the
cadaver resemble each other. They explain this by arguing that the two forms are
indistinguishable to the eye—not a very satisfactory solution. See Wippel, Godfrey
of Fontaines, pp. 218–24.
260 the decades around 1300
if it is the body of Paul it is the body of Paul.121 But God can make the
body of Peter out of dust that was once the body of Paul.122
A number of historians and theologians have recently made much of
the theory of formal identity—including Hermann Weber, whose mag-
isterial study (1973) of thirteenth-century eschatological treatises and
quodlibetal questions must be the basis for all future work, and Gisbert
Greshake, whose theological reinterpretation (1986) of the doctrine of
bodily resurrection draws heavily on Weber’s conclusions. But interest
in the Thomistic solution to the identity problem goes back in this
century to the work of Segarra in the 1920s.123 Indeed, the theory has
received attention ever since the work of Suarez in the seventeenth
century. Suarez argued incorrectly that Durand was the first to artic-
ulate the position, but by so arguing he paved the way for study of
other figures (such as Giles of Rome, Peter of Auvergne, John Quidort
of Paris, and James of Metz) by whom the idea was developed.
What is interesting for my purposes, however, is less the intellectual
breakthrough the theory undoubtedly represents than the nonevent it
turned out to be. Although scholars have fiercely debated how far Aqui-
nas understood and espoused the implications of his own ideas, it is
clear that throughout his career (and not just in his early period, when
he held a kind of predisposition of matter for resurrection) he some-
times spoke in ways that implied material continuity.124 Moreover he
121. Durand of St. Pourçain, In Sententias theologicas Petri Lombardi commen-
tariorum libri quatuor (Lyon: Apud Gasparem, 1556), dist. 44, q. 1, fol. 340v–341r:
“Utrum ad hoc quod idem homo numero resurgat, requiratur quod formetur corpus
eius eisdem pulueribus in quos fuit resolutum.” (The printed edition of the com-
mentary is the third and last redaction, moderate in comparison to earlier ones; see
Gilson, History of Christian Philosophy in the Middle Ages, p. 774 n. 81.)
122. In answer to the question whether the soul of Peter can be in the body of
Paul (which he says is misformulated), Durand argues (In Sententias, dist. 44, q. 1,
paragrs. 4 and 5, fol. 341r): “ . . . quaestio implicat contradictionem: quia corpus Petri
non potest esse nisi compositum ex materia et anima Petri . . . ergo anima Petri non
potest esse in corpore Pauli nec econverso, nisi anima Petri fiat anima Pauli. . . .
Restat ergo quod alio modo formetur quaestio . . .: supposito quod anima Petri fieret
in materia quae fuit in corpore Pauli, utrum esset idem Petrus qui prius erat.” He
concludes (ibid., paragr. 6, fol. 341r): “cuicumque materiae vniatur anima Petri in
resurrectione, ex quo est eadem forma secundum numerum, per consequens erit
idem Petrus secundum numero.”
123. Weber, Auferstehung; Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mor-
tuorum; Francisco Segarra, De identitate corporis mortalis et corporis resurgentis:
Disputatio theologica (Madrid: “Razón y Fe,” 1929). For the argument that Durand’s
originality was overestimated, see Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 217–53 and 76–78, and
Michel, “Résurrection,” cols. 2561–65.
124. In a famous passage of the Summa contra Gentiles, Aquinas appears to pull
back from a purely formal theory and assert the conventional position that peo-
ple do not have to receive all their previous matter in resurrection; God can make
up the difference: SCG, bk. 4, chaps. 80–81, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, pp. 593–96.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 261
129. SCG, bk. 4, chap. 81, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, p. 594: “Corporeitas autem
dupliciter accipi potest: Uno modo secundum quod est forma substantialis corporis,
prout in genere substantiae collocatur; et sic corporeitas cujuscumque corporis nihil est
aliud quam forma substantialis ejus, secundum quam in genere et specie collocatur. . . .
Oportet igitur quod corporeitas, prout est forma substantialis in homine, non sit aliud
quam anima rationalis.” See Bazan, “La Corporalité selon Thomas,” pp. 407–8.
130. Aquinas ST 1a, q. 119, art. 1, vol. 15, pp. 162–73; and Sup., q. 80 (Leonine
ed.), pp. 180–85. Also Albert, De resurrectione, ed. Kübel, tractate 1, q. 6, pp. 248–57,
esp. art. 9, pp. 254–57. And see also Nolan, Giles, pp. 115–23. There is some ques-
tion whether Giles fully understands or espouses the Aristotelian argument about
matter and species.
131. Giles came to unicity only slowly; he wrote his attack on plurality in 1278;
see E. Hocedez, “La condemnation de Gilles de Rome,” Recherches de théologie
ancienne et médiévale 4 (1932): 34–58; Gilson, History of Christian Philosophy in
the Middle Ages, p. 418. After the condemnation of the unicity thesis in the 1280s,
Giles waffled on the question; see esp. his Fifth Quodlibet of 1290. Flewson, Giles of
Rome and Conception, pp. 11–12.
132. Albert, De resurrectione, tract. 1, q. 6, art. 1, solutio, par. 3, p. 249; and Cal-
lus, “Plurality of Forms,” p. 582. Thomas explains that we survive as does the fire
whose logs are replaced while it burns on; Giles compares identity to the waterskin
whose contents empty and fill. See above, nn. 38 and 40.
133. Giles of Rome is especially interested in this; see Nolan, Giles, pp. 42–46.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 263
no core of matter that survives (and ages) while the stuff around it waxes
and wanes and no forma corporeitatis that accounts for what body is
apart from the immortal rational soul, how do we explain the fact that
the body weakens and decays? If it has only one, rational form that
informs potency, why does it not remain in an eternal balance of intake
and excretion?134 And why is resurrection not natural? If a single sub-
stantial form accounts for identity and any stuff is in potency to it, could
not the act by which God regenerates us idem numero at the end of time
be a fully natural actuating of matter by form just as is the ensouling
of the fetus in the womb? The answers are less important than is the
novelty of the questions, generated as they are by understanding matter
as pure potency, identity as lodged in a single form.135 More important
still, however, is the fact that despite such sophisticated analysis all
three authors continue to speak as if God does at the end of time reas-
semble the same bits of dust that constituted the body before.
Albert, Thomas, and Giles devote a good deal of attention (although
less than Peter Lombard had) to the fate of the bits God will reassemble.
All three debate the cannibalism question, detailing exactly where the
matter will go if a father or mother who eats only embryos passes on
to progeny material that is crucial for the constitution of the eaten per-
son.136 Aquinas explains carefully that a relic, although not identical
to the living body of the saint “on account of its difference of form—
viz., the soul, is the same by identity of matter, which is destined to
be reunited to its form.”137 Concentration on the rational soul as self
134. See Nolan, Giles, pp. 50–57, especially the notes, for extensive quotations
from Giles’s Sentence commentary, bk. 2, q. 19. See also Richard of Middleton, De
gradu formarum, “expositio objectorum: rationes theologicae,” and “responsio, in
homine,” in Richard de Mediavilla et la controverse sur la pluralité des forms:
Textes inédits et étude critique, ed. Roberto Zavalloni (Louvain: Études de l’Institut
Supérieur de Philosophie, 1951), pp. 61 and 90–91. Richard, who holds the plurality
of forms, reports arguments against the position.
135. Indeed, in order to answer these questions, the three thinkers have to revert
either to some sense of material continuity as involved in identity or to an Aristote-
lian understanding of form that makes the Thomistic substantial form problematic.
Albert holds that matter has a potential for perfection up to age thirty, after which
it—and we—pass our peak. Giles argues that our regeneration at the end of time is
miraculous because it is the same act as before, whereas according to Aristotelian
analysis of the formation of matter, a second act after an interval of time, even by the
same form, is a second act not an identical one. See Albert, De resurrectione, tract.
2, q. 6, solutio, par. 4, p. 264; and Nolan, Giles, pp. 96–104.
136. See Michael Allyn Taylor, “Human Generation in the Thought of Thomas Aqui-
nas: A Case Study on the Role of Biological Fact in Theological Science” (Ph.D. diss.,
Catholic University of America, 1982); Albert, De resurrectione, tract. 1, q. 6, art. 9,
pp. 254–57; Nolan, Giles, pp. 114–23; and Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 243–44.
137. ST 3a, q. 25, art. 6, vol. 50, pp. 202–5. And see q. 15, art. 10, obj. 3, vol. 49,
pp. 218–19, which says the saints have souls in heaven and (dead) bodies in the tomb.
264 the decades around 1300
should have suggested that what happens in the tomb (and the womb) is
unimportant, but Thomas emphasizes that Christ’s body did not decay
in the grave (nor did it—conceived perfect in form—undergo any devel-
opment in Mary’s womb other than increase in size). Moreover, every
particle of it is now in heaven. Thomas argues that the blood of Christ
displayed in churches comes from abused crucifixes or miraculous
hosts, not from the corpus that hung on the cross.138 Despite implying
that identity is formal, Aquinas thus stresses that Christ and the mar-
tyrs rise materially the same.139
Moreover there are hints in Thomas’s treatment—as in Albert’s—
that matter, if not marked or inclined naturally toward its own soul, is
nonetheless ordained by God for resurrection. Albert assumed that our
present particles carry with them something latent that ordains them to
constitute our body, although he emphasized that they do not guarantee
self or personhood.140 In his Sentence commentary and Supplementum
(the works by which he was best known to thinkers who followed him),
Aquinas also held some sort of ordaining of matter by indeterminate
dimensions—a position that not only suggested material continuity in
resurrection but also some “actuality” in matter by which it individu-
ates form.141 Giles of Rome, like Aquinas, admitted that the desire of
soul to administer matter might imply a desire in matter itself,142 but
Giles went further. Corruption (that is, change) comes because matter
138. On Christ’s body in the tomb: ST 3a, q, 51, art. 3, vol. 54, pp. 146–49; on
Christ’s body in the womb: ST 3a, q. 33, arts. 1–2, vol. 52, pp. 56–65; on Christ’s blood:
ST 3a, q. 54, art. 3, esp. reply obj. 3, vol. 55, pp. 26–31, esp. p. 31. Cf. the argument of
Braulio of Saragossa in the seventh century; see above chapter 2, n. 179.
139. He explains his position in the case of Christ by stressing the union of Christ’s
body in the grave with his divinity—an argument later thinkers such as Giles, Henry
of Ghent, and Godfrey of Fontaines would find inadequate. They held that philosophi-
cal interpretations of identity must be the same for our bodies and Christ’s. See Wip-
pel, Godfrey of Fontaines, pp. 329–30. Thomas’s argument was not new.
140. Kübel, “Auferstehung nach Albertus Magnus,” p. 303.
141. See Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 228–29. According to most interpreters, Aqui-
nas does not go all the way toward seeing matter as potency. In his early work
(chiefly the Sentence commentary), he holds that individuated matter in some sense
subsists after soul and body are separated. It is not that this matter is individuated
by determined dimensions; rather, it retains in flux a certain relation (undetermined
dimensions) to the individuality it had when it was formed by the human soul. See
Michel, “Résurrection,” cols. 2557–58, and Weber, Auferstehung, pp. 220–21. On
the influence of the Sentence commentary, see Chenu, Toward Understanding St.
Thomas, p. 270; Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 267–68, asserts the importance of
the Supplementum, despite the fact that it was put together after Thomas’s death by
disciples who rigidified his early formulations.
142. Aquinas, Sup., q. 78, art. 3, and q. 79, arts. 1–2 (Leonine ed.), pp. 177–80; he
asserts that there is no inclinatio and no natural ordinatio but only one given by
God. Nolan, Giles, pp. 130–33.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 265
not in order to conceal their past experience but because their bodily
defects might be adventitious, not truly reflecting moral character. This-
worldly defects such as blindness or fever have nothing to do with guilt
or merit. Hence in heaven and hell, the damned and the blessed will
be repaired in order to manifest the perfection of the species human.
But the blessed will have gifts and crowns that reveal their individual
achievements, and even in purgatory they will reside in receptacles
appropriate to their status and merit.147 In hell, the damned will reflect
their moral disorder and blindness in bodies that are dark, heavy, and
infinitely passible. Nothing in what Thomas says precludes the idea
that they will suffer in ways appropriate to the nature of their crimes
although he rejects any implication that in purgatory punishments are
proportional to sin on earth.148
The concept of body implicit here is not entirely coherent or con-
sistent. The same ambivalence we found in Bonaventure creeps in. But
whereas Bonaventure’s ambivalence lodges in desire (and in this, Giles
of Rome follows him), Aquinas is ambivalent about body itself.149 Body
is the expression, the completion, and the retardation of soul.150
Aquinas is adamant that soul is capable of the vision of God as soon as it
sloughs off body. “There is no reason for deferring punishments or rewards
after the moment in which the soul is capable of receiving them.”151
147. Albert, De resurrectione, tract. 3, q. 1, p. 305; Aquinas, Sup., q. 93, art. 3 (Leo-
nine ed.), pp. 225–26; and q. 96 art. 13, pp. 239–40. On the dotes as loci of inequality,
see Wicki, Seligkeit, pp. 238–49; on the importance to Aquinas of preserving differ-
ence in purgatory, see below, n. 163.
148. Neither Albert, Thomas, nor Giles suggests that the torture of the damned
“fits” their crimes in the sense in which otherworld visions imagined it to do. But as
the three theologians all hold both that the tortures are merited and that the damned
are treated differentially not equally, there is nothing in their views incompatible
with the more graphic visions of the poets and mystics. On Thomas’s rejection of pro-
portionality of punishment in purgatory, see Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 273–74.
149. Giles of Rome uses the conventional argument that desire to administer the
body retards the separated soul from blessedness; see Nolan, Giles, p. 46.
150. Sup., q. 80, art. 1 (Leonine ed.), p. 181; q. 92, art. 2, reply obj. 6, p. 222; q. 93,
art. 1, pp. 224–25; q. 96, art. 10, p. 238; De potentia Dei, q. 5, art. 10 (Parma 1852–1873
ed.), vol. 8, pp. 120–22.
151. SCG, bk. 4, chap. 91, paragr. 1, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, p. 609.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 267
the body, unless we were to be at once present with the Lord. But we
are not present, unless He is present to our sight. . . . Therefore as soon
as the soul of the just man is separated from the body, it sees God; and
this is final beatitude. . . . This disposes of the error of certain Greeks
who deny purgatory and say that souls, before the resurrection of the
bodies, neither ascend into heaven nor are cast into hell.152
152. Ibid., p. 611; trans. by the English Dominican Fathers, The Summa Contra
Gentiles of St. Thomas Aquinas (London: Burns, Oates, and Washbourne, 1929),
p. 310.
153. Sup., q. 93, art. 1 (Leonine ed.), pp. 224–25. Cf. ST 1a2ae, q. 4, art. 5, ad 5,
vol. 16, pp. 100–7, esp. p. 101.
154. SCG, bk. 4, chaps. 79, 80 and 82, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, pp. 591–93 and
596–98.
155. See Quaestiones de anima, ed. Rob, esp. qq. 15–21, pp. 206–73; Sup., q. 70,
arts. 2–3 (Leonine ed.), pp. 148–51. See also ibid., q. 71, art. 11, pp. 157–58, on burial
practices where he says (p. 158 col. 2, lines 40–45): “ . . . quia caro est pars naturae
hominis, naturaliter homo ad camem suam afficitur.”
156. Aquinas held that risen bodies will have the capacity for touch; see SCG, bk.
4, chap. 84, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, pp. 602–3. Risen bodies will not, however, eat:
see SCG, bk. 4, chap. 83, ibid., pp. 598–602. In Quaestiones disputatae de potentia,
q. 6, arts. 5–10 (Parma 1852–1873 ed.), vol. 8, pp. 132–46, Aquinas argues that Christ
willed to eat after the resurrection in order to show the reality of his body; angels
cannot, however, really eat and speak (i.e., move the organs and the air or divide
food and send it throughout the body). The analysis makes it quite clear that the
human body-soul nexus is far closer than that suggested by any model of a spirit
using a material object (as the angels do). See esp. article 8, reply to obj. 8, p. 142,
where Aquinas explains why Christ’s eating after the resurrection is different from
the angels’ eating even though in neither case can food be changed into flesh and
blood. See also ST 3a, q. 55, art. 6, vol. 55, pp. 56–65. Albert the Great (De resurrec-
tione, tract. 2, q. 8, art. 5, p. 278) argues that, in order to demonstrate his resurrected
body, the resurrected Christ ate without the food becoming of his substance; we
too could eat that way in the glorified body but have no need to, since we need not
demonstrate the resurrection. See also Albert, De sensibus corporis gloriosi, ed. F. M.
268 the decades around 1300
With respect to the knowledge the souls of the saints possess through
grace, [it] is not the case [that they do not know natural things individ-
ually]. For as regards that knowledge the saints are made equal to the
angels inasmuch as they, like the angels, see all things in the Word.157
Henquinet, “Une pièce inédite du commentaire d’Albert le Grand sur le IVe livre des
sentences,” Recherches de théologie ancienne et médiévale 7 (1935): 273–93. Weber
shows how thirteenth-century theologians vacillated in their treatments of whether
there is tasting in heaven (Auferstehung, pp. 259–60). Basic principles conflicted: on
the one hand, vegetative functions were seen as eliminated in heaven; on the other
hand, as Albert said: “Nulla potestate nobili destituentur.”
157. Quaestiones de anima, ed. Rob, q. 18, p. 240; trans. J. P. Rowan, Aquinas:
The Soul (London: Herder, 1951), p. 237; and see Milhaven, “Bodily Knowing.”
158. See SCG, bk. 4, chap. 95, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, p. 613–14, where Aquinas
clearly states that angels are higher than we are (even when we are separated souls)
because they do not need the senses or discursive reasoning. The hierarchy of ways
of knowing is clear, and bodily knowing is at the bottom. It is also significant that
Aquinas maintains it took a miracle for Christ’s human body to overcome the anes-
thesia of glory and experience the Passion whereas Bonaventure at least hints that
the very perfection of Christ’s body might have made it more open to sensation. See
above, nn. 90–92. Aquinas also argues that the visio Dei flows over into the body and
enables the martyrs to bear up under pain; ST 3a, q. 15, art. 5, obj. 3 and reply obj. 3,
vol. 49, pp. 204–7, and ibid., q. 14, art. 1, obj. 2 and reply obj. 2, pp. 170–77.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 269
159. On this sense that body’s essential lability might erupt again, see SCG, bk.
4, chap. 95, cited above in n, 158.
160. Albert the Great, Sentence commentary, in Opera omnia, ed. A. Borgnet
(Paris, 1890–1899), bk. 4, dist. 44, art. 30, vol. 30, p. 582; and Wicki, Seligkeit, p. 288
n. 32.
161. SCG, bk. 4, chap. 79, Opera, ed. Fretté, vol. 12, p. 592:
Adhuc, Ostensum est supra naturale hominis desiderium ad felicitatem ten-
dere. Felicitas autem ultima est felicis perfectio. Cuicumque igitur deest aliq-
uid ad perfectionem nondum habet felicitatem perfectam, quia nondum ejus
desiderium totaliter quietatur; omne enim imperfectum perfectionem conse-
qui naturaliter cupit. Anima autem a corpore separata est aliquo modo imper-
fecta, sicut omnis pars extra suum totum exsistens; anima enim naturaliter
est pars humanae naturae. Non igitur homo potest ultimam felicitatem con-
sequi, nisi anima iterato corpori conjungatur, praesertim quum ostensum sit
quod homo in hac vita non potest ad felicitatem ultimam pervenire.
162. ST 1a, q. 75, art. 4, reply to obj. 2, vol. 11, pp. 20–21; and see n. 114 above.
270 the decades around 1300
163. Retaining the particularity of souls even in purgatory was important to Aqui-
nas; he argued that there were a large number of different receptacles for them, cor-
responding to their different statuses and merits; see Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp.
270–72.
164. Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, pp. 237ff.; L.
Hoedl, “Neue Nachrichten über die Pariser Verurteilungen der thomasischen Form-
lehre,” Scholastik 39 (1964): 178–96; Schneider, Die Einheit des Menschen, pp.
127ff.; and Seidl, “Zur Leib-Seele-Einheit,” pp. 548–53.
165. See Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 406–7 nn. 69, 75; Wippel, Godfrey
of Fontaines, p. 262. For efforts by Duns Scotus to retain an explanation of bodili-
ness see Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, pp. 238–39.
See also Richard of Middleton, De gradu formarum, ed. Zavalloni, pp. 38, 59–61, 64,
74–75, 135. Much of Richard’s discussion has to do with accounting for the fact that
the cadaver appears similar to the living body in color, physical marks, etc. Both the
cadaver and the living body decay, and our experience of this must also be accounted
for, says Richard; see ibid, pp. 90–99, 139, and passim. John Quidort of Paris, in
his De unitate formae, dealt explicitly with the objection that the unicity of form
threatened the belief that Christ’s body was Christ’s in the triduum; see Pelster, “Ein
anonymer Traktat des Johannes v. Paris,” pp. 26–27.
166. See n. 141 above. By about 1300 James of Metz, who followed Thomas on
the unicity of form and moved explicitly toward a formal identity theory, saw that
treating matter as the principle of individuation does not work philosophically; see
Gilson, History of Christian Philosophy in the Middle Ages, p. 472.
167. See above, n. 138.
Resurrection, Hylomorphism, and Abundantia 271
symbol unless the body that had occupied it rose to earth, and then
to heaven, totally untainted by decay. Relic cult was the veneration
of mere mementos unless the dust enshrined in reliquaries itself rose.
Religious concerns held Aquinas to the position that there is material
continuity in the bodies of heaven and hell. Later thinkers such as God-
frey of Fontaines, who saw the implications of formal identity more
clearly than did Aquinas, gave explicitly theological reasons for hesi-
tating to accept it.168 And even before its philosophical or theological
consequences were understood, a conservative reaction in the schools
of Paris and Oxford questioned and condemned it.
184. Proposition 155, condemned in 1277, stated that care should not be taken
for burial of the dead; Chartularium universitatis Parisiensis, vol. 1, p. 552. His-
sette, Enquête sur les 219 articles condamnés, p. 294, connects the idea to denial
of personal immortality and says its source has not been identified; he suggests that
material continuity in resurrection provided support against the proposition and that
a challenge to it was therefore perhaps also involved. He fails to note that the idea
was a standard charge against heretics in this period, see chapter 5, pp. 216–19, above.
And see below on scholastic discussions of burial practices, chapter 8 at n. 37.
185. Registrum epistolarum fratris Johannis Peckham, archiepiscopi cantuarien-
sis, ed. C. T. Martin (London: Longman, 1882–1885), vol. 3, pp. 921–23, and Wippel,
Godfrey of Fontaines, p. 345 n. 183. Note that the argument here is for a forma cor-
poris not material continuity, which was clearly becoming increasingly difficult to
defend theoretically for the period after full-scale putrefaction had set in.
186. Wippel, Godfrey of Fontaines, pp. 320, 330; and see E. Brown, “Authority,
Family, and the Dead.”
187. Pelster, “Ein anonymer Traktat des Johannes v. Paris,” p. 26; Gilson, History
of Christian Philosophy in the Middle Ages, pp. 413–16; and see n. 165 above.
276 the decades around 1300
191. The position remained, however, a narrowly philosophical one. See the
appended texts in Weber, Auferstehung.
192. See above, n. 169.
193. Weber, Auferstehung, p. 242 n. 404.
194. See below, chapter 7, p. 302.
195. Greshake in Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum, pp. 237–38.
196. H. F. Dondaine, “L’Objet et le ‘medium’ de la vision béatifique chez les théol-
ogiens du XIIIe siècle.”
278 the decades around 1300
The beatific vision controversy can thus from one point of view be
seen as a rearguard and unsuccessful action by the partisans of the body.
It was, however, in a deeper sense an indication of how far the separated
soul had (as William of La Mare suggested) come to contain the particu-
larity and capacity for experience earlier treatments had lodged in body.
The soul that was defined in the bull Benedictus Deus of 1336 was not
a self for which body is the completion or housing or garment, but a self
of which body is the expression (abundantia or refluentia).
I therefore turn in my next chapter to the controversy over visio Dei,
and to twelfth- and thirteenth-century notions of somatomorphic soul
that provide the background to it. I turn to beatific vision not in order
to shift attention to the topic of soul but in order to explore the final
episode in the story of medieval concepts of the resurrection body: the
point at which even separated soul becomes in some sense “embodied.”
Seven
Somatomorphic Soul and
Visio Dei: The Beatific Vision
Controversy and Its Background
1. On the importance of the controversy over the beatific vision and the number
and status of the people involved, see Decima Douie, “John XXII and the Beatific
Vision,” Dominican Studies 3, no. 2(1950): 154–74. For background, see X. Le Bach-
elet, “Benoît XII,” DTC, vol. 2, col. 653–96, and Wicki, Seligkeit.
280 the decades around 1300
Purgatory
Jacques Le Goff’s popular and important history of purgatory has been
much criticized for dating the appearance of the belief to the late
twelfth century, for spatializing the concept, and for relating it closely to
Dumézil’s theories about threefold social structures in the Indo-European
tradition (and therefore to the emergence of the bourgeoisie).2 Nonethe-
less much of Le Goff’s analysis is subtle, perceptive, and convincing,
especially his demonstration that—between the later twelfth and four-
teenth centuries—preaching as well as formal theology paid increasing
attention to an “in-between” time and place for the separated soul.3
As Le Goff explains it, the doctrine of purgatory located an experi-
ence of suffering and expiation between personal death and general judg-
ment. In the course of the thirteenth century this experience was both
“infernalized” and “tilted toward heaven.”4 Purgatory became, that is,
the location of horrid punishments, often indistinguishable from those
of hell, but theorists made it clear that no change in ultimate soterio-
logical status could be effected there. Purgation was consequent upon a
prior decision that the soul was destined for heaven; it was unavailable
to those destined for hell.
Thus the doctrine of purgatory rapidly came to be important both for
devotional purposes and for social control. It made prayers for the dead
effective—but not too effective! Some development was possible for the
souls of ancestors, relatives, and even holy people after death (as long
2. See, for example, Adrian H. Bredero, “Le moyen âge et le Purgatoire,” Revue
d’histoire ecclésiastique 78 (1983): 429–52; Aaron J. Gurevich, “Popular and Schol-
arly Medieval Cultural Traditions: Notes in the Margin of Jacques Le Goff’s Book,”
Journal of Medieval History 9 (1983): 71–90; Alan E. Bernstein, review of Le Goff in
Speculum 59 (1984): 179–83; Jean-Pierre Massaut, “La Vision de l’au-delà au moyen
âge: A propos d’un ouvrage récent,” Le Moyen Age 91 (1985): 75–86; Graham R.
Edwards, “Purgatory: ‘Birth’ or Evolution?” Journal of Ecclesiastical History 36
(1985): 634–46. Since Le Goff has been criticized by theologians for too much atten-
tion to social setting and by students of popular culture for too much attention to
formal theology, he must have done something right.
3. Purgatory was first defined as doctrine at the Second Council of Lyons in 1274;
the definition was repeated with slight modification at the Council of Florence in
1439; see Denzinger, Enchiridion (1957 ed.), pp. 216, 252–53. The first official pon-
tifical pronouncement on purgatory was in 1254; it actually goes beyond the Second
Council of Lyons in giving a name, purgatorium, to the place of purgation and asso-
ciating it with fire, see Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 284–86.
4. Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 4–7, 204–8, 310–15, 358–59, and passim.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 281
condemned in 1241, Thus direct encounter was important. See Dondaine, “L’Objet
et le ‘medium’ de la vision béatifique chez les theologiens du XIIIe siècle.”
17. Douie, “John XXII and Beatific Vision”; Le Bachelet, “Benoît XII”; N. Valois,
“Jacques Duèse: Pape sous le nom de Jean XXII,” in Histoire littéraire de la France,
vol. 34 (Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, 1914), pp. 551–627; J. E. Weakland, “Pope John
XXII and the Beatific Vision Controversy,” Annuale mediaevale 9 (1968): 76–84;
Dykmans, Sermons de Jean XXII; Robert of Anjou, La Vision bienheureuse: Traité
envoyé au pape Jean XXII, ed. Marc Dykmans (Rome: Presses de l’Université Gre-
gorienne, 1970); Marc Dykmans, Pour et contre Jean XXII en 1333: Deux traités
avignonnais sur la vision béatifique (Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vati-
cana, 1975); Katherine Walsh, A Fourteenth-Century Scholar and Primate: Richard
Fitzralph in Oxford, Avignon, and Armagh (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1981), pp.
89–107; and Lucy Freeman Sandler, “Face to Face with God: A Pictorial Image of
the Beatific Vision,” in England in the Fourteenth Century: Proceedings of the 1985
284 the decades around 1300
an opinion from Durand of St. Pourçain and received (in 1334) a vindica-
tion of the idea of immediate vision, he submitted Durand’s treatise to a
tribunal of theologians, who found eleven errors. Jacques Fournier—the
most renowned thinker among the cardinals and the future Benedict
XII—then, however, vindicated Durand on several of his alleged errors
and presented to the pope his own De statu animarum, which defended
the idea of immediate vision but allowed for the possibility of a still
more perfect and complete visio after the resurrection.20 A consensus
was clearly building around an intermediate opinion. John retracted
his most extreme formulations on his deathbed, asserting (still with a
strong hedge concerning the significance of body): “the holy souls see
God and the divine essence face to face and as clearly as their condition
as souls separated from their bodies allows.”21
On January 29, 1336, Jacques Fournier, now Benedict XII, issued
Benedictus Deus, which defined doctrine on four of the five issues that
had emerged at the heart of the controversy. Pure souls (asserted the
pope) see the divine essence nude, clarte, et aperte before the end of
time; this vision is true beatitude and full repose (requies). Because of
its presence, the theological virtues of faith and hope, which involve
anticipation, cease; because it continues forever, no other visio Dei will
come to replace it after the resurrection. Benedict did not settle the
issue (on which a number of thirteenth- and fourteenth-century theolo-
gians were unclear) of whether there is increase in the intensity of the
beatific vision after the Last Judgment, although his personal opinion
was that there was.22 He did use the bull to affirm both personal and
general judgment: the wicked descend to hell at death (he asserted); yet
they must appear again with all humankind when the trumpet sounds
so that body as well as soul can receive recompense.
20. Douie, “John XXII and Beatific Vision,” p. 168; Le Bachelet, “Benoît XII,” col.
665; Thomas Käpelli, Le Procès contre Thomas Waleys O.P.: Études et documents
(Rome: Istituto storico domenicano, S. Sabina, 1936); Joseph Koch, Durandus de S.
Porciano, O.P.: Forschungen zum Streit um Thomas von Aquin zu Beginn des 14.
Jahrhunderts, BGPTM 26 (Münster: Aschendorff, 1927), pp.173–76; Anneliese Maier,
“Die Pariser Disputation des Geraldus Odonis,” and “Zwei Prooemien Benedikts
XII,” in Ausgehendes Mittelalter: Gesammelte Aufsätze zur Geistesgeschichte des
14. Jahrhunderts, Storia e Letteratura, 97, 105, and 138 (Rome: Edizioni di Storia e
Letteratura, 1964–77), vol. 3, pp. 327–33 and 447–89; Dykmans, “A propos de Jean
XXII et de Benoît XII: La libération de Thomas Waleys,” Archivum Historiae Ponti-
ficiae 7 (1969): 115–30; and Walsh, Richard FitzRalph, p. 92.
21. Douie, “John XXII and Beatific Vision,” p. 157; Walsh, Richard FitzRalph, p.
103 n. 69.
22. Le Bachelet, “Benoît XII,” cols. 669–72; for the text of Benedictus Deus, see
cols. 657–58, and Denzinger, Enchiridion (1957 ed.), pp. 229–30.
286 the decades around 1300
23. For Dykmans’ contributions, see above, n. 17. Anneliese Maier’s studies and
editions have been reprinted in Ausgehendes Mittelalter, vol. 3, pp. 319–590.
24. Gerard, a secular master at the University of Paris, died in 1272. His quodli-
betal question on the separated soul and the beatific vision is edited in Dykmans,
Sermons de Jean XXII, pp. 45–49.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 287
in other words, can a soul so beatified even notice—in the blinding light
of God’s presence—that its body is missing?25
Those who disagreed with John disagreed, of course, with the devo-
tional and pastoral consequences of delaying full delight for the good
soul until a distant resurrection.26 But they also seem to have disagreed
with the notion that body is something added on, and with the ambi-
guity implicit in thirteenth-century notions of retardatio or desid-
erium. Thomas Waleys, preaching against the pope, used Ecclesiastes
2.23, Ecclesiasticus 34.11, and Isaiah 57.20 to argue that John’s posi-
tion meant there was no rest for the separated soul, which would ebb
and flow, drawn by sadness, like a troubled sea.27 Durand of St. Pour-
çain, replying in the summer of 1334 to John’s request for an opinion,
devoted much attention to the pope’s metaphor of the body as garment
or stole (derived from the parables, Rev. 6.11, and 2 Cor. 5) but argued
that workers in the vineyard need not wait for an outer garment in
order to receive their reward.
Durand’s position is not, however, a rejection of body. In full phil-
osophical accord with his espousal of formal identity, Durand (like
Waleys) spoke as if glory spills forth from soul into body as soul’s
expression—an image that in a certain sense makes the bond between
the two far tighter than the biblical metaphor of a second stole or gar-
ment added to a first.28 Another of John’s opponents, the future Benedict
XII, agreed most strongly with the censuring of Durand at that point
where Durand himself seemed to hold back some “bodily” experience
from separated soul. Durand argued that soul before resurrection but in
25. John, Sermon 2, pars. 26–27, 29, 72–74 and 76, in Dykmans, Sermons de Jean
XXII, pp. 114–15, 115–16, 138–39, 142–43; see also the discussion of sermon 6 on
the Ascension in ibid., p. 59. It is interesting that John uses a reference to Bernard
to argue that soul cannot enter the joy of the Lord without body any more than a
prelate can enter without his people (sermon 1, paragr. 10, in ibid., p. 97); he thus
shows some awareness of the social implications of resurrection—an aspect that was
usually ignored in this period.
26. The anonymous treatise De visione beata even argues that the pope is the
equivalent of a Waldensian heretic in his denial of purgatory; De visione beata, pt. 2,
reason 9, ed. Dykmans, in Pour et contre Jean XXII, p. 49.
27. See Waleys’ sermon, edited in Käpelli, Le Procès contre . . . Waleys, pp. 95–96.
28. Douie, “John XXII and Beatific Vision,” pp. 167–69. This position also, of
course, tends to remove the temporal dimension; spilling over has overtones of Neo-
platonic emanation. To say this is not to suggest that Durand thought the body was
resumed or expressed before resurrection; it is only to point out that once one moves
to this conception of body, there is no clear reason why whatever “body” means
could not be expressed or resumed before. See Greshake in Greshake and Kremer,
Resurrectio mortuorum, pp. 237–39. See also Waleys’ sermon and the charges against
him; Käpelli, Le Procès contre . . . Waleys, pp. 93–108 and 109.
288 the decades around 1300
Das flies-sende Licht, trans. Margot Schmidt (Einsiedeln/Zurich: Benziger, 1955), pp.
153–62; and The Revelations of Mechtild of Magdeburg (1210–1297) or the Flowing
Light of the Godhead, trans. Lucy Menzies (London: Longmans, 1953), pp. 81–88. It
is unclear why Mechtild refers here to “body and soul.” By the later thirteenth cen-
tury, several mystics see visions of the whole psychosomatic unit (i.e., the person)
in hell and heaven; on the significance of this, see below pp. 334–41. In a vision of
purgatory, Mechtild sees souls “stewing and roasting” together; Das fliessende Licht,
ed. Neumann, bk. 3, chap. 15, pp. 95–96. For a different translation of pt. 3, chap. 21,
see John Howard, “The Flowing Light . . .,” in Medieval Women Writers, ed. Katha-
rina M. Wilson, pp. 173–77.
47. Mechtild, Das fliessende Licht, ed. Neumann, p. 104; Revelations, trans. Men-
zies, p. 88.
48. On the way in which images for the afterlife parallel and reflect the process
of putrefaction, see Thomas, Le Cadavre, and Hertz, “Collective Representation of
Death.” The association of tomb with womb and belly is, of course, standard in
medieval devotional literature; see for example the text from Peter of Celle quoted
above in chapter 3, n. 102. For other evidence of extravagant concern with decay in
the twelfth and early-thirteenth centuries, see below pp. 331–32.
On the popularity and diffusion of the “Visions of Tondal,” see Becker, Medieval
Visions, p. 82; Roger S. Wieck, “The Visions of Tondal and the Visionary Tradition in
the Middle Ages,” in Wieck and Kren, eds., The Visions of Tondal from the Library
of Margaret of York (Malibu, California: J. Paul Getty Museum, 1990), pp. 3–4; and
Carozzi, “Structure et fonction de la vision de Tnugdal.”
49. Visio Tnugdali: Lateinisch und Altdeutsch, ed. Albrecht Wagner (Erlangen:
Deichert, 1882), p. 10, lines 6–7, and pp. 16–23, especially p. 23, line 9.
50. Visio Tnugdali, ed. Wagner, p. 27, line 20–p. 28, line 2: “[animas] . . . redi-
gerentur ad nihilum, pariebat [bestia] eas. . . .” Gardiner, Visions, p. 169, interprets
this as “vomited.” Madeleine McDermott and Roger Wieck, on the basis of the Old
294 the decades around 1300
entrails within, then pecking their way out all over the body with razor-
sharp beaks, are hooked into the flesh from which they are “born” and
double back upon it, consuming it “down to the nerves and bone.”51 In
the deepest part of hell, Satan squeezes souls with dozens of hands, then
inhales, devours, and exhales them forever, so that for all their suffering
they can never achieve the release that would come from annihilation.52
In some of these visions, a living person descends through an opening
in the earth; in others—and this form became more common—a soul
voyages while its body appears asleep or gravely ill to those left behind.53
When the hero of the voyage or recipient of the vision is a separated
soul, some authors call attention to their decision to embody it.54 Par-
ticularly in early visions, soul is sometimes depicted as a bird, a bubble
or spark; both Tondal and the monk of Evesham, who usually see souls
fully corporealized, occasionally describe them as sparks; Caesarius of
Heisterbach reports three cases in which soul is seen as a sphere with
eyes before and behind.55 But by the thirteenth century souls almost
invariably appear with highly individualized bodies in highly individual-
ized raiment. Caesarius, for example, portrays a ghostly visitor from the
afterlife with the prayers he had offered written on his boots.56
French version, interpret it as “defecated”; see Visions of Tondal, Wieck and Kren,
eds., p. 49.
51. Visio Tnugdali, ed. Wagner, pp. 28–29. The genitals also become vipers and
double back to consume the body.
52. Visio Tnugdali, ed. Wagner, pp. 35–39.
53. See Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, pp. 45 and 51, and Le Goff, Birth of Pur-
gatory, pp. 177–208. In the stories of “St. Patrick’s Purgatory” and the “Voyage of
Brendan,” for example, the whole person journeys or descends: in the “Visions of
Tondal,” the soul travels while the body sleeps.
54. Dinzelbacher, in an important recent study, has pointed to a basic change in
the nature and structure of vision literature about 1200. In the early Middle Ages,
visions are more apt to involve travel outside the body and personal transforma-
tion; after the mid-thirteenth century, the visionaries (now usually women) seem
more passive and their visions are more frequent and less transformative. See Peter
Dinzelbacher, Vision und Visionsliteratur im Mittelalter (Stuttgart: Hiersemann,
1981); Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, p. 6; and Bynum, Holy Feast and Holy Fast,
p. 418 n. 51.
55. Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, pp. 45–55; Morgan, Dante and the Other
World, pp. 54, 68, 73.
56. See above chapter 5, n. 81. Caesarius’s story of the man with Ave Maria on
his boots is paralleled by a story in the Golden Legend of an unlettered Cistercian
who could learn only the Ave Maria; after his death his fellow monks cleared his
grave to find growing from his mouth a lily on whose petals the two words of the
prayer were inscribed in gold. See James of Voragine, Legenda aurea vulgo historia
lombardica dicta, 3d ed., ed. Th. Graesse (Breslau: Koebner, 1890), p. 221, and James,
The Golden Legend, trans. and adapted by Granger Ryan and Helmut Ripperger (New
York-London: Longmans, Green, 1941; reprint, 1969), p. 207.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 295
More is at stake in such cases than merely the visionary’s (and the
author’s) need to express his insight in visible form. Caesarius suggests
that we have to experience souls as bodies when we are in the body;
once we are free of flesh, we will see them as spheres. Others suggest
that souls need bodies not only to return to earth and warn the living (a
theme as old as the biblical story of Dives and Lazarus) but also in order
to experience torture or reward and to be fully particularized as selves.
The seventh-century vision of Barontus says the separated soul is like a
tiny bird; it has the five senses but cannot speak or travel until it gets a
body of air.57 Guibert of Nogent recounts his mother’s vision of a spirit
(her dead husband) who will not give his name; the suggestion is that
without a body he lacks in some way his identity.58 Dante plays with
the close association of body with identity, or at least identifiability, in
canto 33 of the Inferno. There Dante the pilgrim initially fails to rec-
ognize Friar Alberigo, whose body is still in the world but whose soul
freezes in hell for the sin of treacherous hospitality. Although the pas-
sage certainly suggests that, without somatomorphic soul at the least,
person is unrecognizable, the poet also indicates through the incident
that those in the world who trust in appearances may be misled; there
are in fact persons so evil that their souls have already gone before them
into hell, leaving behind bodies occupied by demons.59
Those who return from near death are sometimes said to manifest in
their resumed earthly bodies the marks of what has happened to them
on their voyage beyond this life. Bede tells of a soul that returns to a
body scarred on shoulder and jaw; for “what soul suffered in secret,
flesh showed openly.”60 James of Voragine, drawing on an earlier mir-
acle collection, tells of an evil judge who was tortured before the judg-
ment seat of God by Saint Lawrence “in great wrath”; allowed to return
from death for thirty days to make restitution, he found that “his arm
was black and burnt, as though he had suffered this punishment in the
57. Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, 45–55. As Le Goff points out (Birth of Purga-
tory, pp. 98–99), the idea that the soul has a similitudo corporis that enables it to feel
the fire of hell goes back to Augustine and Julian of Toledo.
58. Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 182 and 185.
59. It should be pointed out that Dante also fails to recognize a number of figures
who are consigned to hell after their deaths, and that Fra Alberigo, although alive, is
fully in hell, his body on earth “taken from [him] by a devil who thereafter rules it.”
Dante, The Divine Comedy, trans. Charles S. Singleton, Inferno, I: Text, Bollingen
Series 80 (Princeton: Princeton University Press, second printing with corrections,
1977), canto 33, lines 130–32, p. 357.
60. Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, p. 78; Gardiner, Visions, p. 55; Le Goff, Birth
of Purgatory, p. 113.
296 the decades around 1300
flesh; and this mark remained upon him as long as he lived.”61 The
monk of Evesham speaks of a leg that was healed in the other world; in
this case (as in the healing of the tumor on St. Etheldreda’s body after
death) the disappearance of a mark in the earthly body provides proof
of what has happened beyond.62
Although authors sometimes called attention to somatomorphic
souls as metaphors or images, they were far more apt to use “as if”
when representing souls as spheres or sparks.63 The soul’s body was
increasingly treated as the conventional and obvious way of present-
ing its experience and individuality, its exact moral state and social
status.64 Indeed the soul’s body was sometimes seen as more real (in a
moral and ontological sense) than the body of earth. In the early thir-
teenth-century vision of Thurchill, for example, souls appeared to the
voyager black, white, or spotted, depending on their degree of guilt;
their color in the afterlife thus reflected their true nature far more accu-
rately than their color on earth.65 James of Voragine, retelling in the
later thirteenth century the stories of the martyrs, reported that holy
Agatha said to the persecutor Quintianus, who threatened to cut off
her breasts: “Impious and cruel tyrant, who would dare to amputate
in a woman that which sustained you in your own mother! But I have
within my soul whole breasts [mamillas integras] from which I nour-
ish all my senses, which I have from infancy consecrated to God.”66
Mechtild of Magdeburg told of a deceased lay brother who appeared
in a vision with a blemish on his face because of his “sternness.” She
removed the mark with a simple sigh.67
61. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 494–95, and Golden Legend, trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 444, drawing on the Miracles of the Virgin. Saints’ lives often empha-
size the survival of scars after healing in this life; the scars provide proof that the
ordinary person has been touched by the power of a saint. For example, in the Golden
Legend account of St. Francis, a little “T” remains where the saint cured a diseased
leg, because “with this letter Francis had been wont to sign his name”; Legenda
aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 673; Golden Legend, trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 609. The
scar is thus explicitly, in this case, the saint’s signature; to cure is to write on the
body of the diseased.
62. Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, pp. 78 and 83, and see above chapter 5, n. 21.
We should note that incorrupt holy bodies obey the same principle—that is, they
manifest corporeally on earth the state of their souls in paradise.
63. Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, p. 51.
64. Peter Dinzelbacher, “Klassen und Hierarchien im Jenseits,” Miscellanea
Medievalia 12 (1979), pp. 20–40; idem, “Reflexionen irdischer Sozialstrukturen in
mittelalterlichen Jenseitsschilderungen,” Archiv für Kulturgeschichte 61 (1979),
pp. 16–34; and Morgan, Dante and the Other World, p. 54.
65. Le Goff, Birth of Purgatory, pp. 296–97; Morgan, Dante and the Other World,
pp. 230–31.
66. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 171 (my translation).
67. Mechtild, Revelations, trans. Menzies, p. 248.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 297
68. See above, n. 64. According to Zaleski (Otherworld Journeys, p. 51), the Nar-
rative of Zosimus (third century, although the surviving versions are more recent)
tells of Zosimus’s visit to the Earthly Paradise where he sees souls as shapes of light,
“perfect in all the body apart from the distinction of male and female.”
69. McDannell and Lang, Heaven, p. 107. In general, of course, the issue of
whether we will all be equal in heaven was for medieval thinkers a question about
whether moral difference will be leveled; see Anne H. Schotter, “The Paradox of
Equality and Hierarchy in Pearl,” Renascence 33 (1981): 172–79, and n. 72 below.
70. Bynum, Jesus as Mother, p. 242. Mechtild stresses that the “merit” of each
will be “ordered” in heaven “according to their works” (Mechtild, Revelations, trans.
Menzies, p. 206; Das fliessende Licht, trans. Schmidt, p. 323). She includes worldly
rank in her description of heaven but not, interestingly enough, strictly hierarchi-
cally. Under the first arch will be the patriarchs, Stephen and the martyrs, and mar-
ried folk with their children; under the second, popes and spiritual fathers; under the
third, Christ’s humanity, Mary, knights and “the whole empire down to the poorest
peasants,” and many martyrs (Revelations, trans. Menzies, p. 207; Das fliessende
Licht, trans. Schmidt, p. 325). This suggests that we will be recognizable in heaven
by worldly status but not ranked according to it. Even on moral difference in heaven,
Mechtild is quite subtle; she asserts that reward (according to works), merit (accord-
ing to virtues), and crown (according to love) are not the same (Revelations, trans.
Menzies, p. 153).
71. Dinzelbacher, “Reflexionen irdischer Sozialstrukturen,” p. 25.
72. Ibid., pp. 16–34. Dinzelbacher points out that family ties are mostly left
behind in visions, that concern for moral differentiation always outweighs concern
298 the decades around 1300
than a literary device: if souls appeared with breasts and scars, crowns
and cowls, it was because they were assumed to be male or female, Fran-
ciscan or Dominican, aristocratic or rustic in heaven.
Such intense particularity characterizes the somatomorphic souls of
Dante’s Divine Comedy. Our ranks and merits differ in heaven, just as
does the color of our hair (Paradiso, canto 32, lines 70–72). Yet so glori-
ous and necessary is body to Dante, in all its fullness and complexity,
that the aerial body is not enough. We “yearn” for the “luster” and
“ripeness” of a resurrection that completes rather than overcomes fer-
tility—and we desire it not only in order to know but also in order to
love. In cantos 22 and 30 of the Paradiso (where, significantly, angels
are “sparks” and souls are “flowers”) Dante sees (before the trumpet
sounds!) the resurrection body.73
The Divine Comedy was completed shortly before Dante’s death
in 1321, a decade before the opening of controversy over the beatific
vision. It uses with consummate sophistication and subtlety many of
the technical concerns of scholastic theology as well as the themes
of the otherworld-journey narrative, and the two enrich each other.74
Awareness of the implications of unicity of form and an intense self-
consciousness about somatomorphic representation enable Dante to
solve the identity problem and quell the ambivalence at the heart of
the Augustinian notion of yearning for body.75 He is thus able to weave,
from the traditional and powerful contrast of digestion-mutilation with
reassemblage-wholeness, an afterlife in which fear of fertility no longer
for underlining secular status, and that along with the late medieval tendency to
detail status differences comes a more accessible and friendly heaven and a God open
to appeal from even the humblest peasant.
73. Dante, The Divine Comedy, trans. Singleton, Paradiso, I: Text, pp. 245–55 and
335–45. Dante also sees the blessed as spheres and as light. It is worth noting that
Dante, having washed his eyes in a river of sparks, sees details more clearly after
canto 30; thus perception of individual features is treated as progress in “seeing.”
74. On Dante’s relationship to earlier literature, see Morgan, Dante and the Other
World, pp. 5–10.
75. A recent study of Dante’s idea of the resurrection body that differs in approach
from my own is Kevin Marti, “Dante’s ‘Baptism’ and the Theology of the Body in
Purgatorio 1–2,” Traditio 45 (1989–1990): 167–90. Marti lays great emphasis, as I
do, on Pauline images of clothing and plants as important for discussion of resur-
rection. An older study is Etienne Gilson, “Dante’s Notion of a Shade: Purgatorio
XXV,” Mediaeval Studies 29 (1967): 124–42. On desire in Dante, see Rachel Jacoff,
“Transgression and Transcendence: Figures of Female Desire in Dante’s Comme-
dia,” Romanic Review 29 (1988): 129–42; reprinted in The New Medievalism, ed. M.
Brownlee, K. Brownlee, and S. Nichols (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press,
1991), pp. 183–200.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 299
Virgil “set their feet” upon an “emptiness” that only “seems” real body
(Inferno, canto 6, lines 34–36).80 Even in the Inferno, Dante provides an
elaborate comment on embodiment, making it clear that aerial body is
temporary, that aerial body is not “real” body (that is, the physical body
of earth and resurrection), and that “real” body is good.81
In cantos 24–25, thieves are punished by losing even the ghostly bod-
ies that are their own: they fuse with the bodies of other humans and
reptiles in a hideous parody of embryological development as well as of
the phoenix’s immolation and return. In cantos 9–10, the basic error of
those heretics who deny immortality is to think soul is body; for thus
repudiating both components of person, such heretics are enclosed in
tombs of pain, their souls treated as if they were cadavers. But at the
resurrection (says Virgil) the bodies that have been “left above” will be
restored, and the whole person denied by these heretics will be shut up
in the grave eternally.82 In canto 13, the souls of suicides are not bodies
but trees that must be eaten and ripped in order to speak at all. Sprout-
ing up from the seeds (or “grains”) of their souls, these plant-bodies are
torn completely to pieces in punishment, then reassembled for further
torture. Although all souls will resume their earthly bodies at Judgment
Day, “it is not just that a man have what he robs himself of” (line 105).83
These suicide-souls will not be reclothed with bodies but will receive
them again only as skins or coverings—additions not fully integrated
into self—to drag through the “mournful wood” and hang forever on the
“thornbushes” of their “nocuous shades” (lines 106–108).84 Dante the
traveler may sometimes forget that those he encounters are mere shad-
ows, but Dante the poet never lets the reader forget that these are not
the bodies of earthly or of eternal life. Neither does he let us conclude
that fertility itself is sinister, that process erases integrity or identity.
Even the perverted generatings and digestings of hell do not prevent
body from (perverted) wholeness and from expressing (perverted) self.
In the Purgatorio, it becomes much clearer that the bodies the
travelers see are the ghostly bodies of the period between death and
resurrection. The opening and closing cantos call attention to the dif-
ference between Dante the traveler, who retains his earthly body and
therefore casts a shadow (cantos 1–3 and 26), and the souls in purga-
tory, who are mere “shades” “treated as solid things” (canto 21, line
136). Indeed Dante the poet now draws the contrast—familiar in Chris-
tian theology at least since Augustine’s De cura pro mortuis gerenda—
between what happens to the body after death and the fate of the soul.
He gives to Dante the voyager our natural human concern about the
cadaver but makes such concern problematic. Manfred (canto 3) and
Buonconte da Monte Feltro (canto 5) recount to the curious traveler
the abuse inflicted on their dead bodies as if such information were a
matter of importance. But in canto 31, Beatrice berates her lover for
abandoning her once she has died, grieving for the body that went to
earth and forgetting her soaring spirit.
The somatomorphic soul of purgatory thus both is and is not an
advance on the psychosomatic self of earth. In canto 10, Dante sees
the proud coming toward him “not . . . persons, but what it is I do not
know” (lines 112–13). Virgil warns him that we are worms or larvae
“born to form the angelic butterfly” that flies naked to judgment.85
The point is clearly that the body of earth rots, releasing the butterfly
of the soul; these dim figures crushed under stone do not look like
men and women; in whatever aerial body they suffer, it is temporary
and passible, not the body either of this life or of heaven. Toward the
end of the Purgatorio, Virgil reassures the traveler Dante about purga-
tion by saying he can traverse the “belly” of flame (l’alvo di questa
fiamma) because God promises “it could not make you bald of one
hair” (canto 27, lines 25–27). The traditional resurrection text (Luke
21.18) reminds us that the pilgrim is still in an earthly body, vulnerable
to pain and destruction.86 To cross the fire, he must be assimilated not
to the ghostly body but to the risen one. The text thus subtly under-
lines how much more the two “real” bodies have to do with each other
than either has to do with the aerial body of the period of transition.
Nonetheless, however imaginary (in every sense) the aerial body may
be, it is an expression of the separated soul—the same soul that is grub
on earth and butterfly in heaven. By the time the fleshly traveler from
this world finally asks about the aerial body and receives in answer a
disquisition from Statius (Purgatorio, canto 25), it is clear—poetically
as well as philosophically—that images of fertility and change do not
85. Dante, The Divine Comedy, trans. Singleton, Purgatorio, I: Text, p. 197.
86. Ibid., p. 293; and see Singleton, Purgatorio, II: Commentary, p. 652.
302 the decades around 1300
threaten identity.87 Why are these shades thin and hungry when they
are not even bodies (asks Dante)? Virgil begins to answer with reference
to reflections of self other than body (for example, the image in a mir-
ror), but Statius immediately gives a summary of theological embry-
ology of the sort we might find in Albert or Giles of Rome. Just as a
unitary soul develops in the fetus giving it shape, so after death this one
substantial soul impresses itself on air, like flame from a fire, making a
shade-body with an organ for every sense.
Self in the Divine Comedy has thus nothing to do with survival of
material particles; the bodies of Manfred and Beatrice are still dust (Pur-
gatorio, cantos 3 and 31). Yet even aerial flesh reflects in some way the
individuality and wholeness of earthly flesh; Dante does in most cases
recognize his friends and acquaintances, and even the souls in trees
and tombs are forever reassembled for continued torment. Identity and
integrity are, in a fully Thomistic sense, packed into and guaranteed by
soul.88 Because of this guarantee, intensely developmental imagery can
be used for the generation of a child in the womb, the expression of self
in aerial body, and the resumption of body in resurrection. The Garden
of Eden is imagined in canto 28 of the Purgatorio as possessing all the
fertility of spontaneous generation; heaven itself is an enormous rose
to whose petals the angels fly like a swarm of fertilizing bees (Paradiso,
canto 31, line 7).89
Yet the body we will finally resume is not the shade-body of pur-
gation but the beloved and whole body of earth, expressing the per-
son in its every detail and sensual experience. In canto after canto, the
imagery itself has suggested that it is natural for soul to express itself
in body, but that shades are not enough. Despite earlier instances in
the poem of shade touching shade, Statius clutches only air when he
stoops to embrace Virgil.90 It is therefore hardly surprising that Dante
the poet, who foreshadowed the resurrection even in hell, should give
87. Purgatorio, trans. Singleton, pp. 269–277; and see Commentary, pp. 591–619.
88. See also Purgatorio, trans. Singleton, canto 18, lines 49–54, p. 193.
89. Paradiso, trans. Singleton, p. 347; on the bee metaphor, see Commentary,
pp. 512–13.
The seeds that flower in Dante’s paradise are not Pauline or Origenist; they are
the seeds of Thomas and Albert the Great. To Dante, the flowers (bodies) of heaven
reproduce exactly the flowers of earth, but these plants are now (in that wonderful
mixed metaphor of the thirteenth-century dotes tradition) endowed with the bridal
gifts of agility, subtlety, beauty, and impassibility. On the rose as an erotic symbol in
later thirteenth-century literature, especially the Roman de la Rose and the mystical
Zohar, see Jeremy Cohen, “Be fertile,” p. 312, and Peter Dronke, Medieval Latin and
the Rise of European Love-Lyric (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965–1966), vol. 1, pp. 75.
90. Purgatorio, trans. Singleton, p. 233. And earlier, in Purgatorio, canto 2, lines
76–81, pp. 17–19, Dante fails three times to embrace his friend Casella. But cf.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 303
Dante the traveler a glimpse of the risen and glorified body in para-
dise even before the end of time. Nor is it surprising that, speaking
of resurrection in images of resumed clothing, ripening seeds, glowing
coals, fertile wombs, and love, he puts these images in the mouths of
Solomon (author of that erotic paean to heavenly marriage, the Song of
Songs), Bernard (theorist of the Augustinian yearning for body), and his
own Beatrice, beloved in her fleshly femaleness.91
In canto 14, Solomon assures us that—with flesh resumed—we will
see more; and with more sight, we will gain more fervor, winning by
such fervor greater radiance. Like living coals that keep their shape in
the midst of flame, we will add “brightness” to the luster we now pos-
sess when we resume the flesh “which the earth still covers.” Thus not
only for ourselves but also for all those we love, we yearn to welcome
back the body of earth (corpi morti), its resurrected organs stronger for
heavenly joys (ché li organi del corpo saran forti/ a tutto ciò che potrà
dilettarne).
So sudden and eager both the one and the other chorus seemed to me
in saying “Amen,” that truly they showed desire for their dead bod-
ies—perhaps not only for themselves, but also for their mothers, for
their fathers, and for the others who were dear before they became
eternal flames.92
In canto 22, Benedict assures Dante that his “high desire” to behold
the blessed in their “uncovered shapes” will find final attainment there
where all desires “are fulfilled,” “perfect, mature, and whole.” And
in that last sphere alone “is every part there where it always was.”93
Explaining the resurrection in canto 7, Beatrice tells Dante that he will
Purgatorio, canto 6, line 75, p. 59, where Sordello embraces Virgil; and Inferno, canto 3,
line 19, p. 25, where Virgil puts his hand on Dante’s.
91. Two recent studies on the Song of Songs in medieval literature are E. Ann
Matter, The Voice of My Beloved: The Song of Songs in Western Medieval Chris-
tianity (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1990), and Ann W. Astell,
The Song of Songs in the Middle Ages (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1990). And
see Bernard McGinn, “With ‘the Kisses of the Mouth’ Recent Works on the Song of
Songs,” The Journal of Religion 72 (1992): 269–75. On the significance of Beatrice,
see Astell, Song, p. 121 n. 4 and p. 141 n. 13, and Dronke, Medieval Latin and Love-
Lyric, vol. 1, pp. 75, 87–97.
92. Paradiso, trans. Singleton, canto 14, lines 45–69, pp. 155–57. The relatively
rare notion of heaven as a place where we share joys and the connection of this to
restoration of the body is found also in Bonaventure; see above, p. 249. For a percep-
tive discussion of the question of the social joys of heaven, see McDannell and Lang,
Heaven, pp. 89–100.
93. Paradiso, trans. Singleton, canto 22, lines 53–72, p. 249.
304 the decades around 1300
surely decay into the elements, but the pattern of wholeness perdures;
by it we will be reformed in resurrection in a manner we can “infer” if
we remember how “human flesh” was made “then when the first par-
ents were both formed.”94 The same Beatrice later reminds the traveler
that the saints are a “fair garden which blossoms beneath the rays of
Christ,” the Virgin a “womb which [is] the hostelry of our desire.”95
In the final cantos of the poem, body, fertility, and desire come
together. Bernard guides the gaze of Dante deep into the ranks of the
heavenly rose beyond “sorrow, or thirst, or hunger”—beyond, that is,
any contingency—to the place where the Virgin sits, she who is already
bodily assumed into heaven.96 There Dante finds, not the requies
aeterna—the stasis—of the scholastic theologians, but the great wheel-
ing motion of love. Unlike Tondal and Thurchill, whose heaven was
barricaded with jewels and immobilized in crystal, Dante sees heaven
as a flower. And that flower itself, like the souls who people it, spins
and whirls with desire.
Thus my mind, all rapt, was gazing, . . . ever enkindled by its gazing . . .
. . . [M]y own wings were not sufficient . . ., save that my mind
was smitten by a flash wherein its wish came to it. Here power
failed . . . but already my desire and my will were revolved, like
a wheel that is evenly moved, by the Love which moves the sun
and the other stars.
(Paradiso, canto 33, lines 97–99 and 139–45)97
There was thus, in the early fourteenth century, more than one
solution to the deep ambivalence with which a religious thinker such
as Bonaventure expressed desire. Longing could be enhanced as well
94. Ibid., canto 7, lines 121–48, pp. 79–81. Although not spelling out an embryo-
logical image for resurrection, the lines suggest it, particularly in light of the Statius
canto (canto 25) in the Purgatorio.
95. Paradiso, trans. Singleton, canto 23, lines 71–75 and 103–5, pp. 261–63. On
the problematic nature of female desire in Dante, see Jacoff, “Transgression and
Transcendence.”
96. Ibid., canto 32, lines 52–54, p. 363.
97. Paradiso, trans. Singleton, cantos 32 and 33, pp. 359–81. Dante also speaks,
as did scholastic theologians, of terminating, or stilling, desire by fulfilling it, but
his notion of quieting and filling clearly includes enkindling anew. See, for example,
Paradiso, canto 31, lines 65–66, where Bernard is sent to Dante by Beatrice “A ter-
minar lo tuo disiro”; canto 32, lines 61–63, where Bernard warns that no will dares
desire more love or delight than there is with Christ; and canto 33, lines 46–48,
where Dante, drawing near “al fine di tutt’ i disii,” finds the ardor of his longing
heightened to the utmost. See below, pp. 334–41, on this idea in the mystics.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 305
103. See above, chapter 4, nn. 104–106, and plates 5, 10, and 15.
104. See Willibald Sauerländer, Gothic Sculpture in France 1140–1270, with pho-
tographs by M. Hirmer, trans. J. Sondheimer (London: Thames and Hudson, 197a), pp.
506–8; see also ibid., pp. 504–5 and 510–11, for Bourges and Bordeaux. For Conques,
see above, plate 15. See also Richard Cavendish, Visions of Heaven and Hell (London:
Orbis, 1977); and David Bevington, et al., Homo, Memento Finis: The Iconography
of Just Judgment in Medieval Art and Drama (Kalamazoo, Mich.: Medieval Institute
Publications, 1985), plates 2–17.
105. See above, chapter 4, nn. 119–24; Hughes, Heaven and Hell, pp. 175–89,
196–99, and 207; Morgan, Dante and the Other World, p. 23; and Getty MS 30, fols.
13v and 17, in Wieck and Kren, eds., The Visions of Tondal, pp. 41 and 45. Note also
308 the decades around 1300
the prominence of hell’s mouth in the resurrections found in plates 2, 12–14, and 17
of Bevington et. al, Homo, Memento Finis.
106. See above, chapter 4, nn. 100 and 101. A fifteenth-century woodcut of the
Last Judgment from Syon convent (Bodleian Library MS Rawl. D.402) is another
striking exception (see Bevington et al., Homo, Memento Finis, plate 18). The wood-
cut depicts Christ the Judge above two zones, in the lowest of which appear scattered
bones and a shrouded figure from whom worms crawl. These body parts would seem
to signify the dead, clearly still dead and fragmented. In the zone above, two torsos
(nicely rounded off at the middle) seem to represent saved and damned. They appear
to be the resurrected, but they are still (at least visually) parts. It is particularly strik-
ing that Christ the Judge (who is shown with lavishly bleeding wounds) is flanked
by two banners, on one of which the five wounds are depicted; hence even Christ is
here divided and fragmented. The image appears to be related to Birgitta of Sweden’s
devotion to the Five Wounds, for it says “Arma beate Birgitte.”
107. Sauerländer, Gothic Sculpture, pp. 504–5. The anatomical specificity of the
resurrection bodies depicted in the Trinity College Apocalypse is also worth noting;
see plate 28 above, and chapter 4, n. 122, also n. 117.
108. Even a quick glance at the Buffalmacco and Nardo di Cione paintings from
mid-century (plates 24, 25, and 26) shows that the lowest rungs of hell are no lon-
ger characterized by images of body parts although tortures of devouring and being
devoured continue to be prominent.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 309
109. I have discussed this in Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 285–94, and
“Bodily Miracles and the Resurrection of the Body in the High Middle Ages,” pp. 68–
106 especially pp. 79–83.
110. Cazelles, Le Corps de sainteté, pp. 219–20 and passim, and G. Philippart, Les
Légendiers latins et autres manuscrits hagiographiques, Typologie des sources du
moyen âge occidental, 24–25 (Turnhout: Brepols, 1977), pp. 40, 47.
111. On the popularity of the Golden Legend, see Brenda Dunn-Lardeau, ed.,
Legenda Aurea: Sept siècles du diffusion: Actes du colloque international . . . à
l’Université du Quebec à Montréal, 11–12 mai 1983 (Montreal and Paris: Bellarmin
and J. Vrin, 1986), and Konrad Kunze, “Jacobus a (de) Voragine,” Die deutsche Lit-
eratur des Mittelalters: Verfasserlexikon (Berlin: de Gruyter, 1983), vol. 4, col. 454.
On James’s interest in torture and mutilation, see Giselle Huot-Girard, “La jus-
tice immanente dans la Légende dorée,” Cahiers d’études médiévales 1 (1974): 135–
47; Alain Boureau, La Légende dorée: Le systeme narratif de Jacques de Voragine
(+1298) (Paris: Éditions du Cerf, 1984); Sherry L. Reames, The Legenda Aurea: A
Reexamination of Its Paradoxical History (Madison: University of Wisconsin Press,
1985); and Marie-Christine Pouchelle, “Représentations du corps dans la Légende
dorée,” Ethnologie française 6 (1976): 293–308. Pouchelle underlines the fear of divi-
sion in James’s stories; she also emphasizes the role of body as avenue to God—a
point rather similar to my interpretation in Holy Feast and Holy Fast. André Vau-
chez, “Jacques de Voragine et les saints du XIIIe siècle dans la Légende dorée,” in
Legenda Aurea: Sept siècles de diffusion, ed. B. Dunn-Lardeau, pp. 27–56, gives an
interpretation opposed to that of Boureau and Reames.
112. Of the 153 chapters (many of which tell several stories), 91 chapters treat
martyrs; the majority of the martyrs discussed are not merely killed but in some
way dismembered. For further discussion see my “Bodily Miracles,” p. 101 n. 78,
310 the decades around 1300
which medieval legendaries copied, the point is not the presence but
the absence of suffering. There are only one or two references in all of
James’s hideous stories to the fact that being cut apart might hurt.113
When he discusses the tortures of purgatory, James underlines the
pain they cause; he points out that a female saint giving birth in prison
experienced all the ordinary horrors of labor.114 In martyrdom, how-
ever, the saints receive the anesthesia of glory. As James reports blessed
Agnes to say: Christ’s body is already with the bodies of the saints; even
during torture they rest already in the “embrace of his pure arms.”115
Indeed Thomas Aquinas, writing just as James was compiling his
Golden Legend, explained that the martyrs bear up under pain exactly
because the beatific vision flows over naturally into their bodies.116
Contemporary artists repeatedly depicted saintly heroes and heroines
as unaffected psychologically (and even physiologically) by graphic and
remarkable tortures.117
Owing in part to the development of relic cult, the attitude of
thirteenth-century hagiographers toward decay and bodily division
was far more complex and ambivalent than that found in the stories of
Tertullian’s day or even Jerome’s. James of Voragine (like Caesarius of
Heisterbach earlier) tells of relics that protest division and of those that
welcome it, of frantic and courageous efforts to bury the martyrs and of
saints who resist honorable sepulchre, of incorruption that manifests the
and Boureau, La Légende dorée, p. 116. There is real sadism in James’s accounts. He
seems to enjoy detailing the mutilations suffered by the saints; see, for example, his
accounts of Vincent, Juliana, and Eugenia (the latter under Saints Protus and Hya-
cinth); Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 117–20, 177–78, 602–5; Golden Legend, trans.
Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 114–17, 166–67, 536–39. He puts in the mouth of Dominic
a masochistic speech asking for fragmentation a little at a time; Legenda aurea, ed.
Graesse, p. 468; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 415.
113. See Boureau, La Légende dorée, pp. 60–61 and 115–33.
114. For James’s recognition of pain in purgatory, see the stories he borrows from
Peter the Chanter in Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 731–32; Golden Legend, trans.
Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 650–51. For a woman’s pain in labor contrasted with the
absence of pain during martyrdom, see Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 798–99; trans.
Ryan and Ripperger, p. 736.
115. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 114: “jam amplexibus ejus castis adstricta
sum; jam corpus ejus corpori meo sociatum est. . . .”
116. Thomas, ST 3a, q. 15, art. 5, obj. 3 and reply to obj. 3, vol. 49, pp. 204–7; and
see also ST 3a, q. 14, art. 1, obj. 2 and reply to obj. 2, pp. 170–75. Bernard of Clairvaux
expresses the same opinion in De diligendo Deo, section 10, paragr. 29, Tractatus et
opuscula, p. 144.
117. See Bynum, Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 231–33 and plates 6.14 and
6.15. And see below, nn. 129 and 130.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 311
glory of body and of failure to decay naturally that signals evil, even the
work of devils.118 But whatever complicated cultural attitudes toward
body and burial such stories betray, wholeness is their crucial theme,
whether expressed in tales of reassemblage, in metaphors of fertility, or
in miracles of metonymy. James often describes heroic efforts to gather
bones for burial; he occasionally recounts—and gives unabashed reli-
gious significance to—division and scattering. But in the latter cases he
118. When king Clovis breaks off the arm of St. Denis, he is punished by insanity
(Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 686; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 622); a cloth relic
bleeds when cut (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 198; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p.
186); Julian the Apostate’s plan to scatter the body of John the Baptist is called a “sec-
ond martyrdom” (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 568–73, esp. p. 569; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 504). Persecutors are said to be denied decent burial (Legenda aurea, ed.
Graesse, p. 145; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 167) or to suffer decay or violent frag-
mentation while alive (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 33, 69, 203–4; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, pp. 41, 71, and 592). But dividing up St. Augustine for relics is presented
as perfectly acceptable (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 562–63; trans. Ryan and Rip-
perger, p. 498). The faithful are said to strive to collect the bones of John the Baptist
(Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 566–67, 569; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 502 and
504), Denis’s companions (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 685; trans. Ryan and Rip-
perger, p. 620), Bartholomew (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 543; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 482), Hadrian (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 600–I; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 534–5), Boniface (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 318; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 286), and Petronilla’s companions (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 343;
trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 300). Even when scattered, martyred flesh is said to be
“untouched” by scavenger beasts or is collected by divine means for burial (Legenda
aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 345–46 and 602; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 304 and 536).
The body of St. Paul is said to turn in its coffin, grateful to be rejoined to its skull
(Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 385; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 345). But James
stresses that St. Marcellinus is so humble he does not want burial (Legenda aurea,
ed. Graesse, p. 271; trans, Ryan and Ripperger, p. 245); Mary of Egypt asks to become
dust (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 247–49; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 229–30);
the Seven Sleepers of Ephesus refuse the golden coffins offered by the emperor and
ask instead to lie in the earth (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 438; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 386): “et cum [imperator] jussisset fieri loculos aureos, in quibus mit-
terentur, in ipsa nocte apparuerunt imperator dicentes, ut, sicut hactenus in terra
jacuerunt et ex terra resurrexerant, ita eos dimitteret, donec dominus iterum eos
resuscitaret.” A miracle attached to the life of Benedict even recounts that a monk
who deserted the monastery and died was rejected by the earth and could not decay
until his parents buried a consecrated host with him (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse,
p. 211; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, ibid., p. 201). Yet the bodies of Christ and Mary
the Virgin are said not to decay because they are not tainted with sin (Legenda aurea,
ed. Graesse, pp. 239 and 504–17; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 220 and 450–57).
And incorruption in the grave, occasionally a sign of evil, is frequently presented as
a sign of the purity of the body (Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 441; trans. Ryan and
Ripperger, p. 389).
The attitudes behind these stories are not fully consistent, but in general violent
fragmentation and disrespect for bones is evil, quiet burial and decay is good; incor-
ruption (when it is a sign of genuine purity) is even better than gentle reception by
the earth. Reassemblage is an act of piety, but where reassemblage and sepulchre are
not possible, the part is treated as if the whole were present there.
312 the decades around 1300
City Leaf,” The Nelson Gallery and Atkins Museum Bulletin 5, no. 1 (1971): 31 n.
3. Although art historians have usually spoken of such depictions as if the severed
limbs are attributes (or aids to identification), more is involved. The saint in glory is
reassembled as if in resurrection, but the part or mark she bears is also an aspect of
who she is for all eternity.
This iconographic reassemblage of saints is in interesting contrast to contem-
porary depictions of Christ. In the later fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, Christ’s
body is regularly divided into pieces in representations of the Five Wounds; see
Gertrud Schiller, Iconography of Christian Art, vol. 2: The Passion of Jesus Christ,
pp. 184–97 and plates 664–73. We also find increasing visual emphasis on Christ’s
suffering in crucifixion, although depictions of the saints show them impassive and
impassible under torture; see Bynum, Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 231–33,
271, and 278–79. It is as though—at least visually—Christ, because he is God, takes
on all the culture’s obsession with torture and partition, while the saints are guar-
anteed (by their participation in beatific vision and blessedness) to be free of pain
and fragmentation. The point is worth pursuing but would take me beyond the early
fourteenth century.
130. Plate 36 is another miniature series from Paris MS, Bibliothèque nationale,
N.A.FR. 23686 (cited above in n. 129); it shows St. Quentin both beheaded and intact.
Stephen Murray in Notre Dame, Cathedral of Amiens points out not only that the
relics of St. Firmin are sculpted on the St. Firmin portal at Amiens as if they were
rising from the dead but also that the column statues of the saints on the same portal
give a premonition of resurrection; see plate 23 and chapter 5 at n. 40. Two of these
saints are cephalophores but others are decapitated martyrs who have once again
received their heads.
131. Of two self-mutilations carried out by early saints, one is overcome by the
restoration of the severed hand, but in the second case (St. Mark’s severed thumb)
the moral of the story is simply that mutilation does not matter; the Evangelist is
ordained without restoration of the missing part. It is significant, however, that just
after the account of Mark’s self-mutilation we are given a story of how he healed a cob-
bler’s severely mangled hand with a paste made from dust. James, Legenda aurea, ed.
Graesse, pp. 367 (St. Leo) and 266 (St. Mark); trans. Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 331, 239.
132. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 120: “torquetur Vincentius, ut exerceatur,
flagellatur, ut erudiatur, tunditur, ut subsolidetur, exuritur, ut repurgetur . . .” (my
translation). And see above, n. 127.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 315
the saint did not die when crucified, but chose rather to expire three
days later when the crowd wanted to take him down from the cross.
Saying “it is time for Thee [God] to give my body back to the earth, . . .
which may keep it and restore it to me on the day of the resurrection
of the body,” he then disappeared in a cloud of light, and for years after,
manna “in the form of flour” and scented oil issued from his tomb.
This saint, who became food in the grave, supposedly told his persecu-
tor: “To Almighty God I offer daily a Lamb without stain, who, after all
the people have eaten Him, remains alive and whole.”133
In James’s account of Catherine, her fifty converts are thrown into
the fire for their faith, and the language in which their death is described
assimilates execution and resurrection. Asserting an intactness that
begins long before the trumpet sounds, the hagiographer writes: “not
a hair of their heads nor a shred of their garments suffered the least
harm from the fire.”134 In another account that explicitly echoes not
only Luke 21.18 but also 1 Corinthians 15.42–44, the martyr’s words
deny exactly the bodily division he suffers. St. James the Dismembered
speaks to his severed toes:
Go, third toe, to thy companions, and as the grain of wheat bears
much fruit, so shalt thou rest with thy fellows unto the last day. . . .
Be comforted, little toe, because great and small shall have the same
resurrection. A hair of the head shall not perish, and how much less
shalt thou, the least of all, be separated from thy fellows?135
133. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 12–22; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 9–16.
134. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 789–97, esp, 792; trans. Ryan and Ripperger,
pp. 708–15, especially p. 712.
135. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 799–803; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p. 719.
136. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 448–51, esp. 448; trans. Ryan and Ripperger,
pp. 396–99, especially p. 396. On etymologies, see Roswitha Klinck, Die lateinische
Etymologie des Mittelalters (Munich: Wilhelm Fink, 1970), especially pp. 57–70, and
Anders Winroth, “The Etymologies in the Golden Legend of Jacobus de Varagine”
(M.A. thesis, Columbia University, 1992).
316 the decades around 1300
He was like a grain of wheat that falls to the ground and is picked up
by the hands of unbelievers, and dying rises again in a fertile stalk. He
was the grape that in the press gives forth much juice. He was the spice
that, ground in the mortar by the pestle, gives forth a wondrous odor.
He was the mustard seed that increases in strength when it is ground.137
As Guibert of Nogent had pointed out more than a hundred and fifty
years earlier, the eucharistic host, fragmented by human teeth and diges-
tive processes yet in every minute crumb the whole body of Christ, is
the guarantee that wholeness (impartibility and impassibility) is God’s
ultimate promise to humankind.138 During the thirteenth century, theo-
logians devoted much attention to the doctrine of concomitance—the
teaching, that is, that Christ is fully present in each species and in every
particle of the Eucharist.139 Thus it is not surprising that James’s most
extravagant assertion of pars pro toto is a eucharistic miracle. In his
account of St. Gregory, a woman who doubts the Eucharist sees it as the
body of Christ. But what she sees lying on the altar at the consecration
is a finger! It is hard to imagine a more graphic (and to modern tastes
offensive) assimilation of Eucharist to relic, of communion to cannibal-
ism.140 But the story is also a symbol of the bodiliness of God, the bodili-
ness of us all, and the hope not only of future resurrection but of present
wholeness. If in Christ and in the martyrs part is whole, perhaps we too
shall be—even are—whole in every fragment no matter how threatened
by consumption, death, and decay. James draws on such ideas when he
puts into St. Catherine’s mouth the claim (almost blasphemous in its
eucharistic overtones) “I desire to offer my flesh and blood to Christ,
as He offered Himself for me,” or assimilates the bodies of Andrew and
John the Evangelist to the food that never diminishes by recounting that
their graves filled inexhaustibly with manna.141
137. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, p. 282; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, p, 251.
138. See Bynum, “Bodily Miracles,” pp. 77–78. Eucharistic miracles from the
twelfth to the fourteenth century were characterized by an emphasis on part being
whole; see Benedicta Ward, Miracles and the Medieval Mind, pp. 15–18.
139. Bynum, Holy Feast and Holy Fast, pp. 51–53 and 255; Gary Macy, The Theol-
ogies of the Eucharist in the Early Scholastic Period: A Study of the Salvific Function
of the Sacrament According to the Theologians, ca. 1080–ca. 1220 (Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1984), passim.
140. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 197–98; trans. Ryan and Ripperger, pp. 185–86.
141. Legenda aurea, ed. Graesse, pp. 793, 12–22, and 56–62; trans. Ryan and Rip-
perger, pp. 713, 9–16, 58–63. For an example from devotional literature of an empha-
sis on each of the parts of Christ as if it were the whole, see Ancrene Riwle, trans.
M. B. Salu, pt. 2, pp. 49–50.
Somatomorphic Soul and Visio Dei 317
1. See the works cited in my introduction, nn. 2, 4, 7, and 9–11 above, especially
Gooch, Partial Knowledge, and Greshake and Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum.
2. The Middle Ages did not, of course, have a Latin word for “the self”; see John
F. Benton, “Consciousness of Self and Perceptions of Individuality,” in Renaissance
and Renewal, ed. Benson and Constable, pp. 263–95, and Bynum, “Did the Twelfth
Century Discover the Individual?” in Jesus as Mother, pp. 82–109. Theologians used
“person,” at least by the thirteenth century, to mean precisely not the soul but the
psychosomatic unit that would exist after the resurrection. By this latter move they
clearly meant to make resurrection philosophically as well as theologically neces-
sary. My point here is that—as many theologians (mostly Protestant) have pointed
out— it is not clear whether labeling the separated soul “not a person” is sufficient
to make resumption of body at resurrection necessary for what we in the twentieth
century mean by “self.”
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 319
understanding of matter, and this at a time when materiality and physicality were
newly important to natural philosophical investigation.
6. In addition to the discussion in chapter 6 above, see Luke Demaitre and Anthony
A. Travill, “Human Embryology and Development in the Works of Albertus Mag-
nus,” in James A. Weisheipl, ed., Albertus Magnus and the Sciences: Commemora-
tive Essays, 1980 (Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Medieval Studies, 1980), pp. 405–40.
7. See the works cited below in nn. 17, 25, and 26, for Bacon’s ideas about life
prolongation and corpse preservation.
8. Taylor, “Human Generation in the Thought of Thomas Aquinas”; Nolan,
Giles, pp. 114–23.
9. It is striking how much more speculation there was on the conception of Mary
than on the conception of Christ. It seems likely that this is (at least in part) because
Mary, a human being, was conceived as we are; thus, her conception provides an
opportunity to speculate on sexual reproduction generally and on its moral signifi-
cance. Christ’s conception, although uniquely important theologically speaking, did
not provide a locus for discussing sex. See Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 80
and 224–28.
10. See below, n. 25.
11. See Bynum, “Bodily Miracles,” and eadem, review of Michael Camille, The
Gothic Idol, in The Art Bulletin 72, no. 2 (1990): 331–32.
322 the decades around 1300
12. Pouchelle, Corps et Chirurgie, pp. 132–36. She claims that the earliest official
dissections (in 1315) were dissections of female bodies. The dissections to which she
refers were clearly not the first dissections or autopsies of any sort. Dissections aris-
ing out of embalming or for the purpose of determining the cause of death in legal
cases were practiced at least from the early thirteenth century on; dissections of the
human body for teaching purposes were practiced at Bologna about 1300. See Walter
Artelt, Die ältesten Nachrichten über die Sektion menschlicher Leichen im mittel-
alterlichen Abendland (Berlin: Ebering, 1940), pp. 3–25; Mary Niven Alston, “The
Attitude of the Church Towards Dissection Before 1500,” Bulletin of the History of
Medicine 16 (1944): 221–38; Ynez Viole O’Neill, “Innocent III and the Evolution of
Anatomy,” Medical History 20, no. 4 (1976): 429–33; Nancy G. Siraisi, “The Medical
Learning of Albertus Magnus,” in Weisheipl, ed., Albertus Magnus and the Sciences,
p. 395; Jacquart and Thomasset, Sexuality, p. 40; and Katharine Park, “Opening the
Body: Autopsy and Dissection in Prevasalian Italy” (Paper for the New England
Renaissance Conference, November 2–3, 1990).
13. E. Brown, “Death and the Human Body,” p. 234 n. 48.
14. Enrico Menesto and Silvestro Nessi, eds., Il processo di canonizzazione di
Chiara de Montefalco (Scandicci, Florence: “La Nuova Italia,” 1984), p. 339; Park,
“Opening the Body”; Camporesi, Incorruptible Flesh, pp. 3–11.
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 323
of this practice came the first claims that special marks of sanctity can
be found inside holy persons (e.g., the “wound of love” in the heart) as
well as outside (e.g., stigmata). By the mid-fourteenth century, the bod-
ies of putative saints were sometimes torn open after death to look for
signs of sanctity in the viscera. For example, when the sisters of Clare
of Montefalco decided to embalm her body a few days after her death
in August, 1308, they found in her heart “a cross, or the image of the
crucified Christ.” Three precious stones, inscribed with pictures of the
Holy Family, were found in the heart of the pathetic little blind saint,
Margaret of Città di Castello.15 By the fifteenth century inquisitors at
canonization proceedings looked to autopsy evidence for proof of para-
mystical phenomena such as miraculous abstinence.16
Enthusiastic partition of nonholy bodies was practiced as well. Estab-
lished in Germany in the twelfth century and known as the mos teu-
tonicus, the custom of eviscerating and boiling the corpses of royalty
and aristocrats and burying the resulting body parts in various locali-
ties became common north of the Alps in the later thirteenth century
although it was never popular in Italy.17 As Elizabeth A. R. Brown has
recently demonstrated, the bull Detestande feritatis, issued by Boni-
face VIII in 1299 to forbid the practice, was not enforced in the early
fourteenth century; by 1351 Clement VI decreed that the French rulers
would no longer need any special exemption for division of the body.
By the fifteenth century at least one pope had his own body embalmed.
Indeed, immediately after Boniface’s death, opponents charged that he
was a heretic because his concern to prevent fragmenting or tampering
with cadavers proved, they said, that he did not believe in resurrection.18
As Edward Peters has recently reminded us, the years around 1300
also saw the revival of torture as a judicial procedure.19 And there is
15. See n. 14 above on Clare; for Margaret, see Holy Feast and Holy Fast, p. 145
and p. 364 n. 212.
16. See, for example, the account of the autopsy of Columba of Rieti; Holy Feast
and Holy Fast, p. 148.
17. E. Brown, “Death and the Human Body; pp. 221–70; Park, “Opening the Body.”
18. E. Brown, “Authority, Family, and the Dead.” If it is true (as Paravicini Bagliani
has argued) that Boniface was influenced by the ideas of Roger Bacon about life pro-
longation, the charge may have meant not that Boniface denied any form of survival
but that his concerns made resurrection natural, not supernatural. In other words,
the old pope’s obsession with preserving his body from decay obscured the dividing
line between life and death and implied that, with sufficient medical or alchemical
manipulation, the body might indeed live forever; a natural process would therefore
be substituted for resurrection via grace. See below nn. 25 and 26.
19. Edward Peters, Torture (Oxford: Blackwell, 1985). The fact that torturers (who
were permitted to squeeze, twist, and stretch in excruciating ways) were forbidden
324 the decades around 1300
some evidence, at least for England, that the use of mutilation as punish-
ment for capital crimes increased in frequency in exactly these decades.
Chronicle accounts make it clear that dismemberment was reserved
for the most repulsive crimes and that the populace was expected to be
able to interpret the nature of the offense from the precise way in which
the criminal’s body was cut apart and the pieces displayed. Drawing and
quartering, or burning (that is, reduction to the smallest possible par-
ticles: ashes), were punishments reserved for treason, witchcraft, and
heresy, particularly when practiced by those of lower social status or
inferior gender.20 R. I. Moore and Saul Brody have attributed the scape-
goating of lepers in the same years not only to increased incidence of
the disease but also to changes in its conceptualization. In the general
flaring up of intolerance that many historians have seen to be charac-
teristic of the late thirteenth century, the bodies of lepers came to be
paradigms for sin because they fragmented and putrefied while alive.21
For all the recent study of bodily partition, historians have not
agreed about its significance or about attitudes toward it. Marie-Chris-
tine Pouchelle has claimed that the writings of French surgeons display
an odd combination of reverence and almost prurient curiosity about
what is contained inside (that is, the “secrets” of) cadavers, especially
female cadavers.22 A number of Renaissance historians have taken the
fact that the first dissections were performed on the bodies of criminals
to effect bodily division suggests that it was highly charged. It is also worth noting
that medical practice preferred to cure by adjustment of humors and fluids; physi-
cians, who did not cut or cauterize, had higher status than surgeons, who were in
certain ways assimilated to barbers, a social rank below them. See Faye Marie Getz,
“The Faculty of Medicine Before 1500,” in The History of the University of Oxford,
vol. 2: Late Medieval Oxford, ed. J. I. Catto and R. Evans (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1992), pp. 373–405.
20. J. G. Bellamy, The Law of Treason in England in the Later Middle Ages (Cam-
bridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), pp. 9, 13, 20–21, 26, 39, 45–47, 52, and
226–27. As Bellamy points out (ibid., p. 227), historians often know the nature of
the crime only from the type of execution inflicted. We know, for example, that a
homicide had been adjudged petty treason in fourteenth-century England if the male
perpetrator was drawn and hung or the female perpetrator burned. See also Campo-
resi, Incorruptible Flesh, pp. 19–24, and Finucane, “Sacred Corpse, Profane Carrion,”
pp. 50–51 (on execution by mutilation and partition), pp. 57–58 (on burning).
21. Saul N. Brody, The Disease of the Soul: Leprosy in Medieval Literature (Ithaca,
N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1974), pp. 64–66, 79, 85–86. See also R. I. Moore, The
Formation of a Persecuting Society, pp. 58–63; idem, “Heresy as Disease,” in The
Concept of Heresy in the Middle Ages (11th–13th Century): Proceedings of the Inter-
national Conference, Louvain, May 13–16, 1973, ed. W. Lourdaux and D. Verhelst
(Louvain: University Press, 1976), pp. 1–11; and Camporesi, Incorruptible Flesh, pp.
90–96.
22. Pouchelle, Corps et chirurgie, especially pt. 1, chap. 4.
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 325
26. Paravicini Bagliani suggests that there is a newly positive attitude toward the
body implicit in the Baconian ideas; see the works cited in n. 25 above and n. 35
below.
27. Henri Platelle, “La Voix du sang: Le cadavre qui saigné en presence de son
meutrier,” La Piété populaire au moyen âge, Actes du 99e Congrès National des
Sociétés Savantes, Besançon 1974 (Paris, 1977), pp. 161–79; Finucane, Miracles and
Pilgrims, pp. 73–75; Michel Bouvier, “De l’incorruptibilité des corps saints,” in Les
miracles, miroirs, pp. 193–221; Ariès, Hour of Our Death, pp. 261–68 and 353ff.;
Jacques Gélis, “De la mort à la vie: Les ‘sanctuaires à reprit’,” Ethnologie française
11 (1981): 211–24.
28. Ariès, Hour of Our Death, pp. 261–68 and 353ff. Although some people today
still believe such stories, growth of hair and nails does not occur in corpses. Robert
W. Ackerman, “The Debate of the Body and the Soul and Parochial Christianity,”
Speculum 37 (1962): 549, argues that the thirteenth-century Middle English Debate
between the Body and the Soul reflects “popular belief” in its implication that the
cadaver retains for a little while after death the “capacity and will to speak.”
29. Thurston, Physical Phenomena, pp. 246–52; Bynum, Fragmentation and
Redemption, p. 372 n. 32.
30. Paravicini Bagliani, “Rajeunir au moyen âge”; idem, “Ruggero Bacone, Boni-
facio VIII, e la teoria della ‘prolongatio vitae’ ”; and Getz, “Faculty of Medicine.”
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 327
Gervase of Mont St. Eloi and Godfrey of Fontaines, who opposed the mos
teutonicus, had to agree. Like Boniface, they might prefer a scientific and
philosophical theory of the cadaver that emphasized the slow fading of its
form in decay, but they were forced to admit that God would restore that
identical flesh and form when the trumpet sounds.37
Enthusiastic recourse to bodily partition at the very heart of a reli-
gion that denied, on the ontological level, that partition occurred at
all; prurient fascination with torture and division in a culture that not
only articulated opposition to these practices but also found innumer-
able euphemisms for them; efforts to lodge the identity of person in
soul while continuing to assert an inclinatio in matter, a forma cor-
poreitatis, and even an aerial body or somatomorphic expression for
separated soul—these aspects of the late thirteenth century are pro-
foundly contradictory. None however suggests either dualistic rejection
of body or the equation of self with soul.38 If assertion of wholeness
replaced hope of reassemblage in the conception of resurrection in the
early fourteenth century, it was because body had become so crucial to
person that the line between form and matter, death and life, earth and
eternity, fragment and whole, had almost disappeared.
Yet resurrection was not merely the assertion of wholeness. It was
also the object of desire. Even to those schoolmen who imagined heaven
as quiet and order, body was a beloved bride. Solomon told Dante the
pilgrim that we yearn for body, not only for ourselves but also for those
we love, in order that they may enjoy both God and their friends in
the flesh and that we may thus delight in God and in them. By the late
thirteenth century some mystics seemed to lodge desire not only before
the resurrection in a soul that yearns for body as well as for God but
also in a psychosomatic unity whose longing will not be sated for all
eternity. From a yearning for flesh that retards or distracts the spirit to
a hunger that is the deepest expression of a spiritual yet embodied self,
imaginings of desire themselves changed. What had been merely a hint
in Augustine became a deep ambivalence in Bernard and Bonaventure,
a lyrical and sensual vision in Dante and Mechtild of Magdeburg. Great
37. E. Brown, “Death and the Human Body”; see also eadem, “Authority, Family,
and the Dead.”
38. Ackerman, “Debate of Body and Soul,” p. 551, sees in the vernacular litera-
ture of the thirteenth century (more than in the Latin) an “unchristian and dangerous
dualism,” implied in the personification of Body as “an active principle of evil.” But
he also gives a good deal of evidence from the same treatises of love for the body and
suggests, tellingly, that the debate form is adopted because of its “dramatic possibili-
ties.” It seems to me that we do not have here real “dualism” but rather a sense of
self as psychosomatic unity—a self in which part can stand for whole and in which
an imbalance between parts leads to evil.
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 329
he said: “To those who seek and long for the presence of God, memory
is in the meanwhile and for the moment sweet, but it does not satisfy;
rather it makes more intense the desire for that from which satisfac-
tion comes.”43 A century later Hadewijch, writing of the paradoxes of
divine love in the metaphors and rhythms of the secular love lyric,
spoke of desire as “inseparable satiety and hunger”; “new assaults of
love,” she wrote, “[are] new hunger so vast that new love may devour
new eternity!”44
Such love, however, was lodged in spirit; often it was a yearning
to escape from body and earth. What is significant for the study of
images of resurrection is the slow emergence not only of a yearning for
body, fraught though it was with ambivalence, but also of an (equally
ambivalent) sense of body as the locus of yearning for God. Both are
background to the final cantos of Dante’s Divine Comedy; both are par-
ticularly associated with devotional and mystical writings for and by
women;45 both suggest an interpretation of the late Middle Ages very
different from the deeply learned but misguided charges of overwrought
sensitive analysis of desire in Bernard. She comments aptly (p. 133): “What [scholars]
fail to understand is the degree to which both Bernard and the Pearl poet affirm the
necessity of longing in the salvific process.” The complex discussion of desire in Ber-
nard’s sermon De conversione, chap. 14, paragr. 27, argues basically that we should
desire God because such desire (unlike earthly desires) will by definition be fulfilled.
But the passage also states that this desire is more powerful than all other desires and
at least hints, by quoting Ecclesiasticus 24.21, that the filling of such desire leads to
its own increase. See De conversione, in Opera, vol. 4 (1966), pp. 101–2.
43. Bernard, De diligendo Deo, section 4, paragr. 11, in Opera, vol. 3 (1963), p. 127.
44. Hadewijch: The Complete Works, trans. Columba Hart (New York: Paulist
Press, 1980), pp. 222–23.
45. On the embodied quality of women’s spirituality, see my Fragmentation and
Redemption, pp. 181–222 and 365–85; Karen Glente, “Mystikerinnenviten aus män-
nlicher und weiblicher Sicht: Ein Vergleich zwischen Thomas von Cantimpré und
Katherina von Unterlinden,” in Peter Dinzelbacher and Dieter Bauer, eds., Religiöse
Frauenbewegung und mystische Frömmigkeit im Mittelalter (Cologne and Vienna:
Böhlau, 1988), pp. 251–64; Elizabeth A. Petroff, “Women’s Bodies and the Experience
of God in the Middle Ages,” Vox Benedictina 8, no. 1 (1991): 91–115; and Danielle
Régnier-Bohler, “Voix littéraires, voix mystiques,” in Histoire des femmes en occi-
dent, ed. Duby and Perrot, vol. 2: Le moyen âge, ed. Klapisch-Zuber, pp. 443–500.
I do not want to suggest that every female mystic located desire in the body (or
stressed desire for body) the way Mechtild and Marguerite did; Hadewijch and Ger-
trude the Great, for example, wrote almost exclusively of the soul desiring God.
Most female writers did, however, employ unusually sensual prose and manifest
spiritual responses somatically; see Régnier-Bohler, “Voix littéraires,” pp. 461, 485–99.
On the tendency of men to associate somatic phenomena and bodily desire with
women, see Bynum, Holy Feast and Holy Fast, pp. 94–149; on the background of
such assumptions in misogyny, see Régnier-Bohler, “Voix littéraires,” pp. 443–51,
464–70, 472–80.
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 331
This is one of the greatest marvels on earth: that the thing which is
highest under God, that is, man’s soul, as Augustine testifies, should
be so closely united to the flesh, which is mere mud and dirty earth,
and that, because of this union, she should love it so much that . . .
46. Johan Huizinga, The Waning of the Middle Ages: A Study of the Forms of Life,
Thought, and Art in France and the Netherlands in the XlVth and XVth Centuries,
trans. F. Hopman (1924; reprint Garden City: Doubleday, 1956).
47. See above, n. 38, and chapter 7, n. 9.
48. Heningham, “An Early Latin Debate of the Body and Soul”; Ackerman,
“Debate of Body and Soul”; Marjorie M. Malvern, “An Earnest ‘Monyscyon’ and
‘thinge Delectabyll’ Realized Verbally and Visually in ‘A Disputacion Betwyx the
Body and Wormes,’ A Middle English Poem Inspired by Tomb Art and Northern
Spirituality,” Viator 13 (1982): 415–43; Jacques Le Goff, “Corps et idéologie dans
l’Occident médiéval: La Révolution corporelle,” in L’Imaginaire médiéval: Essais
(Paris: Gallimard, 1985), pp. 123–27; Zaleski, Otherworld Journeys, pp. 48–49. For
a general discussion of this debate literature, see Francis Lee Utley, “Dialogues,
Debates, and Catechisms,” in A Manual of Writings in Middle English: vol. 3, ed.
Albert Hartung (1975), pp. 691–96.
49. Ancrene Riwle, trans. M. B. Salu, pt. 3, pp. 62, 75; pt. 4, pp. 122–23; pt. 6, pp.
159–61. These passages, in strongly Pauline language, stress that the same body that
here below is earth, rot, and the breeder of feces and maggots, will be glorious, light,
and beautiful in heaven. In heaven we put off the “old flesh” or “garment” and don
the new, which will shine “sevenfold brighter than the sun.”
332 the decades around 1300
she . . . angers her Maker. . . . [But God did not want the soul to fall
into pride, and so He has] tied a heavy clod of earth to [it], like a man
hobbling a cow or any other animal that is likely to stray.50
The soul loves the body greatly, and this is clearly seen in their part-
ing, for dear friends are sorry when they must separate. But Our
Lord willingly separated His soul from His body in order to join ours
together, world without end, in the happiness of heaven.
Indeed, we should never say that we love only the soul of another, not
her body. For “the soul and the body are but one person, and ask for
one judgment. Will you divide into two what God has joined together?
[Matt. 29.6] He forbids this.”52 Literature of spiritual advice, like scho-
lastic textbooks, uses marriage imagery to stress that body and spirit
are bound together by tenderness, even passion, into “one flesh”; per-
son is a psychosomatic unity.
Drawing on such ideas, Middle English devotional texts (for exam-
ple, the Castel off Loue and the Cursor Mundi among others) regularly
include descriptions of soul loving the body so tenderly that it lingers at
death until all the senses are lost.53 Such discussion explicitly includes
50. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 62. The author then goes on to read Job 28.25 (“who madest a
weight for the winds”) as if it refers to the body, which he calls here “the heavy flesh
which pulls the soul down.” See also pt. 7, pp. 172–73.
51. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 61.
52. Quoted passages at ibid., pt. 7, pp. 172–75, especially p. 175, and pt. 4, pp. 81–2.
53. Robert Grosseteste (?), Castel off Loue, ed. Richard F. Weymouth (London: The
Philological Society, 1864), p. 57, lines 1169–80; The Pricke of Conscience (Stimulus
Conscientiae): A Northumbrian Poem . . . [formerly attributed to Richard Rolle],
ed. Richard Morris (Berlin: Ascher, 1863), pp. 227–28, lines 8443–68; Cursor Mundi,
ed. Richard Morris, Early English Text Society 59 (London: Kegan, Paul, Trench, and
Trübner, 1875), vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 974–75, lines 17009–26 (probably borrowed from
the Castel). On these works, see Robert R. Raymo, “Works of Religious and Philo-
sophical Instruction,” in A Manual of Writings in Middle English, vol. 7, ed. Albert
Hartung (1986), pp. 2268–9, 2276–77 and 2337–38. For a detailed elaboration of the
soul’s love for the body and her reluctance to depart therefrom (expressed often in
nuptial imagery), see The Departing Soul’s Address to the Body: A Fragment of a
Semi-Saxon Poem, ed. and trans. Thomas Phillipps and S. W. Singer (London: Luke
James Hansard, 1845).
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 333
the idea (found also in Bonaventure’s Breviloquium) that the more per-
fect flesh is, the more it experiences. Thus Christ’s every sense was
perfectly acute on the cross, and in its acuity of experience lay our sal-
vation. Nor did his senses fade, gradually relinquishing his soul for its
journey; rather his soul chose to depart from the flesh it loved and in
which it manifested its love for his friends. There is a suggestion here
of wonder that any soul—even God’s—could bear to depart from such
glorious flesh, unweakened and untainted by sin.54
In these descriptions, a new use of synecdoche throbs with enthu-
siasm for body and for all that to which body gives us access. Bodily
part becomes body; body and soul become each other; body manifests
self. The author of the Ancrene Wisse exclaims that, as St. Bernard
tells us, Christ wept with every part of his body, not only his eyes.55
As “people tie knots in their belts to remind them about things,” so
“Our Lord . . . puts marks of piercing in both His hands, to remind
Him of us.”56 Body is no longer a prison (even a loved prison) in which
self is housed until it can escape. It is rather a locus of self-expression:
the marks of stigmata are not the results of torture or pain but the
pledge—the dwelling-place—of friendship. As the thirteenth-century
saint Christina Mirabilis supposedly said, body is our “beloved,” our
“best and sweetest . . . companion in the present sadness.”57
None of this is irrelevant to resurrection; for the body we fear, love,
and discipline on earth is—as Christina said—the body we will regain
in heaven.58 The author of the Ancrene Wisse asserted as confidently
as Tertullian that the fasting and constraint we inflict on the flesh
here will appear in the flesh we receive before the throne of God. The
54. On Bonaventure, see above, pp. 251–52. See also the lines from the Castel off
Loue and the Cursor Mundi cited in n. 53 above, and Ancrene Riwle, pt. 2, p. 49–51,
and pt. 7, p. 173.
55. Ancrene Riwle, pt. 2, p. 49, referring to Bernard, sermon 3 for Palm Sunday,
in Opera, vol. 5 (1968), pp. 54–55: “Ubi quidem non solis oculis, sed quasi membris
omnibus flevisse videtur, ut totum corpus eius, quod est Ecclesia, totius corporis
lacrimis purgaretur.”
56. Ancrene Riwle, pt. 7, p. 175.
57. “Now, O best and sweetest body . . . you will rest in the dust and will sleep
for a little and then, when the trumpet blows, you will rise again purified of all cor-
ruptibility and you will be joined in eternal happiness with the soul you have had as
a companion . . ..” Life of Christina Mirabilis, chap. 5, number 36, paragrs. 47–48,
Acta Sanctorum, July, vol. 5, p. 658–59; trans. Margot H. King, The Life of Christina
Mirabilis (Saskatoon: Peregrina, 1986), pp. 27–28. Elizabeth A. Petroff discusses this
passage briefly but with characteristic insight in Medieval Women’s Visionary Lit-
erature, p. 36. For a twelfth-century reference to body as brother, see Peter of Celle,
De disciplina claustrali, chap. 23, cited above chapter 4, n. 10.
58. See above, n. 57, and Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 236–37.
334 the decades around 1300
appeared a delightful place, which was so large that the whole world
seems only a little thing by comparison. . . .
. . . From there came so great a sweetness and such great com-
fort that the angels and the souls were satisfied by it to the point
that they could not desire anything else . . . such a good odor . . .
such a great embrace of love.64
The saints will be completely within their Creator as the fish within
the sea: they will drink to satiety, without getting tired and without
in any way diminishing the water. . . . [T]hey will drink and eat the
great sweetness of God. And the more they eat, the more their hunger
will grow. And this sweetness cannot decrease any more or less than
can the water of the sea.65
She seemed to see Jesus Christ, so glorious that no human heart could
conceive of him. He was clothed in the glorious garment which he
took from the noble body of Our Lady. . . . From [his] glorious wounds
poured forth a clarity so bright that one was astonished by it. . . .
This glorious body was so noble and so transparent that one saw very
clearly the soul inside of it. This body was so noble that one could
see oneself there more clearly than in a mirror, . . . so beautiful that
one saw the angels and the saints, as if they were painted on it . . ..
Now imagine His great beauty, so great that He has granted to
all the angels and all the saints who are his members, that they
may be as clear [clars] as the sun. . . .
. . . He has given to his friends an agility [legereta] so great that
in an instant they can go wherever they wish. . . .
. . . [H]e has made them so free, subtle and immaterial [frans et
si sustiz et si trapercans] that they can enter and depart through
closed doors, without any impediment, as Jesus Christ did after
the resurrection.
. . . [T]hey can never be sick, nor burdened, nor suffering, nei-
ther in soul nor in body.
. . . He has made his friends of such noble matter that they
can no longer corrupt nor grow old [ne se porrent ja mais corrum-
pre, ne no porrent enveylir], but they will live with him forever
[perdurablement].68
70. Jeffrey Hamburger, “The Visual and the Visionary: The Image in Late Medi-
eval Monastic Devotions,” Viator 20 (1989): 161–82, especially p. 168, plate 3.
71. Bynum, Holy Feast and Holy Fast; Régnier-Bohler, “Voix littéraires,” pp.
491–93.
72. For Mechtild’s understanding of pain, see Das fliessende Licht, bk. 4, chap.
12, ed. Neumann, pp. 123–27; Das Licht, trans. Schmidt, pp. 189–90; Revelations,
trans. Menzies, pp. 107–8. On Mechtild, see Jeanne Ancelet-Hustache, Mechtilde de
Magdeburg (1207–1282): Étude de psychologie religieuse (Paris: H. Champion, 1926);
Hans Tillmann, Studien zum Dialog bei Mechtild von Magdeburg (Gelnhausen: F.
W. Kalbfleisch, 1933); Hans Neumann, “Problemata Mechtildiana,” Zeitschrift für
deutsches Altertum und deutsche Literatur 82 (1948/50): 143–72; idem, “Beiträge
zur Textgeschichte des ‘Fliessenden Lichts der Gottheit’ und zur Lebensgeschichte
Mechtilds von Magdeburg,” Altdeutsche und Altniederländische Mystik, ed. Kurt
Ruh (Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1964), pp. 175–239; Kurt
Ruh, “Beginenmystik: Hadewijch, Mechtild von Magdeburg, Marguerite Porete,”
Zeitschrift für deutsches Altertum und deutsche Literatur 106 (1977): 265–77;
James C. Franklin, Mystical Transformations: The Imagery of Liquids in the Works
of Mechtild von Magdeburg (Rutherford, N.J.: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press,
1978); Bynum, Jesus as Mother, pp. 228–47. On Mechtild’s death date, see Neumann,
“Beiträge,” p. 229, and Howard, “The German Mystic Mechtild of Magdeburg,” in
Wilson, ed., Women Writers, p. 156.
73. Das fliessende Licht, bk. 2, chap. 24, ed. Neumann, pp. 58–62, trans. Schmidt,
pp. 114–15, trans. Menzies, p. 54; Das Licht, bk. 4, chap. 18, ed. Neumann, pp. 132–35,
338 the decades around 1300
keeping with the story of John the Evangelist’s bodily assumption in the
Golden Legend and with Bernard’s idea (questioned in the beatific vision
controversy) that separated souls see Christ’s humanity but wait until
the resurrection for his divine face to be revealed, Mechtild thinks even
the bodies of Christ, Mary, and John (although already in heaven) will
be perfected after the Judgment.74 Christ’s wounds will only then heal
into scars like rose petals. In an astonishing vision, Mechtild sees John’s
body in heaven, whole in every detail and unchangeable, like a crystal,
but apparently asleep—“buried” she says—because there is no resurrec-
tion until the end of time.75 We see in the mirror of heaven, she asserts,
that we “have been formed soul and body and remain thus forever.”76
Our resurrection bodies will be “of human form,” bearing in themselves
the “godly flame” of the soul, which will shine through the body “as
luminous gold shines through a clear crystal.” Yet we will “leap and
swim and fly and climb” in heaven, “clear and godly, gay and free.”77
trans. Schmidt, p. 196–99, trans. Menzies, pp. 112–15; Das Licht, bk. 6, chap. 38, ed.
Neumann, p. 248, trans. Schmidt, p. 318, trans. Menzies, p. 201; Das Licht, bk. 7,
chap. 65, ed. Neumann, pp. 310–11, trans. Schmidt, p. 401, trans. Menzies, p. 263.
74. Honorius Augustodunensis, L’Elucidarium, ed. Lefevre, bk. 3, q. 42, p. 455,
speaks of John’s bodily assumption. For the source of the legend and texts relating to
it, see ibid., p. 178 n. 4.
75. Das Licht, bk. 2, chap. 3, ed. Neumann, pp. 39–41, trans. Schmidt, p. 89, trans.
Menzies, p. 32; Das Licht, bk. 4, chap. 23, ed. Neumann, pp. 139–40, trans. Schmidt,
p. 205, trans. Menzies, p. 118.
76. Das Licht, bk. 6, chap. 41, ed. Neumann, p. 250, trans. Schmidt, p. 320, trans.
Menzies, p. 202; Das Licht, bk. 7, chap. 1, ed. Neumann, p. 257, trans. Schmidt, p.
327, trans. Menzies, p. 208. It is worth noting that when a story is told of Mechtild
going to the grave of a friend, she is said to greet him there “both soul and body.” And
we are told that she “was in the habit of doing this.” She then is said to celebrate a
“feast” for him in her soul—a kind of spiritual funerary meal! See Das Licht, bk. 4,
chap. 22, ed. Neumann, p. 138, trans. Schmidt, p. 203. In bk. 6, chap. 15, ed. Neu-
mann, pp. 222–25, Mechtild has a vision of the martyrdom of the friars; she then
speaks of Elias put to death by Antichrist and sees his soul received by God, although
Antichrist prevents his body from receiving burial in order to cause Christians to
abjure their faith. But all who see the body are so moved that they pray, and “the
presence of this holy body so fills them with blessedness that they forget the cruelty
of death and all earthly matters.” These passages, which stress the importance of
even the inanimate body to the “persons” of those we love or admire, make it clear
that Mechtild tends to think of the self as embodied at all times, even when it is
technically a separated soul.
It is also important that Mechtild refers to herself over and over again as “body
and soul.” In bk. 5, chap. 35, ed. Neumann, p. 196, trans. Schmidt, p. 267, where she
thanks God with her “suffering body, outcast soul, sinful heart, sorrowful senses and
whole being,” she pleads that, at the end, she may receive God’s “body” “as food for
body and soul.” She expresses a similar wish, for herself and others, in bk. 6, chap.
37, ed. Neumann, pp. 245–48. Once again the physicality of God and her own physi-
cality as a means of response are emphasized.
77. Das Licht, bk. 7, chap. 1, ed. Neumann, pp. 254–58, trans. Schmidt, pp.
327–28, trans. Menzies, pp. 208–9. Compare the passage cited in n. 81 below, where
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 339
Body is now the access to God. Desire is now. Mechtild often writes
as if both body and desire rise here, before death, into the eternal pres-
ent of heaven. How hard it is then to bear that soul could be even for a
moment in heaven without the body in which desire resides, the body
whose suffering lifts the self to heaven. “When I think of death my soul
rejoices . . . and I would die with great joy to come to the time of seeing
God . . . . Yet I can say: I would like to live to the Last Judgment, and my
longing grows for the time of the martyrs . . . . When I see my pain and
suffering, my soul soars in such sweetness that my body soars too.”82
Thus, when Mechtild says that her soul does not want to leave her
body, she speaks not of fear of death, not of senses lingering around a
corpse, not of the retarding of soul by its need to manage the wits and
exactly the same metaphor is used. The image is also found in Marguerite of Oingt;
see above, n. 65.
78. Das Licht, bk. 7, chap. 1, ed. Neumann, p. 257. In bk. 6, chap. 41, ed. Neu-
mann, p. 250, Mechtild sees a mirror in heaven before the breast of each body and
soul, and the Trinity is reflected in each mirror. Dante is not, therefore, the only
thinker of the period who sees resurrected and glorified bodies in paradise before the
general resurrection.
79. Das Licht, bk. 4, chap. 23, ed. Neumann, p. 140, trans. Schmidt, pp. 205–6,
trans. Menzies, pp. 118–19.
80. Das Licht, bk. 3, chap. 3, ed. Neumann, p. 81, trans. Schmidt, p. 133, trans.
Menzies, p. 70.
81. Das Licht, bk. 5, chap. 25, ed. Neumann, p. 185, trans. Schmidt, p. 253, trans.
Menzies, p. 151.
82. Das Licht, bk. 6, chap. 26, ed. Neumann, pp. 234–35, trans. Schmidt, p. 306,
trans. Menzies, p. 191 (with my changes).
340 the decades around 1300
organs, not even of the hope that flesh and decay will be redeemed in
resurrection. Mechtild desires her body because desire is its own reward
and body is the locus of desire. Separated soul yearns for body because
it is in body that it yearns most fully for God.
There is something quaint and amusing, of course, in Mechtild’s
images of frolicking crystals, crystals with earthly and individual eye-
brows, crystals that drink like the fish of the sea. Such language is
puzzling as well. But behind, through, and in such images we find the
confident assertion that body must rise. Body must rise because with-
out it, we are not persons; we are not our selves. It is not our agility,
our incorruptibility, or our eyebrows, that make us who we are; it is
our love. We must be bodies as well as souls, because only embodied
souls can fully love. If Mechtild agreed with Augustine that we are our
desire, she nonetheless understood this desire, this weight of the heart,
in a very different way. For Mechtild felt, as Augustine apparently never
did, that desire must lodge in an embodied self.83 Christ’s promise to
Mechtild was not only that she would be united again, soul and body,
in heaven; it was also that “longing can never die.”
At the turn of the fourteenth century, therefore, the fullest affirma-
tion of bodily resurrection comes not in the words of the schoolmen
but in the halting verses of an obscure and persecuted female mystic. I
close my long survey of images of resurrection—images I have studied,
glossed, and situated in so many ways—by quoting without any gloss
at all Mechtild’s powerful words.
The Love of God lies on me. . . . And when I think that my body will
be lost in death and I shall no longer be able to suffer for Jesus or to
praise him, this is so heavy to me that I long, if it were possible, to
live until Judgment Day. My love forces me to this. . . .
And our Lord speaks in answer: “You must die . . .”
Alas, Lord, let my longing not die
Even if I am not able any longer to gain anything
with my body.
Then our Lord replies: “Your longing will live, for it cannot die,
because it is eternal. Let it yearn on until the end of time, when soul
83. There has been much discussion of Augustine’s understanding of the resurrec-
tion body and the nature of desire, but commentators seem agreed that he does not
find embodiment intrinsically necessary in order to experience the joys of visio; see
Dewart, Death and Resurrection, pp. 164–88, and my discussion in chapter 2 above,
nn. 135, 138, and 163.
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 341
and body will unite again. Then I shall establish [you] again, and
you shall praise me forever. . . . You have wished thus to carry out
for me all human suffering and all human service. I say again: your
Being [Wesen] will endure until the Last Humans shall come.”84
Epilogue
The promise of bodily resurrection—the promise, that is, that the very
stuff of change and putrefaction can be lifted to impassibility and immu-
tability while continuing itself—remained an oxymoron through all the
centuries of the Middle Ages. Neither mystics such as Mechtild nor
poets such as Dante, for all their genius, could solve the contradiction,
not even by lifting it into the paradox of satisfied but insatiable desire.
Yet for all its incoherence and self-contradiction, the doctrine of
resurrection has been of enormous consequence in shaping assump-
tions we still hold concerning personhood and survival. Much about
our current Western notions of the individual has taproots in medieval
discussions of the ontological significance of body. If we see the indi-
vidual as unique—valued yet opaque and unknowable because (in the
currently fashionable term) “other”—our assumption is informed by
hundreds of years of puzzlement over embodiment. We in the 1990s—
like medieval theologians, poets, and mystics—find it difficult to think
that any survival that really counts could entail loss of those markers
the body bears: sex, race, personal appearance, and so forth.85 We find it
hard to accept any future as “our own” unless it includes those experi-
ences, whether of suffering or delight, that body makes possible. Like
84. Das Licht, bk. 6, chap. 15, ed. Neumann, p. 222, trans. Schmidt, pp. 290–91,
trans. Menzies, p. 179 (with my changes). The “Last Humans” Mechtild refers to are
Enoch and Elias, who will come at the end of time.
85. In saying this, I do not wish to eclipse the fact that medieval thinkers saw as
“defects” to be erased certain marks such as skin color that would to us be neces-
sary for “our individual personhood.” Medieval theorists insisted that everything
necessary to the perfection of humanitas as species would be reconstituted in each
resurrected body; unfortunate color, such as that of “the Ethiopian,” was to be cured.
Our notions of “person” as “individual” include much more individual difference
than do medieval notions. But even we operate with something like the medieval
notion of the species “human.” We wish for survival (or immortality) for a healed
and “perfected” self; no one dreams of a future life (here or in heaven) in which AIDS,
cancer, thalidomide-induced deformities, etc., remain. And in the medieval idea that
the scars of the martyrs survive in heaven (although cured into “rose petals”), we
find a quite astonishing commitment to self both as bodily and as individual. It was
important to theologians of the thirteenth century that a nose be distinguishable
from an eye in the afterlife and that martyrs retain on their bodies what they had
undergone in life. See above chapter 6, n. 108.
342 the decades around 1300
86. See above, “Introduction,” nn. 27–28; and my Fragmentation and Redemp-
tion, pp. 244–53.
87. Some philosophers debate the advisability of this; see Derek Parfit, Rea-
sons and Persons (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1984), p. 200; and Fragmentation and
Redemption, pp. 398–400 nn. 25 and 42.
Fragmentation and Ecstasy 343
88. See above, “Introduction,” at n. 24, where I point out how different are current
assumptions and anxieties from those of late nineteenth-century psychologists, theo-
logians, and theosophists, who tended to imagine and explore the afterlife in terms
of disembodied spirits. On the implications of modern technology for conceptions
of body, see Paul Rabinow, “Severing the Ties: Fragmentation and Dignity in Late
Modernity,” Knowledge and Society: The Anthropology of Science and Technology
9 (1992): 169–87.
89. For a contemporary echo, see John Updike, “Seven Stanzas at Easter,” in Tele-
phone Poles and Other Poems, number 72, cited in Paul Gooch, “Resurrection,” p.
664:
Make no mistake: if He rose at all
it was as His body;
if the cells’ dissolution did not reverse, the
molecules reknit, the amino acids rekindle,
the Church will fall . . ..
And see the poems, each entitled “The Resurrection of the Body,” by Linda Greger-
son and Eric Pankey in Poetry 162 (April 1993): 14–15, 26.
Afterword:
Why All the Fuss about the Body?
A Medievalist’s Perspective
caroline bynum
This essay was first published in Critical Inquiry 22 (1995), pp. 1–33. It has been
republished in Victoria E. Bonnell and Lynn Hunt, eds., Beyond the Cultural Turn:
New Directions in the Study of Society and Culture (Berkeley and Los Angeles:
University of California Press, 1999), pp. 241–280. A somewhat different version
appeared in German translation as “Warum das ganze Theater mit dem Körper? Die
Sicht einer Mediävistin,” Historische Anthropologie: Kultur, Gesellschaft, Alltag 4
(l996), pp. 1–33. For help with the original article, I thank Elaine Combs-Schilling,
Arnold Davidson, Tilman Habermas, Jeffrey Hamburger, Bruce Holsinger, Jean How-
ard, Lynn Hunt, Hans Medick, Hilary Putnam, Guenther Roth, Nancy Leys Stepan,
and Stephen D. White. Although in some cases their suggestions cancelled each
other out, I profited immensely from the diverse readings they provided.
346 Afterword
groans, “but it all focuses on such a recent period. And in so much of it,
the body dissolves into language. The body that eats, that works, that
dies, that is afraid—that body just isn’t there. Can’t you write some-
thing for my students that would put things in a larger perspective?”
I said I would try.1
In a sense, of course, “the body” is the wrong topic. It is no topic or,
perhaps, almost all topics. As many contemporary theorists point out,
we no longer think there is such a thing as the body—a kind of “flesh
dress” we take up, or put off, or refurbish according to the latest style.2
Whatever our position on “antiessentialism” (and it is certainly true
that many of the recent attacks on “essentialists” have been both intel-
lectually imprecise and cruel), no one in the humanities seems really to
feel comfortable any longer with the idea of an essential “bodiliness.”
We tend to reject both a “bodiliness” that is in some way prior to the
genderings, sexings, colorings, or handicappings particular persons are
subject to and a body that is easily separable from the feelings, con-
sciousness, and thoughts that occur in it.3 Nor does it really help much
to replace the body with my body, as Adrienne Rich and Diana Fuss
have suggested we should do.4 For if my body is not simply a synonym
for me, I must, by using the term, raise questions about some particular
aspects of the self. Which aspects? And why does the phrase suggest
them? So I am stuck again with my original topic. But it, we are told, is
the wrong category. What, then, is everybody writing about?
Perhaps some help is to be found in the usual scholarly move of
surveying the literature. What does the phrase mean in the rapidly
increasing number of books with the body in the title—an increase
only too apparent to anyone who walks these days into a bookstore?
A survey of recent Anglo-American scholarship turns up only a wel-
ter of confusing and contradictory usages.5 In certain areas of philoso-
phy, attention to the body means attention to the role of the senses in
epistemology or to the so-called mind/body problem; in others it pro-
vides an opportunity to enter into discussion of essence or objectivity.6
The most ambitious recent sociological treatment of the body defines
it as “environment,” “representation,” and “sensuous potentiality”;
it is, however, disease, especially anorexia nervosa, that furnishes
Bryan Turner with his most frequent and telling example.7 Discussing
recent historical writing, Roy Porter and Susan Bordo each enumerate
an amazing range of topics—from biology and demography to artistic
5. In the survey of literature that follows, I deliberately bring together authors
who never read each other. The books and articles I cite often speak with great assur-
ance of what “the body” is and yet display little awareness of each others’ conversa-
tions—conversations in which totally diverse assumptions and definitions figure. It
is thus part of my purpose here to serve as a historian of our present moment, calling
attention both to the ghettoization of contemporary discourses and to their common
emphases. It is not part of my purpose either to provide a complete survey of recent
literature or to recommend as serious and valuable every title I cite.
6. For several recent (and very different) examples, see The Philosophy of the
Body: Rejections of Cartesian Dualism, ed. Stuart F. Spicker (Chicago: Quadrangle
Books, 1970); Mark Johnson, The Body in the Mind: The Bodily Basis of Meaning,
Imagination, and Reason (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987); Bordo, The
Flight to Objectivity: Essays on Cartesianism and Culture (Albany, N.Y.: State Uni-
versity of New York Press, 1987); Judith Butler, Gender Trouble: Feminism and the
Subversion of Identity (New York: Routledge, 1990) and Bodies That Matter: On the
Discursive Limits of “Sex” (New York: Routledge, 1993); Patrick Quinn, “Aquinas’s
Concept of the Body and Out of Body Situations,” Heythrop Journal 34 (Oct. 1993):
387–400; and Jean-Luc Nancy, “Corpus,” trans. Claudette Sartiliot, in Thinking Bod-
ies, ed. Juliet Flower MacCannell and Laura Zakarin (Stanford, Calif.: Stanford Uni-
versity Press, 1994), pp. 17–31.
7. See Bryan S. Turner, The Body and Society: Explorations in Social Theory
(London: Sage Publications, 1984). Important recent works that are, properly speak-
ing, part of the new field of cultural studies but have much in common with what
was the enterprise of sociology a generation ago are Elaine Scarry, The Body in Pain:
The Making and Unmaking of the World (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1985),
and David B. Morris, The Culture of Pain (Berkeley: University of California Press,
1991). See also Jakob Tanner, “Körpererfahrung, Schmerz, und die Konstruktion
des Kulturellen,” Historische Anthropologie: Kultur, Gesellschaft, Alltag 2 (1994):
489–502.
348 Afterword
8. See Roy Porter, “History of the Body,” in New Perspectives on Historical Writ-
ing, ed. Peter Burke (University Park, Pa.: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1991),
pp. 206–32, and Bordo, “Anorexia Nervosa: Psychopathology as the Crystallization
of Culture,” in Feminism and Foucault: Reflections on Resistance, ed. Irene Dia-
mond and Lee Quinby (Boston: Northeastern University Press, 1988), pp. 87–90. An
older survey that is still powerful and convincing is Natalie Zemon Davis, “Wom-
en’s History in Transition: The European Case,” Feminist Studies 3 (Spring-Summer
1976): 83–103.
9. See, for example, The Making of the Modern Body: Sexuality and Society in
the Nineteenth Century, ed. Catherine Gallagher and Thomas Laqueur (Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1987); Emily Martin, The Woman in the Body: A Cul-
tural Analysis of Reproduction (Boston: Beacon, 1987); Body/Politics: Women and
the Discourses of Science, ed. Mary Jacobus, Evelyn Fox Keller, and Sally Shuttle-
worth (New York: Routledge, 1990); and Ludmilla Jordanova, Sexual Visions: Images
of Gender in Science and Medicine between the Eighteenth and Twentieth Centu-
ries (New York: Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1989). Martin is an anthropologist, but her
method is similar to that of the historians cited here. An important recent work that
takes a somewhat different approach is Barbara Duden, Geschichte unter der Haut:
Ein Eisenacher Arzt und seine Patientinnen um 1730 (Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta, 1987);
trans. Thomas Dunlap, under the misleading title The Woman beneath the Skin:
A Doctor’s Patients in Eighteenth-Century Germany (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard
University Press, 1991).
10. See Martha C. Howell, “A Feminist Historian Looks at the New Historicism:
What’s So Historical about It?” Women’s Studies 19 (Spring 1991): 139–47; and
John E. Toews, “Stories of Difference and Identity: New Historicism in Literature
and History,” Monatshefte für deutschen Unterricht, deutsche Sprache und Litera-
tur 84 (Spring 1992): 193–211.
11. See, for example, Lawrence E. Sullivan, “Body Works: Knowledge of the
Body in the Study of Religion,” History of Religions 30 (Aug. 1990): 86–99; Antoine
Vergote, “The Body as Understood in Contemporary Thought and Biblical Catego-
ries,” Philosophy Today 35 (Spring 1991): 93–105; James B. Nelson, Body Theology
(Louisville, Ky.: Westminster John Knox Press, 1992); and James F. Keenan, “Christian
Perspectives on the Human Body,” Theological Studies 55 (June 1994): 330–46.
Afterword 349
12. See Butler, Gender Trouble and Bodies That Matter. Butler is herself aware of
the criticism and takes skillful steps to avoid some of the problems pointed out by
her critics. I return to discussion of this below.
13. See n. 1. The major place where the body that dies receives extensive treat-
ment in contemporary scholarship is in gay studies. See, for example, Randy Shilts,
And the Band Played On: Politics, People, and the AIDS Epidemic (New York:
St. Martin’s Press, 1987), and Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick, Tendencies (Durham, N.C.:
Duke University Press, 1993).
14. See, for example, Margaret Miles, Carnal Knowing: Female Nakedness and
Religious Meaning in the Christian West (Boston: Beacon, 1989).
15. See, for example, Emily Martin, The Woman in the Body.
16. See Norman O. Brown, Love’s Body (New York: Random House, 1966). The
two senses of body—as constraint and as potentiality—are in certain ways two
sides of the same coin. Debate about the extent to which body can be altered, over-
thrown, and so on (or to put it another way, the extent to which we can be liberated
from body) is lodged in debates over authority and freedom, society (or nurture) and
nature, that go back to the Enlightenment. There are also, however, current discus-
sions about bodies (especially but not exclusively around issues of reproduction) that
have roots in pre-Enlightenment concerns.
350 Afterword
17. See Porter, “History of the Body,” pp. 207, 224–25, and Jordanova, Sexual
Visions, pp. 10–13.
18. See Nelson, Body Theology. Teresa L. Ebert points out that recent work tends
also to leave out the laboring body. See Teresa L. Ebert, “Ludic Feminism, the Body,
Performance, and Labor: Bringing Materialism Back into Feminist Cultural Studies,”
Cultural Critique, no. 23 (Winter 1992–1993): 5–50.
Afterword 351
21. See Jacquart and Thomasset, Sexuality and Medicine in the Middle Ages, pp.
83–138; Cadden, The Meanings of Sex Difference in the Middle Ages, pp. 271–77;
and Mary Frances Wack, Lovesickness in the Middle Ages: The Viaticum and Its
Commentaries (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1990), pp. 68–70, 79,
and 131.
22. See the works cited in nn. 41 and 80, and R. Howard Bloch, The Scandal of
the Fabliaux (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986).
23. See Agostino Paravicini Bagliani, “Rajeunir au Moyen Age: Roger Bacon et
le mythe de la prolongation de la vie,” Revue médicale de la Suisse Romande 106,
no. 1 (1986): 9–23 and “Storia della scienza e storia della mentalità: Ruggero Bacone,
Bonifacio VIII e la teoria della ‘prolongatio vitae,’” in Aspetti della Letteratura latina
nel secolo XIII, ed. Claudio Leonardi and Giovanni Orlandi (Florence and Perugia:
“La Nuova Italia,” 1985), pp. 243–80; and Christel Meier, Gemma spiritalis: Meth-
ode und Gebrauch der Edelsteinallegorese vom frühen Christentum bis ins 18. Jah-
rhundert (Munich: W. Fink, 1977).
24. See Jacquart and Thomasset, Sexuality and Medicine in the Middle Ages, and
Cadden, The Meanings of Sex Difference in the Middle Ages, esp. pp. 167–227. For
the new emphasis on organ systems found in Renaissance medicine, see Laqueur’s
splendid study, Making Sex: Body and Gender from the Greeks to Freud (Cambridge,
Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1990). The critique by Katharine Park and Robert A.
Nye suggests that Laqueur has not taken sufficient account of earlier Galenic notions
that would make the body more a matter of fluids and humors. See Katharine Park
and Robert A. Nye, “Destiny Is Anatomy,” review of Making Sex, by Laqueur, New
Republic, 18 Feb. 1991, pp. 53–57.
25. For these “mixed messages” to medieval women (and some men as well), see
Donald Weinstein and Rudolph M. Bell, Saints and Society: The Two Worlds of
Western Christendom, 1000–1700 (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1982),
pp. 73–99.
Afterword 353
about whether there was a purgatory for separable souls; and even
within the Western tradition, the pope and his cardinals broke for a
time over whether resumption of body in the afterlife was necessary
before the beatific vision.26 It would be no more correct to say that
medieval doctors, rabbis, alchemists, prostitutes, wet nurses, preachers,
and theologians had “a” concept of “the body” than it would be to say
that Charles Darwin, Beatrix Potter, a poacher, and the village butcher
had “a” concept of “the rabbit.”
Nonetheless I would like to describe three aspects of a widespread
medieval concern about a particular kind of body—the body that dies.
I do so not because the Middle Ages thought the body was corpse, pain,
and death rather than pleasure, sex, and life; not because theologies
and rituals of death were without controversy in the Middle Ages; not
because I think the topics I shall treat are the only proper topics for
a discussion of the many bodies of the Middle Ages; and not because
I think modern attitudes are the direct descendants of medieval ones
(although I shall argue below that there is an important connection).
Rather, I do so to correct certain prevalent generalizations about the
medieval past and thus, by bringing forward a more nuanced under-
standing of that past, to suggest that we in the present would do well to
focus on a wider range of topics in our study of body or bodies.
At the Movies
To introduce my topic, I return for a moment to the late twentieth
century. I have argued in an earlier article that the pulp fiction and
popular movies of the last two decades, as well as formal work in the
philosophy of mind, raise an interesting question about embodiment
through repeated exploration of the problem of body-hopping. Films,
such as Heaven Can Wait, Maxie, All of Me, Freejack, Death Becomes
Her, The Switch, Heart Condition, or Robocop, and TV serials, such
as Max Headroom or Star Trek, explore the problem of identity and
personal survival through asking whether “I” will still be “I” if trans-
planted into a body clearly marked by the personal characteristics (the
race and sex markers, the scars and aging, and so on) of “someone else.”
26. On purgatory, see Le Goff, The Birth of Purgatory, trans. Arthur Goldhammer
(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984). On the beatific vision controversy, see
Simon Tugwell, Human Immortality and the Redemption of Death (London: Darton
Longman and Todd, 1990), pp. 125–56, and my own The Resurrection of the Body in
Western Christianity, 200–1336, pp. 279–91.
354 Afterword
27. See my Fragmentation and Redemption: Essays on Gender and the Human
Body in Medieval Religion (New York: Zone Books, 1991), pp. 244–52, and The Res-
urrection of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336, pp. 14–17.
28. See Robert Nozick, Philosophical Explanations (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard
University Press, 1981), pp. 29–70, esp. 41–42 and 58–59, and Bordo, “Reading the
Slender Body,” in Body/Politics, pp. 87–94. For a discussion of the carrying of race
and “racial characteristics” with a body part, see bell hooks [Gloria Watkins], Black
Looks: Race and Representation (Boston: South End Press, 1992), p. 31, who argues
that the theme in the movie Heart Condition is a white fantasy. See also my discus-
sion in Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 245–49, and The Mind’s I: Fantasies and
Reflections on Self and Soul, ed. Douglas R. Hofstadter and Daniel C. Dennett (New
York: Bantam Books, 1982).
Afterword 355
the film raises complex questions about part and whole, survival and
self, familiar to any student of medieval saints’ lives and reliquaries.
I shall return to them. My point here, however, is less the conclusions
reached by filmmakers and audiences than the fact that we ask the
question this way. For every ghost in a contemporary film or TV series,
one can list dozens of bodily divisions and transplantations that query
the nature of personal survival.
Much of this recent concern does in fact focus on gender or sexual
identity. Almost any episode of Star Trek these days seems to raise in
some form the question whether it is possible to change sex, sexual
orientation, or identity-position by radical change of physical stuff—
questions that much sophisticated feminist philosophy, such as that
of Bordo or Judith Butler, explores on another level. But such films and
stories raise as well other issues of identity and self. They ask not only
to what extent is my identity-position “me” but also how can “I” still
be “me” next week? Can I, if I die? In other words, they deal with death.
It is this aspect of our contemporary concern with body that, I argue,
we academics have tended to overlook.
I turn finally then to Truly, Madly, Deeply, a lovely film that raises
in complex ways the question of death and identity (in both senses of
the word identity—that is, what makes me an individual? and what
accounts for my continuing the same over time and space?). Although
it plays humorously and gently with the thousand-year-old theme of
our fear that the dead may walk again, it is not a ghost story. The plot
of the film is simple: a young woman, grieving passionately for her
dead lover, finds him in the house again. As long as her desire and grief
encounter and relate to her complicated and full memory of him, all is,
in some sense, well. But when he and his buddies return, really playing
the cellos and violins they used in life, he is decidedly in the way. So
much indeed is physical stuff the problem that in a moving early scene,
when the heroine’s sister asks for the dead man’s cello for her son, the
heroine replies in anguish: “It’s as if you asked for his body.”29
I do not have the space here to provide a full analysis of Truly, Madly,
Deeply.30 But I want to use the film to argue that popular culture is
29. Truly, Madly, Deeply, BBC, 1990; Samuel Goldwyn Company, Los Angeles,
1992.
30. For example, the film raises interesting, and unresolved, gender issues: Why
are the returned figures all male? Moreover, although the ending clearly suggests that
the returned Jamie has come back exactly in order to release his lover, nothing in his
character suggests why he might act thus.
356 Afterword
31. See Jean-Claude Schmitt, Les Revenants: Les Vivants et les morts dans la
société médiévale (Paris: Gallimard, 1994).
32. For a general discussion of relics in the Middle Ages, see Peter Brown, The
Cult of the Saints: Its Rise and Function in Latin Christianity (Chicago: University
of Chicago Press, 1981); Patrick J. Geary, Furta Sacra: Thefts of Relics in the Central
Afterword 357
decade, those who have created the AIDS quilt seem to me to evidence
a sophisticated understanding of the role physical transitional objects
can play in carrying our love and our grief as we mourn.33
Third, Truly, Madly, Deeply raises the question of desire. The hero-
ine falls in love again; the real problem with the physical presence of
the dead lover is that, by the end of the film, he’s one lover too many.
The dead lover is not, in other words, just an identity in the sense
of an individual, particular self, nor just an identity whose continu-
ation seems guaranteed by his physical body; he is also the object of
desire—a straining, expanding, pulling of self toward other that seems
to have something to do with “body” (body in both the senses we find
in contemporary writing, that is, body as “locatedness” and body as
potentiality). For the heroine’s conflicted, troubling, and guilty desire to
disappear, what must disappear is not her memory of the departed but
the particular, embodied self, complete with cello, that is occupying
her house. Bodies are both the subject and the object of desire.
I have certainly not exhausted here either Truly, Madly, Deeply or
modern literature on the body. But I hope I have suggested that, for
all the proliferating number of body books on the shelves of American
bookstores, theorists are not discussing much of what our popular
culture indicates we in fact worry about. For we do worry about sur-
vival, about bodily stuff, about desire. And the films and TV shows we
choose for our entertainment suggest that we often think about these
things in the context of the possibility or impossibility of defeating
death. Gayatri Spivak has said: “Death as such can only be thought
via essence or rupture of essence. . . . I cannot approach death as
Middle Ages (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1978) and Living with the
Dead in the Middle Ages (Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1994), esp. pp. 42–44
and 163–218; and Nicole Hermann-Mascard, Les Reliques des saints: Formation cou-
tumière d’un droit (Paris: Klincksieck, 1975). The remark of Giles of Rome is found
in Quodlibeta 4, q. 4, fol. 47va; quoted in Kieran Nolan, The Immortality of the
Soul and the Resurrection of the Body According to Giles of Rome: A Historical
Study of a Thirteenth-Century Theological Problem (Rome: Studium Theologicum
Augustinianum, 1967), p. 60 n. 49. For a fascinating example of medieval contact
relics, see the late sixth-century account of a pilgrimage to the Holy Land written by
a traveler from Piacenza: Antonini Placentini Itinerarium, ed. P. Geyer, in Itineraria
et alia geographica, 2 vols. (Turnhout: Brepols, 1965), 1: pp. 129–74. The account
includes such objects as “manna” from the Sinai, dew from Mount Hermon, rocks
from Mount Carmel (supposed to prevent miscarriages), and “measures” of Jesus’s
body (that is, strips of cloth measured and cut to fit what was supposedly the body’s
imprint and then worn around the neck of the pilgrim).
33. For a sensitive discussion of what I am calling here physical transitional
objects, see Sedgwick, “White Glasses,” Tendencies, pp. 252–66. I am grateful to Til-
man Habermas for discussion of these matters at a crucial moment in my thinking.
358 Afterword
in embryology there was argument over whether the person had one
soul or many. Indeed, dualities or binaries were frequently not at stake.
Many discussions of knowing and seeing used a threefold categoriza-
tion of body (corpus), spirit (animus or spiritus), and soul (anima) that
placed experiencing either sense data or even dreams and visions in cor-
pus or spiritus, not anima. Under the influence of the Arab philosopher
Avicenna, psychologists also tried to work out a theory of “powers”
located between anima and corpus to connect the activities of the two.
These discussions often, as I have explained elsewhere, drew a sharper
distinction between levels of soul than between soul and body.37 More-
over, knowing, feeling, and experiencing were located in body. As
David Morris (among others) has pointed out, these thinkers would not
have understood the question (frequent in modern circles): Is pain in
my body or in my mind?38 Even in the late medieval dialogues that
personify two clear components of person as Soul and Body, the Body
character often “wins” the debate by charging that evil is lodged in the
Soul’s willing, not in the Body’s senses.39 As I shall show in a moment,
the debates in high scholasticism over identity involved in some real
sense rejection of soul and body as separable parts of “person.” What
I wish to stress here is that such discussion was embedded in larger
discussions in which trinary or multifold categories were basic ways of
thinking about psychology or anthropology.40
37. See my Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 226–27, for a discussion of ways
in which medieval thinkers blurred the soul/body contrast or used trinary rather
than binary models. On medieval psychology of vision, which made use of trinary
categories, see Sixten Ringbom, Icon to Narrative: The Rise of the Dramatic Close-
Up in Fifteenth-Century Devotional Painting (Åbo: Åbo Akademi, 1965), pp. 15–22,
and Schmitt, Les Revenants, pp. 38–40 and 223–26. On functions shared by body
and soul in Aristotle’s account, see Putnam (with Nussbaum), “Changing Aristotle’s
Mind,” pp. 38–43; on Aquinas, see Putnam, “How Old Is the Mind?” pp. 4–7.
38. See Morris, Culture of Pain, p. 152, although elsewhere he tends to interpret
the Middle Ages more dualistically; see, for example, pp. 131–34. See also Wack, Love-
sickness in the Middle Ages, pp. 7–9; Putnam (with Nussbaum), “Changing Aristotle’s
Mind” and “Aristotle after Wittgenstein,” Words and Life, pp. 38–43, 69–78; and Stan-
ley Cavell, “Natural and Conventional,” The Claim of Reason: Wittgenstein, Skepti-
cism, Morality, and Tragedy (New York: Oxford University Press, 1979), pp. 86–125.
39. On the genre, see Robert W. Ackerman, “The Debate of the Body and the Soul
and Parochial Christianity,” Speculum 37 (Oct. 1962): 541–65.
40. I leave aside here for the moment positions—such as the theology of some
thirteenth-century Cathars—that were in a technical sense ontological and cosmic dual-
ism, that is, they argued for two sorts of reality, material and spiritual, created by two
distinct and opposing ultimate powers. In The Resurrection of the Body in Western
Christianity, 200–1336, pp. 214–25, I show how orthodox and Cathar discussions
were in many ways animated by the same fears and argue that orthodox theologians
were working out their own understandings of matter in their polemics against heretics.
360 Afterword
41. See Jean Delumeau, Le Peur en Occident: Une Cité assiégée (Paris: Fayard,
1978) and Sin and Fear: The Emergence of a Western Guilt Culture, Thirteenth—
Eighteenth Centuries, trans. Eric Nicholson (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1990);
and Robert Bultot, Christianisme et valeurs humaines: La Doctrine du mépris du
monde, en Occident, de S. Ambroise à Innocent III, 6 vols. (Paris: Éditions Nauwe-
laerts, 1963–64), vol. 4, pts. 1 and 2.
42. See, for example, Kathleen Cohen, Metamorphosis of a Death Symbol: The
Transi Tomb in the Late Middle Ages and the Renaissance (Berkeley: University of
California Press, 1973).
43. See Bynum, Holy Feast and Holy Fast: The Religious Significance of Food to
Medieval Women (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1987). And see Keenan,
“Christian Perspectives on the Human Body.” The radical physicality of medieval
religion provides the context for such genuinely new somatic events as stigmata and
miraculous inedia.
44. For example, see Bonaventure, Breviloquium, in vol. 7 of Opera omnia, ed. A.
C. Peltier (Paris: Ludovicus Vives, 1866), pt. 4, chap. 9, pp. 292–94.
Afterword 361
45. There is an obvious parallel between the late medieval devotion to the suffer-
ing Christ and the cannibalistic practice of torturing a captured hero before consum-
ing him. In many cannibal cultures, the one to be eaten was seen to gain in power the
longer he held out under torture. See Peggy Reeves Sanday, Divine Hunger: Canni-
balism as a Cultural System (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1986); Louis-
Vincent Thomas, Le Cadavre: De la biologie à l’anthropologie (Brussels: Éditions
Complexe, 1980), pp. 159–69; Georges Bataille, Consumption, trans. Robert Hur-
ley, vol. 1 of The Accursed Share: An Essay on General Economy (New York: Zone
Books, 1988), pp. 45–61; Maggie Kilgour, From Communion to Cannibalism: An
Anatomy of Metaphors of Incorporation (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press,
1990); Gananath Obeyesekere, “’British Cannibals’: Contemplation of an Event in
the Death and Resurrection of James Cook, Explorer,” Critical Inquiry 18 (Summer
1992): 630–54, trans. Sibylle Brändli, under the title ‘“Britische Kannibalen’: Nach-
denkliches zur Geschichte des Todes und der Auferstehung des Entdeckers James
Cook,” Historische Anthropologie: Kultur, Gesellschaft, Alltag 1 (1993): 273–93; and
Philippe Buc, L’Ambiguïté du livre: Prince, pouvoir, et peuple dans les commentaires
de la Bible au moyen âge (Paris: Beauchesne, 1994), pp. 206–31 and 406.
46. See Luce Irigaray, “Une Mère de glace,” Speculum of the Other Woman, trans.
Gillian Gill (Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1985), pp. 168–79, and Butler,
Bodies That Matter, pp. 32–55, esp. nn. 22, 28, 31, and 34. And see the essays in The
Concept of Matter in Greek and Medieval Philosophy, ed. Ernan McMullin (Notre
Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press, 1965).
362 Afterword
practice, story, and belief made use of many binary contrasts, some
of which corresponded with a male/female opposition. In formal theo-
logical and devotional writing, these contrasts often associated women
with body and matter, especially in a number of highly complicated
treatments of the incarnation of Christ and the role of the Virgin in the
economy of salvation. But symbolic patterns do not, of course, fit into
only a single grid. Moreover, in medieval writing, they can be shown
to have undercut as well as undergirded traditional understandings of
gender. Much of the serious work on medieval sources from the past
fifteen years has shown us how polymorphous are medieval uses of
gender categories and images.47
To say this is not to argue that there was no widespread misogyny
in the Middle Ages.48 Within monastic didactic literature and folktales,
there was fear of female sexuality; within medical discourse, there was
curiosity and wonder, tinged with fear, about female anatomy; and of
course legal codes treated female property-holding and economic oppor-
tunities as less than those of males (although with complex differences
of time and place I will not go into here).49 In embryology, the father’s
47. I have touched on these issues in my Jesus as Mother: Studies in the Spirituality
of the High Middle Ages (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1982), pp. 110–69,
and Fragmentation and Redemption, pp. 151–79. Recent and sensitive examples of
such argument are Karma Lochrie, Margery Kempe and Translations of the Flesh
(Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1991); Sarah Beckwith, Christ’s Body:
Identity, Culture, and Society in Late Medieval Writings (London: Routledge, 1993);
Jeffrey M. Hamburger, “The Visual and the Visionary: The Image in Late Medieval
Monastic Devotions,” Viator 20 (1989): 161–82, and Nuns as Artists: The Visual Cul-
ture of a Medieval Convent (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1997).
48. See Diane Bornstein, “Antifeminism,” Dictionary of the Middle Ages, ed.
Joseph R. Strayer, 13 vols. (New York: Scribner, 1982–1989), 1: pp. 322–25, and R.
Howard Bloch, Medieval Misogyny and the Invention of Western Romantic Love
(Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1992). There have been several recent attempts
to read medieval texts against themselves and find women’s voices raised against the
misogyny built into the accounts by both male and female authors; see, for example,
E. Jane Burns, Bodytalk: When Women Speak in Old French Literature (Philadel-
phia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1993). More successful, in my judgment, are
the sophisticated technical studies that actually discover women’s voices in texts
written by male scribes. See, for example, Anne L. Clark, Elisabeth of Schönau: A
Twelfth-Century Visionary (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1992),
and Catherine M. Mooney, “The Authorial Role of Brother A. in the Composition of
Angela of Foligno’s Revelations,” in Creative Women in Medieval and Early Modem
Italy: A Religious and Artistic Renaissance, ed. E. Ann Matter and John Coakley
(Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1994), pp. 34–63.
49. Especially good, among much good recent work, are Marie-Christine
Pouchelle, Corps et chirurgie à l’apogée du moyen âge: Savoir et imaginaire du corps
chez Henri de Mondeville, chirugien de Phillipe le Bel (Paris: Flammarion, 1983);
James A. Brundage, Law, Sex, and Christian Society in Medieval Europe (Chicago:
Afterword 363
seed was associated with form, the mother’s seed (or, in other theories,
her menstrual matter) with potency. Such attitudes did carry over in
complex ways into religious ritual to produce symbolic usages in which
female was seen as below and above reason—as witch or saintly vision-
ary—whereas male was seen as a rather pedestrian middle, incapable
of direct contact either with angelic or with demonic power.50 But soul
(anima) was gendered feminine far more often than corpus (in part of
course because of the grammar itself). The contrast between male and
female was sometimes connected to Genesis 1:7 and 1:21–24, in which
God created Adam from mud but Eve from flesh. Female characteris-
tics (that is, characteristics that our sources suggest were understood
by contemporaries, both male and female, to be feminine) were used to
describe God in his/her ruling as well as nurturing capacity.51 Rarely
in any period has religious poetry provided such androgynous or com-
plexly erotic images of desire.52
Nothing entitles us to say that medieval thinkers essentialized body
as matter or essentialized either body or matter as female. Indeed,
philosophically speaking, body as subsisting was always form as well
as matter. Although it is true that medieval discussions, from natural
philosophy to secular love poetry, often reveal a profound distrust for
fertility and biological process, this is not at all the same thing as essen-
tialized physicality. Medieval visionaries sometimes saw life as a river
filled with muck or hell as eternal digestion.53 Monks such as Hermann
University of Chicago Press, 1987); Pierre J. Payer, The Bridling of Desire: Views of
Sex in the Later Middle Ages (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1993); Dyan
Elliott, Spiritual Marriage: Sexual Abstinence in Medieval Wedlock (Princeton, N.J.:
Princeton University Press, 1993); and Howell, Women, Production, and Patriarchy
in Late Medieval Cities (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1986).
50. Still useful on this is the older work of Eleanor C. McLaughlin, “Equality of
Souls, Inequality of Sexes: Women in Medieval Theology,” in Religion and Sexism:
Images of Woman in the Jewish and Christian Traditions, ed. Rosemary Radford
Ruether (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1974), pp. 213–66. Buc, L’Ambiguïté du
livre, esp. pp. 323–66 and 401–6, has recently shown that there was a tradition of
questioning hierarchy in medieval exegesis.
51. See Bynum, Jesus as Mother, pp. 110–262, for many citations.
52. See Lochrie, Margery Kempe and Translations of the Flesh; Beckwith, Christ’s
Body; Hamburger, “The Visual and the Visionary”; and Danielle Régnier-Bohler,
“Voix littéraires, voix mystiques,” in Le Moyen Ââge, ed. Christiane Klapisch-Zuber,
vol. 2 of Histoire des femmes en occident, ed. Georges Duby and Michelle Perrot
(Paris: Plon, 1991), pp. 443–500.
53. See, for example, Eadmer’s account of a vision received by Anselm in which
the life of the world is a river full of detritus but the monastery is a vast cloister of
pure silver; see Eadmer, The Life of St. Anselm, Archbishop of Canterbury [Latin and
English], trans. and ed. R. W. Southern (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1979), pp. 35–36.
Anselm returns to the image in his own preaching, where he compares life to a
364 Afterword
of Reun warned that human beings were in the process of aging, cor-
rupting, and dying from the first moment of birth.54 Innocent III, like
many other moralists, spoke of our origins in “vile sperm.”55 Exegetes
felt it important to underline that the earth God created on the third
day did not contain seeds; rather, God first created the plant life that
then shed seeds into the earth.56 Cathar and Catholic preachers accused
each other of denigrating the world and the flesh and of not caring prop-
erly for the bodies of the dead.57 The profound discomfort with biologi-
cal process betrayed in all this needs more research and elucidation.58
But medieval theorists did not reduce embodiment either to matter or
to female matter. (Peter Damian’s statement about embracing a corpse
when one embraces a female body is notorious, but as the quotation
from Innocent III given above suggests, male sexuality and matter could
also be identified with putrefaction, physical or moral.)59
As I shall try to show in a moment, some antique and medieval
thinkers put forward a technical conception of embodiment that departs
rushing stream; the safety of the monastic life is imaged both as a mill and as a vessel
holding the milled flour; see ibid., pp. 74–76. The idea of life as a river, and safety as a
building by its side, is also found in Peter Damian; see Bultot, La Doctrine du mépris
du monde, 4:2: pp. 84, 90. The contrast of flow and stasis as evil and good is very
clear. On hell as digestion, see my The Resurrection of the Body in Western Christi-
anity, 200–1336, plates 3, 6, 12–16, and 28–32, and Robert M. Durling, “Deceit and
Digestion in the Belly of Hell,” in Allegory and Representation, ed. Stephen J. Green-
blatt (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1980), pp. 61–93. For medieval
understandings of “matter” as a philosophical concept, see The Concept of Matter in
Greek and Medieval Philosophy and The Concept of Matter in Modem Philosophy,
ed. McMullin (Notre Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press, 1963), pp. 5–14.
54. Hermann of Reun, sermon 67, Sermones festivales, ed. Edmund Mikkers et
al. (Turnhout: Brepols, 1986), chaps. 4–5, pp. 306–10.
55. Innocent III, De contemptu mundi sive de miseria humanae conditionis, in
vol. 217 of Patrologia latina, ed. J.-P. Migne (Paris: J.-P. Migne, 1890), bk. 1, chaps.
1–5, col. 702. Innocent also says, quoting Jeremiah, “[ist] mihi mater mea sepul-
crum” (ibid.). And see the many passages cited in Bultot, La Doctrine du mépris du
monde, and Delumeau, Sin and Fear, pp. 9–34.
56. See Augustine, The Literal Meaning of Genesis, trans. and ed. John Hammond
Taylor, 2 vols. (New York: Newman Press, 1982), bk. 5, chap. 4, 1:150–53. The idea
was repeated in later discussions.
57. See my The Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336,
pp. 214–20, and M. D. Lambert, “The Motives of the Cathars: Some Reflections,”
in Religious Motivation: Biographical and Sociological Problems for the Church
Historian (Oxford: B. Blackwell, 1978), pp. 49–59.
58. On this fear of decay, see Piero Camporesi, The Incorruptible Flesh: Bodily
Mutation and Mortification in Religion and Folklore, trans. Tania Croft-Murray and
Helen Elsom (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988).
59. See Peter Damian, letter 15, Epistolarum libri octo, in Patrologia latina,
vol. 144, bk. 1, cols. 232D–233A. And see Bultot, La Doctrine du mépris du monde,
4:1: p. 25 n. 27.
Afterword 365
In the Afterlife
In my recent book, The Resurrection of the Body in Western Christi-
anity, I chronicle both technical discussions of what it means for the
body to return at the end of time and the spread of burial practices
that treat the corpse, whether its parts are carefully united or delib-
erately divided, as an object of great cultural significance. From this
complicated story, I wish here to extract three points, which I intend
to place in conversation with certain of the recent theoretical positions
discussed above. The first concerns identity.
Throughout the Middle Ages, theorists who dealt with eschatology
tended to talk of the person not as soul but as soul and body. (As a num-
ber of scholars have established, Platonic definitions of the person as the
soul were explicitly rejected by the middle of the twelfth century.)60 Of
course, theologians and philosophers knew the corpse was in the grave;
they buried corpses, and they revered as relics bits of holy corpses that
remained above ground (a point to which I shall return). Moreover, they
60. See Richard Heinzmann, Die Unsterblichkeit der Seele und die Auferste-
hung des Leibes: Eine problemgeschichtliche Untersuchung der frühscholastischen
Sentenzen- und Summenliteratur von Anselm von Laon bis Wilhelm von Auxerre
(Münster: Aschendorff, 1965).
366 Afterword
thought the souls of the dead sometimes walked abroad; and occasionally
they imagined these spirits or ghosts in other than recognizable bodily
form (as lights or doves). But ghost stories and otherworld visions came
increasingly in the course of the Middle Ages to depict the dead—even
immediately after death—as already in their totally particular earthly
bodies (or at least ghostly versions thereof).61 And Catholic theologians
very early rejected the idea of metempsychosis—the idea that we find in
Plato’s Republic, for example, that soul or spirit can inhabit a body other
than “its own.”62 The doctrine that the same body we possess on earth
will rise at the end of time and be united to our soul was part of the
Christian creeds from the early third century on.63 That doctrine almost
immediately forced a good deal of sophisticated speculation about how
the resurrected body can be “the same” as the earthly one.
From the end of the second century, certain theologians felt it nec-
essary to respond to philosophical doubts about the resurrection of
the flesh. Both pagan critics and Christian theorists of a Gnostic and
Docetist persuasion argued that corpses are prey not only to decay in
the earth but also to destruction by wild beasts or even, in the case of
cannibalism, by other human beings; therefore, the same body cannot
come back. Moreover, they argued, we are not even the same body from
one day to the next, certainly not from one decade to another; the mat-
ter turns over. What can it mean therefore to be the same?
I do not intend here to explain all the answers this question elicited.64
What I want to demonstrate, however, is that, through discussion of
61. See Schmitt, Les Revenants; Ronald C. Finucane, Appearances of the Dead:
A Cultural History of Ghosts (London: Junction Books, 1982); Carol Zaleski, Oth-
erworld Journeys: Accounts of Near-Death Experiences in Medieval and Modern
Times (New York: Oxford University Press, 1987); and Peter Dinzelbacher, “Reflex-
ionen irdischer Sozialstrukturen in mittelalterlichen Jenseitsschilderungen,” Archiv
für Kulturgeschichte 61, no. 1 (1979): 16–34.
62. See Plato, The Republic, trans. Paul Shorey, 2 vols. (Cambridge, Mass.: Har-
vard University Press, 1935), 2: pp. 505–21 (10.15–16.617E–621D). In The Resurrec-
tion of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336, I suggest that, in certain ways,
the early Christian fear of being eaten was tantamount to a fear of transmigration of
souls; see pp. 86–91 and 108–14. See also Kilgour, From Communion to Cannibalism.
63. The profession of faith that became the so-called Apostles’ Creed required
Christians to believe in resurrectio carnis; see J. N. D. Kelly, Early Christian Creeds
(New York: Longmans, Green, 1950). By the high Middle Ages, this was glossed as
meaning: “all rise with their own individual bodies, that is, the bodies which they
now wear”; see Heinrich Denzinger, Enchiridion symbolorum, definitionum, et
declarationum de rebus fidei et morum, 11th ed., ed. Clemens Bannwart (Freiburg:
Herder, 1911), pp. 189, 202–3.
64. For a survey, see H. Cornélis, et al., The Resurrection of the Body, trans. M.
Joselyn (Notre Dame, Ind.: Fides, 1964); Joanne E. McWilliam Dewart, Death and
Afterword 367
Resurrection (Wilmington, Del.: Michael Glazier, 1986); Gisbert Greshake and Jacob
Kremer, Resurrectio mortuorum: Zum theologischen Verständnis der leiblichen
Auferstehung (Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1986); and Anto-
nius H. C. van Eijk, La Résurrection des morts chez les pères apostoliques (Paris:
Beauchesne, 1974).
65. See Mark Edwards, “Origen No Gnostic; or, On the Corporeality of Man,”
Journal of Theological Studies, n. s., 43 (Apr. 1992): 23–37, and Elizabeth A. Clark,
“New Perspectives on the Origenist Controversy: Human Embodiment and Ascetic
Strategies,” Church History 59 (June 1990): 145–62.
66. See Vergote, “The Body,” pp. 93–105; Quinn, “Aquinas’s Concept of the Body
and Out of Body Situations,” pp. 387–400; Tugwell, Human Immortality and the
Redemption of Death; and Bernardo C. Bazán, “La Corporalité selon saint Thomas,”
Revue philosophique de Louvain 81, 4th ser., no. 51 (1983): 369–409.
67. Technical theological discussion saw the glorified body as dowered with
four gifts: agility (a sort of weightlessness that enabled it to move with the speed of
light), subtlety (a sort of incorporeality—if one can use such a term for body), clarity
(which seems to have meant beauty), and impassibility (an inability to suffer). These
technical terms are carried over into the mystical descriptions of desire I discuss.
On the four dowries, see Nikolaus Wicki, Die Lehre von der himmlischen Seligkeit
in der mittelalterlichen Scholastik von Petrus Lombardus bis Thomas von Aquin
(Freiburg: Universitätsverlag, 1954), and Joseph Goering, “The De dotibus of Robert
Grosseteste,” Mediaeval Studies 44 (1982): 83–109.
368 Afterword
although they are shrewd and complex and should not be caricatured.
Rather, my point is to show that, in any commonsense understand-
ing of the word matter, Origen has eliminated “matter” but retained
“body,” whereas Aquinas appears on some level to have retained “the
same matter” by a philosophical trick (defining “my matter” as any-
thing activated by “my soul”). The bodies they put forward “dissolve
into language” as thoroughly—and in as sophisticated a fashion—as the
recent theories deplored by my friend. And in a not dissimilar way, they
made those who read them uncomfortable. Theologians contemporary
with Origen and Aquinas, drawing in some cases explicitly on popular
practices concerning the care and reverencing of corpses, protested the
idea of such a divorce of self and stuff.
Yet in some ways, early fourteenth-century theological discussion
saw the triumph of Aquinas’s idea of the specificity or “whatness” of
the self as packed into the form, or soul, or principle of identity (in
the sense of continuity). And with a very interesting consequence. The
soul of the person starts to look like what we would call today his or
her identity-position. Soul is not a sort of rational essence to be only
incidentally or accidentally sexed, gendered, colored, handicapped, and
aged in various unequal ways. Soul carries the structure of the “me”
that will rise at the end of time—with all my organs, and even my
acquired characteristics, at least if these wrinkles and scars are the
result of bearing up virtuously under hardship. It is no accident then
that such a soul cannot body-hop! No accident that it is repeatedly said
in the literature to yearn for its “own” body. Nor is it an accident that
Dante, in canto 25 of his Purgatorio, works out a complex analogy to
embryology when he explains that, even in the separated state between
death and resurrection, the soul generates an aerial body with all the
particularities of its earthly condition.68 If there is a sense in which one
can say that soul carries identity in late medieval theories of the person,
one must also note that much of what was traditionally meant by body
68. See Dante Alighieri, Purgatorio, in The Divine Comedy, trans. Charles S.
Singleton, 2 vols. (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1973), canto 25, 1:1:
pp. 269–77. See also Étienne Gilson, “Dante’s Notion of a Shade: Purgatorio XXV,”
Mediaeval Studies 29 (1967): 124–42; Rachel Jacoff, “Transgression and Transcen-
dence: Figures of Female Desire in Dante’s Commedia,” Romantic Review 29, no.
1 (1988): 129–42, rpt. in The New Medievalism, ed. Marina S. Brownlee, Kevin
Brownlee, and Stephen G. Nichols (Baltimore, 1991), pp. 183–200; and Bynum, “Faith
Imagining the Self: Somatomorphic Soul and Resurrection Body in Dante’s Divine
Comedy” in Faithful Imagining: Essays in Honor of Richard R. Niebuhr, ed. Sang
Hyun Lee, Wayne Proudfoot, and Albert Blackwell (Atlanta, Ga.: Scholars Press,
1995), pp. 83–106.
Afterword 369
has been packed into soul. Soul is not some sort of essential human-
ness to which gender, say, is attached—whether in equal or unequal
varieties. Nor is soul “me,” any more (says Aquinas) than my foot is
me. To Aquinas, “me” is carried in soul when body is absent. (This is
the abnormal situation.) “Me” is expressed in body when things are as
they should be (that is, in life and after the resurrection). But “I” am not
soul or body; I am a person. Moreover, “I” am a person with an identity
in both senses of the term identity.69 We have to do here with a theory
of person not so different really from much late twentieth-century talk
about body.70
My second point about medieval eschatology can be made much
more succinctly. It is simply that certain Christian beliefs and practices
of the late Middle Ages (and there are parallels in Jewish practice and
belief, although I shall not treat them here) pulled radically against any
theoretical position that led to the dissolution of either person or body
into discourse. Not only did a good deal of preaching and storytelling
stress resurrection as the literal reassembling of every bit that went
into the tomb at death; it is also true that dead bodies were extraordi-
narily charged objects—fields of force from which emanated miracles
or the work of demons.
As is well known, holy bodies were revered as relics, as places where
supernatural power was especially present; they were deliberately
divided in order to produce more such objects for veneration. Not only
they, but even objects they had touched (their clothes, utensils, even
69. See, for example, Thomas Aquinas, On First Corinthians, vol. 21 of Opera
omnia, ed. S. E. Fretté (Paris: Ludovicus Vives, 1876), chap. 15, lect. 2, pp. 33–34:
“anima . . . non est totus homo, et anima mea non est ego.” See also Aquinas,
Summa contra Gentiles, vol. 12 of Opera omnia, bk. 4, chap. 79, p. 592, and Summa
theologiae Ia, trans. and ed. Timothy Suttor (New York: Blackfriars/McGraw-Hill,
1970), vol. 11, q. 75, art. 4, reply to obj. 2, pp. 20–21, in both of which Aquinas asserts
that the soul is only a part of the person, like the hand or foot. Hence: “It is more cor-
rect to say that soul contains body [continet corpus] and makes it to be one, than the
converse” (ibid., q. 76, art. 3, pp. 60–61.). By connecting Aristotelianism and sexism,
Prudence Allen has raised a very important issue; it is true that the idea of woman as
defective man had a long and unfortunate history. But my interpretation of Aquinas’s
use of Aristotle differs from hers: see Prudence Allen, The Concept of Woman: The
Aristotelian Revolution, 750 B.C.–A.D. 1250 (Montreal: Eden Press, 1985). And see
Buc, L’Ambiguïté du livre, p. 108.
70. Butler in Gender Trouble, citing Foucault, Discipline and Punish, comments:
“In Foucault’s terms, the soul is not imprisoned by or within the body, as some
Christian imagery would suggest, but ‘the soul is the prison of the body’” (p. 135).
She is of course correct that some Christian imagery suggests that the body is a
prison; what is interesting here, however, is that there is a sense in which Aquinas
makes the same move as Foucault and imprisons body in soul.
370 Afterword
their bodily effluvia, such as milk, spittle, or wash water) were revered.
From the tenth century on, in certain parts of Europe, bodily partition
was practiced on the dead of high secular status as well. The corpses
of kings and nobles were fragmented in order to be buried in several
places, the practice being accompanied by complex arguments about
the need to garner more prayers and also about the presence of the per-
son’s power where his or her body part resided.71
These practices seem to have assumed a kind of assimilation of res-
urrected body to corpse, for which the texts give confirmation. Pious
Christians sometimes said that the bodies they placed in graves or reli-
quaries “were” the saints, although they said simultaneously (as Simon
Tugwell and Thomas Head have reminded us) that the saints “were”
also in heaven.72 Such usages are found in many cultures. What is more
interesting for my argument is the fact that hagiographers, preachers,
and artists fairly often said that the body in the grave or reliquary “was”
“the resurrection body.”73 Such locutions were used to argue both that
bodies could be divided (that is, their specific treatment in burial did not
matter because God had promised resurrection to all bodies in what-
ever condition they might be found) and that they should be buried
without disturbance (that is, that because exactly this stuff would rise,
it should be kept close to its resurrection condition as long as possible).
These practices and beliefs are very complicated and I cannot deal
with them fully here. It should by now at least be clear how and why
they pulled in a countervailing direction from theories of person to
which material continuity was not necessary. The doctrine of formal
identity could solve technical issues of personhood and survival, it is
true. But to late thirteenth-century theologians, a theory of body had
also to account for continuity between living person and cadaver, both
in order to make relic veneration veneration of the saint and in order
to make Christ’s body in the triduum between his crucifixion and
71. See Elizabeth A. R. Brown, “Death and the Human Body in the Later Middle
Ages: The Legislation of Boniface VIII on the Division of the Corpse,” Viator 12
(1981): 221–70 and “Authority, the Family, and the Dead in Late Medieval France,”
French Historical Studies 16 (Fall 1990): 803–32; and Bynum, The Resurrection of the
Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336, pp. 200–25 and 318–29.
72. See Tugwell, Human Immortality and the Redemption of Death, pp. 125–34,
and Thomas Head, Hagiography and the Cult of the Saints: The Diocese of Orleans,
800–1200 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990), pp. 144, 268. And see
Arnold Angenendt, “Corpus incorruptum: Eine Leitidee der mittelalterlichen Reli-
quienverehrung,” Saeculum 42, nos. 3–4 (1991): 320–48.
73. See, for example, Goscelin, Life of St. Ivo, in Acta sanctorum, ed. the Bol-
landists, June: vol. 2 (Paris: V. Palmé, 1867), pp. 286–87.
Afterword 371
74. See Renée C. Fox and Judith P. Swazey, The Courage to Fail: A Social View
of Organ Transplants and Dialysis (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1974), pp.
27–32.
75. See Bynum, “Images of the Resurrection Body in the Theology of Late Antiq-
uity,” Catholic Historical Review 80 (Apr. 1994): 215–37, and Lionel Rothkrug,
“German Holiness and Western Sanctity in Medieval and Modern History,” Histori-
cal Reflections/Réflexions historiques 15, no. 1 (1988): 215–29.
76. See Camporesi, Incorruptible Flesh, esp. pp. 46–63 and 179–207.
372 Afterword
reconstructed from the same physical bits and according to the same
plan it had in life (and it is significant that high medieval thinkers were,
when they dealt with the physical stuff of creation, atomists) implied
that redemption had something to do with stasis.
This leads me to my final point, which concerns desire. For stasis
was not the only image of the afterlife in the late Middle Ages. Espe-
cially in the poetry and visions of mystical women, heaven was ever-
expanding desire. Such a notion was, however, long in coming.
In the visions and tales of the early Middle Ages, heaven was the
realm of gold, gems, and crystal, whereas hell was the place of diges-
tion and excretion, process, metamorphosis, and fluids. Exegetes were
even reluctant to use biblically authorized images of flowers and seeds
to describe either resurrection or reward. According to most scholas-
tic theory (at least before the fourteenth century), heaven was requies
aeterna, where longing was satiated and stilled. After the final Judg-
ment, motion ceased (Apocalypse 10:6); eternity, as Boethius had
said, is life tota simul.77 Indeed, complex arguments, which I will not
describe, circled around the texts in which Peter Lombard, Bernard of
Clairvaux, and Bonaventure (themselves building on Augustine’s Lit-
eral Commentary on Genesis) spoke of the separated soul as “retarded”
by longing for its body after death.78 What is important for my purposes
here is that, in thirteenth-century university discussions, this longing
was lodged in soul and was understood as a distraction from the peace
of salvation. As Tugwell has recently reminded us, Aquinas held that
the beatific vision was “decisive arrival. Once it is attained, there is no
more change. Beatitude is a participation in eternity.”79
And yet there were other ideas. Devotional literature and religious
poetry (which often borrowed rhythms and vocabulary from secular
love lyrics) spoke increasingly of a desire that would never be stilled.80
Cracks appeared in the crystalline heaven of the scholastics.
77. See Tugwell, Human Immortality and the Redemption of Death, pp. 152–54,
and Bynum, The Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336, pp.
164–65, 264–71, and 303–5.
78. See Augustine, The Literal Meaning of Genesis, bk. 12, chap. 35, 2:228–29;
Peter Lombard, Sententiae in IV libris distinctae, 2 vols. (Grottaferrata: Collegium
S. Bonaventurae, 1971), bk. 4, dist. 49, chap. 4, art. 3, 2:553; Bernard of Clairvaux, De
diligendo Deo, in Sancti Bernardi Opera, ed. J. Leclercq and H. M. Rochais, 8 vols.
(Rome: Editiones Cistercienses, 1957–1977), chaps. 10–11, 3:143–47; and Bonaven-
ture, Commentary on the Sentences, vol. 6 of Opera omnia, dist. 49, pt. 2, p. 578.
79. Tugwell, Human Immortality and the Redemption of Death, p. 153.
80. There has been much debate over the borrowings and mutual influence of secu-
lar and religious literature. On the idea of passion as ecstatic desire and suffering—an
Afterword 373
In the final lines of the Paradiso, for example, Dante’s heaven is not
a gem but a flower. And at the heart of the heavenly rose is the great
wheeling motion of love.
Thus my mind, all rapt, was gazing . . . ever enkindled by its gazing . . . .
My own wings were not sufficient . . . save that my mind was smit-
ten by a flash wherein its wish came to it. Here power failed . . .; but
already my desire and my will were revolved, like a wheel that is
evenly moved, by the Love which moves the sun and the other stars.81
through the encounter of our embodied selves with the body of Christ;
they would have understood.84
It should be clear that this medieval idea of desire is both like and
unlike the notion of desire I discussed when I considered Truly, Madly,
Deeply. I do not wish to strain for parallels. I merely suggest that the
sort of presence we usually mean by body and the sort of tug we usually
mean by desire are radically related to each other in both the medieval
and the modern periods. We do not usually speak of desire for a ghost or
a memory, or think of our desire as in our minds. Truly, Madly, Deeply
is not about ghosts but about persons.
Nor is late medieval discussion of personal survival, whether popu-
lar or learned, mostly about ghosts. In devotional writing, as in medi-
eval love poetry, body and desire are connected. Thus not only do we
see that body (in the sense of particular identity) is packed into soul by
the theories of the scholastics, we also discover in the mystics a hint
that passionate and ever unfolding love of God lodges fully in souls only
when they get their bodies back.
Medieval discussions of the body that desires and the body that dies
must of course be understood in the context of many other ideas. For
a full picture of the many bodies of the Middle Ages we would need
to consider understandings of disease and health, of growth and decay,
of nature, the supernatural, the sacramental and the magical; of repro-
duction, contraception and birthing; of sexuality and rape; of pain and
pleasure; of gender expectations, group affiliations, and social roles; of
lineage and work, mothering and childhood. Moreover, as I have sug-
gested in the discussion above, ideas differed according to who held
them and where and when. The philosophy, the practices, the stories
of late antiquity, of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, of the age of
Dante and Christine de Pisan, were not the same. Not only did mys-
tical women and scholastic theologians differ; each group varied and
disagreed among themselves. Experiences as basic as birthing and being
born, working and eating, aging and dying were very different in the
fens of England, the forests of Brittany, and the bustling cities of the
Rhineland and the north of Italy.
Nonetheless I hope I have made it clear that medieval theories about
the body that dies addressed philosophical issues of identity and indi-
viduality that still bother us today. I wish now to suggest how these
84. See Karl F. Morrison, “I Am You”: The Hermeneutics of Empathy in Western
Literature, Theology, and Art (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1988), and
Understanding Conversion (Charlottesville, Va.: University of Virginia Press, 1992).
Afterword 375
In Theory
In current philosophical and historical discussion, “identity” refers to
two related issues: spatiotemporal continuity and identity-position. It
refers, that is, to the question of how a thing survives in time and space
as “the same thing” (for example, Bynum as Bynum), and the question
of what makes two separate things describable by the same grouping
noun (for example, Native American). The recent debate over essential-
ism is really an effort to find understandings that do not assume a com-
mon essence or nature (or, in some theories, even a common definition)
for identity in both senses.85 The effort stems in part from the desire
of certain groups (self-identified as groups) to seize control of descrip-
tions that had been imposed on them by outsiders,86 in part from dis-
satisfaction with the sex/gender distinction (understood as a distinction
between the biologically given and the culturally constructed) so popu-
lar in the early 1980s.87 The antiessentialism of many recent theorists,
and especially the performative feminism of Butler, are impressive
efforts to explain how the categories with which we live are created by
us as we live them. No one, Butler argues, is born “woman” or “black”
or “lesbian,” nor are these categories “cultural interpretations” of bio-
logical “facts.” Yet one does not simply choose an identity-position.
85. On the difference between essentialism of words and of things, see Jane
Roland Martin, “Methodological Essentialism, False Difference, and Other Danger-
ous Traps,” and Fuss, Essentially Speaking.
86. For examples of resistance to misuses of identity-positions, images, or ste-
reotypes, see Denise Riley, “Am I That Name?” Feminism and the Category of
“Women” in History (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1988), and Ann
duCille, “The Occult of True Black Womanhood: Critical Demeanor and Black Femi-
nist Studies,” Signs 19 (Spring 1994): 591–629.
87. For an early expression of dissatisfaction with the distinction, see Davis and
Elizabeth Fox-Genovese, “Call for Papers,” Common Knowledge 1 (Spring 1992): 5.
376 Afterword
First, if we situate our own categories in the context of our own poli-
tics, we must situate those of the Middle Ages in theirs. The relation-
ship between then and now will thus be analogous and proportional, not
direct. It seems to me, that is, that the fruitful question to explore is not
likely to be, How is Origen (or Christine de Pisan or Aquinas) like or not
like Butler (or Spivak or Foucault)? Posed in this simple way, the answer
(whether we applaud it or condemn it) is almost certain to be, not very
like. It is far more fruitful to think along the following lines: Origen is to
Origen’s context as Butler is to Butler’s. By understanding the relationship
of figures to contexts, and then the relationship of those relationships, we
will often see that there is a large and developing issue with which both
figures struggle, each in his or her own vocabulary and circumstances.
Or, to put it another way, the past is seldom usefully examined by
assuming that its specific questions or their settings are the same as
those of the present. What may, however, be the same is the way in
which a question, understood in its context, struggles with a perduring
issue such as, for example, group affiliation. Origen asked, What of our
bodily self survives into the realm of resurrection? Butler asks, How is
a sexual orientation constituted by a way of being in the world? That
is, Origen dealt with identity in the sense of spatiotemporal continu-
ity; Butler deals with an identity-position. For Origen, the continuing
of body into the afterlife seems to involve the transcending of what we
call gender; for Butler, it is unimaginable that we could be “we” with-
out performing what we call gender. Moreover, Origen’s context was
martyrdom, persecution, and debate over how we know the truth; But-
ler’s is homophobia, the academy, and debate over who has the power
to define. Neither the issues nor their contexts are the same. If we
assume they are, we get only boring results. We learn very little that
is important about the third or the twentieth century if we ask, for
example, What does Origen think about transvestites or Butler about
angels (although it is clear that each would condemn the views of the
other)? Yet I would suggest that Origen, struggling with the categories
he inherited and the traumas of his world, can be seen as “solving” an
issue of identity in a way surprisingly similar to the solution Butler
forges from her inheritance and her experience. Both Butler and Origen
speak of a labile, active, unfolding body that somehow becomes more
what it is by behaving as it does; both have trouble explaining how
what we think of as “physical stuff” fits in.91
93. That a number of recent authors have turned, in a kind of despair, to studying
medievalism or medievalists rather than the Middle Ages will be obvious to anyone
who reads the journals. A joke going the rounds in anthropological circles makes the
point I make here. It is a joke that has only a punch line. The informant says to the
anthropologist: “Don’t you think it’s time we talked about me?”
94. I made the same point in the introduction to Fragmentation and Redemption,
pp. 11–16. In The Flight to Objectivity, Bordo argues, similarly, that we must be care-
ful lest a rejection of the omniscient observer merely leads feminists to offer arrogant
(and inadvertently universalizing) critiques from the margins.
95. See Donna Haraway, “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Femi-
nism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective,” Feminist Studies 14 (Fall 1988):
575–99. A recent and powerful defense of historical research against the extreme
claims of deconstructionism is Joyce Appleby, Lynn Hunt, and Margaret Jacob, Tell-
ing the Truth about History (New York: W. W. Norton, 1994); see also Lawrence
Stone and Gabrielle M. Spiegel, “History and Post-Modernism,” Past and Present
135 (May 1992): 189–208.
380 Afterword
In Conclusion
Certain philosophical theories about the body that developed in late
antiquity and the high Middle Ages answered the question, How can
“I” continue to be “I” through time, both the time of earth and the time
of the eschaton? But they were understood by contemporaries to do this
at the expense of taking lived life very abstractly, at the expense of jetti-
soning the stuffness of “me.” These theories did not essentialize “me”
as a general human abstraction. Even for Origen, the “I” that unfolds
in heaven carries with it some of my particularity. And for thirteenth-
century followers of Aquinas, “my” particularity—not only my sex but
also personal characteristics, such as beauty or size—were understood
to be carried by soul or form. Although Origen’s contemporaries feared
that he opened the way to metempsychosis, by the thirteenth century
no philosophical theory of the person admitted any possibility of trans-
migration of soul. Body was individual and immediately recognizable
as such; for better or worse, one could not shed gender or appearance;
one could not body-hop in this life or in the afterlife.
In such a theory, however, body became an expression of soul;
indeed, body could be expressed in any stuff. As a number of more
conservative thinkers of the late thirteenth century noticed, this raised
questions for religious practice. No less a figure than the Archbishop
of Canterbury pointed out that there would be no reason for revering
the relics of a saint if any stuff could provide his or her body at the end
of time.96 It is remarkable that we find scholastics in the years around
1300 raising questions about relic cult and burial practices as ways of
objecting to technical philosophical theories, since in the Middle Ages
(as today), practice and the discourse of university intellectuals were
seldom explicitly related to each other.
The new philosophical theories did more than threaten specific reli-
gious practices. They tended to make body itself into a concept, to dis-
solve body into theory. And they made salvation repose or stasis. The
goal of human existence became crystalline permanence. Yet the period
that produced such theories saw an explosion of poetry, religious and
secular, in which labile, physical, agile, yearning body received new
articulation. The abstractions of the philosophers and theologians were
not so much defeated as simply and very effectively ignored by the
96. See John Peckham, Registrum epistolarum fratris Johannis Peckham, archi-
episcopi cantuariensis, ed. Charles T. Martin, 3 vols. (London: Longman, 1882–1885),
3: pp. 921–23.
Afterword 381
poets and mystics, preachers and storytellers, of the later Middle Ages.
(Even in the universities, the new theory received remarkably little
attention outside certain circles.) To the singers, preachers, and lovers
of the fourteenth century, the self is a person whose desire rolls and
tumbles from fingertips as well as genitals, whose body is not only
instrument, expression, and locus of self, but in some sense self itself.
My friend suspected that a conversation between medieval ideas
and modern ones might reintroduce into her classroom something of
the stuffness of body that she found missing in contemporary literary
and feminist theory. As I have tried to show, that expectation is only
partly right. Medieval theories, too, could be highly abstract; some, at
least, of the many bodies of the Middle Ages themselves dissolved into
discourse. But there was also resistance to such discourse. And I hope
I have demonstrated that there was as well, in social and religious prac-
tice, a sense of the immediacy of bodies, living and dead, that provides
some of what my friend wanted to show her students.
The roots of modern notions of a particular embodied self that can-
not, we feel, body-hop, despite the intellectual and technical opportuni-
ties presented by organ transplants and artificial intelligence, thus lie
in the later Middle Ages. Hundreds of years of controversy, in which
person was seen as a unity (not a mind/body duality), a particular indi-
vidual (not an essence), and a yearning stuff (not—and here despite the
theologians—a form for which any matter can be its matter), have pro-
foundly shaped the Western tradition. Compared to this, the real mind/
body dualism introduced by early modern philosophers is a small blip
on the long curve of history.97 For better and for worse, we are the
heirs of Aquinas’s notion of a particular self (not an essence) carried
in soul but expressed in body, as we are of those long lines of pilgrims
who kissed relics of fingers and garments, or of Angela’s, Dante’s, and
Mechtild’s dreams of insatiable desire.
Finally, however, I stress not parallels between medieval and modern
understandings—or the roots of present and past in each other—but
the diversity within each period. Medieval writings about corpus or
caro—or even materia or tellus—were as multiple and multivalent as
the varying discourses found in modern writing about the body. If I
have pulled from my own detailed research certain themes concern-
ing death and survival, it is because I think modern treatments of per-
son and body have recently concentrated rather too much on issues of
98. For perceptive remarks on our modern fear of death, see Geary, Living with
the Dead in the Middle Ages, pp. 1–5.
Illustration Credits
If an item is referred to in text and note on the same page, only the page number
is given. Biblical citations are indexed under “Bible” in the order used in the
Vulgate.
Song of Songs, 303; 5.14, 171; 8.13, body, between death and resurrection,
169 13–14, 84; and biological change,
Isaiah 57.20, 287 12, 32, 38, 40, 56–58, 64–68,
Wisdom 9.15, 258 69–71, 72, 77–78, 82, 112–13,
Ecclesiasticus 10.11, 133; 19.3, 133; 145, 241, 262, 369–72 (see also
24.21, 330; 34.11, 287 Aristotle; eating and growth);
Jeremiah 18.4, 89 anxiety about, 350; decay of,
Ezekiel 37.1–14, 23, 54, 67, 74, 180, 11–12, 38, 73, 84, 174, 219, 331;
184–85 discourses about as multiple,
Daniel, 13, 25 352–53; female, 12n19, 74n57,
2 Maccabees 7.1–42, 13, 74n54 90–91, 98n141, 111n187, 221–22,
Matthew 5.5, 173; 15.17, 125, 127, 224, 254–55, 321, 324, 342, 351,
128, 262; 17.27, 75; 20, 283; 22.30, 358, 361, 362, 364; glorified,
251; 22.23–33, 38, 64; 23.37, 78; 8, 10, 42, 253–54, 367; history
25, 188n103, 283; 25.31–46, 189, of (as scholarly field), xiii, xvi,
plate 7; 27.52, 118n5, 190n112, xxxii,12n18, 345–53, 375–76;
191, plate 8; 29.6, 332 incorruptible, 45, 47, 206, 210–11;
Mark 2.9–11, 172; 13, 188n103 modern attitudes toward, xiii,
Luke 16.22–26, 123; 20.36, 150; xxvii,15–17, 341–42, 345–53, 371,
21.18, 29, 47, 76, 96n136, 99, 373–79, 381; as performance,
101n162, 108n179, 118, 128, 301, xx-xxi, 348, 361; relation to soul,
315; 22.51, 76; 24.16–36, 5; 24.39– 10–11, 13–14, 36, 45n97, 53n132,
43, 4, 39 57–58, 65, 76, 82, 127–28, 135–36,
John 5.28, 99, 185; 6.26–67, 4n6, 159–60, 166–67, 223n81, 236–47,
62n10; 11.11, 93; 11.25–26, 249–54, 256–71, 273–74, 281–83,
4n6; 12.24, 3n5, 39; 14.2, 286–89, 294–305, 332; of the
143,150n114, 152, 255; 20.14, 5; saints, 113–14, 200–203, 206–14;
20.19, 5; 21.4, 5 as self or identity, 13–14, 32, 34,
Romans 6–8, 4; 7.24, 96n136; 8.28, 35, 37, 46, 64–68, 76–77, 98, 120,
165 205, 213, 220, 225, 231, 233, 243,
1 Corinthians 6.19, 172; 7.31, 181; 247, 254, 255n108, 274, 326, 355–56,
15.12–54, 3–6, 8, 23, 42, 47n104, 365–69; sexuality and, xviii, xxxii,
63n13, 64, 65n18, 73, 95n132, 37–38, 67, 74–75, 90–91; spiritual
96n136, 143–44, 166, 177, 184, (body), 4, 6, 8, 64–68, 140–41,
217n56, 232–38, 258; 15.41, 142–46, 180; survival of particular
153n123, 255, 320; 15.42–44, 8, characteristics after death, xxi, 77,
57, 65, 96n136, 131, 132, 182, 232, 82–83, 90, 96–100, 145, 254–55,
246, 251, 252n94, 315, 334; 15.50, 265–66, 365–69, 381; see also
65, 131, 182; 15.51, 91 burial and funerary practices;
2 Corinthians 5.1–10, 4–6, 63n13, cannibalism; desire, of soul for
64 body; images of the body; mind-
Galatians 3.28, 143 body problem; relics
Ephesians 4.10–16, 98n141, 122n15, Boethius, 372
143; 5.27, 165; 5.30, 39 Bonaventure, 233, 236–37, 240–41,
Revelation (Apocalypse) 6.9–10, 48, 243–44, 245n65, 247–55, 261,
242, 283; 6.11, 172, 287; 14.4, 92; 360n44; on beatific vision, 252;
20, 188n103; 20.4, plate 11; 20.6, Breviloquium, 248–49, 251;
167; 20.13, 23 doctrine of plurality of forms, 248,
Biblia pauperum, 194n124 254n101; on dotes, 252, 255; and
Blanche of Castile, 205 hylomorphism, 248
388 General Index
embryos, 77, 89, 272, 321; debates on fertility, 5, 12, 23, 159–61, 315; fear
resurrection of, 261, 263 of, in Antiquity, 112–13; fear of, in
Ephraim the Syriac, 61–62, 75–79, 84; the Middle Ages, 5, 219, 240–41,
as possible source of Byzantine 317
Last Judgment iconography, First Corinthians, see Bible; images
75n59, 197; use of organic images of resurrection body, Pauline seed
by, 77–78 and seed
Epiphanius, 60, 68, 86, 88 Flatatunga, Iceland, Last Judgment
Epistle to Rheginos, 29 carving, 196
equivocality of body, 271, 273–75; as Flavian, martyr, 46
threat to relic cult, 275; as threat Florence, Baptistry ceiling, plate 31
to resurrection, 276 forma corporeitatis, 66n22, 254n101,
Erigena (Eriugena), see John Scotus 255n108, 263, 274–76
Erigena formal identity, 10, 238–40, 259–63,
Ermengaud of Béziers, 217n59 271, 275, 277, 287, 318–19; see
eschatology: modern interest in, also unicity of form
xvii–xviii, 14–16; recent study fragmentation, see cadaver, partition
of, 5, 7n12, 13–14, 138–39; see of; damnation; mos teutonicus;
also heaven; hell; purgatory; resurrection, as reassemblage
resurrection Francis, saint, 296n61
essentialism, debate over, xviii, Free Spirit, 154
346–47, 363–65, 375–78 Freising, Beast Column in crypt,
Etheldreda, 206, 296 194
Eucharist, xiv, 9n14, 108n179,
140, 149, 221; and the Cathars Galen, 65, 352
(see Cathars); doctrine of Garden of Eden, 96, 102n165, 307;
concomitance, 316; and funerary eating in (see eating and growth);
practices, 55–56; as proof of sex in, 83, 112
incorruption, 39, 41, 47; as relic, gender, in the resurrection, see
316; and resurrection, 27, 56, 80, body, survival of particular
111, 162n22, 316 characteristics after death
Eusebius, 42n83, 46n98, 49, 50 Gerald Odonis, 284
Eustace of Arras, 242n53, 248n74, Gerard of Abbeville, 284, 286
270 Germanus the Bishop, 315
Evagrius, 71, 109 Gertrude of Delft, 224
Evesham, monk of, see Visions of the Gertrude the Great of Helfta, xxi,
otherworld 330n45
Ex voto, 202n6 Gervase of Mont St. Eloi, 328
execution, methods of, xiv, 312, Gilbert of Hoyland, 168–69
323–24, 327 Gilbert of Poitiers (de la Porrée),
135n59, 146n94, 151–52
fabliaux, 352 Giles of Lessines, 271
fantasy literature, modern, xv Giles of Rome, xvii, 175n69, 237–39,
fasting, see asceticism; miracles 242n53, 243, 244n62, 247, 271,
Faust, Drew, xxvii 356; on embryology, 272n177,
Feminine Mystique, The, 378 321; on unicity of form, 256–58,
feminist analysis: of body, xiv, 348; 260–66, 271
of identity, xvii; interpretations of Giotto, see Arena chapel at Padua
resurrection, 109 gladiatorial combat, 41, 44, 48
General Index 391
humanities, the problem of the, xxviii images of the earthly body: bride,
humors, the, 352 8, 10; building, 172; cesspool, 61,
hybridity, xiv 172, 331; dung, 61; dust, 23, 120,
hylomorphism, 66, 248, 256, 273; see 161, 173; field, 159, 161; garden,
also Bonaventure; Thomas Aquinas 159; garment, 4, 172; mud, 29,
161n16; prison, 61, 331; river, 64,
iconoclasm, xxiv 113; seed, 29, 30; semen, 23, 29;
iconographic motifs: Adam as statue, 166–67; tree, 23–24, 159,
bones, 118, 190–91, plates 1, 9; 170–71
Apocalypse, 193, plates 11, 28; images of resurrection body: angel,
attributes of saints, 313–14, plates 63, 67; reassembled bones, 133;
23, 34, 35, 36; Byzantine Last bride, 42, 319; city, 239; crystal,
Judgment, iconographic program, 10, 334, 338; egg, 78; embryo/
75n59, 119n9, 188–90, plates 2, 6, fetus, 6, 66, 74, 78; fire, 127,
7, 16; damnation as digestion, 119, 239, 262n132; flowering plant,
307, plates 3, 6, 16, 30, 31; Divine 8, 23, 302n89, 319; garment, 6,
Comedy, iconography drawn from 36, 40, 76, 120, 134, 171, 286;
(see Divine Comedy, iconography glowworm, 79; gold in a furnace,
of); dry bones of Ezekiel 67, 197; 50; herd of animals, 82; ivory,
Five Wounds of Christ, 308n106, 171; jewel, 8, 24n7, 107, 120,
314n129; harrowing of hell 162, 171, 210; Jonah, 29, 36,
(Anastasis), 148n102, 190n112, 75; mended pot, 6, 8, 30, 36,
193, plate 13; Jonah and the 60n3, 72, 81–82, 89, 119, 134;
whale, 193, 307, plate 14; Last mercury, 81; mosaic, 30; overflow
Judgment, 118–19, 306–8, plates 2, (abundantia) of soul, 232, 236,
4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 16, 24, 27; mouth 243, 245, 250, 287, 289, 319;
of hell, 192–93, 307, plates 10, 12, Pauline seed, 3–6, 8, 10, 24, 38,
13, 15, 27, 28, 32; regurgitation 40, 57, 60n3, 66, 78, 79–80, 82,
and reassemblage of body parts, 102, 120, 129, 143, 176–80, 184–
118–19, 188–90, 194–97, plates 6, 86, 225; phoenix, 6, 23–26, 143;
7, 10, 16, 17, 18, 28; resurrection, rebuilt temple, 6, 8, 36, 72, 120,
general, 118–19, 186–97, plates 2, 134, 286; reforged statue, 6–7, 9,
4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 27, 30, 70, 72, 80n78, 96, 99, 106,
33; resurrection, of Christ, 187 119–20, 123–24, 128, 130, 133–
identity, as modern concern, xiv, 34, 240; reliquary, 334; seasonal
xvi, xvii, xxv, xxvii, 255n108, or diurnal change, 8–9, 23, 35,
318n2, 341n85, 355–56, 365–69, 79, 129, 143; seed, 23–24, 27, 29,
371, 374, 377; as fluid, xiv, xxi; as 30, 36, 76, 315–16; ship, 37, 89;
LGBTQ, xx–xxi; as performance, sphere, 67; tent, 72; water skin,
xx–xxi; two meanings of, 355; as 69, 82, 238–39, 262n132; see also
philosophical problem, see material iconographic motifs
continuity; person, survival of immortality, see soul
Ignatius of Antioch, 27, 28, 44, 49 impassibilitas, see dotes
image as object, xx, xxii–xxv; see also Innocent III, 153n128, 364
objects, study of intellectual history, methodology
images of the body: inorganic, 24n7, of, xxx–xxxi; see also historical
30, 70, 72, 158; metonymic, 312, method
316; organic, 8, 23–24, 29, 30, Irenaeus of Lyon, 13, 44, 46, 56,
77–78, 107, 110n184, 120 57–58, 59, 72, 94; Adversus
General Index 393
Haereses, 28n16, 34, 38–41; naturae, 120, 142, 156; and heresy,
on the Eucharist as proof of 151–55; on the spiritual body,
incorruption, 39; on resurrection 142–46
as transformation, 38 John the Evangelist, 10, 313, 316, 338
Isenheim altarpiece, 187 Josipos, 29
Isidore of Seville, 198n138 Judaism: Rabbinic discussion of
Islam, 3n4, 12, 54 resurrection, 12n19, 24–25, 54,
Ivo, saint, 211, 370n73 98n144; see also Babylonian
Talmud; burial and funerary
Jacques Fournier, see Benedict XII practices, Jewish
James Capelli, 217–18 Julian of Norwich, xx
James of Metz, 260, 270n166 Julian of Toledo, 8, 121, 122n15, 127,
James of Vitry, 207, 210, 221 129
James of Voragine, 294n56, 295–96, Justin Martyr, 28, 29, 30, 44, 103
309–17; ambivalence about
fragmentation, 311n118, 313n127, Koran, 54; see also Islam
314n131, 315–16; descriptions
of torture, 309n112, 312; on Lactantius, 54n132
incorrupt cadavers, 311n118 Laon, school of, 127, 128n33, 137n63
James the Dismembered, 315 Last Judgment, 75, 78, 118, 122,
Jerome, 8, 30n24, 60, 72, 86–94, 96, 123, 128, 136, 141, 163, 181, 188,
110–11; on bodily integrity, 90; 190, 279, 282–85, 306, 314, 339,
controversy with Origenists, 60, 340–41, 372; see also iconographic
67nn27 and 31, 86–88; encomium motifs, Byzantine Last Judgment
on Paula, 91–92; misogynistic?, and Last Judgment
90; on relics, 92–94, 104; on Lavra, Mount Athos, fresco, 194–95,
sexuality, 90–91 plate 16
Jesus: Ascension of, 168; bodily Lazarus, 42, 84, 118n5, plate 8
resurrection of, 4–5, 26–27, 72, Liber Pancrisis, 127–28
264; capacity for bodily sensation, Lidwina of Schiedam, 224
251–52, 333; crucifixion of, 251, linguistic turn, the, xix
plates 1, 8, 9; three days in grave Lioba, 211n39
(triduum), 270n165, 273, 276, Lombard, the, see Peter Lombard
319, 370; Transfiguration of, 69; love, 97n138, 165–66, 236, 250, 304,
in women’s spiritual writing, 313, 329, 340; of soul for body (see
335–36, 338; see also Eucharist; desire)
iconographic motifs, resurrection Lucy, saint, 313, plate 34
of Christ Lukardis of Oberweimar, 222
John XXII, 282–88 Lumiere as lais, 152n121
John Beleth, 178n73, 198, 201n4, 204, Lutgard of Aywières, 222, 224
212, 213n47 Lyons, persecutions of, 44, 49
John Climacus, 109
John Damascene, 62n9, 237 Macarius Magnes (or of Magnesia),
John of Jerusalem, 86–88, 90 61–63, 71
John Peckham, 275, 380n96 Macrina, 83–86; see also Gregory of
John Quidort of Paris, 10, 239–40, Nyssa
242, 260–61, 270, 275 Magdeburg, 203
John Scotus Erigena (or Eriugena), Magister Martin, 233n15, 246
138–39, 141–47; De divisione Malachy, saint, 173–74
394 General Index
Editors and translators are not indexed unless they are also cited as authors.